Miljø- og Fødevareudvalget 2016-17
MOF Alm.del
Offentligt
1786518_0001.png
Til:
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] (kloepper@waddensea-
secretariat.org), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), Gunnar Norén ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), Fournier, Nicolas ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), "a.pod >> Andrzej Podscianski" ([email protected]), Sandra
SANMARTIN ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), Anne-Mette Hjortebjerg Lund ([email protected]), Ane-Marie Løvendahl Raun ([email protected]), Imhoff,
Heike ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), Poutanen Eeva-Liisa
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), vlachogianni@mio-
ecsde.org ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] (ludovic.schultz@developpement-
durable.gouv.fr), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] (jan.witt@nlwkn-
ol.niedersachsen.de), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), jochen.krause@bfn-
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Cc:
Fra:
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), jochen.krause@bfn-
vilm.de ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] (eberecibar@emepc-
portugal.org), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), elzbieta.lysiak-
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), NST - Vandplaner og havmiljø postkasse
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] (a.kniezaite-
[email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected])
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] (Anne-
[email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), Søderberg,
Lone Munk ([email protected]), '[email protected]' ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), Annick.DE-
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] (helene.syndique@developpement-
durable.gouv.fr), [email protected] (sebastien.flores@developpement-
durable.gouv.fr), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]),
[email protected] ([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected]
([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected])
[email protected] ([email protected])
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Titel:
Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD
Annex III
Sendt:
12-06-2015 16:10:40
Bilag:
Consultation letter.pdf; ComDecRev_D01.pdf; ComDecRev_D02.pdf; ComDecRev_D03.pdf; ComDecRev_D04.pdf;
ComDecRev_D05.pdf; ComDecRev_D06.pdf; ComDecRev_D07.pdf; ComDecRev_D08.pdf; ComDecRev_D09.pdf;
ComDecRev_D10.pdf; ComDecRev_D11.pdf; ComDecRev_MSFDAnnexIII.doc;
ComDecReview_Consultation_Template_05062015.docx.xlsx; List of relevant chapters per descriptor for the
review.docx;
Dear Members of Marine Strategy Coordination Group,
Please find enclosed a letter by Mr. Matjaž Malgaj, Head of Unit of Marine Environment and Water Industry, DG
Environment, for your consideration.
Kind regards
The marine team
Letter of consultation
Enclosures
1. Review manual for Descriptor
2. Review manual for Descriptor 2
3. Review manual for Descriptor 3
4. Review manual for Descriptor 4
5. Review manual for Descriptor 5
6. Review manual for Descriptor 6
7. Review manual for Descriptor 7
8. Review manual for Descriptor 8
9. Review manual for Descriptor 9
10. Review manual for Descriptor 10
11. Review manual for Descriptor 11
12. MSFD Annex III
13. Feedback form (excel spreadsheet)
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
14. List of relevant chapters per descriptor on which to focus consultation comments
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0005.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0006.png
If you have any questions related to this consultation process, please do not hesitate to
contact me or my colleagues David Connor (+32-2299.0391) or Anna Cheilari (+32-
2296.5348).
Enclosures: Consultation documents: (available for download :
https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/46d2b7ba-d2fd-4b3c-9eaf-18c7cb702b53)
1. Review manual for Descriptor 1
2. Review manual for Descriptor 2
3. Review manual for Descriptor 3
4. Review manual for Descriptor 4
5. Review manual for Descriptor 5
6. Review manual for Descriptor 6
7. Review manual for Descriptor 7
8. Review manual for Descriptor 8
9. Review manual for Descriptor 9
10. Review manual for Descriptor 10
11. Review manual for Descriptor 11
12. MSFD Annex III
13. Feedback form (excel spreadsheet)
14. List of relevant chapters per descriptor on which to focus consultation comments
xwvutsronmljihfed
2
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0007.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE
Institute for Environment and Sustainability
Water Resources Unit
Review of the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
concerning MSFD criteria for assessing good environmental
status
Descriptor 1
Biological diversity is maintained. The quality and occurrence of habitats and
the distribution and abundance of species are in line with the prevailing
physiographic, geographic and climate conditions.
This report represents the result of the scientific and technical review of Commission Decision
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 1. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together with
experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES Working
Group in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy (agreed on at the
11th CIS MSCG meeting).
The report is one of a series of reports (review manuals) including Descriptor 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 that
conclude phase 1 of the review process and, as agreed within the MSFD Common Implementation
Strategy, are the basis for review phase 2, towards an eventual revision of the Commission Decision
2010/477/EU.
The report presents the state of the technical discussions as of 30 April 2015 (document version 6.0), as
some discussions are on-going, it does not contain agreed conclusions on all issues.
The views expressed in the document do not necessarily represent the views of the European
Commission.
1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword
The MSFD Committee (Art. 25 of the MSFD) discussed and concluded an approach and an outline for the
review and possible revision of the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on criteria and methodological
standards on Good Environmental Status (GES) of marine waters and of MSFD Annex III (see
Committee/07/2013/03rev for details). Based on the template in the annex to the mandate of the MSFD
Committee, a more detailed manual for the technical phase relating to the review of Commission
Decision 2010/477/EC has been developed to guide the parallel preparatory process and discussions per
descriptor. The review will aim to define GES criteria more precisely, including setting quantifiable
boundaries for the GES criteria where possible and specifications and standardised methods for GES
assessment in particular as regards temporal and spatial aggregation. The review of Annex III will be
carried out as a parallel process. The review of the Common Understanding Document is also taking
place alongside these two processes. Close coordination between these three processes should be
ensured.
MSFD D1 expert group:
António Teixeira, Georg Martin, Lauri Saks, Laura Uusitalo , Lena Avellan,
Laure t Guéri , Woj ie h Kraś ie ski,
Peter Heslenfeld, Tobias Porsbring, Jochen Krause, Alberto
Serrano, Francisco Velasco, Jane Hawkridge, Simon Greenstreet, Valeria Abaza, Laura Boicenco, Ioannis
Karakassis, Antonina Santos
EC JRC:
Andreas Palialexis, Ana Cristina Cardoso, Heliana Teixeira, Joana Patricio, Fernando Tempera.
Acknowledgments for contributions to:
WG GES
2
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Review (technical phase) of Part B of the Decision (per descriptor)
Contents
1.
Approach
........................................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 General guiding principles for the review ....................................................................................... 5
1.2 Overall reflection of the type of descriptor and descriptor criteria (e.g. state/pressure,
quantitative/qualitative) and its relationship with Article 3(5). ........................................................... 7
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values, such as the
WFD, and the identification of potential incoherence. ........................................................................ 9
1.4 Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards .......................................................... 12
1.5 Clarification of the relevant scientific, technical and policy terminology in relation to the
descriptor. ........................................................................................................................................... 14
1.6 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is recommended to combine
several descriptors together). ............................................................................................................. 15
1.7 An analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for the
particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at region
or other scales..................................................................................................................................... 17
1.8 The "climate sensitivity" for D1 (or criteria/indicators)................................................................ 18
1.9 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or
whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5)) ........ 19
2.
Analysis of the implementation process
......................................................................................... 20
2.1 Based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in-depth assessments, a
detailed summary of the findings of Article 12 relating to the determination of GES and specifically
the use of the Decision criteria and indicators should be made. ....................................................... 20
2.2 Identification of any questions arising from the application of the current Decision, including
those identified by the Article 12 assessment .................................................................................... 22
2.3 Relevant data from other sources, specific to every descriptor and recent findings from MS
should also be considered. ................................................................................................................. 23
2.4 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple Member States,
and shortcomings should be listed systematically. ............................................................................ 28
2.5 Differences and similarities between regions............................................................................... 29
3.
Analysis of the current text of the Decision
.................................................................................... 29
3.1 Analysis of the current text of the Decision, identifying in particular those parts which are best
placed in guidance, those parts which are interpretative or explicative information and those parts
which need to be kept in the Decision in accordance with the mandate provided by the Directive 29
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
3.2 Identification of needs for guidance ............................................................................................. 31
3.3 An analysis of what to keep should take place, including specification on what may be out dated
or may need to be aligned with other or new legislation, etc. ........................................................... 32
4.
Identification of issues
.................................................................................................................... 33
4.1 Main findings and information that will be used in the next step of the revision process. ......... 33
5.
GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
....................................................................................... 35
5.1 Conclude on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators, in the light of the "refined"
common understanding, the findings of the Article 12 assessment and relevant international, EU
and RSC legislation and approaches. .................................................................................................. 35
5.2 Recommendation on which criteria to retain, which to amend and any to remove ................... 36
5.3 Proposals for new criteria ............................................................................................................. 46
5.4 Rationale and proposal, where appropriate, for defining GES threshold values and reference
points, based on established and agreed scientific methods for quantifying and applying GES
boundaries, or for a normative definition of GES; .............................................................................. 47
6.
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
......................................................... 48
6.1 Proposals for (new) methodological standards to be applied to the criteria in order to assess
whether GES has been achieved for the descriptor (e.g. aggregation/integration methods across the
criteria and across the quality elements, e.g. across contaminants, species, habitats), using JRC /
ICES / RSC protocols, Article 12 findings and guidance from the Scales project, as appropriate....... 48
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in accordance with Art.
11(4))
....................................................................................................................................................... 50
7.1
Proposals for specifications on methods for monitoring (i.e. the collection of data needed
for assessment of each criterion, including parameters, units of measurement and data quality
requirements), which aim at ensuring the comparability of monitoring results, on the basis of
existing survey protocols and relevant European/international standards (e.g. ISO/CEN). .............. 50
7.2 Proposals for specifications on methods for assessment, which aim at ensuring comparability of
assessment results, including aggregation of monitoring data within an assessment area for a
particular criterion and if necessary aggregation across assessment areas up to larger areas (e.g.
(sub) region scales), and based on general guidance prepared on scales and aggregation rules
23
and
taking account of JRC / ICES / RSC inventories and Article 12 findings. ............................................. 52
8.
Rational and technical background for proposed revision
............................................................. 53
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals. ...................................... 53
9.
Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document)
53
9.1 Where aspects are identified which should be usefully laid down but not as part of the decision,
these elements should be specified and a proposal should be made in which way they should be
4
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0011.png
laid down, e.g. interpretative guide for the application of the future Decision or CU guidance
document or technical background document. ................................................................................. 53
10.
Reference Documents
................................................................................................................. 54
1. Approach
1.1 General guiding principles for the review
The review aims to analyse the results from the first MSFD reporting round on Articles 8, 9, and 10 with
a view to update and simplify the Com Decision 2010/477/EU. Based on the Information in the Art 12
assessment reports (COM(2014)97 final) and the JRC in-depth assessments (Palialexis et al., 2014
1
) a
template has been prefilled by Milieu for the DG ENV, commented by DG ENV and completed by JRC
which should enable the experts group to analyse current shortcomings, propose ways forward, such as
e.g. needs for further guidance and development, but eventually also to develop proposals for amending
the Decision 2010/477/EU, based on scientific knowledge and experience in the implementation
process.
The current review should lead to a new GES Decision which is:
Simpler
Clearer
Introducing minimum requirements (to be enhanced by regions and MS, if necessary)
Self-explanatory
Coherent with other EU legislation
Coherent with regional assessment methods (where EU does not exist)
Have a clear and minimum common list of criteria and methodological standards and related
characteristics (Table 1, Annex III), at least at a sub-regional scale
Ensure that criteria and methodological standards are adequately addressing the Descriptors are
covered by the proposed criteria, to lead to complete assessments
Coherent with the MSFD terminology
Palialexis A., Tornero A. V., Barbone E., Gonzalez D., Hanke G., Cardoso A. C., Hoepffner N., Katsanevakis S., Somma F.,
Zampoukas N., 2014. In-Depth
Assess e t of the EU Me er “tates “u issio s for the
Marine Strategy Framework Directive
under articles 8, 9 and 10. EUR
Scientific and Technical Research series. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European
Union. EUR 26473 EN, 149 pp. doi: 10.2788/64014.
1
5
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0012.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0013.png
GES needs to ideally be quantified/quantifiable or measurable to allow for determining the distance of
the current state from GES and targets to monitor the progress towards GES
3
. According to the Com
Decision 2010/477/EU GES Art. 9(1) MS should determine GES at the level of criteria for each assessed
element at a certain scale. This is the lowest quantifiable assessment block, which will be aggregated to
provide the overall GES for the marine ecosystem (see section 6.2 for aggregation rules).
1.2 Overall reflection of the type of descriptor and descriptor criteria (e.g. state/pressure,
quantitative/qualitative) and its relationship with Article 3(5).
According to MSFD Annex I for the biological diversity descriptor D1, GES means the environmental
status of mari
e aters, here
Biological diversity is maintained. The quality and occurrence of
habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with prevailing physiographic,
geographic and climate conditions . An ICES/ JRC expert Task Group (TG1) established in 2009 prepared
the scientific basis for developing the Commission Decision (2010/477/EC) and has in this context
addressed the definition/interpretation of key terms included in the descriptor of biodiversity, i.e.
biological diversity and maintained.
The Group adopted for the purpose of the Task the definition of the Convention on Biological Diversity
(CBD) for
biological diversity’:
the aria ility a o g li i g orga is s fro all sour es i ludi g,
interalia,
[terrestrial,] marine [and other aquatic ecosystems] and the ecological complexes of which
they are part; this i ludes di ersity ithi spe ies, et ee spe ies a d of e osyste s
4
. Table 1 in
Annex III of the MSFD lists biodiversity related features that should be considered in the
implementation.
The term
aintained’
is key to the quantification of GES for D1 and thus for the elaboration of
recommendations on criteria and methodological standards. The TG1 has associated the condition
ai tai ed to three deter i i g fa tors: a o further loss of the di ersity ithi spe ies, et ee
species and of habitats/ communities and ecosystems at ecologically relevant scales, b) any deteriorated
attributes of biological diversity are restored to and maintained at or above target levels, where intrinsic
conditions allow (cf. Art. 1.2 a) and c) where the use of the marine environment is sustainable .
The ter
habitat’
in this Descriptor addresses both the abiotic characteristics and the associated
biological community, treating both elements together in the sense of the term biotope (Commission
De isio
/
/EU , hereas uality , o urre e , distri utio , e te t a d a u da e for the
basis of the criteria standards to assess GES.
3
Fro
DG
ENV s
prese tatio
i
Mar h s
WG
GE“
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/2e3f1f2f-c1ef-407f-a433-12cf73e9e61b/GES_11-2014-
13_CommonUnderstanding.ppt
… sho s here the defi itio is less rele a t to the
ari e
group:
4
Task Group 1 Report Biological diversity (2010)
– te t i
environment.
7
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0014.png
Descriptor 1 has a broad scope, requiring assessment at several ecological levels: species, habitats
(addressing both the abiotic characteristics and the associated biological community, treating both
elements together) and ecosystems. At the species level, GES shall be defined for the full range of
functional and taxonomic groups occurring in the marine environment, including the native
angiosperms, macro-algae and invertebrate bottom fauna, phytoplankton, zooplankton, fish, mammals,
reptiles, seabirds and cephalopods (Annex III, Table 1 of the MSFD).
The MSFD requires Member States to understand and assess the condition of the typical species
associated with the seabed and the pelagic habitats and the representative species of the functional
groups (MSFD, TG1, CSWD 2011). Special attention is given to the listed species under EU Directives (the
Birds Directive, the Habitats Directive) (MSFD paragraph 6; COM DEC 2010/477/EU paragraph 5) and
international conventions (Helsinki, OSPAR, Barcelona, Bucharest) - also referred to Annex III Table I of
the MSFD.
At the habitat level, determination of GES is required for the predominant habitat types (as defined in
Annex III, Table 1 of the MSFD, in TG1 report and in the SWD 2011/1255) and the special habitat types
listed under EU legislation or international conventions.
The determination of GES for biological diversity at the ecosystem level shall be based on evaluation of
the structure (composition and proportion) and interaction between the ecosystem components, the
processes and functioning, connectivity and resilience of the ecosystem. This would be the level for
biological traits and ecosystem services. Some of the aforementioned ecosystem attributes are also
tackled by other descriptors (e.g. 4 and 6) and these links have to be specified and clarified, consisting
one of the major issues in the review process.
It is recognized that there are strong links between D1 (biodiversity per se), D4 (food webs) and D6 (sea-
floor integrity),
hi h are fre ue tly addressed together as the iodi ersity the e si e re uire e ts
for monitoring and assessment of these descriptors partially overlap (see e.g. Zampoukas et al., 2012
5
,
Table 1). Thus, it is necessary to ensure a coherent approach across the descriptors to avoid overlapping,
contradictory and double assessments. Besides, all other descriptors include, more or less explicitly,
effe ts o state of arious iodi ersity o po e ts i
at least one criterion (except actually implicitly
for D .Thus, GE“ of pressure des riptors should e defi ed a d assessed i li e ith the GE“ of
iodi ersity des riptors. This to opti ize:
i) integrated indicators/monitoring standards (across criteria
within and/or between Descriptors), ii) associated monitoring, and iii) efficient guidance for measures
(pressure/state relationships).
Overall, for the MSFD, assessments of status are focused on the following groups of highly mobile
marine species: birds, mammals, reptiles, fish and cephalopods, and on predominant habitat types of
the water column and seabed together with their associated biological communities (SWD 2014/49). In
5
Zampoukas N, Piha H, Bigagli E, Hoepffner N, Hanke G, Cardoso AC. 2012. Monitoring for the Marine Strategy Framework
Directive:
Requirements
and
options.
JRC
Scientific
and
Technical
Reports.
http://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/111111111/23169/1/lbna25187enn.pdf
8
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0015.png
addition to these broad categories, attention is directed also to specific species and habitat types which
are listed for protection under the Birds and Habitats Directives and under international agreements.
Genetic- and ecosystem-level aspects are also important for the status characterization.
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values, such
as the WFD, and the identification of potential incoherence.
The Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC)
The main aim of the Directive is to contribute towards ensuring biodiversity through the conservation of
natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora. It requires that EU MS take measures to ensure that the
spe ies a d ha itats of o
u ity i terest
listed in its annexes are protected so as to be in
fa oura le o ser atio status
(FCS).
The Habitats Directive specifically establishes the network of Special Areas of Conservation (SACs),
which together with the Special Protection Areas (SPAs) under the Birds Directive form the Natura 2000
network of protected areas, including marine areas, as a mean to achieving FCS for the listed species
and habitats. In the network each site contributes to the attainment of FCS, but this objective is to be
attained at the scale of the natural range of species or habitat type. The site level conservation
o je ti es are set upo ide tifi atio of the o tri utio of the parti ular site to the Me er “tates
achievement of FCS for the habitats and species present in the whole area of the Member States.
Site objectives should be established for SACs under the Habitats Directive and also for special protected
areas (SPAs) under the Birds Directive. The conservation objectives at the site level must take in
consideration the following elements (COM Note on establishing conservation objectives for the Natura
2000 sites 23/11/2012):
the ecological requirements of the species and habitat types listed in the Natura 2000 Standard
Data Form and whose presence is significant
the local, regional, national conservation status of the habitats and species
the overall coherence of the Natura 2000 network
the higher level conservation objectives at national/ biogeographical level and the contribution
of the site to them.
Member States are required to report on the status of the species and habitats including their
distribution within the territory of the Member State and measures taken and their impact on the
conservation status of concerned habitats and species every six years. Assessment of whether a species
or habitat is in FCS is based on specified criteria with principle threshold values
6
, with failure of any one
criterion giving a below-FCS outcome (one-out-all-out principle). Assessment of FCS is by biogeographic
regions. Where Member State's territories lie in several biogeographic regions, separate assessments
6
Annex C and E of the following report:
http://www.bfn.de/fileadmin/MDB/documents/themen/monitoring/Art_17_Reporting_Formats.pdf
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0016.png
are required for their territory within each region. There is then an aggregation of assessments across
the Member States to give the overall status per species and habitat at the biogeographic region level.
The Birds Directive (2009/147/EC)
The Birds Directive (BD) refers to the need for a sufficient diversity and area of habitats for listed bird
species (Annex I of the BD) and migratory species not listed. It requires the establishment of measures
to maintain the populations of these species including the designation of protected areas (Special
Protection Areas)
7
. These measures should be reported every six years. The establishment of
conservation measures should take into account trends and variations in populations. In 2007 bird
species were assessed for the first time using the same FCS criteria and methodology as under the
Habitats Directive. However, no threshold values had to be submitted in the 2007 report.
The Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC)
In the marine environment, the Water Framework Directive (WFD) spatially covers transitional
aters
and coastal waters
, of hi h oastal aters are also o ered y M“FD. The
Directive aims to achieve
good water status,
hi h is assessed at the ater ody s ale.
It considers both the good chemical
status (whose specifications are relevant for other descriptors, but not D1) and the good ecological
status (GEcS), which is defined in terms of the quality of the biological communities, the hydrological
characteristics and the chemical characteristics (WFD, Annex V). The WFD does not explicitly mention
biodiversity. However, taxonomic composition of phytoplankton, macrophytes and zoobenthos and
their abundance/biomass are assessed as quality elements for the classification of ecological status
8
.
Specifying linkages across EU legislations
Even if the assessment classifications (FCS and GES) are different, the criteria for species and habitats in
MSFD and HBD are very similar (Table 1) and offer good opportunity for optimization of assessments
(i.e. coherent methods based on common criteria). These
riteria pro ide a fra e ork
where for each
species or habitats only relevant criteria should be allocated (e.g. habitat distributional range is not
suitable for physically-defined habitats).
Table 1.
Pairing MSFD species and habitats criteria with the Nature Directives criteria (from the cross-
utti g orkshop s prese tatio
9
).
Special Areas of Conservation (HD) and Special Protection Areas (BD) together comprise the
Natura 2000
network of
protected areas.
8
JRC, 2014. In-Depth
Assess e t of M“ su issio s for M“FD Art. , 9 &
9
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/b91483a7-e849-4664-b391-
6bb6a667d39e/1501_GES_CCworkshop_Session%202-3.ppt
7
10
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0017.png
MSFD (D1, 3, 4, 6)
Distribution
(1.1)
Population size
(1.2); reproductive
capacity (3.2)
BD & HD
Range
IUCN Red List
Range (EOO, AOO)
Population size
Small population
Population
Species
Population condition
(1.3); age &
size distribution (3.3)
Habitat for
species
Future prospects
Distribution
(1.4)
Range
Quantity (extent of occurrence;
area of occupancy)
Mature individuals incl. above
Habitat quality incl. in Range
Included above
Extent
(1.5)
Habitats
Condition
(1.6, 6.2)
Area covered
Structures &
functions
Future prospects
Quality (biotic, abiotic)
Included above
According to the
Links between MSFD and the Nature Directives
10
,
if FCS is not achieved at a
particular level (MS territory/region), and given that FCS and GES objectives are mutually
supportive and assessed at similar scales, it could influence whether GES for biodiversity
components is achieved on the same scale. Consequently it should be acknowledged that
achieving FCS for the relevant marine species and habitats is likely to be a key aspect in
assessing the achievement of GES for the biodiversity component of the MSFD. Equally,
measures taken under the Habitats Directive outside Natura 2000 sites to avoid deterioration of
the features within SACs are likely to contribute to achieving GES. Despite the different set
objectives across these Directives, their assessments on habitats and species are comparable
and MSFD has
to o sider e isti g Co
u ity Legislatio s assess e ts.
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/e67df5e9-21e0-4dbd-9778-
ac4fb08fe1f7/Doc%209%20Links%20MSFD%20HBD%20FAQ.doc
10
11
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0018.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0019.png
biological diversity: five core indicators cover benthic habitats and communities
12
, four indicators cover
mammals, five cover birds (one shared with mammals) and five cover fish. The pelagic or planktonic
features have a weaker representation - with only one zooplankton indicator. The 20 biodiversity
indicators relate to three MSFD descriptors, D1, D4 and D6 and not just to D1. As a separate exercise,
HELCOM has recently assessed the status of its species and habitats according to modified IUCN criteria
and leading to Red Lists of species and habitats for the Baltic (HELCOM 2013).
For
OSPAR,
the Intersessional Correspondence Group on the Coordination of Biodiversity Assessment
and Monitoring (ICG-COBAM) is responsible for the coordination of OSPAR's biodiversity assessment and
monitoring work under the guidance of the Biodiversity Committee, and has a particular focus on the
requirements of the MSFD in relation to biodiversity aspects. In march 2015, ICG COBAM has adopted
15 common biodiversity indicators (3 for mammals, 2 for Birds, none for turtles, 2 for fish, 2 for benthic
habitats, 2 for pelagic habitats, 2 for food webs, 1 common to pelagic and food webs, and 1 for non-
indigenous species), all relevant for D1, but some also for D2, D4 or D6. These common indicators have
been tested in the 2014/2015 meeting cycle. Relevant common indicators
ill deli er to O“PA‘ s
Intermediate Assessment in 2017, which will be recommended, to EU Members States, to be integrated
in the 2018 reporting of MSFD Article 8, 9 and, where feasible, article 10. Further, several candidate
biodiversity indicators may be promoted to common indicators in the future. The ICG COBAM continues
the work on improving regional coordination for assessing and monitoring biodiversity descriptors under
OSPAR.
The Ecosystem Approach (EcAp) of the Contracting parties in
Barcelona Convention
will gradually
implement the ecosystem approach to the management of human activities in the Mediterranean,
aiming to
attai A healthy Mediterra ea ith ari e a d oastal e osyste s that are produ ti e a d
biologically diverse for the benefit
of prese t a d future ge eratio s
13
by May 2015. One of the three
main goals of this approach is focused on the preservation and restoration of marine biodiversity in the
region. Indicators and monitoring programmes to support the 11 Ecological Objectives of EcAp, including
biodiversity objectives similar to those of MSFD, are currently being developed; the process follows a
similar approach to that of HELCOM and OSPAR, notably through the Integrated Correspondence
Groups of GES and Targets (CORGEST) and the Correspondence Group on Monitoring, (CORMON)
Biodiversity and Fisheries. These recent groups work on issues in line with D1, D2, D3, D4 and D6.
Within the
Black Sea
the policy on biodiversity is outlined in two key legally binding documents: the
Black Sea Biodiversity and Landscape Conservation Protocol 2002 (BSBLCP), which entered into force in
2011, and the Black Sea Strategic Action Plan (BSSAP, 2009) for environmental protection and
rehabilitation of the Black Sea.
The purpose of the B“BLCP is to
aintain the Black Sea ecosystem in
good ecological state and its landscape in favourable conditions, to protect, to preserve and to
sustainably manage the biological and landscape diversity of the Black Sea in order to enrich the
12
The HELCOM biodiversity CORESET indicators final report, 2013. An updated list of indicators will be found in the HELCOM
Meeting Portal (https://portal.helcom.fi/meetings/STATE-CONSERVATION%202-2015-232/default.aspx) by the end of May
2015.
13
Decision IG.17/6, Spain, 2008.
13
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0020.png
iologi al resour es . This
Protocol stipulates a number of regional measures that are consistent with D1
iodi ersity is ai tai ed . To ards this goal, i
, the o tra ti g states shall adopt a list of
species of Black Sea importance that may be threatened or important by reason of their role in
e osyste fu tio i g or other sig ifi a e for the regio . The listed spe ies ill e su je t to spe ial
easures . The regio al states shall adopt a list of
important landscapes and habitats of the Black Sea
that may be threatened of destruction, or important by their nature, cultural or historical value, which
constitute the natural, historical and cultural heritage or present other significance for the Black Sea
regio . I additio to B“BLCP pro isio s, the B““AP deter i es the Co ser atio of Bla k “ea
Biodi ersity a d Ha itats as the se o d of four E osyste
uality o je ti es ECOQOs to ards
achieving the overall long-ter
desired e osyste state alled Visio for the Bla k “ea . A ouple of
sub-objectives are formulated with regards to the native biodiversity: EcoQO 2a- Reduce the risk of
extinction of threatened species and EcoQO 2b- Conserve coastal and marine habitats and landscapes.
The management targets defined to achieve the EcoQOs of BSSAP are conceptually equivalent to the
operatio al targets se su M“FD
for GES achievement.
14
.
1.5 Clarification of the relevant scientific, technical and policy terminology in relation to
the descriptor.
The revision of the Common Understanding document is taken forward through the drafting group GES
(WG GES 12/2014)
15
. The re isio i ludes a e se tio o Basi u dersta di gs , hi h ai s at a
common interpretation of MSFD concepts and terminology. Annex 1 of the document is an expanded
glossary of MSFD terms. The TG1 report provides definition of key terms for Descriptor 1 (see also
section 1.2 of this document) and an analytical glossary of relevant terms to biological diversity and
MSFD implementation. An agreed glossary of terms based on existing practices and documents would
definitively be required to enhance common understanding. Biodiversity glossaries for the MSFD and D1
implementation are also included in documents coming from the RSCs (e.g.
the O“PA‘ s M“FD Ad i e
Manual and Background Document on Biodiversity 2012
16
, annex 8.2 ),)
a d resear h proje ts
deliverables (e.g. DEVOTES r
ecommendations for the implementation of the Marine Strategy
Framework Directive
, annex
17
; HA‘MONY s glossary of ter s o
Framework Directive
18
).
o ly used i the Mari e “trategy
The GES definition for Descriptor 1 is split into three ecological levels in the Commission Decision (2010)
addressing GES at species, habitat and ecosystem levels. The elements to be addressed under these
14
15
KnowSeas, Knowledge-
ased “ustai a le Ma age e t for Europe s
Seas, 2013.
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/d0c8db99-676b-4e79-937f-
4bee634e8daf/GES_12_2014_06_Common_Understanding_final.doc
16
OSPAR (2012). MSFD Advice Manual and Background Document on Biodiversity. London, Publication Number: 581/2012, 141
pp. (available at: http://www.ospar.org/v_publications/download.asp?v1=p00581)
17
Patricio et al., 2014. DEVOTES recommendations for the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive.
http://www.devotes-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/DEVOTES_Deliverable-1-5.pdf
18
Andersen, J.H., Hansen, J.W., Mannerla, M., Korpinen, S. & Reker, J. 2013: A glossary of terms commonly used in the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive. Aarhus University, DCE
Danish Centre for Environment and Energy, 32 pp. Technical Report
from DCE
Danish Centre for Environment and Energy No. 16. http://www.dmu.dk/Pub/TR16.pdf,
14
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0021.png
three levels should take into account Annex III of the MSFD and be coherent with the requirements laid
down in Directives 92/43/EEC and 2009/147/EC. The indicative lists of characteristics in Annex III of the
MSFD (Table 1) can however be improved to promote consistency in their use by MS (Patricio et al.,
2014
17
).
1.6 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is recommended to
combine several descriptors together).
Assessments at ecosystem level can be considered to have links to the assessment of food webs
(Descriptor 4). The assessment of seabed habitats has links to Descriptor 6 on sea-floor integrity and
also to Descriptor 7 (criteria on habitats affected by permanent hydrological changes). The status of
commercial fish and shellfish under Descriptor 3, as
part of fish a d e thi o
u ity s iodi ersity
(but only for commercial species), may have input and linkages to the assessment of fish and seabed
habitats under this descriptor (SWD 2014/49). Descriptor 1 has links to all the pressure-related
descriptors (i.e. Descriptors 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11), due to the range of threats related to it. The
selected elements (species, habitats, functional groups) in D1 should where possible be directly linked
with the pressure descriptors, as the pressures and impacts have to be linked with specific ecosystem
elements, to the extent that current knowledge allows.
Attention should be drawn on the fact that a clear separation between state and pressure descriptors is
somewhat artificial, as the current Commission Decision stands. Several descriptors include both criteria
of state and pressure, and there are even examples of criteria mixing both types of indicators, state and
pressure (Berg et al., 2015
19
).
Table 2 presents the overlapping/similar state criteria (or state indicators included in pressure criteria)
and the level of the common assessed elements under those criteria. These overlaps have to be
clarified, either by merging or synchronizing the assessments or by simply eliminating the overlapped
attributes. The review process and the directions given after the cross-cutting workshop
20
in respect of
the integration of assessments are contributing to tackle the aforementioned issues.
19
Berg T, Fürhaupter K, Teixeira H, Uusitalo L, Zampoukas N. 2015. The Marine Strategy Framework Directive and the
ecosystem-based approach - pitfalls and solutions. Mar. Pollut. Bull., http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2015.04.050
20
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/9daafb84-fe4f-42ad-864f-
21b338c8269b/CCWorkshop_Summary%20Notes_20022015_Final.docx
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0022.png
Table 2
21
. Descriptors sharing common assessment elements, criteria and indicators. The review process
needs to avoid overlaps, streamline the, in any case, artificial distinction of the state descriptors towards
an ecosystem-based management to human activities.
Descriptors
Elements
–>
common lists
Overlapping Criteria
1.1, 1.2 + 4.2 & 1.7 + 4.2
D1, D4 (ecosystem scale) Species,
Functional groups, Ecosystems
D1, D6 (seabed habitats)
D1, D3 (species groups)
Habitats (predominant, special) 1.5, 1.6 + 6.1 & 1.7 + 6.2
Species, Functional groups
1.2 + 3.2 (3.2.2)
1.3 + 3.3
D1, D2 (species groups)
D1, D5 (species groups)
D1, D7 (habitats)
Species
Species, Functional groups
2.1+1.2
1.2 + 5.2 (5.2.3), 5.3 (5.3.1)
Habitats (predominant, special) 1.5, 1.6 + 7.2
Not only the overlaps presented in Table 2, but also the links across the Descriptors' criteria should be
clarified to support a holistic assessment based on the ecosystem approach, which is further discussed
in section 6. Annex V of the SEC 2011/1255 provides a comprehensive basis that links pressure-impact
and state indicators of the COM DEC 2010/477/EU with the MSFD's Annex III (Table 1) attributes. This
table has to be updated accordingly to support the review process and to be in-line with the proposed
changes. At the level of criteria Figure 3 allocates the main pressures (P), to main state elements (S)
through the main impacts criteria. Distinction at criterion level between pressure and state is not so
clear e.g. D6 is more pressure/impact, while D7 is more an impact descriptor than a pressure descriptor
(hydrological changes typically stem from physical infrastructures (i.e. a consequent impact).
Assessments of impacts from pressures need to be clearly related to state components (i.e. at similar
resolution to state elements being assessed).
16
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0023.png
Physical damage
P
S
Ecosystem 1.7, 4.1-4.3
21
Hydrol-ogical
7.1
Energy, incl. UW
noise
Nutrients
Contam-inants
Litter
Fishing/ by-catch
NIS
6.1
11.1, 11.2
5.1
8.1, 9.1
10.1
3.1
2.1
Birds
Mammals
Reptiles
Fish
Water
Seabed
1.1-1.3
1.1-1.3
8.2
1.1-1.3
2.2
1.1-1.3
1.4-1.6
5.2, 5.3
1.4-1.6
6.2
7.2
8.2
3.2
3.2, 3.3
10.2
Figure 3:
2010/477/EU Decision criteria allocated to main pressures (P) and main state elements (S)
through the main impacts (modified from the cross-cutting workshop presentation
21
).
More effort is needed for the identification of particular impacts on the assessed state elements, which
can be better facilitated at a lower that the criteria level, such as through particular methodological
standards that are able to quantify the level of the impact.
1.7 An analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards
for the particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be
specific at region or other scales.
The criteria for D1 -also considering MS reports for 2012 reporting (COM(2014)97; Palialexis et al.
2014
22
)- have and should have an EU-wide implementation, since they are general enough to cover all
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/b91483a7-e849-4664-b391-
6bb6a667d39e/1501_GES_CCworkshop_Session%202-3.ppt.
22
Palialexis A., Tornero A. V., Barbone E., Gonzalez D., Hanke G., Cardoso A. C., Hoepffner N., Katsanevakis S., Somma F.,
Zampoukas N., 2014. In-Depth
Assess e t of the EU Me er “tates “u issio s for the Mari e “trategy Fra e ork Dire ti e
17
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0024.png
biodiversity aspects and there are no particular regional specificities that would require an alternative
approach under another criterion. On the other hand, the elements to be assessed (species, functional
groups, habitats, ecosystems) have a strong regional character and their selection should consider the
existing lists on either EU legislations (e.g. CFP, HD, BD) or RSCs. The list of characteristics in Table 1 of
the Annex III of the MSFD should therefore be revised to set the guidelines and regional requirements in
support of a coherent approach to the selection of such elements across MS (Patricio et al., 2014
17
). The
use of EU-wide lists, such as EUNIS for habitats classification, and SWD 2011/1255 for functional groups
classification would facilitate a coherent and comparable assessment. RSCs have started working on the
implementation of MSFD criteria and methodological standards, optimizing them on their regional
specificities and taking stock of the work they have previously done on their marine waters. Their
experiences will be used on the generation of basic regional lists of the various components, while
existing lists have to be taken into account. Section 2.3 includes existing lists of species, habitat types
and functional groups that should be considered in the selection of assessment elements, e.g.
representative (sub)regional species and habitat community to be assessed for practical issues
(monitoring, indicators), according to relevant and commonly agreed selection criteria. Further work is
required to reach an agreement on selection and de-selection criteria of elements included in those lists,
as well as generating an EU-wide or regional lists of elements that are already assessed under other
assessment frames (EU legislations, RSCs' agreements).
Functional groups and habitats types (predominant/special/particular) should be the level of agreement
and reporting, and lists of representative species/habitat community should be used as living documents
and tools to enhance cooperation and joint monitoring (e.g. through RSC where works on such lists have
been, and are still, in progress).
1.8 The "climate sensitivity" for D1 (or criteria/indicators)
Descriptor 1 has a high sensitivity to climate change; hence the Annex I descriptor text states that the
quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species should be in line with
the prevailing climatic conditions. Due to climatic changes the prevailing conditions will potentially
change, which can also affect the distribution and ranges of habitats and species as well as other
attributes. Therefore, where biological diversity targets have been set that do not take into account
changing prevailing conditions, some biological diversity objectives might not be achievable in the long
term or should be adapted over time to take into account changing conditions. An explicit analysis on
the effects of climate change on GES determination for D1 is included in Elliott et al. (2015)
23
.
Consideration should also be given to the combined effects of changing prevailing conditions and the
effects of human pressures. Climate change in its own right is a pressure and will exacerbate the effects
of other pressures, thus it should be considered when GES boundaries and thresholds are established to
avoid "shifting
aseli es . This
has particular relevance as climate change is regarded as an exogenic
under articles 8, 9 and 10. EUR
Scientific and Technical Research series. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European
Union. EUR 26473 EN, 149 pp. doi: 10.2788/64014.
23
Elliott M., A. Borja, A. McQuatters-Gollop, K. Mazik, S. Birchenough, J. H. Andersen, S. Paintin, M. Peck, 2015. Force majeure:
Will climate change affect our ability to attain Good Environmental Status for marine biodiversity? Marine Pollution Bulletin,
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2015.03.015
18
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0025.png
unmanaged pressure, i.e. operating outside the control of management measures employed in a
regional sea and where the management measures can only address the consequences rather than the
causes (for more details see Patrício et al. 2014
24
). Making the distinction between changes due to
climatic changes and other pressures is likely to pose a challenge in the delimitation of their synergistic
and cumulative effects. Environmental status should therefore be considered at the slightly broader
level of functional groups of species, functional habitats and their relationships, within which a suitable
degree of fluctuation in species composition and relative abundance can be anticipated (O“PA‘
s ICG-
COBAM Advice Manual
25
).
A et ork of refere e populatio
e.g. mobile species) and habitats, along biogeographic gradient in
Europe could be good information to comprehend/estimate effects of climate/global change at wide
scale and help interpretation of other changes at more or less finer scale.
1.9 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be
possible or whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of
Article 3(5))
It is envisaged that a quantitative definition of GES at the criterion level for each assessment element is
feasible, considering the definitions of FCSs - Favourable Reference Values - provided by the HD.
Generally, a quantitative definition of GES for biological diversity seems to be difficult, considering also
the variety of the assessment elements, which cannot be homogenously captured by a single quantity. A
potential conceptual approach for a quantitative GES can be framed in a way that the resilience of the
ecosystem is suited to accommodate the quantified biodiversity, or in other words, it will be accounted
in the determination of the GES boundaries as the
aturally
allowed deviation from the reference
point. Where GES cannot be quantified it could be at a first step qualitatively defined, notably according
to the actual lacks of knowledge for many species or habitats. For example, benthic habitat condition
could be defined qualitatively (based on species composition and proportions) and the GES/no GES
could be a deviation (qualitative or semi-quantitative-range) around this qualitatively defined reference.
Considering the dynamic ecosystems and the naturally varying environmental conditions GES deemed to
be directly quantified for certain scales, species and habitats. To that end, lists of elements and common
classification systems of elements can facilitate a coherent and comparable quantitative determination
of GES, at least regionally. Qualitative definitions of GES may deviate from FCS provided by HD. There
may be species that are not in FCS for (coastal and/or) marine waters, but they are in FCS on a national
level. In this case the Member State is not obligated to undertake action to change the status in marine
waters (e.g. gulls, terns, waders that are breeding in coastal and further inland habitats)
24
Patrício J, Teixeira H, Borja A, Elliott M, Berg T, Papadopoulou N, Smith C, Luisetti T, Uusitalo L, Wilson C, Mazik K, Niquil N,
Cochrane S, Andersen JH, Boyes S, Burdon D, Carugati L, Danovaro R, Hoepffner N. 2014. DEVOTES recommendations for the
implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive. Deliverable 1.5,
71 pp.
DEVOTES project.
JRC92131
25
http://www.ospar.org/documents/dbase/publications/p00581/p00581_advice%20document%20d1_d2_d4_d6_biodiversity.pd
f
19
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0026.png
2. Analysis of the implementation process
2.1 Based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in-depth assessments,
a detailed summary of the findings of Article 12 relating to the determination of GES and
specifically the use of the Decision criteria and indicators should be made.
All MSs of the four marine regions have defined GES for Descriptor 1 but none have defined it in the
same way (or even similarly); the levels of detail vary enormously, GES definitions are not comparable,
not linked with boundaries and the degree to which GES is achieved is not measurable (COM(2014)97 ;
Palialexis et al. 2014). More than half of the MSs defined GES on the basis of criteria often in agreement
with the Commission Decision specifications, although not all the Commission Decision criteria are
always used. The majority of MSs covered species, habitats and ecosystems but at varying levels of
detail. Habitat criteria (1.4-1.6) are reported less often than species criteria and the ecosystem structure
criterion 1.7 is applied the least (Palialexis et al., 2014
1
).
The level of integration between MSFD D1 and other EU legislations (i.e. HD, BD, WFD), other
international agreements (e.g. conventions
Bern, CITES, Bonn) and RSC agreements was assessed; it is
characterized by a wide variation (Palialexis et al., 2014). The HD was more often taken into account
compared to other legislations, but the general overview of the level of integration is relatively low,
despite the overlap between MSFD and assessed legislations and agreements and the associated data
availability (Palialexis et al., 2014). Regarding the RSC, the MSs have indicated intention to follow the
corresponding agreements, especially in the RSC that are more advanced in assessing biodiversity.
Palialexis et al. (2014) assessed the coherence of the reported characteristics e.g. list of species,
habitats, ecosystems, functional groups within and between the RSC and against the list in SEC
(2011)1255
26
. The discrepancy across the reported lists and groups did not allow for conclusive
comparison, increasing the incoherence and inability for adequately assessing GES at any spatial level.
An additional element of complexity in the assessment of the reports is the different allocation of
methodological standards either to an indicator, criterion or descriptor. MSs should, ideally, report GES
at the same level (criterion according to MSFD and COM DEC 477/2010/EU) in order to reduce the
heterogeneity in reporting and the different interpretations of the COM DEC 477/2010/EU amongst the
MSs (Palialexis et al., 2014). The inclusion of generic indicators in the COM DEC 477/2010/EU instead of
specific methodological standards gave room for several interpretations of the criteria and a vast
number of non-comparable methodological standards for D1. The lack of a common list of
26
Relationship between the initial assessment of marine waters and the criteria for good environmental status. Commission
Staff Working Paper. SEC(2011) 1255 final.
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/pdf/SEC_2011_1255_F_DTS.pdf
20
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
characteristics associated with common GES boundaries hindered the goal established by the MSFD for
comparable and coherent assessment of GES.
Three MSs use functional groups, in addition to species groups, in their GES definition. One MS covers
both cephalopods and reptiles in its GES definition and two MS have included shellfish in the scope of
their GES definition. Seven MS have included a specific reference to listed/protected species and
habitats in their GES definitions. These include species covered by the Habitats and Birds Directives and
species protected by the OSPAR Convention, the Barcelona Convention, the IUCN list of endangered
species and the ASCOBANS and ACCOBAMS Agreements. Six MS have defined quantitative threshold
values with their GES definition, but often using different thresholds for different biological features. 3
M“ ha e i luded the otio of restoratio of iodi ersity i their GE“ defi itio . T o Me er “tates
have acknowledged natural/climatic variations and ecosystem dynamics and have not sought a rigid
state for particular biodiversity components. Finally one MS has clearly stated that it will tend towards
achieving FCS for all ecosystem features however its achievement is not considered realistic in the
timeframe of the MSFD.
Species (Criteria 1.1 Species distribution, 1.2 Population size, 1.3 Population condition)
There is a large variation in the approaches to defining GES for species. Some MSs have defined GES
using species groups, functional groups, species with specific life history traits (e.g. long-lived slowly
reproducing), and/or individual species, while others apply GES on species with no further specifications.
A few MSs also refer to protected species; these included references to species covered by the Habitats
and Birds Directives, those protected by the OSPAR convention and IUCN lists of endangered species
and those covered by ASCOBANS and ACCOBAMS agreements.
Habitat (Criteria 1.4 Habitat distribution, 1.5 Habitat extent, 1.6 Habitat condition)
The approach to defining GES for habitats is heterogeneous and there is little coherence within regions.
Many MSs are not specific in regards to the habitats covered by the definition, which in most cases
implies that all habitats are covered equally. In a few cases it is clear that only benthic habitats are
covered, thus excluding those of the water column. Less than half of the MSs have included a specific
reference to listed/protected habitats. Some of these references specifically referred to those covered
from the Habitats Directive and/or relevant RSC lists while others referred to protected habitats in
general. A few MSs have included specific habitats in their definition of GES, including protected
habitats. For example, in the Mediterranean three MSs refer specifically to
Posidonia oceanica
sea-grass
habitats. Finally a number of countries also use WFD type specific Good Ecological Status boundaries to
assess GES.
Ecosystem (Criterion 1.7 Ecosystem structure)
Only ten MS have defined GES for Criterion 1.7 either in a way that it covers the whole ecosystem
structure or some specific ecosystem aspects such as the fish community.
21
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
For Art.9, the wide variance of the reported approaches for GES determination led to low level of
coherence within each of the four regional seas (COM(2014)97 final). For Art. 8 and regarding the highly
mobile species groups (birds, mammals, reptiles, fish, cephalopods) MSs
reports aried, from
species
group assessments to single species. MSs had the option to report species assessments under BD and
HD, in fulfilling also their legal obligation for the MSFD reporting, however this option has just increased
the incoherence in assessing D1 and hindered any effort for comparable assessments.
‘“C s lists of
species are considered by some of their contracted parties. The information available for assessment
appeared to be most readily available for species, and in particular for species specifically listed for
protection, or commercially exploited species. MSs also reported the most frequently associated
pressures on these species groups; in the Baltic these were extraction of species and physical loss of
habitat and in the North East Atlantic and Mediterranean the extraction of species and biological
disturbance (COM(2014)97 final).
2.2 Identification of any questions arising from the application of the current Decision,
including those identified by the Article 12 assessment
The main issues pointed out through the COM Article 12 assessment and the JRC in-depth assessment
are the following:
a. many GES characteristics have not been set in a measurable way, in some cases not going
beyond what Annex I and the GES Decision already describes; and in other cases revealing an
apparent confusion between definition of GES and the setting of targets (MSFD Art. 9 and 10
respectively);
b. a large diversity in understanding and approaches amongst Member States reflecting
differences in the interpretation and application of Article 9;
c. MSs have not built adequately upon other EU legislation and have
adopted a pi k-and- hoose
approach from the work undertaken (and agreed) in the RSCs to which they are Parties.
A common and minimum level of determined characteristics (Art, 9(1)) should be established to ensure
an adequate assessment for biodiversity and comparable and coherent implementation of the MSFD, at
least on regional level, while those lists of characteristics that are already included in other legislations
(e.g. List of habitats and species in HD and BD, CSWD (SEC, 2011)1255 final) must be considered,
recognizing that there may be differences in implementing BHD on national level. MSs should be
encouraged to further support the RSC actions for a harmonized biodiversity assessment on a regional
scale, since there is still room for improving the level of integration in this perspective (COM(2014)97 ;
Palialexis et al. 2014).
Adequacy and coherence for D1 can be improved by following the specifications laid down by the
Habitats and Birds Directives (potentially also the WFD) for an agreed list of species and habitats
covering each Directive (and taking into account Annex III MSFD) that would constitute a consistent
standard for assessments across the biodiversity criteria. The RSCs can play an important role in this
process, since the HD and BD do not have a requirement for regional cooperation (COM(2014)97 ;
Palialexis et al. 2014).
22
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0029.png
A common concept for defining GES boundary values, which accommodates sustainable use, should be
applied, which should follow the 'acceptable deviation from a reference' approach (if possible) already
encompassed within the standards for the WFD and the Nature Directives. In this common concept
should, however, avoided that this will lead to differences between regional defined GES boundaries
and national objectives of the WFD and Natura Directives.
The definition of GES should clearly address
all
biodiversity components, although its assessment can be
based on selected representative species and habitats (COM(2014)97 final). The specific elements to be
addressed should reflect the differing biodiversity characteristics of each region, but should be selected
in such a way as to maintain consistency within (sub)regions. Regarding predominant seabed habitats,
the determination of GES and its assessment should be fully aligned with that required for Descriptor 6
(with reference to the different substrates of the seabed). For ecosystem-level assessments, the
approaches should be aligned with that required under Descriptor 4 on food webs, aiming to address
the overall balance of components in the ecosystem and their functioning (COM(2014)97 final). This
aligning between D1, D4 and D6 should be also guaranteed by making use of the work of RSCs.
2.3 Relevant data from other sources, specific to every descriptor and recent findings from
MS should also be considered.
Sources to provide information and data for the D1 assessment can include other EU legislation and
agreements, but also e.g. research programmes, monitoring programmes or existing databases. Such
sources can guide the adoption of common methodological standards for MSFD purposes, namely
regarding: 1) data and parameters surveyed or sampled across Europe; 2) lists of relevant species or
groups and lists of habitats, compiled for several purposes; and 3) operational indicators available and in
use within and across marine regions. Below we highlight some of the most relevant sources relevant for
D1.
2.3.1 Sources of monitoring data
The main data source for GES assessment is going to be the national/regional monitoring activities that
MS have to implement for the WFD, HD, BD and MSFD. For the time being MSs' monitoring programmes
reported for the MSFD are under evaluation according to the MSFD Art. 12.
Regional Sea Conventions:
Data and parameters for D1 derived from RSCs are comprehensively listed in the report
De elop e t
of a shared data and information system between the EU and the Regional Sea Conventions
27
(presented in WG DIKE, CIRCABC) which examines the data and information holdings within each of the
four Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) as well as the European Environment Agency (EEA), with the aim
of characterizing the present data and information holdings and flow processes in place across Europe.
27
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/aff9880d-df5e-44ec-854e-8f098fcff2e5/DIKE_10-2014-
05b_RSCDataReporting_Report.pdf
23
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0030.png
This report covers methodological standards, parameters that are linked with criteria and monitoring
programmes.
Most of ‘“Cs do t ha e yet a operatio al i for atio syste to o pile data or
compute indicators at regional scales for most of MSFD issues on Biodiversity (D1, D4 and part of D6).
These standards and further developments should be taken into account and included in this section.
Other sources:
DEVOTES FP7 project has produced an in-depth analysis of marine monitoring networks in Europe
aiming to assess the status of marine biodiversity monitoring for D1, D2, D4 and D6 (Patricio et al.,
2014b)
28
. The
Catalogue of Monitoring Networks
provides an initial overview of the potential for
effective implementation of the MSFD assessment of GES. This DEVOTES survey has allowed 1) to
critically evaluate the European marine monitoring activities related to biodiversity (i.e. what monitoring
is being currently performed, why it is being performed, which biodiversity descriptors, biological
components and habitats are addressed and to what pressures it is linked); 2) to identify potential gaps
in monitoring based in the information compiled; 3) to identify needs for further development for
marine biodiversity monitoring to improve and optimise the MSFD implementation, and 4) to promote
or foster harmonisation among countries sharing marine regions for joint GES assessments.
The catalogue includes 285 monitoring programmes reported by 15 EU Member States and 14 countries
that share European Regional Sea boundaries. There are details at the European, regional and
subregional sea levels, as well as the four-biodiversity descriptors, 11 biodiversity components, 22
habitats and the 37 pressures addressed. A recent version of this catalogue (June 2014) is publically
available in DEVOTES website
29
.
Importantly, the catalogue includes details on key contacts, data sources and timescales for data
collection associated with each monitoring activity. This information should enable MS to optimise their
sampling scheme by collating details on the spatial coverage, measured parameters and sampling
frequency associated with other monitoring programmes, thus producing an optimal sampling design to
complement (rather than duplicate) existing monitoring efforts. Potentially this could also help MS,
through the Regional Sea Conventions, to coordinate their monitoring in terms of timing of their
sampling, the parameters/data being collected and the geographical location, resulting in large,
coordinated datasets for the (sub)regions of each Regional Sea. Hereby, it is important that this
contributes to the implementation of the biodiversity indicators of the RSCs.
2.3.2 Sources for species and habitats lists
MSFD supporting documents:
Patr io J, Little “, Mazik K, Tho so “, )a poukas N, Tei eira H, “olau O, Uyarra MC, Papadopoulou N, Ka oglu G, Bu
as M,
Churilova T, Kryvenko O, Moncheva S, Stefanova K, Borja A, Alvarez M, Zenetos A, Smith C, Zaiko A, Danovaro R, Carugati L,
Elliott M (2014b) Report on SWOT analysis of monitoring. Deliverable 1.4 100pp + 4 Annexes. DEVOTES FP7 Project. JRC89561
http://www.devotes-project.eu/report-on-swot-analysis-of-monitoring/
29
28
http://www.devotes-project.eu/devotool/
24
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0031.png
The SWD 2011/1255 includes lists of predominant habitat types and functional groups that should be
considered by the MS. The categories adopted for habitat types
i this Co
issio s do u e t
ere
agreed so that their use could provide "a
direct link between the habitats assessed under Descriptor 1
and the substrate types to be assessed for Descriptor 6 (indicator 6.1.2
different substrate types
affected by physical damage) and to the European EUNIS habitat classification scheme
“WD
2011, p
18).
Other EU pieces of legislation:
Species and habitat types compiled in the framework of the
Habitats and Birds Directives
are available
through the European Nature Information System EUNIS
30
databases - an additional useful tool to be
take i to o sideratio . The M“FD CI“ do u e t o
Links between MSFD and the Nature Directives
31
identifies lists of:
Marine species for Article 17 reporting of the HD;
Seabirds and waterbird species for which SPAs should be considered under the Birds Directive
(Annex I and migratory species)
32
;
Potential overlap between MSFD predominant habitats and habitat types listed in Annex 1 of
the HD and considered 'marine' for Article 17 reporting;
The EUNIS pan-European classification system for habitats that could be the basis for a coherent
assessment across MSFD marine regions. Although, adjustments to the current EUNIS classification
scheme might be needed to better fit the needs of the MSFD assessments (Patricio et al. 2014a)
33
. The
marine section of EUNIS has been restructured and is expected to become available in 2015.
Under the
Common Fishery Policy
and the Community framework for the collection, management and
use of data in the fisheries sector the Commission Decision 2010/93/EC
34
in Appendix VII provides a list
of Biological variables with species sampling specification that covers widely marine species and
monitoring parameters that can directly be assessed for the MSFD D1 criteria.
30
31
http://eunis.eea.europa.eu/about
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/e67df5e9-21e0-4dbd-9778-
ac4fb08fe1f7/Doc%209%20Links%20MSFD%20HBD%20FAQ.doc
32
Reference: Table 3: Seabirds and waterbird species for which SPAs should be considered. Guidelines for the establishment of
the Natura 2000 network in the marine environment. Application of the Habitats and Birds Directives, Appendix 2: Lists of
existing marine Habitat types and Species for different Member States, European Commission 2007,
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/marine/index_en.htm
33
34
see discussion in Patricio et al. 2014a, pp 4-9
http://datacollection.jrc.ec.europa.eu/c/document_library/get_file?uuid=296dffd3-9c81-4759-b691-
9b1654ea66b9&groupId=10213
25
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0032.png
Non-Indigenous Species (NIS) are part of the ecosystems and habitats and as such have to be considered
and assessed. NIS inventories, such as the
European Alien Species Information Network
(EASIN
35
) can
be the basis to provide information on the presence/distribution of NIS in particular ecosystems and
habitats.
Other international initiatives:
The
IUCN Red List of Threatened Species
36
is widely recognized as the most comprehensive, objective
global approach for evaluating the conservation status of plant and animal species and can provides a
source of marine threatened species in the European waters. However, it should be recognized that the
MSFD aims at achieving a GES and is not focused on protection of individual species. In other words,
selected rare species (e.g. Roseate Tern) should in general not be used to indicate the environmental
status. Species protection should be done through the nature directives.
Other databases:
DEVOTES FP7 Project listed the potential European Keystone Species (Smith
et al.,
2014) and listed also
indicator species, taxa or groups frequently included in indicators (Teixeira
et al.,
2014). This information
is available through two catalogues that can support MS during the MSFD implementation process. The
catalogues potential application in the context of supporting the selection of relevant biological features
is explained below. We highlight, however, that these catalogues cannot replace or overcome the lack of
clear and agreed general guidance on how to select biological features by MS.
The
DEVOTES Catalogue of Indicators
(Teixeira et al. 2014
37
; freely available as software
DEVOTool
38
)
includes so far 557 indicator entries with respective metadata information, including the biodiversity
components (sensu SWD, 2011) to which the indicators apply or focus on. This catalogue provides a
good insight into the most relevant biological features usually considered in marine biodiversity
assessments. The catalogues show that most of the indicators available have been developed specifically
for assessing state change of biodiversity components, subcomponents or specific taxa (using categories
for biological features as indicated in Table 1 of Annex III MSFD and in SWD 2011). However, some
indicators have defined groups independently of biodiversity components, such as functional groups,
keystone species or non-indigenous species. The later categories reflect more closely those considered
in some of the Commission Decision criteria (e.g. of indicators reported in the catalogue:
A u da e of
fu tio al groups , Nu er of io eonosis/facies or ‘ate of e i trodu tio of o
-indigenous
spe ies per defi ed period .
The information in this catalogue can facilitate knowledge transfer across
countries and marine regions. It can be used e.g. to identify operational indicators within neighbouring
35
36
37
http://easin.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
http://www.iucnredlist.org/
Teixeira
et al.,
2014. Existing biodiversity, non-indigenous species, food-web and seafloor integrity GEnS indicators.DEVOTES
FP7 Project; 2014. JRC89170. DEVOTES public Deliverable 3.1 http://www.devotes-project.eu/wp-
content/uploads/2014/02/D3-1_Existing-biodiversity-indicators.pdf
38
http://www.devotes-project.eu/devotool/
26
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0033.png
countries that focus on the same biodiversity components, enhancing comparability and broader scale
assessments of relevant species or groups of species within marine regions. It can also highlight
indicators that could be potentially adapted to other areas or applied at a higher EU scale, for example,
by identifying relevant species or groups of species widely surveyed by all MS.
The
DEVOTES Catalogue of Keystone species
and associated report is a review of potential keystones
species in European marine habitats (Smith et al. 2014
39
). The catalogue includes 210 distinct species
and 19 groups classified by major habitat in the EU Regional Seas and the Norwegian Sea. The keystones
in the catalogue are identified from several sources, such as published work, expert opinion and models
high keysto e ess i de alues i E opath ith E osi
odels . The keysto e spe ies origi ate fro a
wide range of faunal/floral groups and trophic levels and many are invasive species. Gaps exist partially
from a lack of expertise in specific areas (for certain groups or certain habitats), but also from the very
limited information available on keystone species in general.
Although the scientific community is aware that important difficulties remain in the definition of
keystone species (Smith et al. 2014), for example, at what point does a species become keystone?, are
keystone species promoters or reducers (through primary or secondary impacts)?, can a prey species be
a keystone?, can a keystone species be a species group (e.g. a genus, a family), functional group or even
a habitat? and what is the scale (primarily spatial but also temporal) that the keystone works over?;
many of these species are already considered to some extent as key/important species, and DEVOTES
noted an overlap between species included in the indicator and keystone catalogues. Also a number of
keystone species were reported in the MS Initial Assessments. Specifically for keystone habitat species,
many operational indicators already exist (Teixeira et al. 2014) and have long been applied in the
context of environmental assessment and conservation initiatives such that these species can be tracked
as indicators for GES. These indicators are, however, mostly structural indicators that provide little
information on the interaction or the role of the species in the ecosystem. DEVOTES discussed the
possibility of using keystone species as indicators in monitoring programmes and suggested that
keystone can provide relevant information for the future consequences of environmental changes in the
entire ecosystem (Smith et al. 2014). In supporting the MSFD functional approach, the Catalogue of
Keystone Species promotes keystone functional groups where a group of species/taxa may have a
keystone function, for example, rich coralligenous communities or mixed coral and sponge fields. This
catalogue can be used to help select relevant biological features for assessment.
2.3.3 Sources of indicators
Regional Sea Conventions:
Smith C, Papadopoulou N, Sevastou K, Franco A, Teixeira H, Piroddi C, Katsanevakis S, Furhaupter K, Beauchard O, Cochrane
S, Ramsvatn S, Feral J, Chenuil A, David R, Kiriakopoulou N, Zaiko A, Moncheva S, Stefanova K, Churilova T, Kryvenko O (2014)
Report on the identification of keystone species and processes across regional seas. Deliverable 6.1 105pp + 1 Annex. Devotes
FP7 Project. JRC91370 http://www.devotes-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/DEVOTES-D6-1-Keystones.pdf
39
27
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0034.png
Core and candidate indicators for D1 derived from RSCs are comprehensively listed in the report
De elop e t of a shared data a d i for atio syste
et ee the EU a d the ‘egio al “ea
Conventions
40
prese ted i WG DIKE, CI‘CABC
. Links of these indicators with monitoring frameworks
and technical specifications are also provided.
Other databases:
DEVOTES has compiled two databases as an inventory of existing methods to support the choice of
methodological standards in the scope of the MSFD. These scientific indicators are potential tools that
can be used to assess the environmental status of European seas within the MSFD. The list of available
indicators and indices potentially valuable for the implementation of the four biodiversity related
descriptors, including D1 Biological Diversity, can be found in the
DEVOTES Catalogue of Indicators
(Teixeira et al. 2014; freely available as software
DEVOTool
38
) and in the
Catalogue of Model-derived
Indicators
(Piroddi et al. in prep). The DEVOTool software allows navigating a database of indicators of
marine biodiversity, within all European Regional Seas but also from other seas. Currently, the catalogue
includes 557 entries (version 6) which have been collected from Member States, Regional Sea
Conventions and scientific literature. One of the aims of the catalogue is to foster transfer of know-how
across countries and marine regions, so that indicators operational in one area could be potentially
adapted to other areas and used in the environmental assessment. The catalogue contains information
on metadata ranging from indicator descriptions, data requirements, developmental status, reference
values and quality thresholds, to geographical coverage and applicable habitats, biodiversity
components and related human pressures.
Specifically for D1, a search in the DEVOTool Catalogue of Indicators showed that, except for indicator
. . Populatio ge eti stru ture , all other riteria a d asso iated i di ators ould e addressed y at
least 30 operational indicators. The Catalogue of Model-derived Indicators (Piroddi et al. in prep) also
revealed that, except also for indicator 1.3.2, all D1 criteria and associated indicators could potentially
be addressed by existing modelling approaches.
2.4 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple Member
States, and shortcomings should be listed systematically.
RSCs are developing initiatives towards common monitoring and assessment on a regional scale. For
example, OSPAR ICG COBAM is working on assessments for indicators on a (sub)regional scale. ICG
COBAM has set up seven expert groups on the relevant biodiversity elements (e.g. birds, mammals,
benthic habitats, etc). Over 100 experts in ten Member States are involved in this work. The HELCOM
40
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/aff9880d-df5e-44ec-854e-8f098fcff2e5/DIKE_10-2014-
05b_RSCDataReporting_Report.pdf
28
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0035.png
CORESET is also considered as a good example. The ECAP process in the Barcelona convention has also
created and expert group on biodiversity and fisheries, for the development of the monitoring and
assessment guidance, to make operational the biodiversity indicators that were approved in the COP
meeting in Istanbul (2015). Within Member States it is good to gather all national experts concerned
with MSFD in working groups to achieve coherence across ecosystem components, criteria and
descriptors. Expert consultation is critical for policy decisions.
2.5 Differences and similarities between regions.
Flora and fauna change enormously not only due to the latitudinal gradient
41
but also within areas in the
same latitude. These changes are mainly driven by the different local water mass characteristics and
other factors such as human activities.
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
3.1 Analysis of the current text of the Decision, identifying in particular those parts which
are best placed in guidance, those parts which are interpretative or explicative information
and those parts which need to be kept in the Decision in accordance with the mandate
provided by the Directive
In Part B of the Commission Decision, the first paragraph as well as the paragraphs introducing the
criteria and standards for the species and habitats level could be considered for integration within the
criteria and standards as they relate to the definition of the scope of these criteria (in terms of the
biological features to consider for D1). The assessment criteria and methodological standards associated
to the legislative instruments listed in point 2 of Part A, which are relevant for biological diversity,
should also be considered for potential input in the criteria and standards for clarification or instead
include reference to the relevant document where these are established. It should be noted that similar
information about the scope of the criteria has not been included for criterion 1.7.
The paragraphs below in copy from the Commission Decision include a proposal for changes.
Assessment is required at several ecological levels: ecosystems, habitats (including their associated
communities, in the sense of biotopes) and species, which are reflected in the structure of this section,
taking into account point 2 of Part A. For certain aspects of this descriptor, additional scientific and
technical support is required ( 5 ). To address the broad scope of the descriptor, it is necessary, having
Fisher, J., Frank, K. T., and Leggett, W. C. 2010. Global variation in marine fish body size and its role in biodiversity–ecosystem
functioning. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 405: 1–13
41
29
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0036.png
regard to Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC (MSFD), to prioritise among biodiversity features at the level
of species, habitats and ecosystems. This enables the identification of those biological features and
those areas where impacts and threats arise and also supports the identification of appropriate
indicators among the selected criteria, adequate to the areas and the features concerned (6). The
obligation of regional cooperation contained in Articles 5 and 6 of Directive 2008/56/EC (MSFD) is
directly relevant to the process of selection of biological features within regions, sub-regions and
subdivisions, including for the establishment, where appropriate, of reference conditions pursuant to
Annex IV to Directive 2008/56/EC. Modelling using a geographic information system platform may
provide a useful basis for mapping a range of biodiversity features and human activities and their
pressures, provided that any errors involved are properly assessed and described when applying the
results. This type of data is a prerequisite for ecosystem-based management of human activities and for
developing related spatial tools ( 7 ). Assessment methods and standards, to address each criterion
should reflect the actual knowledge, and should evolve according to scientific and technical
improvements.
Species Level
For ea h regio , su
-region or subdivision, taking into account the different species and communities
(e.g. for phyto-plankton and zooplankton) contained in the indicative list in Table 1 of Annex III to
Directive 2008/56/EC, it is necessary to assess all functional groups (SWD 2011) by a selection of
representative sets of species or population to cover actual MSFD requirements, having regard to point
2 of Part A
of the COM De
/
/EU. The ide tifi atio of the rele a t spe ies should e ased
on harmonized methodology applied to a common agreed list of species or group of species, in
accordance to other EU legislations and RSCs agreements.
42
The three criteria for the assessment of any
species are species distribution, population size and population condition. As to the later, there are
cases where it also entails an understanding of population health and inter- and intra-specific
relationships. It is also necessary to assess separately subspecies and populations where the initial
assessment, or new information available, identifies impacts and potential threats to the status of some
of them. The assessment of species also requires an integrated understanding of the distribution, extent
and condition of their habitats, coherent with the requirements laid down in Directive 92/43/EEC ( 8 )
and Directive 2009/147/EC, to make sure that there is a sufficiently large habitat to maintain its
population, taking into consideration any threat of deterioration or loss of such habitats. In relation to
biological diversity at the level of species, the three criteria for assessing progress towards good
environmental status, as well as the indicators methodological standards related respectively to them,
are the following:...
Habitat level
42
Functional groups and rules to select species/populations should be discussed, agreed and described here.
30
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0037.png
For the purpose of Dire ti e
/ /EC, the ter ha itat addresses oth the a ioti hara teristi s
and the associated biological community, treating both elements together in the sense of the term
biotope.
For each region, sub-region or subdivision, taking into account the different habitats types
contained in the indicative list in Table 1 of Annex III to Directive 2008/56/EC, it is necessary to assess all
43
habitat types, by a selection of representative habitats, to cover the MSFD requirements. A set of
habitat types needs to be drawn up for each region, sub-region or subdivision, taking into account the
different habitats contained in the indicative list in Table 1 of Annex III and having regard to the
instruments mentioned in point 2 of Part A.
Such instruments also refer to a number of habitat
complexes (which means assessing, where appropriate, the composition, extent and relative
proportions of habitats within such complexes) and to functional habitats (such as spawning, breeding
and feeding areas and migration routes). Additional efforts for a coherent classification of marine
habitats, supported by adequate mapping, are essential for assessment at habitat level, taking also into
account variations along the gradient of distance from the coast and depth (e.g. coastal, shelf and deep
sea). The three criteria for the assessment of habitats are their distribution, extent and condition (for
the latter, in particular the condition of typical species and communities), accompanied with the
indicators related respectively to them. The assessment of habitat condition requires an integrated
understanding of the status of associated communities and species, coherent with the requirements laid
down in Directive 92/43/EEC ( 9 ) and Directive 2009/147/EC, including where appropriate an
assessment of their functional traits. In relation to biological diversity at the level of habitats, the criteria
for assessing progress towards good environmental status, as well as the methodological standards
related respe ti ely to the , are the follo i g:
Ecosystem level
[This
level might change after adopting the proposals in chapter 5]
In addition, the interactions between the structural components of the ecosystem are fundamental for
assessing ecosystem processes and functions for the purpose of the overall determination of good
environmental status, having regard, inter alia, to Articles 1, 3(5) and 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC.
Other functional aspects addressed through other descriptors of good environmental status (such as
descriptors 4 and 6), as well as connectivity and resilience considerations, are also important for
addressing ecosystem processes and functions.
[Need to be updated after defining and agreeing on the
content of the current 1.7 criterion and on the integration approach amongst the state descriptors].
3.2 Identification of needs for guidance
To summarize the previous conclusions guidelines are needed on the following issues for supporting the
scope of the review process and of the overall MSFD implementation:
43
Predominant habitats
(e.g. level EUNIS 3-4)
and rules to select habitats (community level,
e.g. level EUNIS 5-6)
should be
discussed, agreed and described here
.
31
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
How the habitat assessment criteria should be related to the species criteria. The Commission
De isio
e tio s, i relatio to the spe ies le el, the eed for
an integrated understanding of
the distri utio , e te t a d o ditio of their ha itats ; ho e er, ha itat assess e t riteria
are
not clearly related to the species criteria. Whilst there is some consideration of species level
within the habitat level (criterion 1.6), the two assessments are likely to be carried out by
different people which may make cross-over problematic. It either needs to be made clearer
that the two needs to be supplementary assessed, or there needs to be some replication to
ensure that habitat types are adequately linked to species, where possible, according to the
MSFD objectives. On the other hand species should be assessed in association with particular
habitats
–essential
species habitats- related with their GES status (spawning, nursery, feeding
grounds).
How the assessment at the ecosystem level should be done, including how to handle the
connections with other descriptors (e.g. D3, D4, D5, D6). The assessments for MSFD
s
Article 12
showed that Member States used criterion 1.
e osyste stru ture the least. Clarifi atio is
needed as to what is an ecosystem as an assessment unit for the MSFD and what should be the
content of 1.7. To this end the ecosystem approach to management has to be interpreted and
raised at the level of state Descriptors
–including
the current state criteria and indicators from
all Descriptors-that would come through an efficient integration amongst them.
How to adopt existing habitat classification systems for MSFD purposes.
The EEA s EUNI“ ha itat
classification system for the marine environment is currently being revised. It would be sensible
if there is some cross-over between the Commission Decision and EUNIS revisions to allow
comparisons and exchange of data to ensure that MSFD predominant habitat types equate
clearly to EUNIS types. The issue will be to specify the need to use EUNIS and the resolution of
the habitat types to be assessed (i.e. the predominant types).
Need also to e uate the differe t
su strate types of D to D predo i a t ha itats.
3.3 An analysis of what to keep should take place, including specification on what may be
out dated or may need to be aligned with other or new legislation, etc.
The review of the current Commission Decision (and associated methodological standards), which is
foreseen in its paragraph 4, would guarantee the exploitation and adoption of the scientific knowledge,
technical improvements and evolution in environmental management. Examples, criteria and selecting
or deselecting methods of assessment elements (species, habitats, and functional groups) should be
specified to improve the clarity and coherence of the Com Dec 2010/477/EU.
Specifications on the integration of the state descriptors and their links with the impact and pressure
aspects of the others should be included in the decision, aiming to streamline the assessment across the
descriptors. The state-impact-pressure definition of the criteria in the revised COM Decisions can be
linked with the targets to enhance the associations and clarity amongst articles 8, 9 and 10 of the MSFD.
Additionally, guidelines on the exploitation of existing legislations (mostly HD and BD for D1) and
convergence of their status classifications can improve the implementation of the MSFD, avoiding
double assessments and leading to a cost-effective and simpler implementation.
32
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0039.png
4. Identification of issues
4.1 Main findings and information that will be used in the next step of the revision process.
The recent MSFD assessment carried out in relation to Article 12 concluded the following:
Low integration with the WFD and BD, relatively good integration with the HD.
MSs can exploit
methods, data and characteristics derived from other legislations more efficiently
(see Evans
and Arvela, 2011 for HD
44
). Besides, MSFD has specific issues. Optimisation in monitoring
(methods and spatial/temporal designs) and data management should be enhanced, but some
aspects are new in MSFD and require additional specific and coherent assessments. This can be
reflected in the GES determination and in the computation of statistical indicators (optimized
common data and additional ones), which can lead to (slightly) different threshold and targets
(and characteristics).
Low/Moderate integration with the RSC. An
active involvement of the MSs on regional level is
required
for the establishment of coherent and comparable approaches to the assessment. This
could be feasible after establishing coherent objectives and assessments between MSFD-RSC-
WFD and other relevant legislations
Assessing biodiversity (from species to ecosystems) should
ensure a coherent list of
characteristics (species, habitats and ecosystems levels)
highlighting characteristic common for
neighbouring MS.
Reduction of the heterogeneity in the definition of GES both at European level and at regional
level.
MSFD terminology should be clarified and commonly interpreted.
GES should be defined
on a criterion level and criteria should be quantifiable and linked with specific methodological
standards and boundaries to provide measurable, comparable and operational GES definitions.
Gap in biodiversity knowledge was reported by most of the MSs. Bilateral and regional
cooperation through RSCs should be encouraged to set a more comprehensive background on
biodiversity, taking into account the environmental similarities. Scientific and pilot projects at
regional and sub-regional level could facilitate this issue.
High heterogeneity in the number and type of methodological approaches, thresholds and limits
in MS reports has been observed.
Common agreed and comparable (pragmatic and fully
operational) methodological standards and relevant boundaries on a regional or EU scale
should be established. The most frequently used methods could be the starting point for
defining a coherent list of methodological approaches. Besides, it should be kept in mind that
most frequently used methods are used for specific issues (and scales). (Sub)regional
Evans D. and M. Arvela (2011): Assessment and reporting under Article 17 of the Habitats Directive. Explanatory Notes &
Guidelines for the period 2007-2012. ETC, Paris
44
33
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0040.png
specificities may also require adaptation of possible methods (e.g. observation by imagery or
divers depends of water clarity). Finally, some new issues (and/or cost-efficiency) require new
methods or adaptation of existing one, and should take into account (and facilitate) scientific
and technical Research & Developments (e.g. molecular tools for systematic, applied to Non
indigenous species detection).
Specific issues include
the risk of double counting
(Teixeira
et al.
2014
45
), i.e. the accounting of
the same ecosystem feature in different contexts
within and across descriptors.
This needs to
be considered in a subsequent step of the process.
Ecosystem is ambiguous, as much as criterion 1.7. According to the apparent increasing
biological level, this criterion should assess biodiversity and functional links between previous
levels: (mobile) species and habitats. Function can be trophic but also connectivity (notably
et ee spe ies ha itats
sensus
HD and implied under Decision indicator D7.2.2) or material
flow (e.g. calcareous).
Recommendations (from Berg
et al.
2015
46
): The Berg
et al.
(2015) manuscript from DEVOTES public
Deliverable 3.1 provides specific evidence that can complement and support many of the findings of the
I
-depth
Assess e t Paliale is
et al.,
2014)
Clearly defi e ter s a d use the
o siste tly .
An updated Common Understanding
document will highly contribute to that end.
I this ase,
area’
is only meaningful for immobile
components and mainly associated to the habitat level and as such it is covered in the Decision
by parameter 1.5.1 (Habitat area). This would lead resolving the issue of the ambiguous use of
the ter
distri utio ’
et ee spe ies a d ha itat le el ;
b)
Criteria of Des riptor should e spe ified
following an approach to avoid overlaps and
guidelines should be provided along with the criteria. It could be suggested that the
species
level
criteria (1.1-1.3) are used only on mobile species that are wide-ranging and typically not
associated to a single habitat, as already suggested by (Cochrane
et al.,
2010
47
), and the habitat
level criteria (1.4–1.6) would be used for the (often immobile) components tightly associated to
a si gle or a fe related ha itats .
c)
“i e the ter ha itat is used i the se se of iotope
(Olenin and Ducrotoy, 2006) in
Commission Decision, criteria 1.4–1.6 would assess the combination of the physical habitat and
its associated communities. As such
Ha itat e te t
should relate to the whole community [and
its abiotic characteristics]. Some habitats (e.g. biogenic reefs as seagrasses,
Sabellaria
reefs,
a)
Teixeira
et al.,
2014. Existing biodiversity, non-indigenous species, food-web and seafloor integrity GEnS indicators.DEVOTES
FP7
Project;
2014.
JRC89170.
DEVOTES
public
Deliverable
3.1
http://www.devotes-project.eu/wp-
content/uploads/2014/02/D3-1_Existing-biodiversity-indicators.pdf
46
Berg T, Fürhaupter K, Teixeira H, Uusitalo L, Zampoukas N. 2015. The Marine Strategy Framework Directive and the
ecosystem-based approach - pitfalls and solutions. Mar. Pollut. Bull., http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2015.04.050
47
Cochrane S.K.J., D.W. Connor, P. Nilsson, I. Mitchell, J. Reker, J. Franco, V. Valavanis, S. Moncheva, J. Ekebom, K. Nygaard, R.
Serrão Santos, I. Narberhaus, T. Packeiser, W. van de Bund & A.C. Cardoso, 2010. Marine Strategy Framework Directive Task
Group 1 Report Biological diversity EUR 24337 EN
2010. http://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/pdf/1-Task-group-1-
Report-on-Biological-Diversity.pdf
45
34
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0041.png
oyster beds,
Crepidula
a ks, et .
ay re uire a assess e t at this e gi eeri g spe ies
level, as this structures the whole habitat (abiotic and biotic structure). Also, this would result in
re o i g para eter . . o pletely si e it is superfluous u der this defi itio .
d) A clear differentiation is needed on which aspects are assessed within descriptors 1, 4 and 6
respectively in order to avoid
double counting (over-weighting of assessments) across
descriptors.
The riteria/i di ators i other des riptors o tri uti g to a risk of
double
counting
are:
(in relation to D4 Food web)
4.3 Abundance/distribution of key trophic
groups/species / 4.3.1 Abundance trends of functionally important selected
groups/species;
The assess e t of a u da e/area of key trophi groups like ha itat-defining
species may not have a
high i di ator alue for D food e si e it does ot target the pro esses a d li kages ithi a d
between the food webs but is restricted to the state of a particular node of that web, much like the
i di ators already i pla e for Des riptor .
(in relation to D6 Sea floor integrity)
6.2 Condition of benthic community / 6.2.2
Multi-metric indexes assessing benthic community condition and functionality;
There is a high opportunity
that i di ators addressi g riterio . Co ditio of e thi o
u ity
are also used under criterion 1.6 Habitat condition / 1.6.1 Condition of the typical species and
communities of Descriptor 1, because the benthic communities are also regarded as being the biotic
o po e ts of e thi ha itats .
e) It is recommended to integrate all criteria and parameters relating to condition or state of the
benthic communities and species functionally important groups into the habitat level of D1 (this
was a common approach across MSs for the Art. 8 assessments in the first phase of the MSFD
implementation). Alternatively, the scope and aim of each criterion should be re-defined in
order to reflect the specificities in relation to each descriptor.
f)
RSCs have gathered, and are still gathering, various practical experiences in developing, testing,
assessing and implementing biodiversity indicators, e.g. data flows (access to governmental
private owned data), reporting, gap analysis, practical (e.g. division of tasks amongst Member
States, financial consequences), etc. It is recommended to use these practical experiences.
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
5.1 Conclude on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators, in the light of the
"refined" common understanding, the findings of the Article 12 assessment and relevant
international, EU and RSC legislation and approaches.
35
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Clarification of the GES concept:
D1 covers all biodiversity
how to handle this in practice (currently via functional groups and
predominant habitat types) needs to be clearer. The lists of functional groups and predominant
habitats in SWD 2011 aim to cover all biodiversity, but would benefit from review to ensure they
are a suitable practical set. Define which (sets of) species should be assessed to represent each
group (including also threatened/sensitive species or groups).
Key terms and concepts (e.g. links across the state descriptors, aggregation of descriptors to the
overall-ecosystem assessment, etc) used in GES definitions are often insufficiently clear so
guidelines and agreements are needed for the specification of their exact meaning.
Regional coherence:
Guidelines specifying the EU desired level of ambition could be necessary to ensure that
implementation requires a comparable level of GES adequacy while taking into account regional
and sub-regional differences. The aim should be an EU coherence on the assessment criteria,
high level thresholds and baselines, whilst expecting the specific species/habitats/values to be
defined at regional -through RSCs- (or national) level to reflect ecological variation and also the
species and habitats that are most suitable to assess considering the differences in pressures.
Within and across the RSCs (in particular HELCOM and OSPAR), the work to develop and agree
upon a core set of indicators is currently on-going, increasing coherence within these regions,
especially on setting boundaries for GES.
Criteria
HBD, RSCs, European Red List assessments (on-going)
can be broadly aligned
centred on quantity and quality. These criteria for habitats and the Member States obligation to
monitor and report, should be aligned between neighbouring Member States and if possible
standardised to be coherent and comparable. Quantifying attributes for species and habitats
can be costly and technically difficult, this need however to be considered when designing the
protected areas network and monitoring. However patterns can be determined/modelled on
the basis of presence data.
5.2 Recommendation on which criteria to retain, which to amend and any to remove
Species Level
Biodiversity component and species groups to be considered, at species biological level, are listed in
Table 3 (from SEC 2011/1255).
36
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0043.png
Table 3:
Functional groups of highly mobile and widely dispersed species of marine birds, mammals,
reptiles, fish and cephalopods (Table 3 of SEC(2011)1255).
Biodiversity components Species group
Birds
Intertidal benthic-feeding birds
Inshore surface-feeding birds
Inshore pelagic-feeding birds
Inshore benthic-feeding birds
Inshore herbivorous-feeding birds
Offshore surface-feeding birds
Offshore pelagic-feeding birds
Ice-associated birds
Toothed whales
Baleen whales
Seals
Ice-associated mammals
Turtles
Diadromous fish
Coastal fish
Pelagic fish
Pelagic elasmobranchs
Demersal fish
Demersal elasmobranchs
Deep-sea fish
Deep-sea elasmobranchs
Ice-associated fish
Coastal/shelf pelagic cephalopods
Deep-sea pelagic cephalopods
Mammals
Reptiles
Fish
Cephalopods
These elements should be defined and be in line with all Descriptors and criteria implying assessment of
state or impacts on species (cf. 1.6). These elements have to be updated after the review process and be
harmonised with potential changes in the content of afore-mentioned Descriptors, criteria and
indicators. Standards for inclusion or exclusion of assessment elements for the needs of the MSFD
should be developed in accordance to HD criteria (Appendix III of the HD).
Relevant species allocated to the species groups and functional groups of SWD 2011/1255 Table 3
include,
interalia:
a) species listed under EU Directives and international agreements
48
;
For an indicative list of elements see:Tables in page 23 of the following LIFE III document:
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/marine/docs/appendix_4_life.pdf
& Annexes in the N. Zampoukas, A.
Palialexis, A. Duffek, J. Graveland, G. Giorgi, C. Hagebro, G. Hanke, S. Korpinen, M. Tasker, V. Tornero, V. Abaza, P. Battaglia, M.
Caparis, R. Dekeling, M. Frias Vega, M. Haarich, S. Katsanevakis, H. Klein, W. Krzyminski, M. Laamanen, J.C. Le Gac, J.M.
Leppanen, U. Lips, T. Maes, E. Magaletti, S. Malcolm, J.M. Marques, O. Mihail, R. Moxon, C. O'Brien, P. Panagiotidis, M. Penna,
C. Piroddi, W.N. Probst, S. Raicevich, B. Trabucco, L. Tunesi, S. van der Graaf, A. Weiss, A.S. Wernersson, W. Zevenboom, (2014).
Technical guidance on monitoring for the Marine Strategy Framework Directive. EUR
Scientific and Technical Research series.
Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union 166pp, doi: 10.2788/70344.
48
37
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0044.png
b) Key species (as representatives of key structural components or functions of the ecosystem);
c) commercially exploited species (in relation to Descriptor 3);
d) genetically distinct forms of indigenous species;
e) non-indigenous species, particularly those which are invasive.
The RSCs can play herein an important role by defining the species to be assessed on the level of region
or subregion. Species with populations that are well-characterized by survey data should be highly
considered in this process.
Section 2.3 refers to lists of marine species that are included in other legislations. Their assessments has
to be adapted to the MSFD D1 assessment.
1.1. Species distribution geographic distribution
GES determination: species geographic distribution should be in line with the assessments conducted for
the HD, BD and RSCs agreements and not deteriorated significantly by human activities. For species
distribution where specific thresholds have been set, these should be considered (e.g. a threshold of Y%
of natural range).
GES for the listed species in HD can be assessed based on similar criteria as for the
fa oura le
o ser atio status
assessment defined by the Habitats Directive and discussed in section 1.3
49
. In
addition to typical and endangered species, GES is required for the commercially-exploited species
addressed by the Common Fisheries Policy (EC 2008b); the criteria and indicators for healthy
commercial stocks are detailed in Descriptor 3.
The methodological standards to support criterion 1.1 could derive (to include) the approach from the
HD, which follows. The conservation status for the species (Directive provisions, Art. 1) will be taken as
'favourable' when (the second bullet is relevant to MSFD criterion 1.1):
population dynamics data on the species concerned indicate that it is maintaining itself on a
long-term basis as a viable component of its natural habitats, and
the natural range of the species is neither being reduced nor is likely to be reduced for the
foreseeable future, and
there is, and will probably continue to be, a sufficiently large habitat to maintain its populations
on a long-term basis;
It should be noted that qualitative definitions of GES may deviate from FSCs provided by HD. There may be species that are
not in FCS for (coastal and/or) marine waters, but they are in FSC on a national level. In this case the Member State is not
obligated to undertake action to change the status in marine waters (e.g. gulls, terns, waders that are breeding in coastal and
further inland habitats). Further, differences have to be avoided between regional defined GES boundaries and national
objectives of the WFD and Natura Directives.
49
38
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0045.png
Proposed methodological standards could include:
distributional range
distributional pattern, where relevant
area covered by species, where relevant
species distribution models
Depending on the species and the monitoring programmes several types of data can be generated
including occurrence data, presence-absence data and abundance per sampling station. Species
distribution models are able to link species distributions with preferable environmental conditions
bridging this criterion to the habitat condition criterion (1.6), in line also with the HD criterion for natural
habitats and the conservation status of its typical species (Directives provisions, Art.1). RSCs should play
an important role in coordinating these monitoring programmes and modelling.
The most common methodological standards reported for D 1.1 according to Palialexis et al. (2014)
were:
Location and distribution of species or species groups
Distributional range of species or species groups
Area covered by species or species groups
These were reported for specific species or species groups.
Boundaries associated with these methodological standards and links with GES:
GES boundaries for species geographic distribution should be in line with boundaries defined for other
legislations and agreements and in line with the GES determination. Due to the variety of elements-
species only general rules for GES boundaries can be defined according to the Common Understanding
document and the cross-cutting workshop conclusions. Species distribution subjects to natural
processes (e.g. intra-, inter-species competition) that cannot always be distinguished from the effects of
anthropogenic activities hindering any attempt to include deterioration of species distribution into the
general GES definition or into boundaries. Endangered and vulnerable species, though, should be
treated more strictly, if is needed to be included in the assessment, due to their direct threat. A similar
approach should also be applied for relevant habitats. For such elements it is suggested to include the
maintenance of distributional range in their GES assessment. In any case, endangered and vulnerable
species are assessed by the nature Directives.
Distributional range (1.1.1)
Distributional pattern within the latter, where appropriate (1.1.2)
Area covered by the species (for sessile/benthic species) (1.1.3)
1.2. Population size
39
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES determination: species population abundance and/or biomass should be in line with the
assessments conducted for the HD, BD and RSCs agreements and not be deteriorated significantly by
human activities. Where abundance and/or biomass specific thresholds have been or can be set, these
should be considered.
Methodological standards:
In line with criterion 1.1, the methodological standards to support criterion 1.2 could derive (to include)
the approach from the HD, as is presented above.
Proposed methodological standards could include:
-
Population abundance and/or biomass, as appropriate
The Data Collection Framework of the Common Fisheries Policy provides data for the assessment of
biomass and abundance for a number of marine species (see also section 2.3).
The most common methodological standards reported for D 1.2 according to Palialexis et al. (2014)
were:
Size (biomass, number, coverage) of the population of individual species or species groups
Boundaries associated with these methodological standards and links with GES:
GES boundaries for population size should be in line with boundaries defined for other legislations and
agreements and in line with the GES determination. Due to the variety of elements-species only general
rules for GES boundaries can be defined according to the Common Understanding document and the
cross-cutting workshop conclusions.
Good practices for GES determination for 1.2: A MS for MSFD Art. 9 determined GES considering existing
assessments: "Good conditions according to the Water Framework Directive (i.e. good ecological status),
Habitats and Birds Directives (i.e. favourable conservation status) and OSPAR (i.e. ecological quality
objectives) are attained. Rare and threatened habitat types and species, included in existing legislation
and conventions, are protected to the level envisaged by that legislation or convention". Another good
practice for a quantitative determination of GES coming from the 2012 reporting includes: "GES is
achieved when values of abundance and biomass in the assessment area of the species X, Y and Z, which
have been selected as suitable indicators for the status of coastal fish communities, are equal to or
exceed the threshold value (quantitatively expressed)".
40
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1.3. Population condition
GES determination: species population condition should be in line with the assessments conducted for
the HD, BD and RSCs agreements and not be significantly and adversely affected by human activities. The
population's structure and health status can safeguard reproduction and genetic variation to such an
extent that the viability of the population can be maintained.
Methodological standards:
Population demographic characteristics (e.g. body size or age class structure, sex ratio, fecundity
rates, survival/ mortality rates)
Population genetic structure, where appropriate
Proposed methodological standards:
Productivity
survival rate,
breeding success
............
The most common methodological standards reported for D 1.2 according to Palialexis et al. (2014)
were:
Productivity
survival rate,
breeding success
genetic structure of the population
Boundaries associated with these methodological standards and links with GES:
GES boundaries for species population conditions should be in line with boundaries defined for other
legislations and agreements and in line with the GES determination. Due to the variety of elements-
species only general rules for GES boundaries can be defined according to the Common Understanding
document and the cross-cutting workshop conclusions.
Good practices for GES determination for 1.3:
A MS determined GES as: "The
population's structure and
health status can safeguard reproduction and genetic variation to such an extent that the viability of the
population can be maintained". Several MS referred to assessments from other EU legislations (BD, HD)
for the particular criterion.
41
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0048.png
Habitat level
50
For a consistent and coherent assessment of habitats it is proposed to follow specific classification
schemes. Table 7 of the SWD 2011/1255 lists predominant habitats. The criteria for selecting sites
eligible for identification as sites of community importance and designation as special areas of
conservation (Appendix III of the HD) should be considered to extend the proposed list of habitats.
Additionally, the EUNIS classification system may facilitate a consistent assessment, especially because
of its pan-EU coverage. To that end, direct links between the SWD 2011/1255 predominant habitats and
the 2015 EUNIS classes have to be adjusted. Regional sea specific habitat/biotope classifications based
on EUNIS can further improve a regionally coherent assessment taking into account particular spatial
specificities (see HELCOM HUB as good practice
51
).
(scope) A set of habitats needs to be drawn up (based on EUNIS and considering the SWD 2011/1255
predominant habitats) for each region, sub-region or subdivision, taking into account the different
habitats contained in the indicative list in Table 1 of Annex III and having regard to the instruments
mentioned in point 2 of Part A. Such instruments also refer to a number of habitat complexes (which
means assessing, where appropriate, the composition, extent and relative proportions of habitats within
such complexes) and to functional habitats.
1.4. Habitat geographic distribution and extent.
GES determination: Habitat geographic distribution and extent
should be in line with the assessments
conducted for the HD and RSCs agreements and shall not be significantly and adversely affected by
human activities. For habitats distribution and extent where specific thresholds have been set, these
should be considered (e.g. maintain a threshold of Y% of natural range not affected or Y% of natural
range able to provide sustainable services).
Methodological
standards to assess habitats distribution:
The methodological standards to support criteria 1.4 & 1.5 could derive (to include) the approach
from the HD, which follows. In the case of natural habitats, favourable conservation status (ref Article
1(e)) is achieved when:
-
-
-
50
51
its natural range and the areas it covers within that range are stable
52
or increasing
53
, and
the specific structure and functions which are necessary for its long-term maintenance are exist
and are likely to continue to exist for the foreseeable future, and
the conservation status of its typical species is favourable as defined in Article 1(i).
Marine habitat types included in Annex I of the HD should be considered.
http://helcom.fi/baltic-sea-trends/biodiversity/helcom-hub
52
MSFD doesn't require conservation towards achievement of a pristine habitat, but achievement of sustainable use. To that
end, stable is referring to habitats sensitive to human impacts. "Increasing" refers to heavily impacted habitats that are under a
restoration framework, towards natural extent.
53
According to the MSFD objectives "increasing" refers to heavily impacted habitats that are under a restoration framework,
towards natural extent.
42
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0049.png
The last two points are more relevant to the MSFD D1 habitat condition criterion.
Proposed Methodological standards
Distributional range: Habitat distributional range
is the geographical region where occurrences
of a habitat can be found within the waters of each MS. They should be typically bound by
habitat range limits, defined as the spatial boundaries beyond which there is no occurrence of a
habitat in a Member State. Range is the actual distribution of a habitat and not the potential
distribution delineated by environmental limitations and reflected in the habitat extent.
Distributional pattern:
Habitat distributional pattern is the manner in which a habitat is spatially
arranged. Random, regular/uniform and clumped are the three traditional patterns considered.
The pattern of habitat distribution may not be permanent. Seasons influence environmental
conditions and resource availability (e.g., position of pelagic features), therefore influencing the
location and even existence of certain habitats. They may depend of the scale at which the
pattern is analysed therefore occurrences need to be binned at defined harmonized resolution
to ensure comparability of results between countries and throughout MSFD regions and sub-
regions. The particular methodological standard is more relevant to specific habitats (e.g. coral
reefs), but can potentially indicate fragmented habitats resulting from anthropogenic activities
that can threaten biodiversity.
Habitat extent (area and volume): Habitat extent refers to the area or volume effectively
occupied by the habitat within its range. Typically, accurate habitat extent delimitation results
from the analysis of ground-truth remote sensing images (aerial, satellite or acoustic).
Alternatively, habitat extent may result from validated statistical models. An effort should be
made to report on the current habitat extent as well as on that prior to anthropogenic impacts.
Anthropogenic pressures typically related to major habitat losses or damage include
construction of coastal infrastructures and aggregate dredging. Other pressures affecting both
habitat extent and condition include sediment disposal, non-indigenous species invasions,
opportunistic species development, global warming, ocean acidification and changes in
predator-prey balance. Despite aiming to prevent any further deterioration of the habitat
extent, the two latter approaches provide less scope for recovery of the populations as
deterioration of habitat extent has already occurred (adapted from
WG GES 2011
54
).
The most common methodological standards reported for D1.4 & D1.5 according to Palialexis et al.
(2014) were:
54
Distributional range of habitats
Distributional pattern of habitats
Area occupied by habitat
WG GES 2011. Draft Common Understanding of (Initial) Assessment, Determination of Good Environmental Status (GES) and
Establishment of Environmental Targets (Art.s 8, 9 & 10 MSFD). Version 5.
43
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Sites or volume occupied by certain species (e.g.
Posidonia
meadows)
GES boundaries for habitat geographic distribution and extent should be in line with boundaries defined
for other legislations and agreements, while more effort is needed to streamline the existing boundaries
towards consistent ones for all habitats. Due to the variety of elements-habitats only general rules for
GES boundaries can be defined according to the Common Understanding document and the cross-
cutting workshop conclusions. Such rules have been already set by HD, IUCN and RSCs (i.e. OSPAR).
Habitats subject to natural variation that cannot always be distinguished from the effects of
anthropogenic activities hindering any attempt to include maintenance and reduction of habitat areas
into the general GES definition or into boundaries. Threatened and sensitive to pressures habitats,
though should be treated more strictly, due to their direct danger for degradation and when their
sustainability of services is not maintained. A similar approach should also be applied for relevant
habitats. For such elements it is suggested to include the maintenance of distributional extent and range
in their GES assessment.
Good practices for GES determination for 1.4 & 1.5:
A MS determined GES including the followings: GES
is achieved when Good conditions according to the Water Framework Directive (i.e. good ecological
status), Habitats and Birds Directives (i.e. favourable conservation status) and RSC's (i.e. ecological
quality objectives) are attained. Rare and threatened habitat types and species, included in existing
legislation and conventions, are protected to the level envisaged by that legislation or convention".
Another MS determined GES for particular species reporting: "GES is achieved when no significant
reduction of the area occupied by the maerl-type sediments and other coralligenous habitats".
Unfortunately, there was no GES determination for 1.4 & 1.5 to include a quantifiable parameter, other
than the maintenance of the area (trend based quantification).
1.5. Habitat condition
GES determination: Habitat conditions should be in line with the assessments conducted for the HD (in
terms of structure and functions), BD (in terms of quality-biotic & abiotic) and RSCs agreements and not
be significantly and adversely affected by human activities.
Methodological
standards to assess habitats conditions:
Condition means the actual environmental state of a habitat in a given geographical area. The
assessment of state can be derived by taking direct measurements of the particular biodiversity
component, such as a typical species or communities. In practice it is nearly impossible to measure the
condition of all habitats in a given marine region by field sampling and a risk based approach is
suggested including,
interalia,
selection of representative habitats affected by each pressure.
44
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
In line with criterion 1.4, the methodological standards to support criterion 1.5 could derive (to include)
the approach from the HD, as is presented above.
Proposed methodological standards:
Condition of the typical species and communities
Relative abundance and/or biomass, as appropriate
The most common methodological standards reported for D1.6 according to Palialexis et al. (2014)
were:
Diversity indices (e.g. Shannon-Wiener)
Benthic Quality Index (BQI)
species ratios
Abundance or biomass of species or groups of species
Oxygen saturation (under the "physical, hydrological and chemical conditions)
BQI was also reported under D 5.2. Some MS reported habitat extent (1.4) as an indication of 1.5 habitat
condition. Specific abiotic parameters of the habitats have to be assessed through the pressure
Descriptors reflecting the level of certain pressures to habitats.
GES boundaries for habitat condition should be in line with boundaries defined for other legislations and
agreements, while more effort is needed to streamline the existing boundaries towards consistent ones
for all habitats. Due to the variety of elements-habitats only general rules for GES boundaries can be
defined according to the Common Understanding document and the cross-cutting workshop
conclusions. Habitats subject to natural variation, which cannot always be distinguished from the effects
of anthropogenic activities, hindering any attempt to include maintenance and reduction of habitat
areas into the general GES definition or into boundaries. Threatened and sensitive to pressures habitats,
though should be treated more strictly, due to their direct danger for degradation. A similar approach
should also be applied for relevant habitats. For such elements it is suggested to include condition
maintenance in their GES assessment.
Good practices for GES determination for 1.4 & 1.5: A MS determined GES using a diversity index for
specific group of species providing a quantitative definition for habitats condition.
Typical species and communities should be defined and listed, at least regionally.
1.6. Ecosystem structure
The Ecosystem structure criterion was not reported by all MSs. The lack of specification in its content,
which is also reflected in the lack of an introductory note in the COM DEC 2010/477/EU in contrast to
the other two levels, led to different interpretations and assessments.
[Currently there are two prevailing approaches]:
The ecosystem assessment refers to the ultimate goal of the MSFD and there is no need to be included
in D1. This will be achieved by a global assessment of the state descriptors including the impacts of the
pressure Descriptors, in line with the ecosystem approach dictated by the MSFD (Figure in 6.1). Under
45
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0052.png
this perspective, it is suggested by some MS to eliminate this level. The fact that some ecosystem's
attributes -e.g. functions and resilience- are assessed under other Descriptors (D4 and D6) enhances the
elimination of the particular criterion for the sake of simplicity and to avoid duplicated assessments. In
addition, difficulties to assess this criterion were obvious
i the J‘C s IDA, ut also i the ‘“Cs ore
i di ator ork see ta le . & . of the De elop e t of a shared data a d i for atio syste
between the EU and the Regional Sea Conventions
55
where the lack of indicators for 1.7 is highlighted
across the RSCs). Another argument denotes
that e osyste pro esses a d fu tio s
are high-level
consideration of assessment (e.g. under Art. 8), rather than a criterion under D1. This high-level gets
input from a set of descriptors (e.g. D4, D6). Finally, monitoring programmes for biodiversity have not
been designed to adequately cover ecosystem processes and functions.
[The second approach is presented in section 5.3 as a proposal for a criterion to substitute and clarify
criterion 1].
Methodological
standards to assess ecosystem structure:
Composition and relative proportions of ecosystem components (habitats and species)
The most common methodological standards reported for D1.7 according to Palialexis et al. (2014)
were:
Ecological Evaluation Index (EEI),
BENTIX,
PREI,
species diversity indices (e.g. Hill's N1)
These methods reported also under other Descriptors (4, 6, 5) or under other criteria of D1 (1.6).
5.3 Proposals for new criteria
In an effort to cover aspects related to
Ecosystem processes and functions,
the current EC Decision
2010/477/EU includes the following text:
I additio , the i teractio s etwee the structural co po e ts of the ecosyste are fu da e tal for
assessing ecosystem processes and functions for the purpose of the overall determination of good
environmental status, having regard, inter alia, to Articles 1, 3(5) and 9(1) of Directive 2008/56/EC. Other
functional aspects addressed through other descriptors of good environmental status (such as
descriptors 4 and 6), as well as connectivity and resilience considerations, are also important for
addressi g ecosyste processes a d fu ctio s.
Given the importance of this level and the continued progress in the field, it is possible that presently
more specific criteria can be identified to address these aspects. The proposals presented by the TG1
report (Cochrane et al., 2010
56
) are following. Operational indicators and methodological standards that
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/aff9880d-df5e-44ec-854e-8f098fcff2e5/DIKE_10-2014-
05b_RSCDataReporting_Report.pdf
56
Cochrane S.K.J., D.W. Connor, P. Nilsson, I. Mitchell, J. Reker, J. Franco, V. Valavanis, S. Moncheva, J. Ekebom, K. Nygaard, R.
Serrão Santos, I. Narberhaus, T. Packeiser, W. van de Bund & A.C. Cardoso, 2010. Marine Strategy Framework Directive Task
55
46
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0053.png
address, for instance, the estimation of connectivity, patchiness, fragmentation, integrity and resilience,
between habitat occurrences and species meta-populations at MSFD region and sub-region level could
be included at the ecosystem level. Note that these indicators should be complementary (rather than
overlapping) to ecosystem functioning elements already addressed in descriptors D4 (food webs) and D6
sea‐floor i tegrity
. In addition, these should complement to the indicator work of the RSCs.
1.6. Ecosystem processes and functions
Interactions between the structural components of the ecosystem (1.6.1)
Services provided by biological diversity within ecosystems (1.6.2)
Services provided by biological diversity within ecosystems, could be linked with the implementation of
the EU Biodiversity Strategy and more specific with ecosystem assessments under Action 5 of the EU
Biodiversity Strategy by 2020.
A ordi g to this Me er “tates, ith the assista e of the Co
issio ,
will map and assess the state of ecosystems and their services in their national territory by 2014, assess
the economic value of such services, and promote the integration of these values into accounting and
reporti g syste s at EU a d atio al le el y
.
Proposed Methodological standards
Conservation Status of Species by numbers
57
Mean Maximum Length of fish community
58
Large Fish Indicator (LFI)
59,60
……….
5.4 Rationale and proposal, where appropriate, for defining GES threshold values and
reference points, based on established and agreed scientific methods for quantifying and
applying GES boundaries, or for a normative definition of GES;
Experts input on defining reference points (after clarification of quantifying GES): At least for marine
benthos, the high percentile method is standard used in the intercalibration process to estimate
reference values for biotic indicators such as species richness, Shannon index and AMBI. Percentile
values in the range of 95 to 99 percentile of a sufficiently large dataset (>10 years) are used. The 99
percentile seems to be used increasingly, and appears (at least for marine benthos) NOT to overestimate
reference values. Expert judgment remains necessary to evaluate the estimated reference values and
resulting EQR values. For example, it appears that this percentile method gives too low estimates of
Group 1 Report Biological diversity EUR 24337 EN
2010. http://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/pdf/1-Task-group-1-
Report-on-Biological-Diversity.pdf
57
Dulvy, N., Jennings, S., Rogers, S.I., Maxwell, J.D., 2006. Threat and decline in fishes: an indicator of marine biodiversity.
Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 63, 1267
58
Jennings, S., Greenstreet, S. P. R., and Reynolds, J. D. 1999. Structural change in an exploited fish community: a consequence
of differential fishing effects on species with contrasting life histories. Journal of Animal Ecology, 68: 617-627
59
Greenstreet, S.P.R., Rogers, S.I., Rice, J.C., Piet, G.J., Guirey, E.J., Fraser, H.M., Fryer, R.J., 2011. Development of the EcoQO for
the North Sea fish community. ICES Journal of Marine Science: Journal du Conseil 68, 1–11.
60
Modica, L., Velasco, F., Preciado, I., Soto, M., and Greenstreet, S. P. R. Development of the large fish indicator and associated
target for a Northeast Atlantic fish community.
ICES Journal of Marine Science, doi: 10.1093/icesjms/fsu101.
47
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0054.png
reference values, if a benthic community is a poor or low moderate state. In this case, suitable simple
and pragmatic correction methods of these reference values have to be designed and used.
HELCOM CORESET and HOLAS II are working towards the quantification of indicators, which is strongly
dependent on the type of indicator, while for some types the determination of reference points might
not be feasible.
Agreed and established references and thresholds from other legislations and RSCs should be
considered for the MSFD assessments. D1 elements should be linked with pressure Descriptors and
pressure thresholds that affect GES of the state elements. Annex V of the SEC 2011/1255 can guide such
links between pressure and state criteria, through impacts.
Despite the complexity to provide a general qualitative definition of GES at the level of criterion, due to
the heterogeneity of the elements, it is much easier to determine a quantitative GES for specific
selected species, groups of species and habitats, as shown in the good practices provided in 5.2.
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
6.1 Proposals for (new) methodological standards to be applied to the criteria in order to
assess whether GES has been achieved for the descriptor (e.g. aggregation/integration
methods across the criteria and across the quality elements, e.g. across contaminants,
species, habitats), using JRC / ICES / RSC protocols, Article 12 findings and guidance from
the Scales project, as appropriate.
On aggregation methods and scales the recent report by Deltares
61
has given a good overview of the key
questions that need to be addressed, provided examples and gives advantages and disadvantages for
the different approaches. The One-Out-All-Out (OOAO) is not suitable for D1, due to the large number of
assessment elements under each criterion. It could be useful for certain groups of elements (e.g.
endangered species, sensitive habitats, engineering species) either within each relevant criterion or
across the species/habitats criteria. For large group of elements a percentage of elements to be in GES
could be a useful approach to provide quantitative GES and monitor the progress towards its
achievement through the targets and programmes of measures.
The cross-cutting workshop outcome
62
on assessment scales, in relation to elements, is that multiple
scales would need to be selected so that data being collected ensures appropriate coverage of the
needs and no data gaps are observed. Overall, one scale does not fit all elements, and there is a need for
a system that address the different needs.
Prins, T.C., Borja, A., Simboura, N., Tsanagaris, C., Van der Meulen, M.D., Boon, A.R., Menchaca, I., & Gilbert, A.J. 2014 in
prep. Coherent scales and aggregation rules for environmental status assessment with the Marine Strategy Framework
Directive. Towards a draft guidance. Deltares/AZTI/HCMR, Report 1207879-000-ZKS-0014 to the European Commission, Delft,
47pp.
62
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/9daafb84-fe4f-42ad-864f-
21b338c8269b/CCWorkshop_Summary%20Notes_20022015_Final.docx
61
48
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0055.png
Define scales at each stage of process
46
:
Process
1 Define GES
2
Defi e i di ators for assess e t
3 Collect the data (monitoring)
4 Process the data for use in indicator
assessment
5 Aggregate the data and assess indicator
Scale
(sub)Region
(sub)Region and possibly EU level
National, considering WFD for coastal waters and MSFD
offshore
National, considering WFD for coastal waters and MSFD
offshore
Sub(Regional) ('national' sub-basins)
Scales are an important aspect for the MSFD implementation that should be defined in several
processes. Generally, the assessment elements (species, habitats and ecosystems) embed this attribute
and can potentially direct scales determination for several steps (assessment, monitoring, measures). In
any case, scales have to be representative for all ecosystem elements and to reflect the spatial extent of
the pressures. For the sake of coherence and consistent/comparable implementation a common
approach can be suggested. As a starting point, the "nested approach" (as developed and applied in
HELCOM) should be introduced to all marine regions, being already attempt by OSPAR.
For the D1 the specified elements for assessment (species, habitats) can, generally, define the
assessment scales. For instance, large cetacean should be assessed regionally, pelagic and demersal fish
species on a sub-regional level, seabed habitats on a sub-division level. Following the agreed lists of
elements to be assessed under D1 a corresponding scale assessment can be predefined.
Integration across descriptors and the ecosystem-based approach of MSFD
The artificial distinction of pressures, state and impact attributes to the 11 descriptors led unavoidably
to overlaps across them in terms of assessments. For a holistic state assessment of the ecosystem-in line
with the ecosystem-based approach to management Art. 1(3) the state descriptors and the state criteria
of some pressure descriptors should be bridged. The review process, even if it was organised on a
descriptor level following the structure of the COM DEC 2010/477/EU, provided the floor to also discuss
cross-cutting issues in a workshop held in Copenhagen 21-22 January 2015. The ecosystem-based
approach to MSFD implementation (Fig. 4) can be framed through an integration of the GES criteria for
the state-based descriptors (overall state assessment) where the impact of the pressure-based
descriptors will feed the state assessment. In this process an essential part is the definition of the state
elements to be assessed (internal cycle) and their links, functions and structure (external cycle) that
bridge D4 and D6 with D1.
49
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0056.png
Figure 4
63
:
An ecosystem-based approach to determination and assessment of GES follows the main
elements of the ecosystem (state-based descriptors, centre) and is closely linked to the effects of
pressures from human activities (pressure-based descriptors, satellite circles). Note that descriptors D2,
D3, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9 and D10 include both a pressure criterion and an impact criterion in the 2010
Decision; the impact criteria should be closely linked to the state-based assessments.
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment
(in accordance with Art. 11(4))
7.1
Proposals for specifications on methods for monitoring (i.e. the collection of data
needed for assessment of each criterion, including parameters, units of measurement and
data quality requirements), which aim at ensuring the comparability of monitoring results,
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/b391ea98-1dbb-4080-8c4a-
a0e2d661f4ea/CCworkshop_conclusions_final%20revised%2030032015.ppt
63
50
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0057.png
on the basis of existing survey protocols and relevant European/international standards
(e.g. ISO/CEN).
The report De elop e t of a shared data a d i for atio syste
between the EU and the Regional
Sea Conventions
64
prese ted i WG DIKE, CI‘CABC
is examining the data and information holdings
within each of the four Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) as well as the European Environment Agency
(EEA), with the aim of characterizing the present data and information holdings and flow processes in
place across Europe. This is specifically to evaluate how these data could be used to support the
reporting objectives of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive and other related EU Directives. Table
3.6 provides a comprehensive list of the parameters used or proposed by the RSCs for assessment of
their biodiversity indicators in relation to the MSFD indicators for D1. This exercise is an important step
for taking stock of the on-going assessments and their parameters and align these parameters with the
MSFD needs.
In 2013, three Pilot-Projects (BALSAM in the Baltic, IRIS-SES in the Mediterranean and Black Sea, JMP
NS/CS in the North Sea) were launched as part of DG ENV initiative for coordination and support action
to support coherent and comparable implementation of MSFD with focus on monitoring programmes.
The objectives are to show benefits and challenges of joint monitoring network and multi-use of existing
platform, increasing efficiency and reducing costs, and promote cooperation among research
institutions within selected regions. A specific objective (e.g. IRIS-SES) is to elaborate guidelines for
sampling across the various disciplines in order to meet MSFD requirements. It is expected that these
projects (ending in May 2015) will provide recommendations for better harmonization and coordination
of monitoring efforts and collection of data to support MSFD needs.
In principle, the set-up of the methodological standards for monitoring and assessment for D1
components should be developed in the following steps, considering also the coordinated work of
Member States through RSCs:
1) Identification of representative, threatened and functional groups for predominant and special
habitats and species according to Table 1 Annex III MSFD (Plankton, macrophytes, invertebrates, fish,
reptiles, mammals, birds and other regional important species groups).
2) Establish distribution and abundance sampling system for
different groups, if necessary and where not
existing.
3) Establish sampling stations to analyze locally the impact of relevant pressures (by-catch, extraction,
toxicities, etc. using Annex III table 2).
4) Develop thresholds or trends for each habitat or species category on the measured local analyses
(assuming that the GES quantification has meanwhile adequately developed).
64
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/aff9880d-df5e-44ec-854e-8f098fcff2e5/DIKE_10-2014-
05b_RSCDataReporting_Report.pdf
51
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
5) Develop models for the effect of important pressures
6) Model distribution of pressure and its effect for the relevant marine regions
7) Define GES or at least describe range for a good and a bad ecological state or trend for each marine
region
8) If appropriate develop areal analysis of the distribution of good and bad ecological states in each
marine region.
These steps are indicative and might be more appropriate adapted to the specific biodiversity elements.
Generally, standardized methods are relevant to monitoring programmes. WFD works on the
standardization of such methods and these should be also considered for MSFD, where relevant. The
use of ISO method 16665 (2005): (Water quality
Guidelines for quantitative sampling and sample
processing of marine soft-bottom macrofauna) can be proposed for the MSFD.
For monitoring of phytoplankton, zooplankton, macroalgae, benthic invertebrates and coastal fish joint
guidelines for monitoring exists in the HELCOM COMBINE manual, while MS are currently working
towards joint documentation of the monitoring guidelines for other biological components such as
birds, mammals, non-indigenous species and benthic habitats in the HELCOM Monitoring Manual. The
manual aims to support MSFD Article 11 reporting for those Contracting parties that are also EU
Member States.
7.2 Proposals for specifications on methods for assessment, which aim at ensuring
comparability of assessment results, including aggregation of monitoring data within an
assessment area for a particular criterion and if necessary aggregation across assessment
areas up to larger areas (e.g. (sub) region scales), and based on general guidance prepared
on scales and aggregation rules
23
and taking account of JRC / ICES / RSC inventories and
Article 12 findings.
In the Baltic Sea, HELCOM assessment units are used to support spatial aggregation dividing the Baltic
Sea into four assessment levels; 1) the whole Baltic Sea 2) 17 sub basins, 3) sub-basins divided into
coastal and offshore areas, 4) further division of coastal areas into WFD water types or water bodies.
Methods for aggregating monitoring data within an assessment unit will be developed as part of the
development of HELCOM core indicators in the CORESET II project. Aggregation of assessment units to
larger areas as well as several different topical assessments towards holistic assessments will be
elaborated under the planned HELCOM HOLAS II project. However, scaling up is in general only
considered as useful when ecologically relevant e.g. for populations that are distributed over larger
areas.
52
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0059.png
8. Rational and technical background for proposed revision
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals.
Covered in previous sections
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common
understanding document)
9.1 Where aspects are identified which should be usefully laid down but not as part of the
decision, these elements should be specified and a proposal should be made in which way
they should be laid down, e.g. interpretative guide for the application of the future Decision
or CU guidance document or technical background document.
-
Outstanding issues identified during the review process of D1 in phase I and were not completely
tackled in this document:
1. Changes in criteria and indicators
Issue:
Criterio
.
e osyste
stru ture to e eli i ated or re-defined
with a clearer content
Issue:
Identification of criteria and indicators overlaps across Descriptors
Expected outcome:
To eliminate overlaps in the assessments by better clarifying the content of "state"
sides of the "pressure" descriptors and D4 and D6. Interaction with experts from other Descriptors will
be required.
2. Common lists of elements for the biodiversity assessments
Issue:
Agreement for the compilation of existing lists from other legislations, MSFD documents and
RSCs. Specification of elements to be assessed under the three levels. Link with monitoring parameters.
Proposal for using EU-wide classifications for Habitats (EUNIS).
3. Habitat/Bird Directives, Common Fisheries Policy and D1
Issues:
Practical use of HBD assessments to MSFD; links of their status classification approaches;
“trea li i g of assess e ts, i di ators a d dire ti es o je ti es
4. Proposal for changes in the COM Decision text regarding D1 implementation
Issue:
Clarification of biodiversity terms, proposal for a common GES determination and GES
boundaries, proposal for common methodological standards under each criterion.
53
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0060.png
-
Lists of elements and selection/deselecting criteria to be considered for the generation of lists of
habitats and species, to support a coherent implementation between neighbouring Member
States.
For species (e.g. selection criteria from Texel-Faial):
- Listed elements in Directives and Conventions, etc. & section 2.3 of this document
- Vulnerable species (exposed to pressure which impact (or could impact) them at a level, which could
lead, at short or longer term, to no GES)
- Links to pressure Descriptors, notably D2, D3
- rare, declining, natural heritage value
- functional role: (i) common (= widely occurring, even at low abundances AND/OR high abundances,
even if less widely distributed) Trophic (important link in the food chain) - Link to D4
For habitats:
- listed (Directives, Conventions, etc.) = special habitats
- Vulnerable habitats (exposed to pressure which impact (or could impact) them at a level, which could
lead, at short or lo ger ter , to o GE“ . = „parti ular area ha itats: Li ks to pressure
Descriptors,
notably D2, D5, D6
- rare, declining, natural heritage value
- functional role:
* common (= widely occurring, even at low abundances AND/OR high abundances, even if less widely
distributed)
* Trophic (important link in the food chain). Link to D4
* High biodiversity (e.g. biogenic reefs. Link to D6.)
These issues could be tackled and feed a guidance document, in parallel with phase II of the review
process of the Com DEC 2010/477/EU to further support the implementation of the MSFD.
10.Reference Documents
Review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD Annex III Approach and outline for the
process, (EC- Committee/07/2013/03rev, 2013);
First steps in the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive - Assessment in
accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2008/56/EC, (CSWD, 2014);
Article 12 Technical Assessment, (Milieu ltd, 2014);
Marine Strategy Framework Directive - Descriptor 3, (ICES, 2012);
54
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Common Understanding of (Initial) Assessment, Determination of Good Environmental Status
(GES) & Establishment of Environmental Targets (Articles 8, 9 & 10 MSFD), (DG GES, 2014);
Coherent geographic scales and aggregation rules in assessment and monitoring of Good
Environmental Status
analysis and conceptual phase, (Deltares, 2014);
In-depth
assess e t of the EU Me
10, EUR26473EN (JRC 2014)
er “tates “u
issio s for the M“FD u der arti les ,9 a d
Review of Methodological Standards Related to the Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Criteria on Good Environmental Status (JRC, 2011)
Guida e / Ter s of ‘efere e for the task groups
the Good E ologi al “tatus GE“ des riptors J‘C,
riteria a d
ethodologi al sta dards for
CSWP (2011) on the Relationship between the initial assessment of marine waters and the
criteria for good environmental status.
OSPAR (2012b). MSFD Advice Manual and Background Document on Biodiversity. London,
Publication
Number:
581/2012,
141
pp.
(available
at:
http://www.ospar.org/v_publications/download.asp?v1=p00581)
55
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0062.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE
Institute for Environment and Sustainability
Water Resources Unit
Review of the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
concerning MSFD criteria for assessing good
environmental status
Descriptor 2
Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that
do not adversely alter the ecosystem
This report represents the result of the scientific and technical review of Commission Decision
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 2. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together
with experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES
Working Group in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy
(agreed on at the 11th CIS MSCG meeting).
The report is one of a series of reports (review manuals) including Descriptor 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 that
conclude phase 1 of the review process and, as agreed within the MSFD Common Implementation
Strategy, are the basis for review phase 2, towards an eventual revision of the Commission Decision
2010/477/EU.
The report presents the state of the technical discussions as of 30 April 2015 (document version 6.0),
as some discussions are on-going, it does not contain agreed conclusions on all issues.
The views expressed in the document do not necessarily represent the views of the European
Commission.
1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword
The MSFD Committee (Art. 25 of the MSFD) discussed and concluded an approach and an outline for
the process of a review and possible revision of the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on GES
criteria and of MSFD Annex III (see Committee/07/2013/03rev for details). Based on the template in
the annex to the mandate of the MSFD Committee, a more detailed manual for the technical phase
relating to the review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EC has been developed to guide the parallel
preparatory process and discussions per descriptor. The review will aim to define GES criteria more
precisely, including setting quantifiable boundaries for the GES criteria where possible and
specifications and standardised methods for GES assessment in particular as regards temporal and
spatial aggregation. The review of Annex III will be carried out as a parallel process. The review of
the Common Understanding Document is also taking place alongside these two processes. Close
coordination between these three processes should be ensured.
MSFD D2 expert group:
João Canning Clode, Henn Ojaveer, Maiju Lehtiniemi, Laurent Guérin, Iwona
Bubak, Saa Kabuta, Sofia Brockmark, Kai Hoppe, Francisco Alemany, Paul Stebbing, Argyro Zenetos,
Ioannis Karakassis, Miriam Guerra
EC JRC:
Ana Cristina Cardoso, Andreas Palialexis, Stelios Katsanevakis, Konstantinos Tsiamis
Acknowledgments for contributions to:
WG GES
2
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Review (technical phase) of Part B of the Decision (per descriptor)
Contents
1. Approach
......................................................................................................................................... 5
1.1
General guiding principles for the review ........................................................................... 5
1.2 Overall reflection of the type of descriptor and descriptor criteria and its relationship with
Article 3(5)....................................................................................................................................... 7
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values and
identification of potential incoherence. ......................................................................................... 8
1.4 Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards ...................................................... 9
1.5 Clarification of the relevant scientific, technical and policy terminology in relation to the
descriptor. ..................................................................................................................................... 12
1.6 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified. .................................................. 14
1.7 An analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for
the particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at
region or other scales. .................................................................................................................. 15
1.8 The "climate sensitivity" for D2 .............................................................................................. 16
1.9 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or
whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5)). . 16
2. Analysis of the implementation process
....................................................................................... 17
. Based o the Co
issio / Milieu Art. reports a d the J‘C i
-depth assessments (IDA),
a detailed summary of Art.12 findings related to the determination of GES and, specifically, the
use of the Decision criteria and indicators, should be made........................................................ 17
2.2 Identification of any questions arising from the application of the current Decision, including
those identified by the Article 12 assessment. ............................................................................. 19
2.3 Relevant data from other sources, specific to every descriptor and recent findings from MS
should also be considered ............................................................................................................ 20
2.4 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple Member
States, and shortcomings should be listed systematically............................................................ 21
2.5 Differences and similarities between the regions should be highlighted, where applicable. 21
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
.................................................................................. 22
3.1 Analysis of the current text of the Decision, identifying in particular those parts which are
best placed in guidance, those parts which are interpretative or explicative information and
those parts which need to be kept in the Decision in accordance with the mandate provided by
the Directive. ................................................................................................................................. 22
3.2 The analysis should then include an overall identification of needs for guidance. ................ 24
3.3 An analysis of what to keep should take place, including specification on what may be out
dated or may need to be aligned with other or new legislation, etc. .......................................... 24
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
4. Identification of issues
.................................................................................................................. 24
Main findings and information that will be used in the next step of the revision process. ......... 24
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
..................................................................................... 26
5.1 Conclude on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators, in the light of the
"refined" common understanding, the findings of the Article 12 assessment and relevant
international, EU and RSC legislation and approaches. ................................................................ 26
5.2 Recommendation on which criteria to retain, which to amend and any to remove; ............ 26
5.3Proposals for new criteria, if needed. ...................................................................................... 26
5.4 Rationale and proposal, where appropriate, for defining GES threshold values and reference
points, based on established and agreed scientific methods for quantifying and applying GES
boundaries, or for a normative definition of GES ......................................................................... 27
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
....................................................... 27
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in accordance with
Art. 11(4))
.......................................................................................................................................... 27
7.1 Proposals for specifications on methods for monitoring (i.e. the collection of data needed
for assessment of each criterion, including parameters, units of measurement and data quality
requirements), which aim at ensuring the comparability of monitoring results, on the basis of
JRC / ICES / RSC survey protocols, relevant European/international standards (e.g. ISO/CEN) and
Article 12 findings. ........................................................................................................................ 27
7.2 Proposals for specifications on methods for assessment, which aim at ensuring
comparability of assessment results, including aggregation of monitoring data within an
assessment area for a particular criterion and if necessary aggregation across assessment areas
up to larger areas (e.g. (sub) region scales), and based on general guidance prepared on scales
and aggregation rules and taking account of JRC / ICES / RSC inventories and Article 12 findings.
...................................................................................................................................................... 28
8. Rational and technical background for proposed revision............................................................
28
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals. ................................ 28
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 28
9.1 Where aspects are identified which should be usefully laid down but not as part of the
decision, these elements should be specified and a proposal should be made in which way they
should be laid down, e.g. interpretative guide for the application of the future Decision or CU
guidance document or technical background document. ............................................................ 29
10. Background Documents
.............................................................................................................. 29
4
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0066.png
1. Approach
1.1 General guiding principles for the review
The review aims to analyse the results from the first MSFD reporting round on Articles 8, 9 and 10
with a view to update/improve and simplify the Com Decision 2010/477/EU.
Based on the information in the Art 12 assessment reports (COM(2014)97 final) and the JRC in-depth
assessments (JRC, 2014) a template was prefilled by Milieu for DG ENV, commented by DG ENV and
completed by JRC to enable the experts groups to analyse current shortcomings, propose ways
forward, such as e.g. needs for further guidance and development, but eventually also to develop
proposals for amending the Decision 2010/477/EU, based on scientific knowledge and experience
developed through the implementation process.
The current review should lead to a new GES Decision which is:
Simpler
Clearer
Introducing minimum requirements (to be enhanced by regions and MS, if necessary)
Self-explanatory
Coherent with other EU legislation
Coherent with regional assessment methods (where EU does not exist)
Have a clear and minimum list of criteria and methodological standards and related
characteristics (Table 1, Annex III)
Ensure that criteria and methodological standards are adequately addressing the Descriptors
and these are covered by the proposed criteria, to lead to complete assessments
Coherent with the MSFD terminology
The Figure 1
1
show an example based on descriptor 2 to test the proposed architecture of the MSFD.
This can be used as guide for the characteristics/ elements to be addressed under Annex III and the
revised Decision and to streamline the discussion to be carried out through the review process.
1
Modified fro
DG ENV s prese tatio i Ju e s
43d4-93a5-075f82cc1f12
DG GE“ group:
https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/f3953f48-f965-
5
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0067.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0068.png
1.2 Overall reflection of the type of descriptor and descriptor criteria and its relationship
with Article 3(5).
There are currently over 1 300 non-indigenous marine species in the European seas (Katsanevakis et
al. 2013a
3
). About 6% of these species have been documented to have high impact on marine
ecosystem services and biodiversity; in many cases non-indigenous marine species impact
keystone/protected species and habitats and substantially modify ecosystem processes or wider
ecosystem functioning (Katsanevakis et al. 2014
4
).
Invasive non-indigenous species (IAS) cause adverse effects on environmental quality resulting in
changes in biological, chemical and physical properties of aquatic ecosystems. They can displace
native species, cause the loss of native genotypes, modify habitats, change community structure,
affect food-web properties and ecosystem processes, impede the provision of ecosystem services,
impact human health, and cause substantial economic losses (Grosholz, 2002
5
; Wallentinus and
Nyberg, 2007
6
; Molnar et al., 2008
7
; Vilà et al., 2010
8
; Katsanevakis et al., 2014a
4
). The magnitude of
impacts may vary from low to massive and they can be sporadic, short-term, mid-term or
permanent.
According to Art.3 (5) of the MSFD, D2 is referring to the environmental status of marine waters
where non-indigenous species (NIS) introduced by human activities are at levels that do not
adversely alter the ecosystem. Thus, D2 pressure level should be accompanied by measurable
criteria. However, this could be difficult to accomplish due to e.g. lack of linear correlation between
the numbers/ abundance of NIS and their impacts.
Invasive non-indigenous species do
t
pollute the marine environment in the same way as occurs
with chemical pollution or eutrophication
9
. The later can be effectively tackled provided that
appropriate measures are taken. For IAS, prevention by identification and risk analysis of different
pathways and vectors for species introductions is by far more cost-effective and environmentally
desirable than post-introduction measures, such as eradication or long-term containment (recital
(15) of IAS Regulation 1143/2014/EU). In the marine environment, prevention seems to be in most
cases the only feasible alternative, as with current understanding eradication is unfeasible with
established species, but there has been some successes in the early stages of introduction (e.g. the
eradication of
Caulerpa taxifolia
in California, Anderson, 2005
10
, which was a success according to
Final
Caulerpa taxifolia
Eradication Report, May 2006
11
). The risk of new biological invasions could be
Katsanevakis S, Gatto F, Zenetos A, Cardoso AC, 2013a. How many marine aliens in Europe? Management of Biological
Invasions 4(1): 37–42.
4
Katsanevakis S, Wallentinus I, Zenetos A, Leppäkoski E, Çinar ME, Oztürk B, Grabowski M, Golani D, Cardoso AC, 2014.
Impacts of marine invasive alien species on ecosystem services and biodiversity: a pan-European critical review. Aquatic
Invasions 9(4): 391–423.
5
Grosholz, E, 2002. Ecological and evolutionary consequences of coastal invasions.
Trends Ecol. Evol.
17, 22-27.
6
Wallentinus I, Nyberg CD, 2007. Introduced marine organisms as habitat modifiers.
Mar. Pollut. Bull.
55, 323–332.
7
Molnar JL,Gamboa RL, Revenga C, Spalding MD, 2008. Assessing the global threat of invasive species to marine
biodiversity.
Front. Ecol. Environ.
6, 458–492.
8
Vilà M, Basnou C, Pysek P, Josefsson M, Genovesi P, Gollasch S, et al.,2010. How well do we understand the impacts of
alien species on ecosystem services? A pan-European, crosstaxa assessment. Front. Ecol. Environ. 8, 135–144.
9
Task Group 2 Report Non-indigenous species JOINT REPORT, 2010.
10
A derso LWJ,
. Califor ia s rea tio to
Caulerpa taxifolia:
a model for invasive species rapid response. Biol.
Invasions 7, 1003-1016.
11
Merkel & Associates. 2006. Final report on eradication of the invasive seaweed
Caulerpa taxifolia
from Agua Hedionda
Lagoon and Huntington Harbour, California. Prepared for Steering Committee of the Southern California
Caulerpa
Team.
3
7
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0069.png
effectively minimized by precautionary measures such as the IMO Convention on ballast water
management.
The Descriptor 2 (MSFD, 2008/56/EU) is a pressure descriptor that focuses on assessing the scale of
the pressure and the scale of the impacts of marine non- indigenous species. New introductions of
NIS and increases in the abundance and spatial distribution of established NIS should be prevented.
Descriptor 2 interacts with several other GES pressure Descriptors (D3, 5, 6 7, 8, 9, 10) which have
impact on native biodiversity, ecosystem functioning and seabed habitats as well as commercial
marine resources (seafood). Indeed, perturbations induced by pressure on ecosystem state, may
facilitate installation and/or spread of NIS, which are often opportunistic. In particular, impacts that
result from NIS should be managed, where feasible, so that the achievement of GES for the
biodiversity Descriptors 1, 4 and in part 3 and 6 is not compromised.
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values and
identification of potential incoherence.
With the exception of the EU Regulation concerning the use of alien and locally absent species in
aquaculture (EU, 2007
12
) and its implementing rules (EU, 2008b
13
), no comprehensive instrument
existed on EU level to tackle alien species until recently. The EC Communication
To ards a EU
“trategy o I asi e “pe ies
14
published in 2008 addressed the need for coordinated action to
tackle the spread of invasive NIS. In 2013, the European Commission published a proposal for an EU
Regulation
15
designed to respond to the increasing problems caused by the impacts of IAS on the
environment and the economy and as a follow up an EU regulation has been recently published
(Regulation No 1143/2014/EU
16
).
The Regulation No 708/2007/EU establishes a framework for the management of aquaculture
practices in relation to NIS, to assess and minimise their potential impact and that of any associated
non-target species on aquatic habitats. The information collected under this Regulation, e.g.
introduced species, location of aquaculture facility, species risk assessment and monitoring results
should be considered in relation to the MSFD D2. Furthermore, this Regulation could be an
instrument to tackle identified pressure from NIS in relation to the MSFD.
The Regulation No 1143/2014/EU establishes rules to prevent, minimise and mitigate the adverse
impact on biodiversity of the intentional and unintentional introduction and spread within the EU of
IAS. It indicates three types of interventions; prevention, early warning and rapid response, and
management to tackle the problem. It is expected that a list of invasive non-indigenous species of EU
concern will be developed, so as to guide implementation of the Regulation. With this aim, the
Regulation on IAS specifically requests action plans on the main pathways of invasive non-indigenous
12
EU, 2007. Council Regulation Concerning Use of Alien and Locally Absent Species in Aquaculture. Regulation 708/2007, OJ
L 168.
13
EU, 2008b. Commission Regulation Laying Down Detailed Rules for the Implementation of Council Regulation (EC) No
708/2007 Concerning Use of Alien and Locally Absent Species in Aquaculture. Regulation 535/2008, OJ L 156.
14
Communication from the Commission to the Council, the European Parliament, the European Economic and Social
Co
ittee a d the Co
ittee of the ‘egio s To ards a EU “trategy o I asi e “pe ies ,
COM(2008) 789 final.
15
Proposal for a Regulation on the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species,
(COM(2013) 620).
16
Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 OF THE European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on the prevention
and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species.
OJ:L317/35/2014
.
8
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0070.png
species (Article 13). Member States can also take emergency measures when there is evidence
concerning the presence, or imminent risk of introduction into its territory of an invasive non-
indigenous species, which is not included on the Union list (Art. 10 of IAS Regulation 1143/2014/EU)
but were found during surveillance or monitoring. Furthermore, the Member State has the
obligation to build a surveillance system for IAS of Union concern or include it in their existing
systems (Art. 14 of IAS Regulation 1143/2014/EU), as such systems offer the most appropriate
means for early detection and rapid eradication at an early stage of invasion as is stipulated in
articles 16 and 17 of the IAS Regulation 1143/2014/EU to prevent the spread of IAS into or within
the Union.
It is yet not known which marine species or if marine species will be included in the list of species as
"of Union concern" to be developed by the Commission in cooperation with the Member States. The
list derived by evidence-based risk assessments will be of dynamic nature and will potentially include
species (Art. 4, Regulation 1143/2014 on IAS) across all environments and taxonomic groups. Species
of Union concern will be the ones whose negative impact requires concerted action at Union level.
Also, as with EU Regulation concerning the use of alien and locally absent species in aquaculture, the
information collected under the Regulation 1143/2014 e.g. species risk assessment and monitoring
results should be considered in relation to the MSFD D2 for the assessment of non-indigenous
species impacts. Furthermore, the efficient implementation of both the Regulation and the MSFD for
D2 would require the coordination of the respective monitoring programs and programme of
measures.
Other relevant EU legislations are: (i) the Birds Directive (2009/147/EC), (ii) the Habitats Directive
(92/43/EC), (iii) the Phytosanitary Directive (2000/29/EC), (iv) the Regulation on wild species trade
(1997/338/EC),(v) the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC) and the Directive on animal health
requirements for aquaculture animals and products thereof (2006/88/EC). These six legislative
instruments are not focused on NIS but partly cover the issue by requiring their consideration in the
frame of restoration of biodiversity conservation status, ecological conditions and animal health.
In the context of the Water Framework Directive (WFD), EU Member States have developed
pressure-based assessments of the ecological status of their water bodies, including coastal water
bodies. Invasive non-indigenous species are recognised to constitute a major pressure in many
aquatic ecosystems, yet they are not explicitly accounted for by the majority of WFD assessment
methods. Most Member States argue that no explicit assessment of IAS is required, assuming that
significant IAS pressures will affect the WFD biological quality elements (BQEs), and be detected by
generic WFD status assessments. Thus, these are in most cases not specifically targeted in the WFD
monitoring and assessment; no specific ecological quality ratio have been agreed for non-indigenous
species.
1.4 Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards
At the
international level,
the United Nation Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS, 1982
17
)
explicitly places a general requirement on Parties to take measures
to preve t, reduce a d co trol
17
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982. United Nations Treaty Series.
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0071.png
pollutio of the ari e e viro e t resulti g fro …the i te tio al
or accidental introduction of
species alien or new, to a particular part of the marine environment, which may cause significant and
har ful cha ges thereto
(Article 196). The Convention on the Conservation of European Wildlife
and Native Habitats (Bern Convention, 1979
18
) recommends a European strategy on IAS.
Furthermore, the Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar Convention, 1994
19
) and the Bonn Convention
on Migratory Species (1979
20
) have both adopted resolutions regarding alien species. The
Convention on Biologi
al Di ersity CBD re og ised the eed for the o pilatio a d disse i atio
of information on alien species that threaten ecosystems, habitats, or species, to be used in the
o te t of a y pre e tio , i trodu tio a d itigatio a ti ities , a d alls for further resear h o
21
the i pa t of alie i asi e spe ies o iologi al di ersity CBD
). CBD in its Strategic Plan for
Biodiversity 2011–2020 agreed on a set of targets (Aichi targets), including Target 9 on alien species:
By
, i asi e alien
species and pathways are identified and prioritized, priority species are
controlled or eradicated, and measures are in place to manage pathways to prevent their
i trodu tio a d esta lish e t. This Ai hi Target 9 has ee
idely adopted, e.g. y the
EU in its
22
EU Biodi ersity “trategy
COM (2011) 244 ).
The I
ter atio al Mariti e Orga isatio s IMO I ter atio al
Convention on the Control and
Ma age e t of “hips Ballast Water a d “edi e ts Ballast Water Ma age e t Co e tio –
BWMC, 2004
23
) aims to prevent, minimize and ultimately eliminate the transfer of harmful aquatic
organisms and pathogens through the control and management of ships' ballast water and
sediments. The Convention will enter into force 12 months after ratification by 30 States,
representing 35 per cent of world merchant shipping tonnage. To-date, the Convention is not in
force as the current ratifications do not represent yet 35 per cent of the world merchant shipping
tonnage.
Although the best strategy is to prevent introduction of NIS, this is extremely difficult as ships move
constantly in and out of an area, espe
ially for spe ies i trodu ed through gro th o the ship s hull
(hull fouling or biofouling) that is open to the environment. Recently, voluntary guidelines have been
adopted by the IMO to avoid the introduction of NIS
through the ship s hull for o
er ial a d
recreational ships (IMO Hull Fouling guidelines. MEPC.1/Circ.792 12 November 2012
24
).
The
Regional Sea Conventions
have taken various initiatives in relation to NIS.
Convention
on
the
Conservation
of
European
Wildlife
and
Natural
Habitats,
1979.
http://conventions.coe.int/Treaty/en/Treaties/Html/104.htm
19
Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat, 1994. Ramsar, Iran, 2.2.1971 as
amended
by
the
Protocol
of
3.12.1982
and
the
amendments
of
28.5.1987.
http://www.ramsar.org/library/field_date/%5B1971-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z%20TO%201972-01-
01T00%3A00%3A00Z%5D/field_tag_body_event/establishing-the-convention-566
20
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS), 1979. http://www.cms.int/en/node/3916
21
CBD, 2000. Executive Secretariat to the CBD, Climate Change and Biological Diversity: Cooperation between the
Convention on Biological Diversity and the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
(UNEP/CBD/SBSTTA/6/11), available at <http://www.biodiv.org>
22
EU, 2011. Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social
Committee and the Committee of the regions. Our life insurance, our natural capital: an EU biodiversity strategy to 2020.
COM (2011) 244.
23
Available at the following link: http://www.imo.org/About/Conventions/ListOfConventions/Pages/International-
Convention-for-the-Control-and-Management-of-Ships%27-Ballast-Water-and-Sediments-%28BWM%29.aspx
18
IMO Hull Fouling guidelines, 2012. Guidance for minimising the transfer of invasive aquatic species as
biofouling (hull fouling) for recreational craft [MEPC.1/Circ.792 12 November 2012].
24
10
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0072.png
HELCOM
parties have agreed to ratify the BWMC following the adoption of a HELCOM Ballast Water
Road Map by the HELCOM Ministerial Meeting (2007) in Krakow. A Joint HELCOM/OSPAR Task
Group on NIS is working to develop a common framework on the specific issue of exemptions for the
BWMC, for both the Baltic Sea and the North-East Atlantic regions (HELCOM, 2013a
25
). A list of non-
indigenous, cryptogenic and harmful native species in the Baltic Sea was compiled for the needs of
HELCOM Ballast Water Road Map, HELCOM HABITAT and MONAS and is continuously edited and
updated by various HELCOM subsidiary bodies, expert workshops and projects (list of taxa identified
from ports surveyed within HELCOM ALIENS- projects in HELCOM, 2014a
26
). Since 2008 the list has
been modified by HELCOM HABITAT (11/2009 and 12/2010), HELCOM MONAS (12/2009), the
HELCOM HOLAS project and, most recently, by the HELCOM CORESET project. HELCOM ALIENS
projects focused on NIS (ALIENS 3 was the most recent project that ended in 2013 and aimed to
support the ratification of BWMC by developing NIS monitoring in ports and the risk assessment
methods) (HELCOM, 2014a
31
, b
27
). HELCOM CORESET stated that in 2012 there were 118 NIS
reported in the Baltic Sea and 90 of those were considered to be established (Rolke et al., 2013
28
). In
addition, the HELCOM CORESET project developed a set of core indicators in the Baltic Sea.
Currently, 20 core indicators are established for biodiversity, covering the needs of MSFD including
NIS (HELCOM, 2013b
29
).
NIS introductions are identified as a relevant pressure from human activities in the
OSPAR
Maritime
Area (OSPAR, 2009 (draft)
30
). Recently the OSPAR Intercessional (OSPAR ICG COBAM) has proposed a
D2 indicator which will be likely promoted by the Environmental Impacts of Human Activities
Committee (EIHA) from a candidate to a common indicator for OSPAR Regions II, III, and IV. The
OSPAR Quality Status Report (QSR, 2010
31
) states that over 160 NIS have been identified in the
OSPAR area, acknowledging ships' ballast water as the main vector of introduction. Other main
vectors are aquaculture and fouling on ships. The QSR provides a detailed list of NIS (taxonomic
group, common names, regions affected, vector, first reported and probable impacts) and highlights
the necessity of the OSPAR countries to ratify and implement the IMO BWMC. At the last update
(03/09/2014), there are 38 biodiversity indicators under development by OSPAR, one is dedicated to
NIS or invasive NIS (D2): trends in the arrival of new non-indigenous species (adopted as common
indicator in February 2015).
The
Barcelona Convention’s
Action Plan on Invasive Species deals with the growing number of IAS in
the Mediterranean (2005) and aims at strengthening the capacities of the Mediterranean countries
with regards to the prevention and control of introductions of non-indigenous species into the
HELCOM, 2013a. Joint HELCOM/ OSPAR Guidelines on the granting of exemptions under the International Convention for
the Co trol a d Ma age e t of “hips Ballast Water a d “edi e ts ‘egulatio A-4.
This document is a part of the 2013
HELCOM Ministerial Declaration and was adopted by the 2013 HELCOM Ministerial Meeting.
26
HELCOM, 2014a, HELCOM ALIENS 3
Tests of the harmonized approach to ballast water management exemptions in the
Baltic Sea. 56 pp.
27
HELCOM, 2014b. HELCOM guide to Alien Species and Ballast Water Management in the Baltic Sea.
28
Rolke M, Michalek M, Werner M, Lehtiniemi M, Strake S, Antsulevich A, Zaiko A, 2013. Trends in arrival of new non-
indigenous
species.
HELCOM
Core
Indicator
of
Biodiversity.
Online,
viewed
on
09/03/2015,
http://www.helcom.fi/Core%20Indicators/HELCOM-CoreIndicator-Trends_in_arrival_of_new_non-indigenous_species.pdf
29
HELCOM, 2013b. HELCOM core indicators: Final report of the HELCOM CORESET project. BALT. Sea Environ Proc. No.
136.
30
OSPAR, 2009 (draft). Trend analysis of maritime human activities and their collective impact on the OSPAR maritime
area. Prepared by the Intersessional Correspondence Groups for the BA6 Assessment and the Cumulative Effects
Assessment.
31
OSPAR, 2010. Quality Status Report 2010. OSPAR Commission. London. 176 pp.
25
11
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0073.png
Mediterranean Sea. About 1000 non-indigenous species have been identified in the Mediterranean
Sea, of which 500 are well established, with a new species being introduced roughly every ten days
(UNEP/ MAP, 2012
32
). A large portion has been introduced through the Suez Canal (47% according to
UNEP/MAP, 2009
33
). The Ecosystem Approach (EcAp) in the Mediterranean will gradually implement
such an approach for management and is expected to include an integrated monitoring programme
on non-indigenous species. The process follows a similar approach to that of HELCOM and OSPAR,
notably through the Integrated Correspondence Groups of GES and Targets (CORGEST) and the
Correspondence Group on Monitoring, (CORMON) Biodiversity and Fisheries. These recent groups
work on issues in line with D1, D2, D3, D4 and D6.
The
Black Sea Commission (BSC)
has committed to the Black Sea Strategic Action Plan (BSSAP, 2009)
adopted in Sofia. The action plan set out four Ecosystem Quality Objectives (ECOQs) in relation to
the MSFD descriptors of Good Environmental Status. The BSSAP ECOQs encompass several MSFD
descriptors: ECOQ 2 covers MSFD descriptors 1, 2, 4, 6 and 11 together. Finally, a Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) to increase mutual support between IMO and BSC, was signed (2010) to cover
several environmental aspects of shipping, including ballast water management.
34
1.5 Clarification of the relevant scientific, technical and policy terminology in relation to
the descriptor.
A discussion on general policy terminology in the frame of the MSFD WG GES is on-going in parallel
to the review exercise.
Regarding D2 terminology, specific definitions can be found in scientific literature, legal documents
and associated reports and in RSC reports.
A ariety of defi itio s of the ter
o
-i
dige ous spe ies e ists oth i s ie tifi literature e.g.
35
Leppäkoski et al., 2002 ; Occhipinti Ambrogi and Galil, 2004
36
; Carlton, 2009
37
) and
legislative/administrative (e.g. IAS Regulation 1143/2014/ EU) documents.
The following definition of non-indigenous species (NIS)
was proposed by TG2
38
: No
-indigenous
species (NIS; synonyms: alien, exotic, non-native, allochthonous) are species, subspecies or lower
taxa introduced outside of their natural range (past or present) and outside of their natural dispersal
potential. This includes any part, gamete or propagule of such species that might survive and
UNEP/MAP, 2012. State of the Mediterranean marine and coastal environment, UNEP/ MAP- Barcelona Convention,
Athens, 2012.
33
UNEP/MAP/BP/RAC, 2009. The State of the Environment and Development in the Mediterranean 2009. United Nations
Environment Programme, Mediterranean Action Plan, Blue Plan Regional Activity Centre, Vallbone.
34
35
32
http://www.blacksea-commission.org/_bssap2009.asp#_Toc222222324
(accessed on 09/03/2015)
Leppäkoski E, Gollasch S, Olenin S, 2002. Introduction: alien species in European waters, in: Leppäkoski E et al. (Ed)
(2002). Invasive aquatic species of Europe: distribution, impacts and management 1-6.
36
Occhipinti A and Galil B, 2004. A uniform terminology on bioinvasions: a chimera or an operative tool? Marine Pollution
Bulletin 49:688–694.
37
Carlton JT, 2009. Deep invasion Ecology and the assembly of communities in historical time, in: Rilov G et al. (Ed) (2009).
Biological invasions in marine ecosystems. Ecological, management and geographic perspectives. Ecological studies 204:
13-48
38
Task Group 2 Report Non-indigenous species JOINT REPORT, 2010
12
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
subsequently reproduce. Their presence in the given region is due to intentional or unintentional
introduction resulting from human activities. Natural shifts in distribution ranges (e.g. due to climate
change or dispersal by ocean currents) do not qualify a species as a NIS. However, secondary
introductions of NIS from the area(s) of their first arrival could occur without human involvement
due to spread y atural ea s.
A subset of NIS are
invasive NIS
(synonym
invasive alien species’ (IAS)),
which are defined by TG2
as a su set of esta lished NI“ hi h ha e spread,
are spreading or have demonstrated their
potential to spread elsewhere, and have an adverse effect on biological diversity, ecosystem
functioning, socio-e
o o i alues a d/or hu a health i i aded regio s .
These definitions are equivalent to the co
ept of i asi e o
-i
dige ous spe ies
underlining the
Com Decision 2010/477/EU.
I additio , TG des ri ed the key ter s …levels
that do not adversely alter the ecosystems
as
the a se e or i i al le el of iologi al pollutio .
Biological pollution
is defined by TG2 as the
impact of IAS at a
level that disturbs environmental quality
by effects on: an individual (internal
biological pollution by parasites or pathogens), a population, a community, a habitat or an
ecosystem. It means that impacts can be observed at different levels, but it does not mean that any
impact is produced directly and exclusively at a given level. Thus, the sum of a given impact at
individual level will result in an impact at population level, which in its turn can produce changes in
the community and finally affect the ecosystem functioning. Conceptually, any impact in the lower
levels would produce, in larger or lesser degree, some change at ecosystem level. Therefore,
biological pollution can be defined by impacts at different levels, but GES according to MSFD could
be considered as not achieved only when the effects are observable at ecosystem level. However, to
be coherent with Descriptor 1 and other relevant policies it is necessary to establish how to define
GES in cases when the impact on ecosystem as a whole apparently is minimal but e.g. there is a
strong impact on e.g a protected species.
In the new IAS Regulation on the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of
invasive alien species the following definitions are given:
'alien species' means any live specimens of a species, subspecies or lower taxon of animals, plants,
fungi or micro-organisms introduced outside its natural range; it includes any part, gametes, seeds,
eggs, or propagules of such species, as well as any hybrids, varieties or breeds that might survive and
subsequently reproduce;
'invasive alien species' means an alien species whose introduction or spread has been found to
threaten or adversely impact upon biodiversity and related ecosystem services;
'invasive alien species of Union concern' means an invasive alien species whose adverse impact has
been deemed such as to require concerted action at Union level pursuant to Article 4(3);
'invasive alien species of Member State concern' means an invasive alien species other than an
invasive alien species of Union concern, for which a Member State considers on the basis of scientific
evidence that the adverse impact of its release and spread, even where not fully ascertained, is of
significance for its territory, or part of it, and requires action at the level of that Member State.
13
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0075.png
'pathways' means the routes and mechanisms of the introduction and spread of invasive alien
species;
The defi itio of alie spe ies gi e i the EU ‘egulatio on
IAS is similar to the one by TG2,
although less complete. Including aspects of intentional/unintentional introduction, natural shifts
and secondary introductions would be useful. Also, it could also be completed by including
genetically modified organisms, according to definition in the Regulation (EC) 708/2007 concerning
use of alien and locally absent species in aquaculture (http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32007R0708&from=EN).
A defi itio i ludi g these differe t aspe t ould e: alie spe ies
means any live specimens of
species, subspecies or lower taxon of animals, plants, fungi or micro-organisms introduced outside
its natural past or present distribution; it includes any part, gametes, seeds, eggs, or propagules of
such species, as well as any genetically modified organisms, hybrids, varieties or breeds that might
survive and subsequently reproduce. Their presence in the given region is due to intentional or
unintentional introduction resulting from human activities. Natural shifts in distribution ranges (e.g.
due to climate change or dispersal by ocean currents) do not qualify a species as a NIS. However,
secondary introductions of NIS from the area(s) of their first arrival could occur without human
involvement due to spread by natural means.
There is the necessity to agree on a single (MSFD) definition per term to avoid confusion. This
requires taking into consideration definitions underlining the Com Decision 2010/477/EU with those
in the IAS Regulation (see above) to ensure expected coherence across the two policies.
Terminology should be carefully taken into account and harmonized across MSs. Among other, this
requires that issues arising from translations to the official languages of the MSs for publication in
the EU Official Journal must be addressed (e.g. the term
i asi e
became invasivo/a, when
translated to Portuguese but it should be invasor/a/es/s). It is recommend that official translations
should be reviewed by scientific experts of every MS.
Also, the relationships between certain management and scientific terminologies are required to
reduce the level of discrepancies between scientists, ecosystem managers and policy makers in the
EU Member States: Some relevant terminologies to be revisited under this vision include: normal
ecosystem quality and functioning, and an impacted ecosystem function and quality.
For definitions not yet covered by policy or the MSFD GES Common Understanding Document,
definitions established in the context of relevant initiatives should be considered, e.g. the
background document produced by OSPAR
39
including definitions on biodiversity issues.
1.6 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified.
The main specificity of this descriptor, already highlighted in many documents, is that non-
indigenous species constitute a pressure on the ecosystems, which should be evaluated through
OSPAR, 2012. MSFD Advice Manual and Background Document on Biodiversity. London,
Publication Number: 581/2012, 141 pp. (available at:
http://www.ospar.org/v_publications/download.asp?v1=p00581
39
14
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0076.png
pressure indicators; but at the same time the non-indigenous species, once established, become a
new element of the bioceonosis of the invaded ecosystems, and their impact on state could
potentially be evaluated with indicators applied for assessing other descriptors, e.g. via multi-metric
indicators for plankton and benthos.
The descriptor requires for development of specific and independent criteria and indicators, and
hence monitoring systems, to evaluate what has
ee defi ed as propagules pressure i relatio
to the diverse introduction and spreading pathways; but the monitoring and evaluation of their
impacts when they are already established should be, to get more sound and reliable conclusions
and also coherent evaluations, integrated with those of the biodiversity descriptors (see table 1).
Table 1.
Relationship of broad ecosystem elements to main pressures, indicating which criteria from
the 2010 Decision are relevant to each state (S) and pressure (P) element, and which are associated
to impacts from pressures upon particular state components (orange cells). The boxes with a ?
indicate most likely gaps in impact criteria compared with the 2010 Decision. The blank boxes have
no impact criteria in the 2010 Decision but impacts may still occur (e.g. physical loss and/or damage
leading to loss of breeding grounds for birds, reptiles and fish). Refer to 2010 Decision for details
about the criteria (from GesDecision Review _Cross-cuttingIssues_V4, can be accessed at the
following
link
https://circabc.europa.eu/faces/jsp/extension/wai/navigation/container.jsp?FormPrincipal:_idcl=Fo
rmPrincipal:_id3&FormPrincipal_SUBMIT=1&id=be6cb95f-0d58-401e-a89d-
7dc4b0b19a3d&javax.faces.ViewState=rO0ABXVyABNbTGphdmEubGFuZy5PYmplY3Q7kM5YnxBzKW
wCAAB4cAAAAAN0AAIxMnB0ACsvanNwL2V4dGVuc2lvbi93YWkvbmF2aWdhdGlvbi9jb250YWluZXIua
nNw).
1.7 An analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological
standards for the particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need
aspects to be specific at region or other scales.
The problem of NIS is a trans-regional one and therefore needs common standards for assessing,
monitoring, prevention and management of targeted species. However, some specific standards
need to reflect specific regional risks associated to exposure to vectors, pathways and sensitivity of
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
ecosystems to the species introductions, and the ecosystem characteristics, e.g. in the Baltic Sea
with its salinity gradient, these standards need to be adapted to a differing set of freshwater
invaders in the eastern and northern parts.
An analysis of the coherence amongst MS, especially amongst those sharing the same region, was
performed for the needs of the Art. 12 in-depth assessment (IDA, JRC, 2014). This work provides
crucial information for the feasibility of having common criteria and methodological standards
across EU and the identification of areas requiring regional approaches. The results of this analysis
are summarised in a chapter 2 (analysis of the implementation process).
1.8 The "climate sensitivity" for D2
Descriptor 2 has a range of climate sensitivities that can increase the risk of NIS secondary spreading
and the level of this pressure. Changes such as increased sea temperature can make conditions more
suitable for NIS from specific geographic areas resulting in an increased that those NIS can more
easily establish and spread in European waters. Lastly, some native species will naturally migrate
into new areas due to the changing climatic conditions and consequently change their potential
spatial habitats, which might be difficult to differentiate from human-induced introductions.
Thus, efforts are required to develop knowledge needed to distinguish between climate-change
mediated alterations to species distributions and human introduced NIS. The ability to distinguish
these two processes and categories of species enhances the formulation of cost-effective
management measures directed at achieving the desired GES levels.
1.9 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be
possible or whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis
of Article 3(5)).
In theory it should be possible to determine quantitatively the status of NIS in a given ecosystem,
but as indicated above this presents particularly challenges.
Abundance may be difficult to assess quantitatively due to difficulties associated to e.g. account for
species with different life form strategies (e.g. single or colony forming) and low abundances in early
stages of invasion. It must be considered that the GES will depend ultimately of the direct impacts of
NIS on local biota, which is not necessarily related, at least linearly, with their abundance. Because of
that, taking into account the variety of NIS and the variability of their potential impacts in different
ecosystems, it will be difficult to define proper and widely accepted definitions of GES in relation to
NIS presence merely fixing a unique and common abundance threshold.
More accurate and cost-effective is to perform species presence inventories or number of species
encountered in widely spread locations in a subregion, e.g. Port of Rotterdam,, Wadden Sea. These
assessments of species spatial occurrence/ distributions could be considered as surrogates of species
abundance and of the level of invasiveness.
For other indicators, as Biopollution Level index (BPL), qualitative definitions could be easier to
agree, but even so it is difficult to evaluate the GES in relation to NIS, since their mere presence may
represent a potential threat to local biota. However,
The BPL is ot appli a le i so e M“ s aters
16
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0078.png
(e.g. in France, according to French experts), due to the high level of uncertainty of this index at cost-
effective effort for acquisition of required data. This is limiting its validity to few well studied places,
or to some taxa and, thus it would not have any ecological meaning.
One option could be to use ADR (abundance and distribution range), which is the basis for the BPL
but would be easier to assess as it does not need the impact information.
An alternative, or complement, to this approach would be to put the focus on the impacts, on the
effects of the presence of NIS instead of their abundance. In this way, to evaluate the GES in relation
to NIS results of the application of the indicators developed
for the iodi ersity
descriptors, 1, 4
and 6. This would ensure the coherence of the evaluations from the point of view of the biodiversity
conservation. Thus, any definition of GES referred to descriptor 2 should be linked to the
achievement of the GES in the biodiversity descriptors, in such a way that the environmental status
in relation to NIS would be defined as negative if it is also negative for these other descriptors, and
vice-versa.
GES could be at a first step defined qualitatively, notably according to the actual lacks of knowledge
for many species or habitats. For example, impacts on habitats or broader ecosystems condition and
functions could be defined qualitatively (e.g. based on community structure changes) and the
GES/no GES could be a deviation (qualitative or semi-quantitative=range) around this qualitatively
defined reference. Ideally, this biological pressure (extent, intensity, frequency) should be estimate
at least semi-quantitatively.
In parallel, taking into account the irreversibility of most of marine bio-invasions, a more dynamic
and operative approach for GES definition could be adopted. Thus, any increasing trend in the
presence and abundance of NIS in a given ecosystem, independently of their real impact, should be
qualified as negative, whereas negative trends or stable situations, even if the environmental status
cannot be defined as positive could be considered at least acceptable.
Due to lack of data and a full understanding everywhere of how NIS are introduced, where they
occur, how abundant they are and factors influencing their survival, establishing baseline
information for trend comparisons may be difficult.
2. Analysis of the implementation process
. Based on the Commission / Milieu Art. reports and the
JRC in-depth assessments
(IDA), a detailed summary of Art.12 findings related to the determination of GES and,
specifically, the use of the Decision criteria and indicators, should be made.
All Member States have defined GES for Descriptor 2. Most MS defined GES either at Descriptor
and/or Criterion level. Only six Member States have also defined GES at indicator level, of which four
defined GES only at indicator level. For a large proportion of MS the definitions were vague, with
some MSs reproducing the description provided in Annex I of the MSFD verbatim or very close to it
and did not provide measurable definition of GES and relative thresholds. There were significant
differences on the level of detail and focus of the approach reported by MS, i.e. some focused on
17
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
NIS, others on invasive NIS and others on both categories; several adopted a risk-based approach,
and some referred to impacts of NIS.
According to the
Co
issio s
SWD (2014/49), no Member State was judged to have an adequate
definition of GES. Eleven Member States were considered to have a partially adequate definition of
GES, while nine were considered inadequate.
Criterion 2.1
was used more frequently than criterion 2.2. Several Member States explicitly adopted
a risk-based approach, primarily addressing vectors and pathways for introductions of NIS. The MSs
have in most cases indicated that GES could be achieved when the introduction of NIS does not
adversely affect the ecosystem but very few relate this to trends in abundance of NIS introductions
in order to achieve GES.
Criterion 2.2
(Environmental impact of invasive non-indigenous species). Ten Member States
referred to impacts of NIS. The types of adverse effects are generally not clarified.
The initial assessment (Art. 8) for Descriptor 2 was mostly based on existing literature,
supplemented in some instances by expert judgment. All MS provided an inventory of NIS present,
and generally the main vectors and pathways were described. Great variation was observed in the
number of NIS reported even between neighboring MSs, and across regions (IDA, 2014), reflecting
partly differences in the monitoring systems. Other potential reasons are: 1) variable number of
specific studies on NIS carried out in each country and 2) the resources invested by each country in
compiling information for the initial evaluation, since many information on this issue do not came
from regular monitoring systems carried out by the Administrations, but from sparse scientific, peer
reviewed or grey, literature.
It is suggested that to facilitate and harmonize the D2 implementation, regional and national NIS
inventories should be linked. The European Alien Species Information Network (EASIN,
http://easin.jrc.ec.europa.eu/) could serve for this purpose. EASIN was established with the scope of
facilitating the exploration of existing alien species information in Europe to assist the
implementation of European policies on alien species, including marine species.
Art. 9 implementation assessments concluded that the level of coherence in the definition of GES for
Descriptor 2 within each of the four regional seas is considered to be low. That said there are
exceptions at sub-regional level, with a moderate level of coherence between the three Member
States in the Western Mediterranean Sea. Coherence in the Celtic Seas is also assessed as moderate.
Clear links should be made between Art. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 of MSFD. Specific assessment methods
and associated boundaries or thresholds should be reported to facilitate the evaluation of GES
a hie e e t, of targets effi ie y a d the i ple e tatio of M“FD i ge eral
(IDA, 2014). Explicit
guidelines for indicator development should be developed aiming to ensure harmonisation of
assessments. As there has been very little information gathered on marine NIS from many MSs, the
recent established monitoring programmes have gathered for the first time gathered national
information on the current state of NIS. This will form a baseline from which further changes in
relation to GES will be measured.
18
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
2.2 Identification of any questions arising from the application of the current Decision,
including those identified by the Article 12 assessment.
Mediterranean and North East Atlantic Member States on the whole described knowledge and data
gaps in some detail and in some cases even (limited) plans to address them. This was not the case in
the Baltic where only two MS analyzed knowledge gaps in any detail (SWD2014/49/EU).
Just three MS provided (or tend to establish) baseline and thresholds in their initial assessment. IDA
(JRC, 2014) highlighted the need to link initial assessment (Art. 8) and definition of GES (Art. 9) with
specific trends, boundaries and thresholds (Table 2).
D2 reports are poor in detailing the methodological approaches applied by the MSs. MSs focused on
listing NIS and addressing the important vectors related to NIS, and less on assessing their impact in
particular ecosystems (IDA, 2014).
Some MSs associated BPL (Olenin, 2007) to GES definition, indicating its applicability in some regions
but also the need for better indicators and methodological standards related to NIS.
19
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0081.png
Table 2.
MS reported baselines and indicators thresholds for non-indigenous species (JRC, 2014)
Belgium
2.1.1
Introduction of new human induced non-indigenous species of macrofauna and macroflora
(>1 mm) in relation to the 2012 baseline is prevented.
Estonia
2.1.1
80% of cases in time series abundance significantly higher than absolute minimum registered
abundance
2.2.1
no increase in abundance
2.2.2
BPL index < 1
Greece
2.1.1
No increase in proportion of NIS in the abundance or biomass of the respective community
2.2.1
all NIS spp include <5% of biomass or space coverage
No algal blooms due to NIS
2.3 Relevant data from other sources, specific to every descriptor and recent findings
from MS should also be considered
The data gaps and inherent uncertainties existing information from sources prohibit to address all
three existing D2 indicators even partially and this despite the largely availability of existing
information
through ope a ess i for atio syste s su h as the Europea Co
issio s Europea
Alien Species Information System (EASIN;
http://easin.jrc.ec.europa.eu/),
AquaNIS
(http://www.corpi.ku.lt/databases/index.php/aquanis/), DAISIE (http://www.europe-aliens.org/),
MAMIAS (http://www.mamias.org/)
and NOBANIS (http://www.nobanis.org/). These information
systems should be linked or unified to facilitate data access for MSs and properly address D2.
However, their usefulness is strongly dependent on MS data input to regional databases. This should
be highly recommended and
regional organizations like OSPAR or HELCOM can have a major role.
Other issue that should be further discussed and analysed include the inclusion of pathogens in D2.
The comments received express different opinions, but given that non-indigenous pathogens may
strongly impact marine ecosystems the issue should be further discussed to be able to conclude.
20
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0082.png
2.4 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple Member
States, and shortcomings should be listed systematically.
On a regional level, HELCOM is highlighted for good practice in the way the Convention adopted the
MSFD and for the progress achieved in developing relevant indicators
(
HELCOM, 2013b
35
).
HELCOM member countries applied the BPL for estimating the magnitude of the non-indigenous
phytoplankton species effects on the native phytoplankton community, pelagic habitat and
ecosystem functioning in the Baltic Sea (Olenina et al., 2009). BPL was reported by most of the
HELCOM member countries (where it is already operational) and from a few non-HELCOM members
that are going to evaluate BPL
s
utility in other regions. BPL was linked to all reported MSFD Articles
(8, 9 and 10) at least once and to Criteria 2.2 of the COM DEC (2010/477/EC).
Esto
ia s
approach could be considered as a good practice for linking well-defined metrics with
indicators accompanied by specific thresholds. In addition, they presented high level of consistency
in the way they reported for the three MSFD Articles (8, 9 and 10). However, this approach should
be considered with caution, since GES and targets are defined similarly and that raises some doubts
as to what exactly is the GES definition.
The Finish report on Art. 9 could be considered as an example of good practice, since they provided
a variety of GES statements covering pressures, impacts on the basis of number, frequency and ratio
of NIS, as well as species vectors.
The Greek
a d Portuguese s
approaches are considered as a good practice for their implementation
of Art 8. in respect to the NIS reported, because of the detailed information provided including NIS
recorded in national waters, year of the first record, origin of NIS, pathways of introduction,
populatio status e.g. esta lished, o asio al, u k o
a d NI“ taxonomic
groups.
More working relationships are encouraged between MS and also development of new working
relationships between Regional Convections.
2.5 Differences and similarities between the regions should be highlighted, where
applicable.
The regional coherence between the GES definitions is low in all sub-regions (SWD (2014) 47; IDA,
2014).
In respect to the methodologies listed in MS reports, BPL is referred by some HELCOM members but
not all contracting parties accepted to use the indicator. Non-HELCOM MSs reported that careful
studies are required to prove and advise on the applicability of the BPL in their areas of interest.
An OSPAR wide common indicator on NIS is being developed in relation to criterion 2.1.1.
– ‘isk
40
management of key pathways
a d e tors of i trodu tio of NI“ O“PA‘,
).
The OSPAR common indicator NIS3, developed by UK and Germany, has been adopted in subregions
II, III and IV and its merging to the HELCOM Trend indicator is at the moment discussed by HELCOM
CORESET II. Collaboration is planned to be opened up to other RSCs and it was proposed to develop
a network of experts to connect the communities in the different convention areas (Back to back
40
OSPAR, 2013. Report of the EIHA Common indicator Workshop. (Accessed 11/03/2015).
21
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0083.png
meeting of CORESETII and ICG-COBAM, October 2014
41
). The HELCOM core indicator is expected to
be adopted in June 2015.
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
3.1 Analysis of the current text of the Decision, identifying in particular those parts which
are best placed in guidance, those parts which are interpretative or explicative
information and those parts which need to be kept in the Decision in accordance with the
mandate provided by the Directive.
To be kept in the Decision, in accordance with the mandate provided by the Directive but
revised)
The following part of the Decision forms the core of the criteria and methodological standards.
Revised text appears in Bold. Explanations in parentheses are provided for all suggested changes. In
general, there is agreement on the proposed modifications to criterion 2.1 but there is still some
controversy regarding the criterion 2.2. This will require to be further considered to decide if it is
needed to adequately assess D2 and to agree on the revised version.
COM Decision PART B- Criteria for good environmental status relevant to the descriptors of Annex I
to Directive 2008/56/EC’
Descriptor 2: Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not
adversely alter the ecosystem.
2.1. Abundance
and state
and characterization of
non-indigenous species,
in particular invasive
species
As D is a pressure a d ot a state des riptor, the state i Criterio . is o fusi g a d is
better to be deleted. Other state descriptors by which the environments need to be assessed should
reflect the state with consideration of pressures including alien species pressure).
Trends in
new introductions,
abundance, temporal occurrence, and spatial distribution in the wild
of
non-indigenous species,
notably in risk areas, in relation to the main vectors and pathways (2.1.1).
(Trends in new introductions of alien species by pathway is an indicator closely related to the
management of pathways as requested by the new Regulation
o the pre e tio a d a age e t
of the i trodu tio a d spread of i asi e alie spe ies
; such an indicator can reflect the
effectiveness of measures to manage pathways)
2.2. Environmental impact of [invasive]
non-indigenous species
Ratio between [invasive]
non-indigenous species
and native species [in some well-studied
taxonomic groups (e.g. fish, macroalgae, molluscs)] that may provide a measure of change in species
41
HELCOM and OSPAR Commissions, 2014. Communication paper resulting from the joint meeting of HELCOM CORESET II
and OSPAR ICG-COBAM. Back to back meeting of CORESET II and ICG-COBAM, 1 October 2014. (Accessed 11/03/2015)
22
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0084.png
composition (e.g. further to the displacement of native species) (2.2.1)
(If only IAS are included in the
estimation of alien/native ratio then this is not a measure of community change)
Impacts of non-indigenous invasive species at the level of species, habitats and ecosystem, where
feasible (2.2.2)
Summary of comments received:
-
criterion 2.2 could be maintained, stating that GES could be evaluated through other
biodiversity
i di ators. Thus, riteria .
ould o sider pote tial i pa t fro
i ter al
pressure of i trodu ed NI“, taki g i to a ou t prese e a d relati e a u da e of
these
NIS, providing a sort of risk assessment, whereas 2.2 would deal with demonstrated
impacts, measured through state indicators related to other descriptors. However, 2.1, as
mentioned before, deals with already established NIS, when in many cases too late to do
something. A new criteria could be considered,
deali g ith the e ter al pressure
to a
gi e e osyste , it is the propagules pressure.
Remove criterion 2.2 based on the reasoning that the impact of non-indigenous species
should be considered in the status descriptors. The pressure level is measured by criterion
2.1 and should be such as to ensure GES for those descriptors.
Remove the indicator ratio between alien and native species. This will only consider
community changes rather than full ecosystem impact. Also, monitoring for all alien species
will be operationally difficult to achieve and the cost would be disproportionate taking
account that not all present an important risk to the marine environment. Furthermore,
change of species composition is unlikely to be controllable and thus to relate to the
programme of measures.
2.2.1 and 2.2.2 overlap; both measure impact from non-indigenous species. Suggest to
remove 2.2.1.
Cha ge . . to I pa ts of alie spe ies, here feasi le
-
-
-
-
To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
The following part of the Decision provides guidance on assessment and monitoring methodologies
and would be better placed (after substantial revision) in a separate guidance document. In addition,
it should be updated according to the entering into force of the new Regulation 1143/2014 and the
latest research and the progress made at RSC-level and by IMO. Finally, it should also be updated
with the findings from the first initial assessment of the MSFD.
The identification and assessment of pathways and vectors of spreading of non-indigenous species
as a result of human activities is necessary to prioritize actions for the management of pathways and
the prevention of new invasions. The initial assessment has to take into account that some
introductions due to human activities are already regulated at Union level to assess and minimise
their possible impact on aquatic ecosystems and that some non-indigenous species have commonly
been used in aquaculture for a long time and are already subject to specific permit treatment within
the existing Regulations. There is still only limited knowledge about the effects of the non-indigenous
species on the marine environment. Additional scientific and technical development is required for
23
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0085.png
developing potentially useful indicators especially of impacts of invasive non-indigenous species,
which remain the main concern for achieving good environmental status. The priority in relation to
assessment and monitoring relates to state characterisation, which is a prerequisite for assessment
of the magnitude of impacts but does not determine in itself the achievement of good environmental
status for this descriptor.
However, the amended Decision would need to make reference to the guidance were this
background information would be included.
3.2 The analysis should then include an overall identification of needs for guidance.
Guidance might be needed to clarify and harmonize descriptors definitions, methodological
standards under each criterion and their links.
In particular, detailed guidance for harmonized methodologies on how to assess particular impacts
at ecosystem level is needed.
3.3 An analysis of what to keep should take place, including specification on what may be
out dated or may need to be aligned with other or new legislation, etc.
The following criterion and indicator should be kept with suggested modifications:
2.1. Abundance
and state
and characterization of non-indigenous species.
Trends in
new introductions,
abundance, temporal occurrence, and spatial distribution in the wild
of non-indigenous species, notably in risk areas, in relation to the main vectors and pathways of
spreading of such species (2.1.1).
This could be decomposed in two methodological standards (indicators) taking in consideration the
already included NIS metrics.
Criterion 2.2 needs further consideration to agree if needed to enable an adequate assessment of D2
and if needed to agree on revised version (see section 3.1).
4. Identification of issues
Main findings and information that will be used in the next step of the revision process.
There is still lack of information and understanding of NIS impact on marine ecosystems, therefore
its inclusion as a criterion in GES definition is difficult. In fact, types of impacts occurring due to NIS
are hardly specified in the related GES definitions; it could be useful to create a stronger link
between Descriptor 2 and the biodiversity Descriptors (see table 1 and e.g. Katsanevakis et al.
2014
4
).
Clarify and review inter-Descriptor links is definitively a task to further progress, notably through
links between Art.8, 9, 10 and 11, and taking
i to a ou t the ross- utti g issues orkshop
-
23/01/2015, Copenhagen).
24
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0086.png
The link with D1 and D4 could be made by 2.2 (see table 1 ): Impacts of this biological pressure could
be assessed by assessing D1.7 (impacted ecosystem structure and functions); D1.6 (impacted habitat
condition); D6.2 (for benthic habitats, when IAS become an engineering species sensus Crooks,
2002
42
, 2009
43
); D1.3 (Impacted population condition) and D1.1 (distribution ); D4.1 (productivity of
key species impacted by invasive non-indigenous species) and D4.3 (abundance/distribution of key
species, for invasive non-indigenous species which impact trophic webs).
The regional coherence amongst countries when defining GES for D2 is low in regions and sub-
regions; the relatively low level of operational approaches for D2 provides an opportunity to work
for regional coherence through joint development of methodological standards and indicators.
OSPAR and HELCOM (see above) have made initial plans towards a common indicator.
Although the transitional waters are beyond the scope of the MSFD (i.e. under remit of the WFD),
NIS and notably IAS in transitional waters should be assessed as these constitute a potential
biological pressure to surrounding marine waters. Coordination of the MSFD with other relevant
legislations, in particular with the new IAS Regulation is required to avoid duplication of work and
ensure through coordination of activities the achievement of GES and prevention and management
of NIS.
The observed inconsistencies and uncertainties in the NIS lists included in the national reports may
lead to inefficient management and it could be improved by linking regional and national species
inventories. The European Alien Species Information Network (EASIN) is developing towards an
information exchange mechanism to facilitate the EU policy on invasive alien species, thus, it could
play a role linking all EU NIS databases. It is strongly recommended to keep updating national NIS
lists and the regional databases.
The guidance to prepare in association to the Commission Decision should include a table of
synonyms were terms such as NIS should be included.
It should be clarified that the reduction of the existing pressure (distribution and/or abundance of
NIS) is often only possible in a few specific cases. This assertion leads to the following suggestions:
o
The criteria trend in new introductions per vector should be kept. It allows to show
clearly if the pressure from non-indigenous species has changed and it is also
possible to relate to success/failure of management.
Criterion 2.2 needs further consideration to agree if needed to enable an adequate
assessment of D2 and if needed to agree on revised version (see section 3.1)
o
More information on ecosystem impacts of IAS, along with economic impacts, should be collected, in
particular if criterion 2.2 is retained.
Crooks JA, 2009. The role of exotic marine ecosystem engineers. In Riloy G, Crooks JA (Eds). Biological Invasions in
Marine Ecosystems: Ecological management, and Geographic Perspectives, Ecological Studies, vol. 204 (XXVI). Springer-
Verlag, pp. 215-238.
42
25
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0087.png
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
5.1 Conclude on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators, in the light of the
"refined" common understanding, the findings of the Article 12 assessment and relevant
international, EU and RSC legislation and approaches.
COM DEC Criteria have to be defined in a way to allow for a direct GES assessment that is related to
the Descriptor (Art. 6). However, for D2 this requirement is currently not achieved. The lack of
guidelines may lead to different interpretations to define GES in different levels (descriptor, criterion
or indicator).
Several Regional Sea Conventions are developing indicators, both in line with criteria 2.1, and
coherent between Regions:
HELCOM: Trends in arrival of new non-indigenous species (adopted as core indicator)
OSPAR: Trends in the arrival of new non-indigenous species (adopted as common indicator)
Barcelona: Trends in the abundance, temporal occurrence and spatial distribution of non-indigenous
species, particularly invasive, non-indigenous species, notably in risk areas in relation to the main
vectors and pathways of spreading of such species (adopted as common indicator).
Guidelines and methodological standards associated with these indicators should thus be integrated
on a revised Decision
5.2 Recommendation on which criteria to retain, which to amend and any to remove;
The criteria 2.1, once amended as
“Trends
in new introductions, abundance, temporal occurrence
and spatial distribution in the wild of non-indigenous species notably in risk areas, in relation to the
main vectors and pathways of spreading of such species
should e retai ed,
since it addresses the
minimum information requirements for any risk assessment and rough evaluation of GES in relation
to this descriptor. Criterion 2.2 needs to be further considered to agree if it is needed to enable an
adequate assessment of D2 and if needed to agree on revised version (see section 3.1)
5.3Proposals for new criteria, if needed.
The current criteria address the pressure and impact exerted by the already established IAS.
However, except in cases in which the bio-invasions have been detected in very early phases, little
can be done with this information from the management point of view. As already stated, most of
management actions should be taken in the field of prevention of primary and secondary spreading
of NIS, acting on vectors.
Therefore,
a e
riteria deali g dire tly ith propagules pressure ,
could be considered,
developing indicators and related monitoring systems in relation to the different vectors (fouling,
ballast waters, aquaculture...), which would allow to evaluate the effectiveness of preventive
management measures.
26
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0088.png
The rate of new introductions can be used as a proxy of this external pressure, but it is not a direct
and reliable measure. Instead
Path ays a age e t easures
, at present an OSPAR candidate
indicator, could possibly be considered as criterion.
5.4 Rationale and proposal, where appropriate, for defining GES threshold values and
reference points, based on established and agreed scientific methods for quantifying and
applying GES boundaries, or for a normative definition of GES
See section 1.9. It will require further discussion.
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
To further discuss and complete when other paragraphs clarified
7.
Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment
(in accordance with Art. 11(4))
7.1 Proposals for specifications on methods for monitoring (i.e. the collection of data
needed for assessment of each criterion, including parameters, units of measurement
and data quality requirements), which aim at ensuring the comparability of monitoring
results, on the basis of JRC / ICES / RSC survey protocols, relevant
European/international standards (e.g. ISO/CEN) and Article 12 findings.
It is important to agree on a feasible and cost-effective monitoring standard that will provide results
which are comparable between MS.
Monitoring of everything everywhere is not feasible. Focus dedicated monitoring on selected areas,
habitats or species groups (either taxonomy or trait based) in relation to risk of new introduction
through the various pathways (including, but not limited to ports)
44
. Use the regular monitoring for
the different biodiversity elements to cover other areas/habitats/species groups. When needed
amended with something like rapid assessment surveys.
Monitoring should use the standard methods for biological monitoring (e.g. HELCOM COMBINE
guidelines for the Baltic Sea). HELCOM and OSPAR monitoring methods, e.g. port sampling protocol
and RAS could be considered for use in other areas than those of their original applicability and in
other European seas.
http://helcom.fi/Documents/Ministerial2013/Ministerial%20declaration/Adopted_endorsed%20doc
uments/Joint%20HELCOM_OSPAR%20Guidelines.pdf#search=Helcom%2DOspar%20guidelines
Lehtiniemi M, Ojaveer H, David M, Galil B, Gollasch S, McKenzie C, Minchin D, Occhipinti-Ambrogi A, Olenin
S, Pederson J 2015: Dose of truth- Monitoring marine non-indigenous species to serve legislative
requirements. Marine Policy, 54: 26–35.
44
27
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0089.png
Another bottleneck in NIS monitoring is the lack of taxonomic expertise. New molecular methods are
being developed (e.g. by Cefas in the UK and by Denmark) on the use of molecular tools to get
around this issue.
7.2 Proposals for specifications on methods for assessment, which aim at ensuring
comparability of assessment results, including aggregation of monitoring data within an
assessment area for a particular criterion and if necessary aggregation across
assessment areas up to larger areas (e.g. (sub) region scales), and based on general
guidance prepared on scales and aggregation rules
45
and taking account of JRC / ICES /
RSC inventories and Article 12 findings.
Links should be established between MSs and EASIN
data ase, hi h is the Co
issio s NI“
inventory and can promote a coherent approach in the reporting of NIS. EASIN (European Alien
Species Information Network;
http://easin.jrc.ec.europa.eu/)
aims to facilitate the exploration of
existing alien species information in Europe from distributed sources, and to assist the
implementation of European policies on biological invasions. This is planned to be the information
support mechanism in relation to the new regulation on IAS.
Monitoring, methodological standards and assessment methodologies should also be linked with the
specifications of the regulation for alien species (1143/2014). The alien species database should be
fulfilling the following conditions: Be regularly updated by all MS, compatible with early warning and
rapid response tools.
More NIS databases that could contri
ute to har o ize M“ reporti g are listed i the IDA
.
See also: Ojaveer H, Eero M (2011) Methodological Challenges in Assessing the Environmental Status
of a Marine Ecosystem: Case Study of the Baltic Sea. PLoS ONE 6(4): e19231.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0019231
8. Rational and technical background for proposed revision
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals.
Covered in previous sections
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common
understanding document)
45
Deltares SCALES project is developing guidance for WG GES.
28
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0090.png
9.1 Where aspects are identified which should be usefully laid down but not as part of the
decision, these elements should be specified and a proposal should be made in which way
they should be laid down, e.g. interpretative guide for the application of the future
Decision or CU guidance document or technical background document.
-
Outstanding issues identified during the review process of D2 in phase I and were not
completely tackled in this document:
1. Changes in Criterion 2.2
Issue:
Needs to be further considered, i.e. is it needed? If yes, agree on a revised version. This
requires considering links with other descriptors, in particular D1, D4 and D6
2. Exchange of information on indicators/ methodological standards
Issue:
Discuss and evaluate national and regional on-going work to develop indicators for D2
3.
New criteria deali g directly with propagules pressure ?
Issues:
Current criteria address pressure and impact exerted by the already established IAS
4. GES threshold values
Issue:
Proposal for a coherent GES determination and GES threshold values
These issues could be tackled and feed a guidance document, in parallel with phase II of the review
process of the Com DEC 2010/477/EU to further support the implementation of the MSFD.
10. Background Documents
Review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD Annex III Approach and outline
for the process, (EC- Committee/07/2013/03rev, 2013);
First steps in the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive -
Assessment in accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2008/56/EC, (CSWD, 2014);
Article 12 Technical Assessment, (Milieu ltd, 2014);
Marine Strategy Framework Directive - Descriptor 3, (ICES, 2012);
Common Understanding of (Initial) Assessment, Determination of Good
Environmental Status (GES) & Establishment of Environmental Targets (Articles 8, 9
& 10 MSFD), (DG GES, 2014);
Coherent geographic scales and aggregation rules in assessment and monitoring of
Good Environmental Status
analysis and conceptual phase, (Deltares, 2014);
In-depth
assess e t of the EU Me er “tates “u
articles 8,9 and 10, EUR26473EN (JRC, 2014)
issio s for the M“FD u der
Review of Methodological Standards Related to the Marine Strategy Framework
Directive Criteria on Good Environmental Status (JRC, 2011)
Guida e / Ter s of ‘efere e for the task groups riteria a d
sta dards for the Good E ologi al “tatus GE“ des riptors J‘C,
ethodologi al
29
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0091.png
CSWP (2011) on the Relationship between the initial assessment of marine waters
and the criteria for good environmental status.
OSPAR (2012b). MSFD Advice Manual and Background Document on Biodiversity.
London,
Publication
Number:
581/2012,
141
pp.
(available
at:
http://www.ospar.org/v_publications/download.asp?v1=p00581)
30
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0092.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0093.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
operational with the current evidence base. The manual has therefore been rewritten to update and improve the current
approach of damage to the seafloor and condition of benthic community. In particular, forms of pressure on the seafloor
other than physical damage and functional aspects of the benthic community have been further emphasized.
The work on Descriptor 1 was taken over by JRC and that on Descriptor 11 has been carried out by TG Noise.
Suggestions
Next steps for implementation of the GES Descriptors for the period 2015–2018
In response to requests from EU Member States, and informally from the European Commission, ICES recommends the
following as next steps to aid implementation of Descriptors 1, 3, 4, and 6 of the MSFD.
Cross-cutting work
1.
Gaps and overlaps across descriptors. The challenges when considering state (including biodiversity) and function
need to be considered across Descriptors 1, 3, 4, and 6. The concepts of trophic guild, taxonomic grouping, habitat
type, and fish stock need to be combined in a way that accounts for the functional requirements of the state
descriptors to ensure efficient implementation of the MSFD. This scientific work is needed before the revision of
the Commission decision is finalized; it is therefore relatively urgent. ICES recommends a preparatory project,
followed by a final 4- to 5-day workshop to agree ways to reconcile functionality with conservation objectives in
state descriptors. The outcomes of the workshop should be internationally peer-reviewed.
Aggregation within Descriptors 3, 4, and 6 (including spatial integration). Further guidance is required by EU
Member States (and European bodies) on approaches to aggregate indicators proposed to assess Descriptors 3,
4, and 6. Aggregation of assessments of different indicators should take the varying qualities of each indicator
into account, both in terms of their pressure–state relationships and to the levels of uncertainty in their
estimation. The issue of spatial extent in relation to overall assessment should also be considered. This guidance
is needed for the 2018 reporting round and should be carried out by the Regional Seas Commissions as a
combination of science and management decisions. ICES would be able to help in providing science support and
comparing regional responses.
2.
Descriptor 3
ICES recommends developmental work to underpin the implementation of Criterion 3.3 and proposes a preliminary suite
of candidate indicators (see Annex 1). These indicators capture three relevant properties representing the state of fish
populations and pressure exerted on those populations: i) size distribution of the species (state), ii) selectivity pattern of
the fishery exploiting the species (pressure), and iii) genetic effects of exploitation on the species (state).
The following steps, involving a series of workshops, are required to make these proposals operational before 2017:
1.
Indicator selection and evaluation against ICES criteria (ICES, 2014a, 2014b) using selected representative fish
stocks. The selected stocks should exhibit different characteristics (e.g. long-lived, short-lived, pelagic, demersal,
elasmobranchs) and be selected from a range of regions with the aim to select one validated indicator per
property. The selection of example stocks should consider data availability, the stock dynamics should exhibit
contrast (both in terms of productivity and exploitation). Data will be collated using a formal data call and should
include both catch/landings and age-at-length data, and survey information. Guidelines will be provided on the
type of stocks for which each indicator is relevant. Workshops with scientists with experience in fisheries science
from across Europe will be needed. The properties of underlying data, knowledge base, construction of
operational indicators, and sensitivities to underlying assumptions will be explored.
Evaluation of GES for Criterion 3.3 for selected stocks. Primary indicators will be processed similar to those in
criteria 3.1 and 3.2; where the knowledge on the characteristics of the indicator and its reference level should
enable the identification of the requirements for GES. Secondary indicators will also be considered. Workshops
will be needed and would follow step 1.
Applying methods for Criterion 3.3 to regional evaluations. Taking the methods developed to make an evaluation
of GES using example regions to further test the applicability of the approaches. This may be possible at a
workshop under Step 2 above or could be included as part of the work of ICES integrated ecosystem assessment
groups.
2.
3.
2
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0094.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Descriptor 4
ICES recommends further developmental work to underpin the implementation of Descriptor 4 and proposes that the
challenges need to be addressed in the following ways:
1.
Uncertainty and GES. Three major sources of uncertainty affect the ability to determine Descriptor 4 indicator
bounds (and similarly for other descriptors) and the interpretation of change in indicators in relation to GES: i)
statistical uncertainty with respect to measuring indicators, ii) uncertainty reflecting whether the values for
indicators relate to desirable or undesirable states, and iii) how direct and indirect linkages between indicators
and pressures affect Descriptor 4 indicator behaviour. Building upon existing projects, ICES recommends an
international peer-reviewed advisory process to provide methods to address these issues for all recommended
indicators (see Annex 2) in 2016.
Consistent regional and pan-regional interpretations of indicators, limits, and estimation methods. ICES notes the
suggestion to bring together experts to progress consistency in interpretation is important both within and
between regional seas (HELCOM–OSPAR, 2014). If requested, existing ICES working groups could be tasked with
developing agreed international guidelines to ensure consistent interpretations of indicators, limits, and
estimation methods in 2016–2017 in order to feed through to EU-wide assessments.
Further development of Descriptor 4 indicators. This work is required to consider the differing influences of
environmental variability and anthropogenic activity on considerations of GES for Descriptor 4. Indicator
development should specifically investigate the role of lower trophic guilds on the likely assessment of GES for
Descriptor 4, the role of size in foodweb stability, and management strategy evaluations of the sensitivity of
Descriptor 4 indicators to anthropogenic pressures. Much of this work should be carried out through projects,
but a workshop to bring together the outputs of the projects and updating the foodweb advice should be planned
for 2017.
2.
3.
Descriptor 6
ICES recommends further developmental work to underpin the implementation of D6 and proposes the following
actions:
1. Develop and test standards for assessing human pressures on benthic habitats within and between MSFD regions.
ICES in collaboration with the RSCs can provide peer-reviewed guiding principles that ensure alignment between GES
boundaries for seafloor integrity to support regional indicator development and to avoid conflicting results between
regions.
Identify where the collection of additional information is needed (ICES working groups are evaluating this for the
OSPAR area; similar processes are needed for other regional seas);
Agree the list of key functions to be addressed across and within MSFD regions using the recommended
Descriptor 6 indicators;
For each indicator, evaluate the applicability of existing concepts for setting GES boundaries and where possible
identify critical values that could be used for these boundaries. This will need a dedicated workshop in 2017.
2. Habitats and issues of scale. Long-term action is needed to select habitats and address the role of scale and of
connectivity in setting GES boundaries for the sea-floor. This work could take place in one workshop in 2018 and
would include:
Agreeing the list of habitats to be assessed;
Resolving issues of scale by defining, e.g. at what EUNIS hierarchical level habitats are going to be addressed.
3. Assessment of recoverability of seafloor integrity. No standards or methods exist for this key attribute of marine
ecosystems. Development of such standards could be carried out in a project.
Basis of the advice
The European Commission is in the process of reviewing and potentially revising the Decision on criteria and
methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters (EU, 2010).
As part of this process, ICES was tasked in early 2014 with Descriptors 3 (Populations of commercially exploited fish and
shellfish), 4 (Foodwebs), and 6 (Sea-floor integrity). A series of workshops held in autumn 2014 provided guidance
reports with dedicated recommendations (ICES, 2014a, 2014c, 2014e). The results of the workshops were used to update
“templates” provided by the European Commission to form first drafts of Descriptor “manuals” (ICES, 2014b, 2014d,
2014f). Following a meeting of the MSFD Common Implementation Strategy Working Group on Good Environmental
Status (WGGES) in October 2014, further work and clarification was requested from ICES in December 2014 (see request
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0095.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
below). As a result further workshops were held in Copenhagen in February 2015 (ICES, 2015a, 2015b). The results of
these second workshops have been used in updating the templates (attached as Annexes 1–3).
Sources and references
EU. 2010. Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters. Commission
Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010.
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2010:232:0014:0024:EN:PDF.
HELCOM–OSPAR. 2014. Communication paper resulting from the joint meeting of HELCOM CORESET II and OSPAR ICG-COBAM. 1
October 2014, Gothenburg, Sweden. 33 pp.
ICES. 2014a. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD Decision Descriptor 3 – commercial fish and shellfish
(WKGMSFDD3), 4–5 September 2014, ICES HQ, Denmark. ICES CM 2014\ACOM:59. 47 pp.
ICES. 2014b. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive Descriptor 3 – Commercially exploited fish and
shellfish.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.3.
ICES. 2014c. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 4 Foodwebs, 26–27 August 2014, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM
2014\ACOM:60. 23 pp.
ICES. 2014d. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 4 – Foodwebs.
In
Report of the
ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.4.
ICES. 2014e. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 6, 2–3 September 2014, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM
2014/ACOM:61. 37 pp.
ICES. 2014f. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 6 – Seafloor integrity.
In
Report of
the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.5.
ICES. 2014g. EU request on draft recommendations for the assessment of MSFD Descriptor 3.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory
Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.1.
ICES. 2014h. EU request on proposal on indicators for MSFD Descriptor 4 (foodwebs).
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014.
ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.2.
ICES. 2015a. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 3 – commercial fish and shellfish II
(WKGMSFDD3-II), 10–12 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:48. 31 pp.
ICES. 2015b. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 4 – foodwebs II (WKGMSFDD4-II), 24–
25 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:49. 48 pp.
4
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0096.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Annex 1
Possible approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC
Descriptor 3: Commercially exploited fish and shellfish
Author
Milieu
DG Environment
ICES Core group
ICES advice (Annex 1)
Version
V1
V2
V3
V4
Date
2 May 2014
30 May 2014
1 October 2014
20 March 2015
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
5
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0097.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Possible approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC
Descriptor 3: Commercially exploited fish and shellfish
Title of Descriptor
Good environmental status for Descriptor 3 – Commercially exploited fish and shellfish
Populations of all commercially exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age
and size distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock.
1. Approach
Definition of the Descriptor
Descriptor 3 deals specifically with the state of all commercially exploited fish and shellfish. The descriptor definition
contains a number of specific attributes that require further specification.
Commercially exploited fish and shellfish
are all marine biological resources which are targeted for economic reasons,
including the bony fish (teleosts), sharks and rays (elasmobranchs), crustaceans such as lobsters and shrimps, and
molluscs (including bivalves and cephalopods). Other marine biological resources (e.g. jellyfish and starfish) might be
included in the circumstances of being commercially exploited and managed under the Common Fisheries Policy (CFP).
Population
usually refers to a reproductively isolated biological unit. We propose to use “species” for the wider
population, which may consist of several stocks, i.e. the functional unit for management/assessment purposes, while
recognizing that a stock may consist of several “subpopulations”.
ICES uses “stock” when the methodology to assess the status of Descriptor 3 against good environmental status (GES) is
based specifically on stock assessments; in other cases “species” is used, acknowledging that sometimes higher
taxonomic groupings (e.g. genus) may be used.
The CFP provides a definition for “stock” – “a marine biological resource that occurs in a given management area”.
For the Northeast Atlantic and Baltic region ICES has defined a stock as being part of a fish population, usually with a
particular migration pattern, specific spawning grounds, and subject to a distinct fishery. However, fishery management
units rarely match the scale of populations and research has frequently found that more than one population occurs
within a stock boundary. There has been considerable recent improvement in the understanding of population
structuring and some boundaries for assessed stocks now reflect this understanding.
In the Mediterranean, the limited biological knowledge leads stocks to be defined largely by area and not on the basis
of well-established biological knowledge of population units.
All.
The Descriptor applies to all the species covered by Council Regulation 199/2008 (the Data Collection Framework
(DCF)) within the scope of Directive 2008/56/EC (MSFD), including internationally managed stocks as well as stocks
managed regionally and nationally.
Council Regulation (EC) 199/2008 (DCF) establishes the Community framework for the collection, management, and use
of data in the fisheries sector. Pursuant to the Regulation, the Commission Decision (2010/93/EU) set forth the
multiannual Community programme for the collection, management, and use of data in the fisheries sector. It
determines which stocks are considered under the DCF for the period covered by the Decision (2011–2013). The species
listed by region in Annex VII of 2010/93/EU are therefore the commercial species of fish and shellfish that, as a minimum,
should be considered under Descriptor 3.
In addition to this, EU Member States can include other commercially exploited species such as inshore species not
covered by the CFP or DCF, as well as other species. Because it is impossible to include every species that has occurred
in the catches at some point in time (or are otherwise deemed to be of commercial interest), a pragmatic interpretation
of “all” needs to result in a “selection” (i.e. in line with the phrase “selected commercially exploited fish and shellfish”
in the Barcelona Convention (UNEP/MAP) objective related to fisheries) which needs to be agreed upon at a
(sub)regional level. This selection should include all species for which exploitation is considered to have significant social
or economic importance for the (sub)region.
6
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Safe biological limits.
European Parliament and Council Regulation 1380/2013 (CFP) defines a “stock within safe
biological limits” as “a stock with a high probability that its estimated spawning biomass at the end of the previous year
is higher than the limit biomass reference point (B
lim
) and its estimated fishing mortality rate for the previous year is less
than the limit fishing mortality rate reference point (F
lim
)” (Article 4(18)).
Following the precautionary approach the two attributes that have been used by ICES and GCFM to assess stocks against
safe biological limits specify that stocks should:
1 ) be exploited sustainably (e.g. F ≤ F
pa
or F ≤ F
0.1
)
and
2 ) have full reproductive capacity (B ≥ B
pa
).
In order to align with CFP aiming “to restore and maintain populations of harvested species above levels which can
produce maximum sustainable yield”, the first attribute of GES, i.e. exploited sustainably, was extended into “be
exploited sustainably with high long-term yield” and
including the requirement F ≤ F
MSY
.
With respect to reproductive capacity of the stock, ICES (2014a) advised that:
Even when a stock is fished at a constant F value, the SSB will fluctuate due to natural factors. For most data-rich stocks,
assessed with analytical methods, information on the lower bound of SSB fluctuations around B
MSY
(e.g. MSY B
trigger
for
ICES stocks) is available to be used as a reference level for Criterion 3.2. ICES considers a stock fulfils the criterion (“green
status”) if the spawning-stock biomass is above MSY B
trigger
. An appropriate choice of B
MSY
requires contemporary data
with fishing at F to experience the normal range of fluctuations in SSB. Until this experience is gained, B
pa
has, for the
time being, been adopted for many of the stocks assessed by ICES as MSY B
trigger
even though B
pa
and MSY B
trigger
correspond to different concepts. Therefore, MSY B
trigger
marks the lowest boundary associated with
SSB
MSY
, and in
practice this is set as the border of safe biological limits (B
pa
).
While ICES initially adopted B
pa
as a proxy for MSY B
trigger
, a process is now underway to update the value of MSY B
trigger
so that it corresponds with the lower boundary in the range of SSB
MSY
. For example, MSY B
trigger
has for some stocks been
defined as “the lower 95% confidence limits (of SSB) with exploitation at F
MSY
from long-term simulations”.
Hence, concerning stocks for which ICES advice is used as the basis for the assessment of GES, and to fulfil the GES
Criterion 3.2, ICES recommends
that SSB ≥ MSY B
trigger
, where MSY B
trigger
marks the lowest boundary associated with
SSB
MSY
.
Updated estimates of reference levels for criteria 3.1 and 3.2 will be reviewed periodically and adopted by ICES, GFCM,
ICCAT, and STECF, as relevant.
Exhibiting a population age and size distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock
introduces a requirement to
manage the demographics of fish stocks. At present there is uncertainty about how to interpret and implement this
aspect and a scientific debate is ongoing on relevant indicators and reference points. While several criteria have been
put forward that characterize a “healthy stock”, i.e. high resistance and/or high resilience, the Commission Decision
2010/477/EU states that “Healthy stocks are characterized by a high proportion of old, large individuals”.
Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements
European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) 1380/2013. The Common Fisheries Policy (CFP) is closely linked to the
MSFD and the achievement of GES for Descriptor 3 relies on the measures taken under the CFP. When the MSFD was
adopted the CFP was still in the reform process. The new CFP includes specific links to the MSFD; Article 11(1) in
particular creates a direct link from the CFP to the MSFD.
Council Regulation (EC) 199/2008 establishes the Community framework for the collection, management, and use of
data in the fisheries sector (Data Collection Framework (DCF)). Pursuant to the Regulation, the Commission Decision
(2010/93/EU) set forth the multiannual Community programme for the collection, management, and use of data in the
fisheries sector. It determines which stocks are considered under the DCF for the period covered by the Decision (2011–
2013). Descriptor 3 applies at least to all DCF stocks as laid out in the multiannual Community programmes for the
relevant time period, but also to regionally important stocks currently not listed under the DCF.
Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards
The Regional Seas Conventions (RSCs) vary in their approach to fisheries.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
7
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
OSPAR had an ecological quality objective (EcoQO) that aims to maintain the spawning-stock biomass above
precautionary reference points for commercial fish stocks where those were agreed by the competent authority for
fisheries management. This EcoQO is strongly linked to the requirement of Descriptor 3 for stocks to remain within safe
biological limits, and to Indicator 3.2.1 of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU.
HELCOM adopted the Baltic Sea Action Plan (BSAP) in 2007, which urges the “competent fisheries authorities to take all
the necessary measures to ensure that, by 2021, populations of all commercially exploited fish species are within safe
biological limits, reach maximum sustainable yield (MSY), are distributed through their natural range, and contain full
size/age range.” The BSAP text was clarified during the Ministerial Declaration in 2013: “populations of all commercially
exploited fish and shellfish should be within safe biological limits, exhibiting a population age and size distribution
indicative of a healthy stock and that Maximum Sustainable Yield shall be achieved by 2015 where possible and on a
progressive, incremental basis at the latest by 2020 for all stocks”. The updated text shows consistency between the
BSAP and the MSFD D3 in that it requires all species to be within safe biological limits, fish populations should reach
MSY and exhibit a population that is indicative of a healthy stock.
In the Mediterranean, 11 ecological objectives are set by the Barcelona Convention (UNEP/MAP, 2012) and one
objective applies to fisheries: Populations of selected commercially exploited fish and shellfish that are within
biologically safe limits, exhibiting a population age and size distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock. The text is
almost the same as that for Descriptor 3. The only difference is that instead of applying it to all commercially exploited
stocks it applies only to selected stocks.
For the Black Sea the Strategic Action Plan (SAP) aims to preserve commercial marine living resources. The relevant
EcoQO is split into two generic components:
EcoQO 1a: Sustainable use of commercial fish stocks and other marine living resources;
EcoQO 1b: Restore/rehabilitate stocks of commercial marine living resources.
The "climate sensitivity"
Fish stocks have a high level of climate and subsequent environmentally driven sensitivity. Short- and long-term trends
in weight and maturity are frequently observed across a range of species, especially in recent years. The difficulty in
predicting the trends in future climate-driven effects means that reference points should be based on recent
productivity. Brunel
et al.
(2010) have shown how environmental Harvest Control Rules (eHCRs) can be developed with
F
MSY
varying according to environmental conditions. They tested such eHCRs and found that the benefits were the
greatest for stocks with the strongest environment–recruitment relationship.
Distribution has been shifting northwards for many fish stocks. This may be linked to changes in sea temperature,
although the trend is not uniform across stocks (ICES, 2013). Furthermore, in areas where species cannot shift their range
further, it is possible that some species will be lost. The Mediterranean, for example, might become a more homogenous
tropical-like ecosystem with likely loss of cold-water species (MARBEF, 2013). Regular updates of assessments and
management reference points ensures that such variation is taken into account.
Definition of GES
Aggregation method(s) considered
In relation to GES, aggregation criteria have not been considered previously. A recent study by Borja
et al.
(2014)
discusses the various aggregation issues. For the MSFD in general and Descriptor 3 in particular, these issues may apply
to the following:
Across stocks per indicator;
Across indicators within criteria;
Across criteria within descriptors;
Across descript ors.
Several relevant examples of aggregation in the context of Descriptor 3 exist (e.g. Probst
et al.,
2013; ICES, 2014a,
2014b).
Prioritization of criteria (e.g. 3.1 vs. 3.2 or 3.3) can be considered for simplicity, communicability and cost-efficiency in
analysis and monitoring. However, this should not compromise comprehensiveness (state indicators) or integration of
cumulative effects (pressure indicators).
8
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0100.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Reporting
The methodological standards to report on the status of Descriptor 3 against GES contain guidance on:
1)
The selection of a pragmatic suite of species that represent “all commercially exploited fish and shellfish” for
each MSFD (sub)region. It is important to note that for stocks that straddle national boundaries there should
not be a national selection of species alone;
The recording of all relevant sources of information that provide information for the assessment of status
against three criteria of GES;
The reporting of the status against GES for each of these criteria separately.
2)
3)
Article 9(3) of the MSFD states:
“Criteria and methodological standards to be used by the Member States, which are
designed to amend non-essential elements of this Directive by supplementing it, shall be laid down, on the basis of
Annexes I and III, in accordance with the regulatory procedure with scrutiny referred to in Article 25(3) by 15 July 2010
in such a way as to ensure consistency and to allow for comparison between marine regions or subregions of the extent
to which good environmental status is being achieved.”
The proposed reporting fulfils the requirements of the methodological standards in that it (1) ensures consistency, (2)
allows comparison between marine regions or subregions, and (3) reports the extent to which good environmental
status is being achieved over time.
Reporting of each criterion separately also has the advantage of avoiding the need to take arbitrary decisions on the
preferred aggregation method. Each aggregation method will deliver a different outcome and there is no scientific basis
to favour one method over another.
Moreover, from a transparency point of view and also as a guide to management, aggregation across criteria may
obscure or hide the reasons for failing to reach GES. Applying the proposed reporting approach for each criterion
separately therefore seems the best solution. Examples of this kind of reporting can be found in ICES advice on
Descriptor 3 (ICES, 2014a).
2. Results of the Article 12 assessment (including in-depth assessment)
Descriptor
All EU Member States defined GES for Descriptor 3; however, only four did so at the descriptor level. Although GES
definitions were not directly comparable between EU Member States, none were defined in a way that significantly
deviated from those provided in the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU. Most EU Member States applied criteria 3.1
and 3.2 and a more limited, but still noticeable, number applied Criterion 3.3.
Criterion 3.1 – Level of pressure of the fishing activity
All EU Member States applied Indicator 3.1.1 “Fishing mortality (F)” and each of these used the fishing mortality at
maximum sustainable yields (F
MSY
) in their GES definition, except one Member State that used a proxy for F
MSY
(F
0.1
).
Most countries have GES definitions which do not require either explicitly or implicitly that all stocks are exploited at or
below F
MSY
. Two EU Member States used F
MSY
as an environmental target value rather than as a limit or boundary for
GES. For those stocks for which F could not be determined seven EU Member States applied the secondary Indicator
3.1.2 “Catch/biomass ratio”. One Member State also provided a third indicator, “Catch per unit effort (cpue)”. Moreover,
three EU Member States included the “exploitation rate” indicator and set a threshold level of E = 0.4, which is
appropriate for small pelagic species.This approach is followed for the GFCM assessed stocks.
Criterion 3.2 – Reproductive capacity of the stock
For Criterion 3.2, most EU Member States have covered the primary Indicator 3.2.1 “Stock-spawning biomass SSB”, but
using different reference points: SSB
MSY
, SSB
pa
, or MSY B
trigger
. Other EU Member States implicitly applied precautionary
approach levels by stating that stocks need to be within safe biological limits. Six EU Member States also applied the
secondary Indicator 3.2.2 “Biomass indices”. One Member State proposed an alternative secondary indicator based on
trends of survey abundance.
Criterion 3.3 – Population age and size distribution
Criterion 3.3 is the least developed criterion for Descriptor 3 and still needs further methodological development.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0101.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Regional coherence for Descriptor 3
There are few specific regional differences to highlight. Only Mediterranean EU Member States applied the indicator
exploitation rate (E) for small pelagic species. Criterion 3.3 was proportionally used least in the Northeast Atlantic; the
Mediterranean and Baltic Member Countries applied this criterion more often.
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
Taking into account that the Decision text should be simplified and contain legal text only it is recommended that some
sections providing background information or technical explanations should be deleted and moved to a guidance
document (e.g. Staff Working Paper) where they can be further developed.
Such text is marked with strike-through
text below. Amendments have been made both in the strike-through text sections and in the remaining text.
Furthermore, a major revision of Criterion 3.3 is proposed based on three properties of the “population age and size
distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock” and at least three (primary) indicators for these properties. Each of the
initial indicators for 3.3 (except 3.3.2) are potential candidates, while at least one new indicator describing the
“Selectivity pattern of the fishery exploiting the species” (pressure indicator) should be selected. The Indicator 3.3.2
“Mean maximum length across all species found in research vessel surveys” was considered not appropriate to
Descriptor 3 and possibly more relevant to describe biodiversity of the wider fish community (i.e. beyond the
commercial fish species) addressed in Descriptor 1 (ref. Section 4.2.1).
With these comments the present Decision text could be amended as follows:
Descriptor 3:
Populations of all commercially exploited fish and shellfish are within safe biological limits, exhibiting a
population age and size distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock.
This section applies for all the stocks covered by Council Regulation (EC) No. 199/2008 (within the geographical scope
of Directive 2008/56/EC) and similar obligations under the common fisheries policy. For these and for other stocks, its
application depends on the data available (taking the data collection provisions of Council Regulation (EC) No. 199/2008
into account), which will determine whether it is appropriate to use primary or secondary indicators. For Descriptor 3,
the three criteria for assessing progress towards good environmental status, as well as the indicators related respectively
to them, are mentioned below.
Criterion 3.1 – Level of pressure of the fishing activity
Primary indicator.
The primary indicator for the level of pressure of the fishing activity is the following:
— Fishing mortality (F) (Indicator 3.1.1).
Achieving or maintaining good environmental status requires that F values for stocks are equal to or lower than F
MSY
,
the level capable of producing maximum sustainable yield (MSY). In mixed fisheries and where ecosystem interactions
are important, long-term management plans may result in exploiting some stocks more lightly than at F
MSY
levels in
order not to prejudice the exploitation at F
MSY
of other species (EU, 2006).
F and F
MSY
need to be estimated using standardized procedures (e.g. analysis of catch-at-age or at length) and ancillary
information. Where the knowledge of the population dynamics of the stock do not allow such assessments to be carried
out, scientific judgement of F and (proxy of) F
MSY
values associated to the yield-per-recruit curve (Y/R), combined with
other information on the historical performance of the fishery or on the population dynamics of similar stocks, may be
used. All stocks for which a value of F and an agreed value for F
MSY
is available can be included in the assessment against
GES, using this indicator.
Secondary indicators
(if analytical quantitative assessments yielding values for F are not available):
— Ratio between catch and biomass index (hereinafter “catch/biomass ratio”) (Indicator 3.1.2).
This is a typical secondary indicator for which there is a limited scientific basis to set any reference points. For assessment
purposes an appropriate method for trend analysis can be adopted (e.g. the current value can be compared against the
long-term historical average).
Criterion 3.2 – Reproductive capacity of the stock
Primary indicator.
The primary indicator for the reproductive capacity of the stock is:
— Spawning-stock biomass (SSB) (Indicator 3.2.1).
10
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0102.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Achieving or maintaining good environmental status requires that SSB values are equal to or above SSB
MSY
, the level
capable of producing maximum sustainable yield (MSY).
SSB and SSB
MSY
need to be estimated using standardized procedures (e.g. analysis of catch-at-age or at length) and
ancillary information. Where the knowledge of the population dynamics of the stock do not allow such assessments to
be carried out, scientific judgement of SSB and (proxy of) SSB
MSY
values associated to the yield-per-recruit curve (Y/R),
combined with other information on the historical performance of the fishery or on the population dynamics of similar
stocks, may be used.
Further research is needed to address the fact that the values of SSB corresponding to MSY, estimated for each stock in
isolation, may not be achieved for all stocks simultaneously due to possible interactions between them.
Where current knowledge does not allow for estimation of a reliable value for SSB
MSY
, an alternative reference point at
which there is a high probability that the stock is able to replenish itself under the prevailing exploitation conditions may
be set by the international scientific bodies, to be used for the purpose of this criterion in the assessment against GES
with this indicator.
Only stocks for which a recent value of SSB and an agreed value for SSB
MSY
is available can be included in the assessment
against GES, using this primary indicator.
Secondary indicators
(if quantitative assessments yielding values for SSB are not available):
— Biomass indices (Indicator 3.2.2).
This is a typical secondary indicator for which there is as yet limited scientific basis to set any reference points. For
assessment purposes an appropriate method for trend analysis needs to be adopted (e.g. the current value can be
compared against the long-term historical average).
Alternative indices may be obtained for the fraction of the population that is sexually mature.
Criterion 3.3 – Population age and size distribution
This criterion should reflect that healthy stocks of many species are characterized by a high proportion of old, large
individuals. The current four indicators are difficult to use at present to assess GES; however, they do provide a way of
assessing change. Data collection for these indicators should be maintained for the time being, but the indicators should
not be used in evaluating GES.
Specifically, new indicators for Criterion 3.3 are needed to take account of varying selectivity patterns in commercial
catches. This new suite of indicators should aim to capture three relevant properties that describe or are directly linked
to this criterion.
Size distribution of the species (state)
Proport ion of fish larger t han t he m ean size of first sexual m at urat ion ( form er I ndicat or 3.3.1) .
95t h percent ile of t he fish lengt h dist ribut ion observed in research vessel surveys ( form er I ndicat or
3.3.3) .
Selectivity pattern of the fishery exploiting the species (pressure)
Lengt h ( or age depending on dat a availabilit y) at first capt ure ( lengt h/ age at which 50% of fish are
vulnerable t o/ ret ained by t he gear) .
Proport ion of fish in t he cat ch larger t han size at which 50% is m at ure.
Mean lengt h in t he cat ch.
Genetic effects of exploitation on the species (state)
Size at first sexual m at urat ion ( form er I ndicat or 3.3.4) .
Length at which half of the (female) population are mature (50% of total length – TL50).
11
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0103.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
4. Methodological standards for monitoring and assessment in relation to GES
Different aspects of the methodological standards required for the assessment of Descriptor 3 in relation to GES are
considered in each of the sections below. The assessment should be based on a common four-step approach:
1 ) Prepare a list of commercially exploited fish and shellfish stocks in the relevant marine region, to be used for the
assessment of Descriptor 3, and provide the rationale for the selection of species/stocks.
2 ) Catalogue and document the available information for each of the species/stocks selected for the Descriptor 3
assessment.
3 ) Evaluate the stock status against the three GES criteria mentioned in EC Decision 2010/477/EU (EU, 2010), i.e.
Criterion 3.1 (level of pressure of the fishing activity), Criterion 3.2 (reproductive capacity of the stock), and Criterion
3.3 (population age and size distribution) by stock and/or species-functional group (i.e. pelagic, demersal/benthic,
shellfish, elasmobranch, deep water).
4 ) Determine the overall status and identify issues, problems, gaps, and links to other MSFD descriptors (e.g. D1 –
Biodiversity and D4 – Food webs), together with any additional monitoring needs.
Selection of commercially exploited fish and shellfish
It is important to adopt a practical and common sense approach based on the commercial species monitored under the
DCF, potentially involving three spatial scales:
Local species relevant at a national level;
(Sub)regional species with a distribution area that maps entirely or sufficiently to that region;
Straddling or highly migratory species occur in several subregions and may be exploited by fisheries based in
remote MSs (outside the subregion). Because of their often high landings compared to the (sub)regional species
inclusion of these species may severely affect the outcome of the assessment.
This should result in the selection of a suite of species for which exploitation is considered to have significant importance
for the (sub)region.
The ICES FishStat and/or FAO annual statistics can be used as an aid to determine the importance of each species based
on their relative contribution to the landings. To that end a minimum threshold (e.g. >1% or >0.1%) over the landings in
the last five (or more) years can be applied. Species that do not meet this threshold but are considered important (e.g.
salmon in the Baltic Sea) can still be included. With the full introduction of the landings obligations, the process used to
support the determination of the importance of each species should be reviewed to ensure that proper quantities in
terms of catches are being used.
Finally, consideration could be made as to whether a species that presently occurs at a low level (e.g. due to
overexploitation) but with historically high landings, should be included in the suite of species.
Available information
For each of the species in the selected suite of species, the available sources of information need to be recorded (Table
1).
12
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0104.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Table 1. Methodological standards for commercially exploited fish and shellfish. I: Assessment of the status of the
marine environment, II: monitoring, and III: environmental targets.
C
RITERIA
A
VAILABLE
STANDARDS FOR
S
OURCE
R
EFERENCE
R
EGIONAL COVERAGE
/
C
OMMENTS
EU/Quantitative stock
assessments are not
available for all stocks and
considerable differences in
data availability exist
between (sub)regions. Data
deficiencies often result in
the use of agreed
approximations of F
MSY
rather than F
MSY
.
EU/Stock production-based
assessments are not
available for all stocks.
Fishing mortality (F) (3.1.1).
F values are equal to or lower than
F
MSY,
the level capable of producing
maximum sustainable yield (MSY).
I, II, III
CFP
Quantitative stock
assessment done by
ICES, GFCM, STECF,
and ICCAT on data
collected under DCF
(EU, 2008a)
Ratio between catch and biomass
index (hereinafter catch/biomass
ratio) (3.1.2).
The catch/biomass ratio yielding MSY
can be taken as an indicative
reference.
Spawning-stock biomass (3.2.1).
Any observed SSB value equal to or
greater than SSB
MSY
is considered to
meet this criterion. Where it is not
possible to determine a reliable
value for SSB
MSY
, an appropriate
reference point (identical for all
regions) needs to be identified by
the authoritative institutions. ICES
has selected MSY B
trigger
for this
purpose.
Biomass indices (3.2.2).
For assessment purposes an
appropriate method for trend analysis
needs to be adopted (e.g. the current
value can be compared against the
long-term historical average).
II
CFP
Data collected
under DCF
(EU, 2008a)
I, II, III
CFP
Quantitative stock
assessment done by
ICES, GFCM, STECF,
and ICCAT on data
collected under DCF
(EU, 2008a)
EU/Quantitative stock
assessments are not
available for all stocks and
considerable differences in
data availability exist
between (sub)regions.
II
CFP
National and
international data
collection and
monitoring
programmes under
DCF (EU, 2008a)
There is limited scientific
basis to set reference points
for GES assessment. Time-
series of indicators are not
available for all stocks.
At present there is no boundary in terms of the proportion of species and/or landings that needs to be met for any of
the criteria to meet a quality standard. However, each EU Member State should report for each MSFD (sub)region these
metrics of quality together with the indicators for each of the criteria.
Further development of indicators
Criteria 3.1 and 3.2
The indicators listed under criteria 3.1 and 3.2 are operational and can be implemented.
Fishing mortality (F) (Indicator 3.1.1);
13
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0105.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Criterion 3.3
Catch/biomass ratio (Indicator 3.1.2);
Spawning-stock biomass (SSB) (Indicator 3.2.1);
Biomass indices (Indicator 3.2.2).
The current four indicators are difficult to use at present to assess GES, but do provide a way of assessing change. Data
collection for these indicators should be maintained for the time being but not used in evaluating GES.
Any new indicators should capture three relevant properties that describe or are directly linked to this criterion:
Size distribution of the species
(state);
Selectivity pattern of the fishery exploiting the species
(pressure);
Genetic effects of exploitation on the species
(state).
The indicators proposed in the initial Commission decision are related to the newly proposed properties of Criterion 3.3
as described above. One “best indicator” needs to be selected for each property based on appropriate criteria. This may
be a new and better indicator or one of the previous indicators.
These three properties of the “population age and size distribution that is indicative of a healthy stock” and the
provisional suggestions for indicators from the workshop (ICES, 2014c) should be the basis for a process involving one
or more further workshops aimed to select at least one “best” indicator for each property. If problems are expected in
terms of data availability to calculate these preferred (primary) indicators for enough species/stocks to be
representative for the (sub)region, an additional (secondary) indicator should be proposed similar to the approach for
criteria 3.1 and 3.2.
14
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0106.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Reference points
For the primary indicators (i.e. F and SSB) the appropriate reference points are adopted from international scientific
bodies (i.e. ICES, GFCM, STECF, and ICCAT) for internationally managed stocks.
5. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
There are several issues to consider when assessing Descriptor 3 against GES and reporting on the status for as many as
possible of the species identified, based on the best available information. The main issues involve (1) the selection of
species/stocks to be included in the analysis, (2) the assessment against GES based on the proposed indicators and their
reference points, and (3) the aggregation method(s) used. The first two issues are addressed in the tables below.
Table 2. Selection of indicators.
CRITERIA
CRITERION 3.1
LEVEL OF PRESSURE OF THE
FISHING ACTIVITY
CRITERION 3.2
REPRODUCTIVE CAPACITY OF THE
STOCK
CRITERION 3.3
POPULATION AGE AND SIZE DISTRIBUTION
Primary indicators
The GES boundary should be defined for each primary
indicator (see below), based on the selected reference
points. The nature of this reference point (e.g. target or
limit) and thus the setting of the GES boundary is directly
related to the proportion of the stocks that should meet
this boundary. The current lack of guidance on regional
GES boundaries makes it difficult for EU Member States to
assess GES.
INDICATORS
The process of selecting (new) indicators
(i.e. for Criterion 3.3) is ongoing. For some
of these potential indicators it is possible to
determine reference points. This needs to
be considered in the selection process.
F≤ F
MSY
SSB >MSY B
trigger
Secondary indicators
If the status of a species is already reported based on the
primary indicator, no secondary indicator is required for
that criterion.
For the secondary indicators there are currently no known
reference points.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0107.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Table 3a. Recommendations for proposed status and quality of reporting (Criterion 3.1).
C
RITERION
3.1 P
RIMARY INDICATOR
Selection of stocks
GES boundary
All stocks for which a recent
1
value of F and an agreed
2
value for F
MSY
is available.
A species/stock should be exploited sustainably, consistent with high long-term yields. For the
primary indicator this implies F≤ F
MSY
.
Aggregated to: Proportion of stocks (%) that meet GES.
Aggregated to: Annual mean value of F/F
MSY
across all stocks.
Quality reporting
Aggregated to: Proportion of species
3
assessed against GES in relation to a suite of “All”
commercial species.
Aggregated to: Proportion of landings assessed against GES in relation to total landings.
Preferably these should be annual values, but if this is not possible there needs to be an agreed
2
species-specific threshold lag
of what can still be considered “recent”.
2
1
Status reporting
Agreed by the relevant international scientific institution. In the case of regional or widely distributed stocks this authority is
ICES/GFCM/ICCAT, in the case of national stocks this is the EU Member State.
If only one stock of a species consisting of several stocks is assessed against GES, this species is considered assessed.
3
C
RITERION
3.1 S
ECONDARY INDICATOR
Selection of stocks
All species for which a reliable
1
value of the indicator (i.e. catch/biomass ratio) can be
calculated.
The mean of the most recent three years should be below the long-term historical average
2
.
Aggregated to: Proportion of species (%) that meet GES.
Aggregated to: Annual mean of the indicator value/long-term mean indicator value across
species.
Quality reporting
Aggregated to: Proportion of species
3
assessed against GES in relation to a suite of “All”
commercial species.
Aggregated to: Proportion of landings assessed against GES in relation to total landings.
1
GES boundary
Status reporting
This requires an appropriate monitoring programme covering a large enough extent of the (sub)region in order to be
representative, and with a catchability that allows an accurate estimation of species abundance. What can be considered
“appropriate” needs to be determined by the relevant international scientific body. In the case of regional or widely distributed
stocks this is ICES/GFCM/ICCAT.
Appropriate period depending on the monitoring programme.
If only one stock of a species consisting of several stocks is assessed against GES, this species is considered assessed.
2
3
16
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0108.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Table 3b. Recommendations for proposed status and quality of reporting (Criterion 3.2).
C
RITERION
3.2 P
RIMARY INDICATOR
Selection of stocks
GES boundary
Status reporting
All stocks for which a recent
1
value of SSB and an agreed
2
value for SSB
MSY
is available.
A species/stock should have an SSB >MSY B
trigger3
.
Aggregated to: Proportion of stocks (%) that meet GES.
Aggregated to Annual mean value of SSB/MSY B
trigger
across all stocks.
Quality reporting
Aggregated to: Proportion of species
4
assessed against GES in relation to a suite of “All”
commercial species.
Aggregated to Proportion of landings assessed against GES in relation to total landings.
Preferably these should be annual values, but if this is not possible there needs to be an agreed
2
species-specific threshold lag
of what can still be considered “recent”.
2
3
1
Agreed by the relevant international scientific body (ICES/GFCM/ICCAT).
Other reference points (>MSY B
trigger
) can also be applied. In that case, however, it is not realistic to require ALL stocks to meet
this reference point. The proposed “Reporting” indicators can still be calculated, albeit resulting in different values.
4
If only one stock of a species consisting of several stocks is assessed against GES, this species is considered assessed.
C
RITERION
3.2 S
ECONDARY INDICATOR
Selection of stocks
GES boundary
Status reporting
All species for which a reliable
1
value of the indicator (i.e. biomass index) can be calculated.
The mean of the most recent three years should be above the long-term historical average
2
.
Aggregated to: Proportion of species (%) that meet GES.
Aggregated to: Annual mean of the indicator value/long-term mean indicator value across
species.
Quality reporting
Aggregated to: Proportion of species
3
assessed against GES in relation to a suite of “All”
commercial species.
Aggregated to: Proportion of landings assessed against GES in relation to total landings.
This requires an appropriate monitoring programme covering a large enough extent of the (sub)region to be representative,
and with a catchability that allows an accurate estimation of species abundance. What can be considered “appropriate” needs to be
determined by the relevant international scientific body (ICES/GFCM/ICCAT).
2
3
1
Appropriate period depending on the monitoring programme.
If only one stock of a species consisting of several stocks is assessed against GES, this species is considered assessed.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
17
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0109.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Table 3c. Recommendations for proposed status and quality of reporting (Criterion 3.3).
C
RITERION
3.3
INDICATORS
Selection of stocks
GES boundary
Status reporting
Quality reporting
1
All species for which a reliable
1
value of each of the indicators can be calculated.
GES boundaries cannot be set for these indicators at present.
Monitoring should be maintained.
Not applicable at present.
This requires an appropriate monitoring programme covering a large enough extent of the (sub)region to be representative,
and with a catchability that allows an accurate estimation of species abundance. What can be considered “appropriate” needs to
be determined by the relevant international scientific body (ICES/GFCM/ICCAT).
6. Standardized methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4)
Addressed above.
7. Standardized methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4 GES)
Addressed above.
8. Rationale and technical background for proposed revision
Core group and Workshop discussions.
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document)
Common Understanding Document, draft 22 September 2014.
ICES. 2014. Advice basis, May 2014.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 1,
Section 1.2.
http://www.ices.dk/sites/pub/Publication%20Reports/Advice/2014/2014/1.2_Advice_basis_2014.pdf.
18
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0110.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
10. Reference documents
Borja, A., Prins, T., Simboura, N., Andersen, J. H., Berg, T., Marques, J. C.,
et al.
2014. Tales from a thousand and one
ways to integrate marine ecosystem components when assessing the environmental status. Frontiers in Marine
Science, 1:22. doi:10.3389/fmars.2014.00022.
Brunel, T., Piet, G. J., van Hal, R., and Rockmann, C. 2010. Performance of harvest control rules in a variable
environment. ICES Journal of Marine Science, 67: 1051–1062.
EU. 1992. Council Directive 92 /43 /EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna
and flora (92/43/EEC).
EU. 2006. Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament Implementing
sustainability in EU fisheries through maximum sustainable yield. COM(2006) 360 final. Brussels, 2006.
EU. 2008a. Council Regulation (EC) No 199/2008 of 25 February 2008 concerning the establishment of a Community
framework for the collection, management and use of data in the fisheries sector and support for scientific advice
regarding the Common Fisheries Policy.
EU. 2008b. Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 establishing a
framework for community action in the field of marine environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive
– MSFD).
EU. 2009a. Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the
conservation of wild birds (2009/147/EC).
EU. 2009b. Commission Decision of 18 December 2009 adopting a multiannual Community programme for the
collection, management and use of data in the fisheries sector for the period 2011–2013 (2010/93/EU).
EU. 2010. Commission Decision of 1 September 2010 on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status of marine waters (2010/477/EU).
EU. 2013. Regulation (EU) No 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on
the Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and
repealing Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council Decision 2004/585/EC.
ICES. 2012. Marine Strategy Framework Directive – Descriptor 3+. ICES MSFD D3 report 2012. ICES CM
2012/ACOM:62.
ICES. 2013. Interim Report of the Working Group on the History of Fish and Fisheries (WGHIST), 7–11 October 2013,
Panicale, Italy. ICES CM 2013/SSGSUE:08. 44 pp.
ICES. 2014a. EU request on draft recommendations for the assessment of MSFD Descriptor 3.
In
Report of ICES
Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.1.
ICES. 2014b. Report of the Workshop to draft recommendations for the assessment of Descriptor D3 (WKD3R). 13–
17 January 2014. ICES CM 2014/ACOM: 50.
ICES. 2014c. Report of the Workshop on guidance to review the 2010 Commission Decision on Criteria and
Methodological Standards on good environmental status (GES) of marine waters – Descriptor 3 – commercial fish
and shellfish, 4–5 September 2014, ICES HQ, Denmark. ICES CM 2014/ACOM:59.
ICES. 2015. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 3 – commercial fish and
shellfish II (WKGMSFDD3-II), 10–12 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:48. 31 pp.
MarBEF. 2013. Predicted biodiversity changes in the Mediterranean Sea. Marine biodiversity and ecosystem
functioning. Available from:
http://www.vliz.be/wiki/Predicted_biodiversity_changes_in_the_Mediterranean_Sea.
Probst, W. N., Kloppmann, M., and Kraus, G. 2013. Indicator-based status assessment of commercial fish species in
the North Sea according to the EU Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD). ICES Journal of Marine Science,
70: 694–706.
United Nations. 2012. Note on the Ecosystem Approach Process in 2012–2013 Biennium UNEP/MAP. Mediterranean
Action Plan, United Nations Environment Programme. Athens, 2012.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
19
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0111.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0112.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
operational with the current evidence base. The manual has therefore been rewritten to update and improve the current
approach of damage to the seafloor and condition of benthic community. In particular, forms of pressure on the seafloor
other than physical damage and functional aspects of the benthic community have been further emphasized.
The work on Descriptor 1 was taken over by JRC and that on Descriptor 11 has been carried out by TG Noise.
Suggestions
Next steps for implementation of the GES Descriptors for the period 2015–2018
In response to requests from EU Member States, and informally from the European Commission, ICES recommends the
following as next steps to aid implementation of Descriptors 1, 3, 4, and 6 of the MSFD.
Cross-cutting work
1.
Gaps and overlaps across descriptors. The challenges when considering state (including biodiversity) and function
need to be considered across Descriptors 1, 3, 4, and 6. The concepts of trophic guild, taxonomic grouping, habitat
type, and fish stock need to be combined in a way that accounts for the functional requirements of the state
descriptors to ensure efficient implementation of the MSFD. This scientific work is needed before the revision of
the Commission decision is finalized; it is therefore relatively urgent. ICES recommends a preparatory project,
followed by a final 4- to 5-day workshop to agree ways to reconcile functionality with conservation objectives in
state descriptors. The outcomes of the workshop should be internationally peer-reviewed.
Aggregation within Descriptors 3, 4, and 6 (including spatial integration). Further guidance is required by EU
Member States (and European bodies) on approaches to aggregate indicators proposed to assess Descriptors 3,
4, and 6. Aggregation of assessments of different indicators should take the varying qualities of each indicator
into account, both in terms of their pressure–state relationships and to the levels of uncertainty in their
estimation. The issue of spatial extent in relation to overall assessment should also be considered. This guidance
is needed for the 2018 reporting round and should be carried out by the Regional Seas Commissions as a
combination of science and management decisions. ICES would be able to help in providing science support and
comparing regional responses.
2.
Descriptor 3
ICES recommends developmental work to underpin the implementation of Criterion 3.3 and proposes a preliminary suite
of candidate indicators (see Annex 1). These indicators capture three relevant properties representing the state of fish
populations and pressure exerted on those populations: i) size distribution of the species (state), ii) selectivity pattern of
the fishery exploiting the species (pressure), and iii) genetic effects of exploitation on the species (state).
The following steps, involving a series of workshops, are required to make these proposals operational before 2017:
1.
Indicator selection and evaluation against ICES criteria (ICES, 2014a, 2014b) using selected representative fish
stocks. The selected stocks should exhibit different characteristics (e.g. long-lived, short-lived, pelagic, demersal,
elasmobranchs) and be selected from a range of regions with the aim to select one validated indicator per
property. The selection of example stocks should consider data availability, the stock dynamics should exhibit
contrast (both in terms of productivity and exploitation). Data will be collated using a formal data call and should
include both catch/landings and age-at-length data, and survey information. Guidelines will be provided on the
type of stocks for which each indicator is relevant. Workshops with scientists with experience in fisheries science
from across Europe will be needed. The properties of underlying data, knowledge base, construction of
operational indicators, and sensitivities to underlying assumptions will be explored.
Evaluation of GES for Criterion 3.3 for selected stocks. Primary indicators will be processed similar to those in
criteria 3.1 and 3.2; where the knowledge on the characteristics of the indicator and its reference level should
enable the identification of the requirements for GES. Secondary indicators will also be considered. Workshops
will be needed and would follow step 1.
Applying methods for Criterion 3.3 to regional evaluations. Taking the methods developed to make an evaluation
of GES using example regions to further test the applicability of the approaches. This may be possible at a
workshop under Step 2 above or could be included as part of the work of ICES integrated ecosystem assessment
groups.
2.
3.
2
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0113.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Descriptor 4
ICES recommends further developmental work to underpin the implementation of Descriptor 4 and proposes that the
challenges need to be addressed in the following ways:
1.
Uncertainty and GES. Three major sources of uncertainty affect the ability to determine Descriptor 4 indicator
bounds (and similarly for other descriptors) and the interpretation of change in indicators in relation to GES: i)
statistical uncertainty with respect to measuring indicators, ii) uncertainty reflecting whether the values for
indicators relate to desirable or undesirable states, and iii) how direct and indirect linkages between indicators
and pressures affect Descriptor 4 indicator behaviour. Building upon existing projects, ICES recommends an
international peer-reviewed advisory process to provide methods to address these issues for all recommended
indicators (see Annex 2) in 2016.
Consistent regional and pan-regional interpretations of indicators, limits, and estimation methods. ICES notes the
suggestion to bring together experts to progress consistency in interpretation is important both within and
between regional seas (HELCOM–OSPAR, 2014). If requested, existing ICES working groups could be tasked with
developing agreed international guidelines to ensure consistent interpretations of indicators, limits, and
estimation methods in 2016–2017 in order to feed through to EU-wide assessments.
Further development of Descriptor 4 indicators. This work is required to consider the differing influences of
environmental variability and anthropogenic activity on considerations of GES for Descriptor 4. Indicator
development should specifically investigate the role of lower trophic guilds on the likely assessment of GES for
Descriptor 4, the role of size in foodweb stability, and management strategy evaluations of the sensitivity of
Descriptor 4 indicators to anthropogenic pressures. Much of this work should be carried out through projects,
but a workshop to bring together the outputs of the projects and updating the foodweb advice should be planned
for 2017.
2.
3.
Descriptor 6
ICES recommends further developmental work to underpin the implementation of D6 and proposes the following
actions:
1. Develop and test standards for assessing human pressures on benthic habitats within and between MSFD regions.
ICES in collaboration with the RSCs can provide peer-reviewed guiding principles that ensure alignment between GES
boundaries for seafloor integrity to support regional indicator development and to avoid conflicting results between
regions.
Identify where the collection of additional information is needed (ICES working groups are evaluating this for the
OSPAR area; similar processes are needed for other regional seas);
Agree the list of key functions to be addressed across and within MSFD regions using the recommended
Descriptor 6 indicators;
For each indicator, evaluate the applicability of existing concepts for setting GES boundaries and where possible
identify critical values that could be used for these boundaries. This will need a dedicated workshop in 2017.
2. Habitats and issues of scale. Long-term action is needed to select habitats and address the role of scale and of
connectivity in setting GES boundaries for the sea-floor. This work could take place in one workshop in 2018 and
would include:
Agreeing the list of habitats to be assessed;
Resolving issues of scale by defining, e.g. at what EUNIS hierarchical level habitats are going to be addressed.
3. Assessment of recoverability of seafloor integrity. No standards or methods exist for this key attribute of marine
ecosystems. Development of such standards could be carried out in a project.
Basis of the advice
The European Commission is in the process of reviewing and potentially revising the Decision on criteria and
methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters (EU, 2010).
As part of this process, ICES was tasked in early 2014 with Descriptors 3 (Populations of commercially exploited fish and
shellfish), 4 (Foodwebs), and 6 (Sea-floor integrity). A series of workshops held in autumn 2014 provided guidance
reports with dedicated recommendations (ICES, 2014a, 2014c, 2014e). The results of the workshops were used to update
“templates” provided by the European Commission to form first drafts of Descriptor “manuals” (ICES, 2014b, 2014d,
2014f). Following a meeting of the MSFD Common Implementation Strategy Working Group on Good Environmental
Status (WGGES) in October 2014, further work and clarification was requested from ICES in December 2014 (see request
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0114.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
below). As a result further workshops were held in Copenhagen in February 2015 (ICES, 2015a, 2015b). The results of
these second workshops have been used in updating the templates (attached as Annexes 1–3).
Sources and references
EU. 2010. Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters. Commission
Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010.
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2010:232:0014:0024:EN:PDF.
HELCOM–OSPAR. 2014. Communication paper resulting from the joint meeting of HELCOM CORESET II and OSPAR ICG-COBAM. 1
October 2014, Gothenburg, Sweden. 33 pp.
ICES. 2014a. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD Decision Descriptor 3 – commercial fish and shellfish
(WKGMSFDD3), 4–5 September 2014, ICES HQ, Denmark. ICES CM 2014\ACOM:59. 47 pp.
ICES. 2014b. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive Descriptor 3 – Commercially exploited fish and
shellfish.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.3.
ICES. 2014c. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 4 Foodwebs, 26–27 August 2014, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM
2014\ACOM:60. 23 pp.
ICES. 2014d. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 4 – Foodwebs.
In
Report of the
ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.4.
ICES. 2014e. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 6, 2–3 September 2014, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM
2014/ACOM:61. 37 pp.
ICES. 2014f. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 6 – Seafloor integrity.
In
Report of
the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.5.
ICES. 2014g. EU request on draft recommendations for the assessment of MSFD Descriptor 3.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory
Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.1.
ICES. 2014h. EU request on proposal on indicators for MSFD Descriptor 4 (foodwebs).
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014.
ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.2.
ICES. 2015a. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 3 – commercial fish and shellfish II
(WKGMSFDD3-II), 10–12 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:48. 31 pp.
ICES. 2015b. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 4 – foodwebs II (WKGMSFDD4-II), 24–
25 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:49. 48 pp.
4
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0115.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Annex 2
Possible approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC
Descriptor 4: Food webs
Author
Milieu-Nature Bureau
DG Environment
ICES D4 science team
ICES D4 science team (post WK)
ICES D4 review
Version
V 1
V1.2
V2
V3
V4
Date
09 May 2014
30 May 2014
15 August 2014
30 September 2014
20 March 2015
20
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0116.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Possible approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC
Descriptor 4: Food webs
Title of Descriptor
Good environmental status for Descriptor 4 – Food webs
All elements of the marine food webs, to the extent that they are known, occur at normal abundance and diversity and
levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacity
(EU, 2008).
1. Approach
Definition of the Descriptor
The Descriptors 1 (Biodiversity
per se),
4 (Food webs), and 6 (Sea-floor integrity) are frequently addressed together as
the “biodiversity theme.” They are all influenced by multiple pressures and impacts (as listed in Annex 3 of EU, 2010), in
addition to the natural variations in the ecosystems. There is significant overlap of the data requirements for each of
these descriptors when addressing the state and/or alteration of biodiversity. Furthermore, Descriptor 3 (Commercial
fish and shellfish) is strongly linked to the biodiversity theme, especially in relation to the status of fish stocks and how
these influence food webs. The Directive separates these issues into separate GES descriptors.
Descriptor 4 aims to cover the structure and function of marine food webs, including the abundance and productivity of
species/groups at different trophic levels. Usually environmental influence has a high impact on food web structure and
function. Current scientific understanding is such that the effects of anthropogenic pressures are often difficult to
distinguish from environmentally influenced variability. This difficulty creates many challenges to monitor and assess
GES for this descriptor as the identification of simple pressure–state relationships is usually beyond current
understanding and available tools (ICES, 2014a).
The following aspects of the Annex I definition (EU, 2010) are defined in further detail:
‘All elements’
considers all components of the food webs, ‘i.e. all trophic and functional groups, comprising either one
or several species. This potentially includes all living organisms and non-living organic components’ (Rogers
et al.,
2010).
‘Food webs’
are defined as ‘networks of feeding interactions between consumers and their food’ (Rogers
et al.,
2010).
‘Reproductive capacity’
is defined as the ‘maintenance of fertility and avoidance of reduction in population genetic
diversity.’
‘Normal abundance’
– judgements of what normal abundances are will need to be determined as food webs have
already been adversely affected by humans. The thresholds set for indicators should ensure that the populations of
selected food web components occur at levels that are within acceptable ranges to ensure their long-term viability. This
means that thresholds should be sufficient to maintain the full reproductive capacity of selected components.
‘To the extent that they are known’
– This has been interpreted by the Task Group 4 (Rogers
et al.,
2010) as follows:
‘While examination of food webs should in principle include “all elements”, for practical purposes it would include only
those food web components that can effectively be sampled by established robust methods of monitoring’ (Rogers
et
al.,
2010).
Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards, and limit values
There are few tools or frameworks in current use that focus specifically on food webs or trophic interactions between
species. The
Habitats Directive (HD), Birds Directive (BD),
and the
Water Framework Directive (WFD)
do not explicitly
refer to food webs, but state that the structure and function of habitats and ecosystems need to be restored and/or
conserved, thus implicitly requiring the maintenance of healthy food webs. Indicators of the structural components
(taxonomic groups) of the ecosystem such as the abundance/biomass of selected species at different trophic levels are
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
21
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0117.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
used for assessments within all three directives (e.g. phytoplankton, macrobenthos for WFD, annexed species for BD
and HD; Palialexis
et al.,
2014).
The reformed
Common Fisheries Policy
makes specific reference to the trophic linkages between fish stocks in its
requirement for multiannual plans. These are to cover fisheries exploiting several stocks and, in the case of mixed
fisheries or where the dynamics of stocks impact on one another, to take into account knowledge about the interactions
between fish stocks, fisheries, and marine ecosystems (EU, 2013).
Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards
Standards related to biodiversity in general are less well-developed at EU and regional levels, compared to, for instance,
Descriptors 3 (Commercial fish and shellfish), 5 (Eutrophication), and 8 (Contamination).
HELCOM
is advanced in developing and agreeing on methods related to Descriptor 4. The HELCOM CORESET project
developed a set of core indicators for biodiversity along with quantitative targets to allow an assessment of the status
of the Baltic Sea in relation to the biodiversity ecological objectives (HELCOM, 2013): 20 core indicators have been
developed for biodiversity, covering a range of aspects of Descriptors 1, 4, and 6. A number of HELCOM indicators relate
directly to the Commission Decision indicators for Descriptor 4, such as the indicator on the “Abundance of key functional
fish groups” (related to Indicator 4.3.1) or the “Proportion of large fish in the community” (related to Indicator 4.2.1).
OSPAR
is developing ‘common indicators’ for MSFD assessments. To date three food web indicators have been adopted
by the OSPAR Commission for one or more subregions. These are: Large Fish Indicator (FW3), Marine Trophic Index
(FW4), and Plankton Lifeform Index (FW5). Work on more food web indicators and extension to more subregions is in
progress. Indicators developed or under development for Descriptors 1 and 6 may also contribute to the assessment of
Descriptor 4.
Both the
Black Sea
and the
Barcelona Conventions
have either not agreed on, or only just started a process to develop
common indicators related to MSFD biodiversity descriptors (Descriptor 4 included); these are not yet operational.
Definition of GES
The current interpretation of the descriptor assesses whether the certain elements that make up the food web are
present in a way that allow the ecosystem to be considered in good environmental status. Descriptor 4 is a descriptor of
state. The assessment in the current Decision is based on productivity, the abundance of top predators, and the
abundance and distribution of other functionally important groups/species in the food web. To achieve GES, the
pressures from human activities should be managed in order to ensure the long-term abundance of the species in the
food web and the retention of their full reproductive capacity. This poses a major challenge as scientific understanding
is such that anthropogenic pressure is often difficult to distinguish from the environmentally influenced variability. In
the absence of strong indicators reflecting pressure–state relationships, Descriptor 4 indicators can be treated as
surveillance indicators (for monitoring change in the food web, see below for definition).
The "climate sensitivity" for Descriptor 4 (or criteria/indicators)
Marine food webs are extremely closely linked to natural variability. This makes Descriptor 4 particularly sensitive to
climate change as the changing climate superimposes further trends onto prevailing natural conditions. Both structure
and function can be influenced by these shifts, thus perturbing the ability to distinguish whether changes are climate
induced or resulting from anthropogenic activity. Therefore it is likely that Descriptor 4, together with associated
considerations of GES, are very sensitive to climatic trends in a region.
2. Analysis of the implementation process
GES definition
According to the Commission Staff Working Document 2014 (EU, 2014), all EU Member States who have reported have
defined GES for Descriptor 4. Only two EU Member States were judged to have an adequate definition of GES, six were
found to have a partially adequate definition, whilst eight were found to be inadequate. Four EU Member States have
not defined GES for this descriptor. The definitions provided applied to their entire marine waters, with one exception
where a Member State makes a minor differentiation between its subregions.
The definitions vary enormously in their content and level of detail; most were qualitative and many were rather vague,
lacking definitions of key terms used or specificity as to which elements of food/food webs were addressed.
Most EU Member States have referred to specific food web components in their GES definition, sometimes in addition
to defining it for all food web components. In the Baltic region, most EU Member States have put an emphasis on fish
22
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0118.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
communities. Most EU Member States referred to components such as ‘key’ species or ‘functional groups’, and/or to
‘top predators’ or ‘species at the top of the food web’. Very few EU Member States included in their GES definitions
specific species or habitats as indicators of change. Indicator species include the harbour porpoise and the harbour seal,
and indicator habitats include
Posidonia
meadows. Only three EU Member States included a reference to the pressures
of food web components, in particular fisheries.
Criterion 4.1 – Productivity (production per unit biomass) of key species or trophic groups
Three EU Member States have referred to energy transfers between trophic levels in their GES definition. Several EU
Member States have covered Criterion 4.1 using metrics for the reproductive performance (success, ability, rate) of birds,
marine mammals, etc., by using the biomass and abundance of higher trophic-level species and/or the structure of
populations of main trophic groups.
Criterion 4.2 – Proportion of selected species at the top of food webs
Most EU Member States have covered Criterion 4.2, although there was a large variation regarding the methodological
approaches that were applied. The Indicator 4.2.1 “Large fish (by weight)” was reported by a few EU Member States. In
the Mediterranean, three EU Member States have indicated that for Indicator 4.2.1 they will use the same threshold,
requiring the weight of large fish caught by research vessels that are above a threshold length “L
cut
” to be above a
percentage of the total weight “W
lim
”. In other marine regions, there is no similar coherence in the thresholds used.
Criterion 4.3 – Abundance/distribution of key trophic groups/species
The approaches for addressing Criterion 4.3 and the associated indicators varied greatly across the EU Member States.
A few EU Member States considered only higher trophic levels; others covered all trophic levels, including plankton.
Reference to pressures in the GES definition (e.g. bycatch, eutrophication) was made by only a very small number of EU
Member States. Indicator 4.3.1 “Abundance trends of functionally important selected species and functional groups”
was reported almost twice as frequently as Indicators 4.2.1 and 4.1.1.
Regional coherence descriptor
The level of coherence for Descriptor 4 is low in the Northeast Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Baltic regions. In the Black
Sea region, neither of the two EU Member States has defined GES for Descriptor 4. To improve coherence, the
Commission Report (EU, 2014) suggests that further scientific and methodological developments should occur at the
regional level to improve the possibilities for setting GES and environmental targets, and also to consider a more holistic
setting of GES through integrating Descriptor 4 with other descriptors, particularly Descriptors 1 and 6.
Member State good practices
A few EU Member States included specific species as indicators of change in their GES definition, including the harbour
porpoise and the harbour seal. Some EU Member States have included a reference to the pressures on food web
components, in particular fisheries (e.g. bycatch and discards). Some EU Member States have also included quantitative
threshold values for certain criteria/indicators/species. Three EU Member States refer to energy transfers between
trophic levels in their GES definition. Three EU Member States from the same region (Mediterranean) have defined the
same threshold for Indicator 4.2.1, requiring the weight of large fish caught by research vessels that are above a
threshold length (“L
cut
”) to be above a percentage of the total weight (“W
lim
”). One Member State included a condition
related to recycling processes of organic matter for the achievement of GES.
Identification of issues arising from the application of the current Decision, including those identified by the Article 12
assessment
1) Need to set minimum requirements.
2) Need to increase integration levels between Descriptor 4 and EU legislation.
3) Need for further scientific and methodological developments to improve the possibilities for setting GES and
environmental targets, both at the EU and the regional level.
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
To be kept in the Decision, in accordance with the mandate provided by the Directive
A revision of the criteria is necessary to provide a closer relation to the important aspects of food webs as described in
the Directive and to create a simpler decision. The proposal is to merge the existing current three Descriptor 4 criteria
to just two criteria (4.1 Food web Structure and 4.2 Food web Function). This is based on the current state of scientific
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
23
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0119.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
understanding and a pragmatic approach to ongoing monitoring programmes. The categorization of food webs using
taxonomy should be removed from the Decision and replaced with the concept of trophic guilds, meaning that the
criteria should be applied across groups related to trophic interactions, e.g. trophic groups which are important
recipients or providers of services to other trophic groups. The new Criterion 4.1 Structure should be subdivided into
biomass of guilds over time and size structure within those guilds.
It is therefore suggested that the Decision text for Descriptor 4 be changed to:
Criterion 4.1 “Food web structure” – Abundance/biomass of, and size distribution within trophic guilds.
Criterion 4.2 “Food web function” – Productivity of trophic guilds.
To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance document
The guidance document should clarify:
The combining of the 2010 Decision Criteria 4.2 and 4.3 into the new Decision Criterion 4.1, with associated
explanation of the two new criteria.
The concept of “trophic guild” and the indicative list of trophic guilds (ICES, 2014b). This is important as the
guild approach is different from the taxonomic approach although it relies on almost identical monitoring
information. Trophic guilds can refer to important prey groups (defined by who eats them) as well as predators
(a group that eats the same thing).
The recommendation that not all trophic guilds in each ecosystem need to be assessed but that, by region, a
minimum of at least three trophic guilds should be monitored, preferably covering both lower and higher
trophic levels. EU Member States can monitor as many guilds as deemed appropriate (with a minimum of three),
but at least two non-fish guilds should be required to ensure that not only fish are monitored. Existing
monitoring programmes and many proposed indicators can already provide the majority of the information
requirements for these criteria (biomass and size of three trophic guilds and productivity of the food web).
The choice of trophic guilds is expected to reflect regional differences in priorities and ecosystem dynamics.
Methodological standards for defining GES for Descriptor 4.
24
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0120.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
4. The issues
Food webs characterized by structure and by function
The Task Group 4 report (Rogers et al., 2010), as well as the recent ICES Descriptor 4 advice (ICES, 2014a), have proposed
that Descriptor 4 criteria should cover food web structure and function. The rationale for this is:
A food web depicts feeding connections in an ecological community.
Structure – the manner in which the elements or parts of something are organized.
Function – the way something works or operates.
Food web structure and function are closely linked. There are several ways to characterize structure in a food web. For
instance, by the relative abundances of its components or by the degree to which the components are connected to
each other. The former can often be estimated and therefore could provide indicators. The connections in the structure
of food webs may also provide information about transfer functions.
There are aspects of function that cannot be captured by structure indicators. For example, a given structure might exist
and be consistent with differing rates of flow between components. Also, owing to delays in propagating perturbations
through food webs, changes in structure caused by alteration to functions may take time. Therefore, criteria are needed
for both attributes. The criteria must be complementary to increase the likelihood that they will inform of change and,
where necessary, stimulate action.
The 2008 Directive wording for Descriptor 4 “capable of ensuring long-term abundance and the retention of their full
reproductive capacity” is in essence about maintaining resilience (the ability to recover from perturbations). Resilience
of a food web might depend on many of its attributes, so that any structure or function indicator can be considered an
indicator of resilience, but it may not be sufficient to maintain this indicator at a GES level to ensure that the food web
remains resilient. Further studies are needed to investigate this aspect, but current knowledge is insufficient to suggest
appropriate indicators of resilience besides those related to structure and function.
Trophic guilds and food webs
It would be exceedingly complex and very difficult to monitor and assess food web structure and function without
considering trophic guilds. Food webs are complex, not only in structure but also in function. To monitor the degree to
which they are affected by management therefore requires condensed information on food web status. This is most
appropriately done by dividing the structure and function into compartments which share common features. For the
food web, such compartments can be trophic guilds such as fish benthivores, fish planktivores, filter-feeding benthos, or
omnivorous zooplankton (see Table 1 of indicative trophic guilds). The compartments can be classified as more or less
important, depending on the services they supply, and are likely to vary regionally. There is some overlap between
Descriptor 4 and Criterion 1.7 (Descriptor 1). Descriptor 4 is addressing functional aspects of ecosystems whereas
Descriptor 1 is addressing the group’s “position” within ecosystem structure. The proposed approach does not exclude
other approaches to determining trophic guilds, such as using information on taxonomy or habitat.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
25
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0121.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Table 1. Indicative trophic guilds. X denotes where the taxonomic groups contribute significantly to each guild. Nekton
includes bony fish, elasmobranchs, and squids.
Guild\Taxonomic
group
Primary
producers
Secondary
producers
Filter-feeders
Deposit-feeders
Planktivores
Sub-apex pelagic
predators
Sub-apex
demersal
predators
Apex predators
1
Phytoplankton
1
Zooplankton
Benthos
Nekton excl.
warm-
blooded
Seabirds
Marine
mammals
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
In shallower waters, macrophytes may also be important.
Descriptor 4 and criteria in relation to state/pressure
Descriptor 4 is classified as a state descriptor (see Common Understanding Document, draft 22 September 2014). There
are direct links between some elements of marine food webs and human pressures, such as primary production relating
to the input of nutrients or fishing in relation to the abundance and distribution of forage fish. Overall the relationship
between marine food webs and human pressures is complex and mainly indirect. Environmental influence has a high
impact on food web structure and function. Current scientific understanding is such that anthropogenic pressure is
difficult to unequivocally distinguish from the environmentally influenced variability. In the absence of strong indicators
reflecting pressure–state relationships, the indicators of Descriptor 4 should be treated as surveillance indicators (for
monitoring change in the food web); see definitions in Section 5 below.
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
Food web indicators differ from indicators of other descriptors in a number of ways. Many food web indicators have
weak or indirect links to human pressure and may show substantial variation due to factors not related to anthropogenic
activities. With such indicators, it is difficult or impossible to identify values of the indicator that are desirable or
undesirable in relation to human impacts. Furthermore, indicators often reflect the desire to achieve a balanced
ecosystem; having very high or very low indicator values can therefore be equally undesirable. This is in contrast to, for
example, indicators for environmental contaminants, where an upper limit alone constrains the desired range of values.
Finally, the desired level of a specific indicator may be related to avoiding undesirable effects on other ecosystem
components and hence requires information and knowledge on the relationship between different food web
components.
The aim of food web indicators is to monitor key aspects of the food web structure and function and, by doing so, gain
evidence to better understand the relationship between the monitored aspect and other ecosystem components as well
as pressure–state relationships for these indicators. Passing beyond limits of indicators should trigger action including,
e.g. dedicated research to understand the cause of changes.
Definitions
‘Food
web surveillance indicators’
are defined as indicators of aspects of the structure or function of the food web, for
which it is either not possible (through lack of evidence) to define limits based on knowledge of the system or where the
link to anthropogenic pressures is weak or unclear, so direct management actions cannot be prescribed.
26
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0122.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
‘Limit’ defines the indicator value(s) at which a food web indicator changes between desirable and undesirable states.
Food web indicators are defined as ‘within
limits’
when they are in the ‘desirable state’. The target equates to the values
or range of values that are ‘within limits’ and represent a ‘desirable state’. Where limits are based on statistical analysis
of time-series alone, or limited datasets,
‘passing limits’
means moving into terra incognita, and not necessarily leaving
the desirable state, thus requiring further research. See Section 6 for further guidance.
‘GES
boundaries’
define the difference between GES and sub-GES in assessments of criteria and descriptors. The food
web descriptor and the proposed criteria are considered essential and therefore GES boundaries apply to the descriptor
as well as the criteria. GES boundaries are defined according to the assessments of an agreed set of indicators and
according to agreed methods of aggregating these assessments. GES is measured for each food web criterion based on
indicators under the criterion. The exact link between the number, level, and other aspects of the indicator that need to
be ‘within limits’ in order to achieve GES depends on the specific aggregation methods that are used to combine indicator
assessments and the methods used to set GES boundaries.
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
Limits for indicators can be determined by several methods.
A food web indicator may be associated with different combinations of available data with which to construct the
indicator and knowledge about the relationship of the indicator with the food web components in the specific
ecosystem. Each combination of knowledge and data availability requires associated guidance for setting indicator limits.
For many food web indicators, there is little knowledge about what values should be considered desirable or undesirable.
In such cases, limits can be derived from the range of variation in the indicator, which is known from past time-series or
from historical knowledge, where limits could be set at, for example, the maximum or minimum observed. Other options
are available when more knowledge exists, including expert elicitation, empirical analysis, and modelling (see ICES,
2014a). Further statistical and modelling/simulation approaches are described in ICES (2015).
When the data and knowledge available is very limited, for example, when sampling has only just begun, appropriate
limits can be suggested based on knowledge from similar ecosystems, theoretical considerations, or a desired direction
of change. In all cases, the estimated limits are highly uncertain and this should be reported together with the indicator.
Limits should be updated regularly as more information becomes available.
Where data exists and no undesirable effects have been observed, but knowledge of the direct relationship between
the indicator and other ecosystem characteristics is limited, the indicator limits could be described by the observed range
of known indicator values. Protocols should be in place such that when the indicator is not within limits, this triggers
further investigation to determine the cause of the change as well as the effects on other ecosystem components. The
likely impacting pressures should also be reviewed. As there is limited knowledge of the relationship between the
indicator and other components, there is a possibility that undesirable effects occurred but were not recorded. This
should be reflected in the reported uncertainty of assessments.
Where data exists and undesirable effects on other ecosystem components has been observed or is predicted based on
solid knowledge of the direct relationship between the indicator and other ecosystem aspects, the range of indicator
values associated with no (substantial) undesirable effects on other components should be used to set limits that denote
the desirable range of indicator values. If the indicator is not within limits, action should be triggered. Action would
involve further investigation to determine the cause of the deviation from the desired range, as well as the effect on
other ecosystem components. The presence of (substantial) undesirable effects on ecosystem components can be
determined based on a variety of measures. Ideally, the evaluation should include both analyses of historical data and
investigation of model results.
Food web indicators are influenced by both natural and anthropogenic factors. To ensure that the limits continue to be
relevant to the evaluation of GES, they should relate to current conditions of the ecosystem. For example, if the food
web has exhibited pronounced regime shifts, the limit level should reflect the current regime rather than historical
regimes. This conclusion also applies to the case where the regime shift is caused by excessive human pressure at an
earlier time, for example when excessive removal of top predators has led to an increase in forage fish and a subsequent
decrease of zooplankton (trophic cascade), but the system appears stable in the present regime. In this case, the current
limit level for zooplankton biomass should reflect the current regime rather than a regime where predators have
returned. If top predators are returning to the system, limit levels should be updated accordingly. When ecosystem
trends are more gradual, which is often the case with the effect of climate change on food webs, a gradual change in the
limit level should be implemented. Another example is the irreversible introduction of non-indigenous species with
apparent disruption of food web structure and/or function. ICES suggests that “current conditions” might be re-
evaluated once in the six-yearly MSFD cycle.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
27
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0123.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
There are three types of uncertainty in determining the location of current state of the indicators relative to their limit
or limits: uncertainty about the correct limit level, uncertainty about the bias and precision of the indicator estimated
from data, and uncertainty about the effect of pressures on the indicator and hence about the potential effect of
management measures. Ideally, the state of the indicator relative to the limit is determined from properly determined
limit levels, an accurate estimate of the indicator, and a well-documented relationship between management, pressure,
and indicator. In this case, pressures should be managed in accordance with the defined acceptable risk of falling outside
limits.
In the case of food webs, one or more of these uncertainties are often considerable. In spite of this, the observed level
of the indicator and the probability that the indicator is not within limits should be provided. If the estimated indicator
is being measured with poor precision, there is a strong likelihood that the indicator will be recorded as outside the
limits. It is important that this does not lead to revised (wider) limits. Instead, the frequent occurrence of indicators
outside limits, or at high probability of being outside limits, should provide the incentive to improve the precision of the
indicator. Where the link between management, pressure, and state of the indicator is poorly understood, assessments
of such indicators should include explicit advice on (a) the probability of the indicator being outside the agreed limits,
(b) the quality and reliability of the limits, and (c) the strength of the link with pressures and management.
Interpretation of the term ‘to the extent that they are known’
A strict interpretation of the requirement for all elements of the marine food webs to ‘occur at normal abundance and
diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full
reproductive capacity’ would indicate a requirement to monitor all elements of the food web, an impractical and
unfeasible task. However, the term ‘to the extent they are known’ may be interpreted as leaving the option that not
knowing about the food web automatically leads to GES. This is an equally unacceptable interpretation. A balance
between the two extremes seems to be the most appropriate way forward. When possible, the best available knowledge
of food webs should be used, but the lack of detailed knowledge should not inhibit the monitoring of indicators of
Descriptor 4. It is recommended that a minimum of at least three trophic guilds should be monitored by region,
preferably covering both lower and higher trophic levels. Qualitative methods should be investigated where data is
insufficient to estimate even the key aspects or aggregated indicators.
7. Standardized methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4)
Three standardized methods for selected example indicators are proposed in the ICES report on the review of MSFD
decision 2010 (ICES, 2014b). These are:
Biomass of regionally important trophic guilds (Section 4.3.1);
Primary production (Section 4.3.2);
Seabird breeding success (Section 4.3.3).
Further examples are explored in ICES (2015).
8. Standardized methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4 GES)
Food web indicators are grouped in two different types: surveillance indicators, where the limit levels are poorly defined
or the link between state and manageable pressures is unclear or limited, and indicators with well-defined limit levels
and well-described pressure–state relationships (management indicator). As a consequence of this, there are three
options for defining GES for Descriptor 4:
i.
ii.
iii.
evaluating GES based only on indicators with clearly defined limit levels and well-described pressure–state
relationships
providing separate evaluations for surveillance indicators and indicators with clearly defined limit levels and
well-described pressure–state relationships
providing a joint evaluation of GES based on all indicators.
Each option has advantages and disadvantages (Table 2).
28
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0124.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Table 2. Advantages and disadvantages of the three potential options for evaluating GES.
Option
GES evaluation based only on
management indicators
Advantages
GES is clearly linked to manageable
pressures; management action
therefore has the potential to affect
the assessed status of Descriptor 4.
Disadvantages
There are few management
indicators for food webs and hence,
GES for Descriptor 4 would be based
on assessment of a small part of the
food web, leading to potential
misleading conclusions.
Having two types of indicator
separately contributing to the
evaluation of GES means that a
single estimate of GES would be
difficult. This could potentially
complicate the presentation of GES
across descriptors.
GES evaluation based on separate
evaluations of management and of
surveillance indicators
GES assessments based on
management indicators is clearly
linked to pressures and
management action therefore has
the potential to affect the assessed
status of one aspect of Descriptor 4.
GES assessments using surveillance
indicators can provide information
to help explain deviations from GES.
One joint GES for Descriptor 4 can
be estimated, integrating all
indicators.
GES evaluation based on all
indicators
The GES assessment can be highly
affected by non-manageable
pressures. Descriptor 4 may be
perceived as a descriptor that
cannot be affected by management.
Regardless of which option is chosen, there are many indirect impacts and linkages between different food web
components. For instance, rebuilt predator populations may cause cascading effects through the ecosystem or cyclic
behaviour, in which case not even an undisturbed and perfectly monitored ecosystem will necessarily show all indicators
within limits at a specific point in time. This aspect means that the application of simple aggregation or averaging rules
across indicators (e.g. one out all out, % agreed targets) are not suitable for food web criteria. Indicators do not
necessarily behave independently; many food web indicators are highly correlated. The degree of independence of
indicators can be tested by quantifying the covariance and modelling indicator behaviour. Even where state indicators
have clear links to pressures, there will be cases where pressure indicators are within limits, while state indicators are
not. These mismatches may be due to lag periods (e.g. slow recovery times), other pressures, or different requirements
for determining status.
Aggregation of assessments of different indicators should take the varying qualities of each indicator into account, in
terms of their pressure–state relationships, levels of uncertainty in their estimation, and relationships with other food
web indicators. Borja
et al.
(2014) reviewed methods for weighting, as well as considering the pros and cons of different
methods, providing a useful to guide for choosing the most appropriate aggregation method.
Although methods to aggregate indicators within the Descriptor 4 criteria might differ, both structure and function need
to be at GES for overall GES to be achieved.
9. Rationale and technical background for proposed revision
The proposed revision comes from the development on food web GES descriptors from two ICES-led workshops in
response to the requests from DGENV (ICES, 2014a)
10. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document)
See documents below.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
29
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0125.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
11. Reference documents
Borja, A., Prins, T. C., Simboura, N., Andersen, J. H., Berg, T., Marques, J-C., Neto, J. M., Papadopoulou, N., Reker. J.,
Teixeira, H., and Uusitalo, L. 2014. Tales from a thousand and one ways to integrate marine ecosystem components
when assessing the environmental status. Frontiers in Marine Science, 1:72. doi: 10.3389/fmars.2014.00072.
EU. 2008. Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 establishing a framework
for community action in the field of marine environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive – MSFD).
EU. 2013. EU Regulation No. 1380/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on the
Common Fisheries Policy, amending Council Regulations (EC) No 1954/2003 and (EC) No 1224/2009 and repealing
Council Regulations (EC) No 2371/2002 and (EC) No 639/2004 and Council Decision 2004/585/EC
EU. 2014. Staff working document accompanying the document “The first phase of implementation of the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive (2008/56/EC) – The European Commission's assessment and guidance.
HELCOM. 2013. HELCOM core indicators: Final report of the HELCOM CORESET project. Baltic Sea Environment
Proceedings, No. 136. 71 pp.
ICES. 2014a. Report of the Workshop to develop recommendations for potentially useful Food Web Indicators
(WKFooWI), 31 March–3 April 2014, ICES Headquarters, Copenhagen, Denmark. ICES CM 2014\ACOM:48. 75 pp.
ICES. 2014b. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards
on good environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 4 Foodwebs, 26–27 August 2014, ICES Headquarters,
Copenhagen, Denmark. ICES CM 2014\ACOM:60. 23 pp.
ICES. 2015. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 4 – foodwebs II
(WKGMSFDD4-II), 24–25 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:49. 48 pp.
Palialexis, A., Tornero, V., Barbone, E., Gonzalez, D., Hanke, G., Cardoso, A. C., Hoepffner, N., Katsanevakis, S., Somma,
F., and Zampoukas, N. 2014. In-depth assessment of the EU Member States’ submissions for the Marine Framework
Strategy Framework Directive under articles 8, 9 and 10 JRC Scientific and Technical Reports. Publications Office of the
European Union. Available at:
http://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/111111111/30749/1/lbna26473enn.pdf.
Rogers, S., Casini, M., Cury, P., Heath, M., Irigoien, X., Kuosa, H., Scheidat, M., Skov, H., Stergiou, K., Trenkel, V., Wikner,
J., and Yunev, O. 2010. Marine Strategy Framework Directive Task Group 4: Food webs. EUR 24343 EN. Available at:
http://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/111111111/13627/1/tg4%20report_final_vii.pdf.
30
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0126.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE
Institute for Environment and Sustainability
Water Resources Unit
Review of the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU
concerning MSFD criteria for assessing good environmental
status
Descriptor 5
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects
thereof, such as losses in biodiversity, ecosystem degradation, harmful algal
blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters
This report represents the result of the scientific and technical review of Commission Decision
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 5. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together
with experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES
Working Group in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy
(agreed on at the 11th CIS MSCG meeting).
The report is one of a series of reports (review manuals) including Descriptor 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 that
conclude phase 1 of the review process and, as agreed within the MSFD Common Implementation
Strategy, are the basis for review phase 2, towards an eventual revision of the Commission Decision
2010/477/EU.
The report presents the state of the technical discussions as of 30 April 2015 (document version 6.0),
as some discussions are on-going, it does not contain agreed conclusions on all issues.
The views expressed in the document do not necessarily represent the views of the European
Commission.
1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword
The MSFD Committee (Art. 25 of the MSFD) discussed and concluded an approach and an outline for
the process of a review and possible revision of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on GES criteria
and of MSFD Annex III (see Committee/07/2013/03rev for details). Based on the template in the
annex to the mandate of the MSFD Committee, a more detailed manual for the technical phase
relating to the review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EC has been developed to guide the parallel
preparatory process and discussions per descriptor. The review will aim to define GES criteria more
precisely, including setting quantifiable boundaries for the GES criteria where possible and
specifications and standardised methods for GES assessment in particular as regards temporal and
spatial aggregation. The review of Annex III will be carried out as a parallel process. The review of
the Common Understanding Document is also taking place alongside these two processes. Close
coordination between these three processes should be ensured.
MSFD D5 expert group:
Vivi Fleming-Lehtinen,
Elż ieta Łysiak-Pastuszak,
Marcel van den Berg, Philip
Axe, Martin Hansson, Wera Leujak, Marta Martínez-Gil Pardo de Vera, Jesús Mercado, Irene del
Barrio, Stephen Malcolm, Luminita Lazar, Ioannis Karakassis, Alain Lefebvre, Marta Nogueira
EC JRC:
Nicolas Hoepffner, Andreas Palialexis, Wouter van de Bund, Sandra Poikane, Jean Noel
Druon, Fuensanta Salas Herrero
Acknowledgments for contributions to:
WG GES and WG ECOSTAT
2
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Review (technical phase) of Part B of the Decision (per descriptor)
Contents
1. Approach ......................................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 General guiding principles for the review ................................................................................. 5
1.2 Overall reflection of the type of descriptor and descriptor criteria (e.g. state/pressure,
quantitative/qualitative) and its relationship with Article 3(5). ..................................................... 7
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values, such as
the WFD, and the identification of potential incoherence. ............................................................ 7
1.4 Linkages with international and RSCs norms, standards and indicators. ............................... 8
1.5 Clarification of the relevant scientific, technical and policy terminology in relation to the
descriptor. ..................................................................................................................................... 10
1.6 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is recommended to
combine several descriptors together). ........................................................................................ 11
1.7 An analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for
the particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at
region or other scales. .................................................................................................................. 11
1.8 The "climate sensitivity" per descriptor (or per criterion). ................................................... 11
1.9 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or
whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5)). . 12
2. Analysis of the implementation process ....................................................................................... 12
2.1 Based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in-depth assessments, a
detailed summary of the findings of Article 12 relating to the determination of GES and
specifically the use of the Decision criteria and indicators should be made. ............................... 12
2.2 Identification of any questions/issues arising from the application of the current Decision,
including those identified by the Article 12 assessment. ............................................................. 15
2.3 Relevant data from other sources, specific to every descriptor and recent findings from MS
should also be considered. ........................................................................................................... 16
2.4 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple Member
States, and shortcomings should be listed systematically............................................................ 17
2.5 Differences and similarities between the regions should be highlighted, where applicable.
17
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision.................................................................................. 18
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
3.1 Analysis of the current text of the Decision, identifying in particular those parts which are
best placed in guidance, those parts which are interpretative or explicative information and
those parts which need to be kept in the Decision in accordance with the mandate provided by
the Directive. ................................................................................................................................. 18
3.2 The analysis should then include an overall identification of needs for guidance. ................ 19
3.3 An analysis of what to keep should be made, including specification on what may be
outdated or may need to be aligned with other or new legislations ........................................... 19
4. Identification of issues .................................................................................................................. 19
4.1 Main findings and information that will be used in the next step of the revision process .... 20
5.
GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9(3))................................................................................ 21
5.1 Conclude on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators, in the light of the
refi ed o
o u dersta di g, the fi di gs of Art. assess e t a d rele a t i ter ational,
EU and RSCs legislations and approaches ..................................................................................... 22
5.2 Recommendation on which criteria to retain, which to amend and any to remove. ............ 22
5.3 Proposals for new criteria, if needed. ..................................................................................... 24
5.4 Rationale and proposal, where appropriate, for defining GES threshold values and reference
points, based on established and agreed scientific methods for quantifying and applying GES
boundaries, or for a normative definition of GES ......................................................................... 25
5.5 Link to possible future EEA indicator. ..................................................................................... 26
6.
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9(3)) ................................................. 26
6.1 Proposals for (new) methodological standards to be applied to the criteria in order to assess
whether GES has been achieved for the descriptor (e.g. aggregation/integration methods across
the criteria and across the quality elements). .............................................................................. 26
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in accordance with
Art. 11(4)) .......................................................................................................................................... 27
7.1 Proposals for specifications on methods for monitoring (i.e. the collection of data needed
for assessment of each criterion, including parameters, units of measurement and data quality
requirements), which aim at ensuring the comparability of monitoring results, on the basis of
JRC / ICES / RSC survey protocols, relevant European/international standards (e.g. ISO/CEN) and
Article 12 findings. ........................................................................................................................ 28
7.2 Proposals for specifications on methods for assessment, which aim at ensuring
comparability of assessment results, including aggregation of monitoring data within an
assessment area for a particular criterion and if necessary aggregation across assessment areas
up to larger areas (e.g. (sub) region scales), and based on general guidance prepared on scales
4
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0130.png
and aggregation rules and taking account of JRC / ICES / RSC inventories and Article 12 findings.
28
8.
Rational and technical background for proposed revision ....................................................... 30
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals. ................................ 30
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in Common Understanding
document)......................................................................................................................................... 30
9.1 Where aspects are identified which should be usefully laid down but not as part of the
decision, these elements should be specified and a proposal should be made in which way they
should be laid down, e.g. interpretative guide for the application of the future Decision or CU
guidance document or technical background document. ............................................................ 31
10.
11.
Background documents ........................................................................................................ 31
References ............................................................................................................................ 31
1. Approach
1.1 General guiding principles for the review
The review aims to analyse the results from the first MSFD reporting round on Articles 8, 9, and 10
with a view to update/improve and simplify the implementation of the Com Decision 2010/477/EU.
Based on the Information in the Art 12 assessment reports (COM(2014)97 final) and the JRC in-depth
assessments (Palialexis et al., 2014) a template has been pre-filled by Milieu Ltd for the DG ENV,
commented by DG ENV and completed by JRC which should enable the experts group to analyse
current shortcomings, propose ways forward, such as e.g. needs for further guidance and
development, but eventually also to develop proposals for amending the Decision 2010/477/EU,
based on new scientific knowledge and experience in the implementation process.
The current review should lead to a new GES Decision which is:
Simpler
Clearer
Introducing minimum requirements (to be enhanced by regions and MS, if necessary)
Self-explanatory
Coherent with other EU legislation
Coherent with regional assessment methods (where EU does not exist)
Have a clear and minimum list of criteria and methodological standards and related
characteristics (Table 1, Annex III)
5
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0131.png
Ensure that criteria and methodological standards are adequately addressing the Descriptors
are covered by the proposed criteria, to lead to complete assessments
Coherent with the MSFD terminology
This review should lead to a more coherent approach to the definition of GES based on agreed
criteria and methodological standards that allow for determining the distance of the current state
from GES. Figure 1 shows an example on the link between MSFD terminology and existing practical
approach taken from EU and RSCs legislations. This figure aims to streamline the discussion to be
carried out through the review process.
Figure 1.
Interpretation of Art. 9 of the MSFD for Descriptor 5
1
.
The following points are summarising the role of GES in MSFD. According to the Directive, GES is:
starting and end point of MSFD
reference point for the other MSFD provisions
determined at the level of marine (sub)regions
specified by common criteria and methodological standards
legally time bound (2020) and subject to legally defined exceptions where this is not feasible
GES should be supported by quantified/ quantifiable indicators to allow determining the distance of
the current state from GES and for defining targets to guide progress towards GES. Furthermore, the
review should strengthen and clarify the link across the Articles 8, 9 and 10.
1
Modified fro DG ENV s prese tatio i Ju e s
43d4-93a5-075f82cc1f12
DG GE“ group: https:// ir a .europa.eu/ / ro se/f 9
f
-f965-
6
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0132.png
1.2
Overall reflection of the type of descriptor and descriptor criteria (e.g.
state/pressure, quantitative/qualitative) and its relationship with Article 3(5).
The main cause of human-induced (anthropogenic) eutrophication is nutrient enrichment. This can
have a severe negative effect on marine ecosystems and is, therefore, a key threat to achieving GES
in some parts of EU marine waters. The main nutrients concerned are nitrogen (N) and phosphorus
(P) compounds which are naturally present in our seas, but additional and excessive inputs of N and
P come from diffuse and point sources, such as agriculture and waste water and, to some extent,
caused by ammonia and NOx emissions, mainly from agriculture, aquaculture but also from ship and
road traffic and industry via precipitation.
Eutrophication
2
(JRC 2010, Ferreira et al. 2011) is defined as: a process driven by the enrichment of
water by nutrients especially compounds of nitrogen and/or phosphorus, leading to: increased
growth, primary production and biomass of algae; changes in the balance of organisms in pelagic as
well as in benthic habitats; and water quality degradation. The consequences of eutrophication are
undesirable if they appreciably degrade ecosystem health and/or the sustainable provision of goods
and services. The assessment of eutrophication starts with a description of the levels of nutrients
present in the marine environment (assessment of pressure), and then by addressing nutrients
direct and indirect effects on the marine environment.
GES with regard to eutrophication has been achieved when the biological communities remains well-
balanced and retains all necessary functions in the absence of undesirable disturbance associated
with eutrophication (e.g. excessive algal blooms, low dissolved oxygen, declines in seagrasses, kills of
benthic organisms and/or fish) and where there are no nutrient-related impacts on sustainable use
of ecosystem goods and services (JRC 2010).
The Commission Decision thus identified three criteria for Descriptor 5: (5.1) nutrient levels, (5.2)
direct effects of nutrient enrichment and (5.3) indirect effects of nutrient enrichment. Descriptor 5 is
considered a pressure-based descriptor, scientifically and operationally mature compared to other
MSFD Descriptors and attributed with quantitative means. The scientific and applied background for
D5 gained through the long standing work of RSCs and the Water Framework Directive assessment
of ecological status are well developed (relative to other descriptors), something that was partially
reflected in the first phase of the MSFD implementation.
1.3
Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values,
such as the WFD, and the identification of potential incoherence.
A number of rules already exist at EU level that supports MS in the control of marine eutrophication.
The MSFD explicitly mentions several legislative tools and among them, the most closely related to
eutrophication are the Water Framework Directive (WFD, 2000/60/EEC), the Nitrates Directive (ND,
91/676/EEC), and the Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive (UWWTD, 91/271/EEC) (see also
Table 7 of the TG 5 report
3
).
2
MSFD Task Group 5 Report on Eutrophication. Joint Research Centre (2010) See
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/pdf/5-Task-Group-5.pdf
7
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0133.png
WFD is not considering explicitly eutrophication . However, WFD provides the definitions for high,
good and moderate ecological status of biological quality elements (e.g. phytoplankton, macroalgae,
angiosperms) using physico-chemical indicators as supporting quality elements (e.g. nutrient
concentrations, oxygenation conditions and transparency). These quality elements are used for the
assessment of eutrophication. In accordance with Commission Decision 2010/477/EC, the
assessment of eutrophication in marine waters needs to take into account the assessment for
coastal and transitional waters under the WFD and related guidance
3
, in a way which ensures
consistency. The main issues addressed in the guidance document are i) a unified conceptual
framework to understand eutrophication in all water categories, ii) a conceptual read across EU
directives (mainly Water Framework, Urban Wastewater and Nitrates Directives) and international
policies (e.g. OSPAR and HELCOM) addressing eutrophication and iii) an in-depth understanding of
eutrophication in the context of WFD ecological status assessment. The guidance also includes an
overview of current assessment methods and recommendations for harmonisation of classification
criteria. Note that no specific nutrient threshold levels (boundaries) are specified in the WFD. MSs
have to establish their own nutrient boundaries. However, the WFD CIS ECOSTAT- Nutrient steering
group has started to work on better harmonization of these nutrient boundaries, including in
transitional and coastal waters. WFD Ecological Status is limited in coastal waters to 1 nautical mile,
representing a spatial overlap with the MSFD. As such, MSFD methodological standards and
parameters, thresholds and reference points could differ for the offshore areas.
The Nitrate Directive includes eutrophication as one of the criteria to identify waters affected by
pollution or at risk of pollution. The other criteria for the identification of those waters are nitrate
concentration (50 mg/l) in groundwater and surface water. The Directive requires the establishment
of mandatory measures at least in those areas (nitrate vulnerable zones) which drain into polluted
waters or waters at risk of pollution.
The Urban Waste Water Directive (UWWTD) aims to protect the environment from the adverse
effects of urban waste water and certain industrial discharges. UWWTD defines eutrophication and
re uires ore stri ge t treat e t for aste ater dis harges to eutrophi aters
or waters that
may become eutrophic in the near future.
The lack of a common definition of eutrophication across all Directives makes difficult the
harmonization of its assessment. Although the Directives, specifically WFD and MSFD, have different
assessment methodology (e.g. biological quality elements and supporting indicators for WFD) and
classification schemes (WFD 5 classes
vs
MSFD 2 classes), they are generally consistent in identifying
eutrophication problems and mitigating them. The Commission Decision should set the basis for
better compatibility between both Directives.
1.4 Linkages with international and RSCs norms, standards and indicators.
Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) have implemented their own methodological approaches for
eutrophication assessment (HELCOM HEAT, OSPAR COMMON PROCEDURE, TRIX for UNEP/MAP,
3
Guidance Document on the Eutrophication Assessment in the Context of European Water Policies, Document No 23.
European Commission (2009). See
http://circa.europa.eu/Public/irc/env/wfd/library
8
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0134.png
BEAST
4
for Black Sea Convention). Generally, all methods include chlorophyll-a (Chl-a) and nutrient
measurements but differ in the way indicators are combined (JRC 2014a).
In the OSPAR
region, eutrophication status is assessed by using the OSPAR Common Procedure
(COMP, OSPAR 2013) which comprises two steps: a Screening Procedure to identify areas that are
obvious non-problem status for eutrophication, and a Comprehensive Procedure applied in those
areas not identified as non-problem areas. The initial screening procedure is risk-based and requires
consideration of relatively few parameters related to hydrodynamic characteristics and proximity to
nutrient sources. If the initial screening or successive Comprehensive procedure assessments show
the waters not to be impacted by eutrophication, a more robust assessment of its trophic status is
not required. In the Comprehensive Procedure, variables/indicators to be monitored are grouped
into four categories: 1) the degree of nutrient enrichment (riverine inputs/direct river discharges,
nutrient concentrations, N:P ratio); 2) direct effects of nutrient enrichment (water column
chlorophyll-a, phytoplankton, macrophytes); 3) indirect effects of nutrient enrichment (oxygen
deficiency, zoobenthos and fish, organic carbon); and 4) other possible effects (e.g. algal toxins
although this is recognised as not strongly linked to eutrophication). Each of these parameters may
be considered area-specific or season-specific. The assessment parameters are integrated along a
cause/effect scheme including all categories
for a lassifi atio as pro le areas , pote tial
pro le areas , a d o
-pro
le areas .
The integration is followed by an overall assessment of all
relevant information related to harmonised assessment criteria, their corresponding assessment
levels and supporting environmental factors to reach the final area classification.
HELCOM’s
thematic assessment of eutrophication 2007-2011 (HELCOM 2014) was adjusted to the
MSFD and Commission Decision 477/2010/EU. The assessment of the open sea sub-basins is based
on the integration of commonly agreed core indicators, grouped into three criteria: nutrient levels
(indicators: inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus concentration), direct effects (indicators: chlorophyll-
a and Secchi depth), and indirect effects (indicator: deep bottom oxygen debt). The assessment is
done using the HEAT 3.0 assessment tool, which averaged indicators within criteria (allowing
weighting), and using the one-out-all-out principle between criteria for determining final
eutrophication status. Ecological status resulting from WFD is used where available to describe the
state of coastal waters. HELCOM EUTRO-OPER group recently recommended extending the HEAT
3.0 assessment procedure to coastal waters to adequately cover the requirements of MSFD
descriptor 5. HELCOM assesses nutrient levels (DIN and DIP) in relation to scientifically based and
commonly agreed targets of good environmental status for eutrophication for specific Baltic areas:
Maximum Allowable Inputs (MAI) and Country Allocated reduction Targets (CART) of the Baltic Sea
Action Plan (HELCOM 2013)
5
.
The Barcelona Convention:
MEDPOL s eutrophi atio
o itori g strategy o sists of ide tifyi g
sites that are eutrophic or sensitive to eutrophication (together with reference sites) and the
development of biological parameters/indicators of eutrophication to support the existing
monitoring strategy. The list of mandatory monitoring parameters includes nutrients, transparency,
chlorophyll, dissolved oxygen and phytoplankton (total abundance, abundance of major groups,
bloom dominance) parameters. Other parameters such as macrophytes, organic matter in sediment
and zooplankton are recommended. Recently (UNEP/MAP 2012) the Contracting Parties to the
Barcelona Convention have adopted the ecosystem approach to the management of human
4
BEAST is based on HELCOM assessment tool HEAT and expected to be useful in providing harmonized assessments of the
eutrophication status in the entire Black Sea.
5
http://www.helcom.fi/Documents/Ministerial2013/Associated%20documents/Supporting/Summary%20report%20on%20
MAI-CART.pdf
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0135.png
activities that may affect the Mediterranean marine and coastal environment. Its implementation is
based on a 6-years management cycle, relying on common strategic goals and the development of
Ecological Objectives aligned with MSFD descriptors. Accordingly, Ecological Objective 5 (EO 5) is
defined as: "Human
induced eutrophication is prevented, especially adverse effects thereof, such as
losses in biodiversity, ecosystem degradation, harmful algal blooms, and oxygen deficiency in bottom
waters
". EO 5 is associated with 3 operational objectives (nutrients, direct and indirect effects) and
6 indicators similar to MSFD.
The Black Sea Convention
has developed the Black Sea Integrated Monitoring and Assessment
Programme (BSIMAP), within which each country is obliged to carry out ecological monitoring on
marine stations, with particular emphasis given to eutrophication. BSIMAP has been developed
according to BSAP (Black Sea Strategic Action Plan) and its EcoQO 3: Reduce eutrophication. The list
of mandatory parameters from BSIMAP includes nutrients, transparency, dissolved oxygen,
chlorophyll-a, phytoplankton and macrophytobentos. Note that the Black Sea Convention has
recently developed its own assessment tool (BEAST) using similar methodological approach than
HELCOM s HEAT
3.0.
Coordinated activities such as the EU Baltic2Black project are examples of good practices towards
harmonized assessment of the eutrophication status in European seas.
1.5 Clarification of the relevant scientific, technical and policy terminology in relation
to the descriptor.
In addition to the definition of eutrophication (section 1.2), the Task Group report on the Descriptor
5 (JRC 2010) provides a set of scientifically agreed terms and processes (e.g. the definition of
eutrophication and GES definition in, respectively, Table 6 and 8 of the report) in relation to
eutrophication and provides a guidance for the interpretation and application of Descriptor 5.
A glossary of terms commonly used in the Marine Strategy Framework Directive, including terms
related to D5, has been presented and published in the frame of the HARMONY project (2010-2011;
Andersen et al. 2013). The glossary is based upon existing definitions from the Directive and takes
into account terms related to qualitative descriptors, characteristics, and pressures and impacts, as
well as generic terms associated with the implementation of the Directive.
The revision of the Common Understanding document is taken forward through the drafting group
GES (WG GES 12/2014)
6
.
The re isio i ludes a e se tio o Basi u dersta di gs , hi h
aims
at a common interpretation of MSFD concepts and terminology. Annex 1 of the document is an
expanded glossary of MSFD terms.
6
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/d0c8db99-676b-4e79-937f-
4bee634e8daf/GES_12_2014_06_Common_Understanding_final.doc
10
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1.6 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is
recommended to combine several descriptors together).
Eutrophication is a well-defined pressure-based descriptor with clear causative factors and focuses
on the determination of the cause-effect relationship between anthropogenic nutrient inputs and
ecosystem functioning. D5 should be assessed in isolation, as eutrophication represents a main
threat in some of the European regional seas, e.g. the Baltic Sea. As assessment parameters move
further away from direct measurements of nutrient loads and concentrations (i.e. biological
parameters), however, interactions with other descriptors become significant.
D5 is strongly linked with D1, as a pressure on biodiversity; with D6, as eutrophication effects are
seen at the sea floor; and with D3 and D4 as eutrophication also affects fish and shellfish
populations. Impacts from D5 should be taken into account in assessing status under these
descriptors (i.e. cumulative impact assessment). Due to the strong links between the descriptors,
and due to pragmatic considerations of having only a limited number of operational indicators
available, it would be wise to allow the use of single indicators in several linked descriptors (such as
bottom oxygen in D5 and D6, or macrophytes in D5 and D1), and when doing so, the possibility of
double counting should be eliminated when making the initial assessment.
1.7 An analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological
standards for the particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or
need aspects to be specific at region or other scales.
In general, the evaluation of the first phase of the MSFD implementation showed that criteria, and
to some extent indicators and methodological standards, were commonly used across the EU. There
is a differentiation in the assessment methods developed and applied by the RSCs (see Table 1 in
Chapter 3, p.61 in Palialexis et al., 2014), which reflects certain particularities on regional level in line
with an ecosystem-based approach, but also different levels of ambition to achieve GES. Even if the
existing criteria could commonly be applied across EU, the methodological standards might have
operatio al li itatio depe di g o the regio s spe ifi ities,
e.g. the same nutrient level resulting in
different effects depending on the regional hydromorphology and tolerance of the ecosystems in
place.
1.8 The "climate sensitivity" per descriptor (or per criterion).
Eutrophication is mainly caused by anthropogenic nutrient inputs. However, tolerance of the
ecosystems to nutrient pollution can also be modified by climate change. With global warming, the
maximum oxygen concentrations in warmer water would be lower than for colder waters, thus
increasing the likelihood of oxygen depletion. Similarly, the intensification of the thermal
stratification would favour oxygen depletion at depth (Rabalais et al. 2009). Climate change can
affect the annual water flow of rivers potentially increasing or otherwise altering nutrient inflow into
marine waters. Both changes in water temperature and salinity as a result of climate change will
11
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0137.png
affect the overall species composition in the pelagic and benthic environment, interacting thus with
the eutrophication process. There is evidence that degraded water quality from increased nutrient
inputs promotes the development and persistence of specific blooms, including harmful algal
blooms (Heisler et al. 2008). However, under certain environmental conditions, higher water
temperature could also favour the development of cyanobacteria and other planktonic algae,
increasing the likelihood of toxic/anomalous blooms in offshore areas.
Climate sensitivity issues in the Baltic include changes in CDOM (Colored Dissolved Organic Matter)
loads from land, which affect water transparency but also the relative importance of the pelagic and
bacterial food webs. The major driver is the timing and frequency of large inflows, which affects the
deep-water oxygen concentration and the availability of phosphorus for upwelling from the deep
anoxic pool.
More research is needed on how climate change can affect eutrophication, particularly at the level
of the different criteria/indicators.
1.9
An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be
possible or whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the
basis of Article 3(5)).
According to CIS-WFD Guidance document on eutrophication assessment (§ 279),
it is a challe ge
to find quantitative expressions for the response in abundance and taxonomic composition for the
different biological quality elements along the nutrient gradient
. In addition, we can expect
increasing difficulties when establishing concrete quantitative targets as going from criteria 5.1
(nutrients) to 5.3 (indirect effects), with difficulties to differentiate between natural variations and
human impact on the associated criteria elements. For D5, it is thus appropriate to keep a normative
definition of GES at the descriptor level.
2. Analysis of the implementation process
2.1 Based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in-depth
assessments, a detailed summary of the findings of Article 12 relating to the
determination of GES and specifically the use of the Decision criteria and
indicators should be made.
Findings per criterion and indicators for Descriptor 5
All Member States defined GES for Descriptor 5 and most covered all three criteria of Commission
Decision 2010/477/EU in their GES definition in a clear way. Only one Member State made no
reference to these criteria. However, with the exception of one MS, none of the definitions could be
12
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
considered adequate. The main deficiencies relate to incomplete coverage of indicators, a lack of
specificity and threshold or reference values, a lack of clarity on links with the WFD, including a lack
of clarity on the relationship between Good Ecological Status (GEcS) under the WFD and GES under
the MSFD (Palialexis et al., 2014).
Criterion 5.1
Nutrient levels
The majority of Member States covered nutrient concentrations while nutrient ratios were one of
the indicators most often excluded. The nutrient measurements used most frequently by Member
State were dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN) and dissolved inorganic phosphorous (DIP).
Criterion 5.2
Direct effects of nutrient enrichment
All Member States included an indicator based on chlorophyll a (Chl-a) levels in the water column
and the majority of the Member States also covered water transparency. A few excluded water
transparency from their GES definitions due to the low proportion of variability in water (coastal, at
least) that can be attributed to changes in chlorophyll levels. In the HELCOM area the indicators
based on the abundance of opportunistic macroalgae, shifts in floristic composition, effects on
macrophytes, are mostly covered. In the North East Atlantic (NEA), Member States referred to
O“PA‘ s phytopla kto i di ator spe ies
rather than benthic-pelagic shifts. A limited number of NEA
countries also use a bottom invertebrate index in addition to or as an alternative to dissolved oxygen
status. No standard approaches to cover indicators 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 were found in the Mediterranean
although all Mediterranean Member States covered all three criteria of the Commission Decision,
some only used pelagic indicators. In the Black Sea, both Member States covered all criteria but only
one covered benthic indicators.
Criterion 5.3
Indirect effects of nutrient enrichment
Most of the MSs provided GES determinations for criterion 5.3. Dissolved Oxygen was the most
common indicator reported under this criterion. This could contribute to a EU-wide list of potential
methods for eutrophication assessment.
Regional coherence and coherence with EU pieces of legislations for descriptor 5
More than one third of the MS did not mention the WFD in each of the MSFD Articles (8, 9 and 10).
Considerably fewer references have been made on Nitrate Directive and Urban Waste Water
Treatment Directive. The type of reference varies across MS, from a detailed definition (e.g.
reduction of 75% of nitrogen and phosphorus loads) to a more general reference. A direct link
between the two Directives and MSFD Articles 8, 9 & 10 was not observed. Globally, 10% of the MS
considered the Nitrate Directive and 25% the Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive.
References to assessment methods under Regional Sea Conventions were made by most Member
States either in their GES definition or in the accompanying text (Palialexis et al., 2014). The
relatively good level of regional coherence can be explained by the fact that a majority of Member
States based their approaches on established methodologies developed by the Regional Sea
Conventions. However the RSCs have different indicators, assessment methods, and threshold
values and so are not fully compatible. For the Baltic Sea region, reference was made to the HELCOM
13
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0139.png
eutrophication assessment tool (HEAT) by all Baltic Member States except of two. For the North East
Atlantic region, nearly all Member States made reference to the OSPAR Comprehensive Procedure.
Certain Member States have defined GES in terms of achieving OSPAR's 'eutrophication non-
problem' status and most countries appear to have adopted the OSPAR nutrient baseline/threshold
levels, at least for offshore waters (OSPAR sets limits for winter DIN and/or DIP, which should not
exceed 50% from background levels). For the Mediterranean region, only one Member State
mentioned explicitly the MEDPOL approach, while the OSPAR approach appears to have been
followed by two Member States. Romania and Bulgaria did not refer to the Black Sea Convention,
since the Convention had not developed a regional assessment approach for eutrophication at that
time (SWD 2014/49
7
).
Only seven Member States incorporated quantitative thresholds into their definition of GES and
therefore in the majority of cases it is impossible to know whether GES is actually achieved. Overall,
the level of coherence for Descriptor 5 was relatively high in the Baltic and North East Atlantic
regions and moderate in the Black Sea and Mediterranean regions, although differences at sub-
region level were noted (SWD 2014/49).
Findings on methodological standards
As shown on Table 1, there is a great variation in the number of methods reported per indicator. A
total of 16 methodological approaches have been reported for the indicator 5.1.1, while only two for
5.2.2. The nutrient concentration (5.1.1) and Chl-a concentration (5.2.1) in the water column have
been reported by all MS. The lowest proportion of MS references concern the indicator of
abundance of opportunistic macroalgae (5.2.3) and nutrient ratios (5.1.2). Table 1 is a good
indication for the criteria and indicators that require more research, or data or those that are not
frequently used by the MS and could be eliminated to increase the coherence in the implementation
process. The consistency in reported methods across articles 8, 9 and 10 is limited to the most well
studied and widely applied methodologies.
Table 1.
Number of reported methods and percentage of MS reported per indicator and criteria. The last column shows the
most frequent reported method per indicator (table from Palialexis et al., 2014).
Criteria
5.1
5.2
Indicator
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.3.1
5.3.2
No. Methods Reported
16
2
3
2
3
11
6
8
5.3
Percentage of MS reporting
indicator
100
50
100
70
40
70
75
80
Most frequent
DIP & DIN
N:P_ratio
Chlorophyll-a
Water transparency
Opportunistic macroalgae
Pelagic shifts
Perennial seaweeds
Dissolved Oxygen
7
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52014SC0049
14
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
At least one indicator per criterion with an EU-wide range of functionality was reported such as
nutrient concentration (indicator 5.1.1), Chl-a (indicator 5.2.1), water transparency (indicator 5.2.2)
and dissolved oxygen (indicator 5.3.2). This could be the basis for a common EU-wide assessment
framework (i.e. core set of indicators), possibly adjusted to account for regional specificities. This
framework would improve the coherence and comparability of MS' assessment. For eutrophication,
indicators, such as Chl-a, water transparency and nutrients concentration (particularly DIN & DIP)
presented high frequency of use (Palialexis et al., 2014).
2.2 Identification of any questions/issues arising from the application of the current
Decision, including those identified by the Article 12 assessment.
Q1:
Heterogeneity of methodological approaches, thresholds and limits
Possible Answer:
Common agreed and comparable methodological standards on a EU-wide level, but
it should not be so strict that it prevents adaptive management and flexibility to regional and sub-
regional conditions.
Q2:
Different indicators reported per criterion
Possible Answer:
Core set of indicators commonly used across RSCs to ensure the minimum level of
coherence, even if thresholds may need to reflect regional specificities.
Q3:
Spatial inconsistency within and between MS regarding coastal-offshore distinction or number
of subregions reported.
Possible Answer:
Assessment of both coastal and open-sea water with clear boundaries and
thresholds. Coastal waters are assessed using WFD water bodies (using thresholds for biological
quality elements and supporting elements). Several options can then be considered regarding the
assessment of D5 in coastal waters (i.e. WFD waters overlapping with MSFD), according to whether
WFD assessment of ecological status is or is not recognized as a full assessment of D5 (see section
5.3). Synergies in the definition of scales and assessment period between both Directives would
facilitate common monitoring programmes.
Q4: Need to screen standards at EU level or national level.
Possible Answer: For example, the standard NF EN 15972 deals with temporal frequency to monitor
phytoplankton (recommendation for a monthly or bimonthly sampling strategy at the minimum and
a higher frequency during periods of main blooms)
Q5: How to deal with local variations and local hydrodynamic effects in the proposed methodological
standards.
Possible Answer: A Pan European framework to assess eutrophication is possible at least using a
common core set of parameters / indicators as minimum requirement, with potential adjustment to
reflect regional and sub-regional differences in both the pressures and impacts. These differences
need to be considered. RSCs have outstanding experience in dealing with eutrophication problems
and identified methodological standards for their respective basin. Examples of good practices can be
taken from their work.
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0141.png
Q6:
Are the assessments of pressures and impact that derived from other EU legislations suitable for
MSFD requirements for eutrophication?
Possible Answer: The assessment of ecological status under WFD (2000/60/EC) is not an assessment
of eutrophication as required by MSFD D5. However, WFD was also designed to reflect the main
anthropogenic impacts in the coastal zone, including biological elements of direct relevance to
eutrophication. MSFD assessment can then take advantage of these elements assessed under WFD
(new Directive 2014/101/EU amending Annex V of the WFD), and it is most desirable that the WFD
class ou dary good/ oderate’
be in agreement with the MSFD GES boundary. In other words,
where assessment of ecological status in coastal waters results in less than good status due to
nutrient concentrations, this should be taken into account in carrying out MSFD assessment for D5.
2.3 Relevant data from other sources, specific to every descriptor and recent
findings from MS should also be considered.
- WFD assessments
- Assessments of status, pressures and impacts pursued in Regional Sea Conventions
- Data from some relevant EU or regional monitoring programs should be considered in the
assessment to contrast the link between pressures and impact. In particular EMEP (atmospheric
pollution) and RID (river discharges)
- ICES Database: The ICES oceanographic database holds long time series of field observations from
ICES member Countries (HELCOM COMBINE, OSPAR CEMP), of particular importance to
eutrophication assessment.
- MED POL Database, particularly relevant for nutrient and oxygen in the Mediterranean Sea
- EMODNET / SeaDataNet
- Specific types of data (e.g. Earth Observation from satellite) at low and moderate resolution (1-
4km) are freely available for all European Seas through different geoportals such as the Copernicus
marine Monitoring Service
8
, and the JRC Environmental Marine Information System (EMIS)
9
. EMIS
provides the users with basic navigation and data interrogation tools with a range of time-series and
statistical analyses.
Under contract with DG ENV, Deltares Institute (The Netherlands) reported a study for
Development
of a shared data and information system between the EU and the Regional Seas
Co ve tio s
. The report includes a summary of major database in the 4 RSCs and EEA that could be
used to support the reporting objectives under MSFD (incl. D5 eutrophication)
10
.
8
9
http://marine.copernicus.eu
http://emis.jrc.ec.europa.eu
10
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/aff9880d-df5e-44ec-854e-8f098fcff2e5/DIKE_10-2014-
05b_RSCDataReporting_Report.pdf
16
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
2.4 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple
Member States, and shortcomings should be listed systematically.
Good example: very specific reference about using WFD thresholds for good/moderate
status to define MSFD GES in those coastal water bodies currently achieving High Ecological
Status under the WFD.
Shortcoming: only in one MS report in the 2012 MSFD reporting
Good example: report stating in the GES definition that for MSFD GES to be achieved, the
WFD coastal water bodies must be at least of 'good quality' for the WFD biological quality
ele e t 'phytopla kto ' ut ot phyto e thos .
Shortcoming: only in one MS report
Good example: some Member States have defined GES in terms of achieving OSPAR
eutrophication non-problem status.
Good example; Chl-a concentration and dissolved oxygen are the most frequent methods
covering 5.2 and 5.3 criteria that were applied by most of the MS, indicating data availability
and achieving a comparable and coherent implementation.
Good example: Consideration of assessment methods developed and tested by RSCs.
Shortcoming: different approaches in each region with difficulties for countries sharing
waters in several regions.
2.5 Differences and similarities between the regions should be highlighted, where
applicable.
There are a number of reasons to observe major differences in sensitivity and vulnerability of coastal
areas to anthropogenic loading of nutrients. Nutrient seasonal regime and consequently timing of
the annual peak of phytoplankton differ among regions. Different coastal morphology and water
dynamics will affect the functioning of a coastal unit with respect to nutrient inputs, and thus, their
impacts on the ecosystem (Hakanson 2008). In addition, pressure levels (nutrient contaminant
discharges) can be subjected to strong seasonal fluctuations depending of variations in economic
activity (e.g. population level in the Mediterranean littoral fringe abruptly increases in summer).
Consequently, each region and sub-region requires specific thresholds of the parameters that should
take into account the time variability.
The Baltic Sea and the Black Sea are semi-enclosed water environments, which makes them very
differe t fro
true ari e seas like e.g. North “ea or North Atlantic,
and very vulnerable to
eutrophication. In addition, there is in the Baltic a pronounced salinity gradient from high salinities in
the western part bordering the Skagerrak to very low salinities in the eastern parts. The differences
17
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0143.png
comprise physicochemical conditions as well as species composition. This is taken into account by
HELCOM and WFD approaches for the Baltic Sea.
On the other hand, the continental shelf of Northeast Atlantic is largely open to ocean dynamics
restricting eutrophication issues to coastal waters covered for a large proportion by the WFD
boundaries. In countries with narrow continental shelf (e.g. Portugal), eutrophication assessment
out of the WFD boundaries may not be a target for eutrophication assessment according to OSPAR
COMP and its Screening Procedure.
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
3.1 Analysis of the current text of the Decision, identifying in particular those parts
which are best placed in guidance, those parts which are interpretative or
explicative information and those parts which need to be kept in the Decision in
accordance with the mandate provided by the Directive.
The current text of the Decision, concerning D5, is very succinct, including a definition of
eutrophication, some general considerations (interpretative and explicative) on the practical
implementation of the Directive with respect to D5, and the list of criteria and indicators relevant to
assess whether GES has been achieved.
Human-induced eutrophication is minimised, especially adverse effects thereof, such as losses in
biodiversity, ecosystem degradation, harmful algal blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom waters.
This part of the Decision is the objective for Descriptor 5 (see MSFD Annex I). This normative
definition has to be kept in the Decision as there is no scope for revising Annex I MSFD.
The general consideration regarding the implementation of the Directive in relation to D5 is an
attempt to recapture elements of Part A of the Decision that are essential to D5. Part of this text
may need to be adjusted to new legislation documents, whereas other parts could benefit from
more detailed guidance and/or slightly modified such that it becomes clearer that what is needed is
a pan-European approach which can accommodate regional specificities. Such an approach should
aim at a quantitative definition of GES at the level of the criteria or indicator, allowing regionally
adjusted specifications on the assessment methodology within the criteria as long as they are
ecologically justified. In addition, assessment and quantitative targets should draw upon the effort
made in the frame of other EU legislations (specifically WFD) and the experience of the RSCs,
recognizing that RSCs are engaged since many years, through regional Action Plans, to achieve
healthy conditions in their respective seas.
The list of criteria and associated indicators has been set according to physical and chemical features
listed under Annex III Table 1 of MSFD that are strongly related to eutrophication. Some elements of
this list are not presently reported in the Decision under the criteria for D5 (e.g. TOC, invertebrate
18
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0144.png
bottom fauna) in spite of their relation to eutrophication (see section 5.2 for further comments on
criteria and associated indicators).
3.2 The analysis should then include an overall identification of needs for guidance.
The general description for the implementation of Descriptor 5 as provided in the Commission
Decision is rather brief and could therefore benefit from additional guidance on specific issues.
The compatibility and consistency between the MSFD GES and the Good Ecological Status (GEcS)
under the WFD in the zone where these two Directives overlap should be clarified with additional
guidance, also considering the WFD CIS Eutrophication Guidance document No. 23
11
. Analyses and
discussion on a common approach to handle WFD water bodies in MSFD assessment are on-going
within RSCs through specific working group (e.g. HELCOM EUTRO-OPER, OSPAR ICG EUT). Conclusion
on this issue is promptly required to enable reflection in revised Decision.
Assessment scales and data integration/aggregation are not so well defined in 2010/477/EU.
Guidance is needed to ensure coherence on the identification of assessment units
13
. Work by
Deltares Institute
12
under Service Contract with DG ENV aims at EU guidance for coherent
geographical scales in assessment and monitoring GES and for sets of aggregation rules.
Transboundary issues
13
and cooperation with landlocked MSs and/or non-EU countries need to be
further addressed in the context of MSFD taking into consideration on-going analysis under RSCs
(e.g. OSPAR ICG-EMO modelling studies, HELCOM analysis on atmospheric transboundary loads).
3.3 An analysis of what to keep should be made, including specification on what may
be outdated or may need to be aligned with other or new legislations
The text of the Commission Decision regarding D5 could benefit from additional references to new
Commission guidance documents (i.e. Guidance Doc. #23 on Eutrophication Assessment in the
context of European Water Policies), and other policy documents (e. g. COM DEC 2013/480/EC) and
RSCs best practices (e.g. OSPAR 2013, HELCOM 2014).
The number and nature of criteria should be kept as derived from commonly agreed conceptual
models of eutrophication in coastal and marine waters, and adopted or in way to be adopted by
RSCs, However, methodological standards and associated indicators within criteria may be revised
such as to reflect Art. 12 assessment, and ensure better harmonization among MSs, while keeping
enough flexibility of process with respect to regional characteristics.
4. Identification of issues
11
https://circabc.europa.eu/sd/a/9060bdb4-8b66-439e-a9b0-a5cfd8db2217/Guidance_document_23_Eutrophication.pdf
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/publications/pdf/Analytical%20report.pdf
Outcome from MSFD GES workshop on D5, D8 and D9, JRC 23-24/10/2012
12
13
19
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
4.1 Main findings and information that will be used in the next step of the revision
process
A harmonization process between coastal and open sea assessments is required. Moreover, RSCs
should further work on their integration with WFD (for coastal water) and consequently with MSFD
for eutrophication assessment. OSPAR and HELCOM initiatives to create common indicators and
assessment methods, in line with EU legislations (WFD) could be seen as good practices. The
identification of discrepancies in eutrophication assessment should be prioritized as well as the
effort to align RSCs and EU approaches. A harmonization in MS actions for the MSFD implementation
(e.g. HELCOM TARGREV) will reduce the transboundary deviations in the quantification of GES and
targets (Palialexis et al., 2014).
The starting point for a better harmonization would be a consistent and agreed pan-European
common approach (in a broader sense) for the eutrophication assessment with a core set of
commonly used indicators and, possibly, similar aggregation rules. Methodological adjustments (e.g.
optional indicators) at different spatial (e.g. marine regions/subregions, inshore/offshore,
ecosystems) and temporal scales (e.g. seasonality) should be applied (e.g. baseline and threshold) by
RSC/MS in order to reflect the different environmental characteristics (Palialexis et al., 2014) and
notably as regard to the effect of hydromorphology on the eutrophication vulnerability.
The flexibility in the interpretation of MSFD implementation leads MS to select different approaches
in their initial assessment, the definition of GES and the targets. Particularly, the GES and the targets
are reported on pressure level, on impact or on a combination of both. In most cases, especially
when GES and targets are applied on pressures, there are no measurable methodological
approaches accompanied by thresholds and limits. This causes a twofold complication to the
assessment of MSFD implementation: the incomparability to set GES/targets between neighbouring
MS and the inability to assess whether the GES or the targets are achievable. In relation to GES and
targets, MS presented different levels of ambition in the implementation of MSFD, which was clearly
reflected in the number of targets, the precise qualitative metrics and the strict or loose definition of
GES. Differences in ambition levels led to incoherence in the implementation of MSFD, even within
the same region. In order to overcome these inconsistencies, more synergies amongst MS at a
regional level are necessary, taking into account the dissimilarities in ecosystems, infrastructures and
extent of marine waters under each MS jurisdiction (Palialexis et al., 2014). RSCs can play a crucial
role in the development and application of coherent and consistent assessments and
methodological standards.
Clear links should be made between pressures and impacts (Annex III, Table 2 of MSFD) and criteria
and methodological standards (COM DEC 2010/477/EU) and thereafter between Art. 8, 9 and 10,
taking into account the connection with Table 1 in Annex III of MSFD. This should be done in a way
that any pressure or impact will be connected to specific methodological standards that
consequently will be associated with the state elements affected.
Descriptor 5 assessments should be built on (i) fulfilment of WFD and MSFD requirements to
produce, respectively, assessment of Good Ecological Status and D5 assessment for coastal water
bodies; (ii) fulfilment of MSFD requirements to produce an assessment for offshore waters; (iii)
20
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0146.png
compilation of the information from the previous steps into a regional/national eutrophication
assessment.
There is some degree of consistency in parameters used across the four regions (N, P, O2, Chl-a,
water transparency) and these should be retained in the Decision, even though analytical methods
to determine these parameters need better harmonization among MSs. There is much less
consistency in the use of plankton and benthos indicators so that these should be further
reconsidered as part of the D5 assessment methodology, bearing in mind the normative definition of
MSFD Annex I.
The thresholds and limit values for assessing eutrophication status are largely dependent on the
regional and sub-regional conditions. This requires appropriate threshold setting at certain scale.
Such thresholds depend primarily on physico-chemical conditions and at different level on hydro-
morphological conditions. Maps of shallow ocean vulnerability from the hydro-physical perspective
and of chlorophyll-a (as a proxy for phytoplankton biomass) may guide the monitoring strategy
towards hot spots of eutrophication (Druon et al. 2004, JRC 2005). These hydro-physical variables
(e.g. vertical mixing and stratification, residence time and current intensity) can be extracted from
validated ocean models at EU scale. As a first phase of its Common Procedure, OSPAR has adopted a
Screening Procedure to identify non-problem areas with regard to eutrophication using less
information related to hydrodynamic characteristics and proximity of nutrient sources. A full
assessment is then conducted on areas that are not screened out using the screening procedure.
Currently most GES definitions in MS reports lack specific thresholds/reference conditions and
therefore whether GES has been achieved can often not be determined. However, thresholds for the
coastal waters are set for the WFD in the intercalibration exercise. The challenge is to find a common
approach for a eutrophication assessment for all relevant regimes (EU and RSCs), where WFD
thresholds (water body type) have their appropriate place and relevance also under the MSFD with
its (sub)regional focus.
HELCOM and OSPAR have developed eutrophication assessment methodologies that provide a basis
for defining and assessing GES within the Baltic and North East Atlantic. However their approaches
differ and need further consideration on their relative merits. These approaches can provide the
basis for assessing offshore eutrophication. The OSPAR approach is used for the entire OSPAR
maritime area including estuaries (transitional waters), coastal and marine waters.
Commission Decision 2013/480/EU establishes boundaries for GES, e.g. for Chl-a for
coastal/transitional waters and can be a starting point for setting thresholds for offshore waters in a
comparable sense. Any updates derived from the intercalibration exercise should be considered by
MSFD, accordingly.
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9(3))
21
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0147.png
5.1 Conclude on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators, in the light of
the “refined” common understanding, the findings of Art.12 assessment and relevant
international, EU and RSCs legislations and approaches
The three existing criteria are adequately covering the assessment of eutrophication, although there
is no direct link with the assessment of the pressures (e.g. assessment of sources of nutrient and
organic matter enrichment).
The general character of the current COM DEC 2010/477/EU criteria is not easy to be quantified,
leading to GES definitions on a lower level (indicators and methodological standards). The evaluation
of significance of the current criteria and indicators for the D5 MSFD implementation and for the
review process should also consider the results from the Art. 12 in-depth assessment (Palialexis et
al., 2014) on the frequency of their use. The implementation of the eutrophication Descriptor for the
2012 MSFD reporting was more complete and coherent compared to other Descriptors, due to the
maturity of the relevant scientific approaches and established assessment frameworks in RSCs and
EU. The criteria and indicators in the COM DEC 2010/477/EU proved to be very important for the
MS. Thus, we are framing our proposal for the review on the basis of the existing criteria and
indicators for Descriptor 5. However, the evaluation of the implementation (Art. 12 reports and JRC's
in-depth assessment) revealed that there is still room for a more coherent and comparable
implementation towards GES achievement. The review process and particularly the following
proposals are intending to cope with the aforementioned issues.
5.2 Recommendation on which criteria to retain, which to amend and any to remove.
Proposed criteria and methodological standards:
Criterion 5.1: Nutrients enrichment
GES definition: Nutrient concentrations should not exceed those boundaries leading to
eutrophication in nearby coastal and marine areas, and elsewhere (transboundary effects).
Methodological standards and GES boundaries:
The analysis of the methodological standards reported for the first phase of the MSFD
implementation (Palialexis et al., 2014) showed that all MS are assessing nutrient concentrations
(5.1.1). Winter DIN and DIP are the most frequently assessment elements for nutrient concentration
(although annual concentrations is used by some MSs). It is recommended to retain these
concentrations (seasonal or annual means) in the methodology and to have defined thresholds at
suitable scales.
In the frame of WFD, nutrient boundaries in coastal and transitional waters are established by each
MS. WFD CIS ECOSTAT group is now working on evaluating whether these boundaries are consistent
with biological boundaries set through the intercalibration process.
The ratio N:P (5.1.2) is also a commonly assessed indicator as it is readily derived from previous
nutrient estimates (5.1.1). Its usefulness, however, may need additional investigation at regional
22
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0148.png
level before being used within operational assessment methods. There is evidence of high natural
variability of N:P at different scales
a d large di ersio fro the sta dard ‘edfield ratio . The
natural processes affecting this ratio cannot be easily separated from anthropogenic eutrophication
effect, making this indicator less useful for management purpose. Suggestion is to remove it from
the assessment methodology or to use it as supporting indicator.
Criterion 5.2: Direct effects of nutrient enrichment
GES definition: Direct effects of nutrient enrichment in the water column should not exceed
thresholds established for the elements identified in the methodological standards
Methodological standards and GES boundaries:
Chlorophyll-a (5.2.1) is an important element of the assessment, sufficiently reported by MSs and
more detailed guidance on this approach can be developed acknowledging the existing guidance and
approaches for WFD (document No 23). In coastal waters, thresholds are set up for chlorophyll-a in
the frame of WFD intercalibration. These thresholds need to be applied, and thresholds set up for
Chlorophyll-a outside coastal waters should be harmonized with WFD. Satellite remote sensing,
buoys and ships of opportunity should also be considered as cost-effective approaches for the
estimation of chlorophyll-a concentration in the open waters.
Water transparency (5.2.2) is also used by most of the MSs in their initial assessment. Many
evidences showed that water transparency is inversely related to phytoplankton biomass (Fleming-
Lehtinen and Laamanen 2012). However, transparency is also depending on total suspended
(inorganic) matter (TSM) and chromophoric (or colored) dissolved organic matter (CDOM). Water
bodies loaded with material other than algae are not productive due to the reduction of light
availability by, e.g., suspended sediments (e.g. Gironde estuary and main plume, rivers main plumes
after a coastal flood). Caution should then be taken to assess water transparency only in relation to
chlorophyll levels, provided a threshold can be identified. It is thus recommended to keep this
indicator in the Decision revision, with option to use it as supporting element.
Abundance of opportunistic macroalgae (5.2.3): Less than 50% of MSs used this element in their
assessment of eutrophication, even though this biological element should be fully covered by WFD
in coastal waters. For consistency with WFD, it is recommended to keep this element in the MSFD
assessment of D5 in coastal waters, and use WFD boundaries. The extension of this element in
offshore waters depends on (sub)regional characteristics (e.g. nature of substrate, bathymetry, light
penetration).
“pe ies shifts…anomalous
bloom events… 5.2.4): This indicator of D5 is not well defined and
clarified in the Commission Decision. As a result, a large number of methods and parameters were
reported, decreasing assessment comparability and consistency between MS. It is recommended to
amend that element of the Decision on the basis of further guidance on specific methods and
metrics that should be used.
23
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0149.png
Note: WFD considers Chl-a as one of the constituents of the biological quality element
Phytoplankton in coastal and transitional waters; it also includes (or should consider to include)
species shifts in floral composition and events of nuisance/toxic blooms. Specific and agreed
thresholds in COM Decision 2013/480/EU cover this only partly, and work is on-going in WFD
Intercalibration to fill the gap covering the full Phytoplankton BQE.
Criterion 5.3: Indirect effects of nutrient enrichment
GES definition: Indirect effects of nutrient enrichment should not exceed thresholds established for
the elements identified in the methodological standards
Methodological standards and GES boundaries:
Abundance of perennial seaweeds and seagrasses are adversely impacted by decreases in water
transparency (5.3.1): This element has been reported by a substantial proportion of MSs. It is also an
element within WFD assessment of Good Ecological Status. Commission Decision 2013/480/EU
defines specific and agreed ecological quality ratio limits for national Macroalgae and Angiosperm
evaluation methodologies. A better connection and identification of the overlaps between 5.3
criterion and WFD is needed. As for indicator 5.2.3, its application in offshore waters depends on
(sub)regional characteristics.
Dissolved oxygen (5.3.2) concentration is an important element of the assessment in relation to D5,
and was reported by most of the MS in the first phase of MSFD implementation. It should be kept in
the Commission Decision, but better harmonisation of the methods/metrics between MSs is
recommended. Oxygen in bottom layer is an important measurement as it controls the state of the
fauna at the seabed. Note, however, that vertical profile of oxygen is also recommended to assess
bottom/surface difference.
5.3 Proposals for new criteria, if needed.
No new criteria are required. However proposal is to have a core set of indicators to be commonly
used at EU level (pan-European approach) for operational assessment: nutrient concentrations
(5.1.1), Chlorophyll-a (5.2.1), water transparency (5.2.2), oxygen level in bottom layer (5.3.2). Even
though thresholds for these indicators may reflect regional specificities, their measurements and
metrics should be better harmonized among MS.
In coastal waters (i.e. MSFD waters overlapping with WFD water bodies), MSFD assessment should
be implemented so as to ensure consistency and complementarity with WFD. A number of quality
elements used under WFD are highly relevant for eutrophication assessment such that WFD results
can be directly adopted to provide D5 assessment (see also the Guidance Document # 23 on
eutrophication assessment in the context of European water policies). This implementation option
reflects the MSFD directive stating that coastal waters should be covered by MSFD only
in so far as
particular aspects of the environmental status of the marine environment are not already addressed
through the WFD.
On the other hand, WFD does not explicitly refer to eutrophication in the MSFD
24
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
sense, and its implementation cycle is different than for MSFD. Therefore, a direct use of WFD
results in coastal waters would definitively require strengthening the coordination of
implementation between WFD and MSFD. The on-going work of ECOSTAT to evaluate the
compatibility between nutrient boundaries and biological elements, including in coastal waters, can
be seen as a step toward consistency between both Directives.
Other implementation options in coastal (WFD) waters would be to use all marine observations
made under WFD (in isolation or combination with offshore observation) and to re-assess these
waters under MSFD, recognizing that the assessment of ecological status under WFD is not an
assessment of eutrophication as required by MSFD, but it is nonetheless desirable that WFD and
MSFD reach to a comparable assessment concerning eutrophication.
Independently of implementation options, it should be noted that this issue to handle WFD water
bodies need further analysis/guidance taking into account the respective requirements of the two
Directives in coastal waters such that duplication of work can be avoided in this extensive area of
overlap.
Suggestions for criteria elements (not part of core set of indicators):
- Combining total nitrogen (TN) and total phosphorus (TP) with DIN and DIP as indicators in the
assessment of criteria 5.1 may strengthen confidence in the eutrophication assessment. These are
robust parameters that can be monitored throughout the year and with spatio-temporal variability
complementing that of DIN and DIP.
- Proposal to better focus indicator 5.2.4 on anomalous/toxic bloom events (frequency, duration), as
long as a direct relationship with excess of nutrient inputs can be established.
- Pelagic shifts are difficult to assess (long-term changes
vs
short-term and local events) and would
require significant monitoring efforts. This indicator should not be kept in the assessment of D5.
It is recommended not to use zoobenthos or macrozoobenthos in the assessment of D5, as this
indicator can react to other pressures than eutrophication (Kotta et al. 2009). In case the state of
zoobenthos is indeed linked to eutrophication, it is directly associated with oxygen levels in bottom
layer, and thus not so essential to be considered as an additional element of the assessment.
5.4 Rationale and proposal, where appropriate, for defining GES threshold values and
reference points, based on established and agreed scientific methods for quantifying and
applying GES boundaries, or for a normative definition of GES
MSFD criteria are partly consistent with the existing WFD elements/parameters, and ideally MSFD
can take advantage of the WFD tools and thresholds and should use these observations for the
MSFD GES assessment in coastal waters (i.e. overlapping waters between the two Directives),
though additional parameters and harmonization in assessment methodology might be needed to
fulfil also MSFD requirements for D5.
Annex V of the WFD (2000/60/EC) lists 6 European standards covering the biological and physic-
chemical monitoring in transitional and coastal waters. A new Commission Directive (2014/101/EU)
25
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0151.png
amending this Annex V now includes 20 published standards that will be maintained and updated on
a regular basis through the Harmonization work programme (2015-2021) and collaboration with the
European Committee for Standardization (CEN).
More work on establishing thresholds is required for offshore assessment of eutrophication. In
adapting to MSFD requirements, RSCs assessment methodologies are based (or will be based) on
similar criteria structure. However, the way thresholds are set and aggregation/ integration is
achieved slightly differ. Better alignment of these assessment procedures (e.g. aggregation rules)
and threshold setting between MSs within their respective sea-areas or sub-basins is recommended
to ensure harmonization and similar level of motivation to achieve GES.
Methods covering great spatial areas and providing low-cost comparable data (e.g. remote sensing,)
could be applied for offshore eutrophication assessment.
5.5 Link to possible future EEA indicator.
EEA maintains and updates two eutrophication indicators at a Pan-European scale:
CSI021
Nutrients in transitional, coastal and marine waters
The indicator currently uses oxidized
nitrogen (nitrite + Nitrate) and orthophosphate winter concentrations.
CSI023
Chlorophyll in transitional, coastal and marine waters
The indicator considers the mean
summer concentration of chlorophyll-a in the uppermost 10m of the water column.
For both indicators, the use of RSCs data and assessment methodology and WFD boundaries in their
classification has been proposed as an improvement to the indicators.
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9(3))
6.1 Proposals for (new) methodological standards to be applied to the criteria in order
to assess whether GES has been achieved for the descriptor (e.g. aggregation/integration
methods across the criteria and across the quality elements).
The cross-cutting workshop (January 2015) of the review process concluded on some general
directions on aggregating assessments and scales
14
. It was suggested to assess GES through a
number of building blocks and aggregate them at descriptor or other appropriate level. The building
blocks for D5 are the criteria that would be initially assessed whether they are in GES or not by the
14
https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/75f0a8e9-ec48-4957-bdb5-58169b934cc7
26
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0152.png
associated methodological standards. There are two levels within the D5 where aggregation rules
have to be applied: I) across the criteria and II) within each criterion across the methodological
standards. For both levels, a number of different approaches can be used for combining indicators or
criteria into an overall assessment of eutrophication (see Borja et al. 2014 for review of
aggregation/integration methods). Within criteria, averaging or weighted averaging of indicators
may be considered, as it is a simple method and commonly used. Across criteria, the One-Out-All-
Out (OOAO) approach is commonly used by HELCOM CPs to assess eutrophication status for the
Baltic Sea from the HEAT assessment tool (see below). Its application undeniably results in a worse
case, as depending on the criteria with the lowest status, and thus reflects high ambition to achieve
GES. Being also used in WFD, OOAO could contribute to a better harmonization between the two
Directives.
As concluded in the cross-cutting workshop however, a general application of OOAO particularly
within pressure-based descriptor is not straightforward, highly dependent on the quality of the data
a d ith te de y to u deresti ate the real status of the ater ody Da ey a d Be es
2011;
Borja et al. 2014, Moe et al. 2015). Further guidance would be needed on aggregating scheme within
each pressure-based descriptor, including D5.
RSCs example
HELCOM and its CPs use a transparent, commonly agreed assessment method that combines
nutrient levels, direct and indirect eutrophication effects. The method is based on a revised version
of the HELCOM Eutrophication Assessment Tool (HEAT 3.0; Fleming-Lehtinen et al. 2015).
Assessment is carried out according to three steps:
-
-
-
“tep
i di ator le el ith esti ate of a eutrophi atio ratio E‘ for ea h i di ator
element based on a defined indicator target and measured indicator status.
Step 2 (criteria level) aggregation of indicator ratio for each D5 criterion using a weighted
average of ER values within the criteria
Step 3 (descriptor level) new criteria ER values are then combined into an integrated
assessment of eutrophication status using the one-out-all-out principle
The method is applied for each assessment unit in the Baltic, and supplemented by a Final
Confidence Rating by scoring the adequacy of the data used for estimating indicator targets and
status
9
.
Recent testing and comparative exercise (EUTRO-OPER 4-2015) showed that HEAT 3.0 could also be
used in coastal waters as most discrepancies with WFD assessment occur between the lower classes
(i.e. moderate, poor and bad). Recommendation for these waters, however, is to combine HEAT
assessment with the same parameters as those required by WFD. For the North Sea, a similar
assessment tool based on HEAT has been developed by the HARMONY project
NEAT (North Sea
Eutrophication Assessment Tool)
and is in principle ready for application in OSPAR maritime area.
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and
assessment (in accordance with Art. 11(4))
27
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0153.png
7.1 Proposals for specifications on methods for monitoring (i.e. the collection of data
needed for assessment of each criterion, including parameters, units of measurement
and data quality requirements), which aim at ensuring the comparability of monitoring
results, on the basis of JRC / ICES / RSC survey protocols, relevant
European/international standards (e.g. ISO/CEN) and Article 12 findings.
Monitoring should provide relevant data to support suitable indicators in order to assess if GES has
been achieved or is maintained, as well as to measure progress towards environmental targets and
evaluate the effectiveness of measures to achieve or maintain GES. A specific guidance document
(JRC 2014b) summarizes minimum standards and concepts to be considered in developing
monitoring programmes with a series of agreed recommendations to be applied. One of the
recommendations is that monitoring programmes have to be coordinated, compatible, coherent,
consistent and comparable.
In 2013, three Pilot-Projects (BALSAM in the Baltic, IRIS-SES in the Mediterranean and Black Sea, JMP
NS/CS in the North Sea) were launched as part of DG ENV initiative for coordination and support
action to support coherent and comparable implementation of MSFD with focus on monitoring
programmes. The objectives are to show benefits and challenges of joint monitoring network and
multi-use of existing platform, increasing efficiency and reducing costs, and promote cooperation
among research institutions within selected regions. A specific objective (e.g. IRIS-SES) is to
elaborate guidelines for sampling across the various disciplines in order to meet MSFD
requirements. Although IRIS-SES is mainly focused on monitoring programme, significant effort is
being done in analyzing the methodological standards used by the several European Mediterranean
countries implied in this cooperative project. It is expected that these projects (ending in May 2015)
will provide recommendations for better harmonization and coordination of monitoring efforts and
collection of data to support MSFD needs.
Some RSCs have already established coordinated monitoring plans (e.g. OSPAR 2014
15
, HELCOM
Joint Coordinated Monitoring System
16
) applying the basic monitoring principles set out by a group
of experts and consultation with WG GES
17
and summarized in JRC monitoring guidance (JRC
2014b)..
7.2 Proposals for specifications on methods for assessment, which aim at ensuring
comparability of assessment results, including aggregation of monitoring data within an
assessment area for a particular criterion and if necessary aggregation across
assessment areas up to larger areas (e.g. (sub) region scales), and based on general
guidance prepared on scales and aggregation rules and taking account of JRC / ICES /
RSC inventories and Article 12 findings.
15
16
OSPAR 2014. OSPAR Coordinates Monitoring in the North-East Atlantic. OSPAR Commission, Publication # 622/2014.
http://helcom.fi/action-areas/monitoring-and-assessment/monitoring-and-assessment-strategy
17
https://circabc.europa.eu/d/a/workspace/SpacesStore/6902dba0-53e4-4cf4-8483-
689fc1daffdb/Recommendation%20for%20monitoring%20-%202%20May%202013.doc
28
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0154.png
The cross-cutting workshop outcome on
assessment scales
18
, in relation to elements, is that
multiple scales would need to be selected so that data being collected ensures appropriate coverage
of the needs and no data gaps are observed. Overall, one scale does not fit all elements, and there is
a need for a system that address the different needs.
Define scales at each stage of process:
Process
1
2
Define GES
Defi e i di ators for assess e t
Scale
(sub)Region
(sub)Region and possibly EU level
3
Collect the data (monitoring)
National, considering WFD for coastal
waters and MSFD offshore
National, considering WFD for coastal
waters and MSFD offshore
4
Process the data for use in indicator
assessment
5
Aggregate the data and assess indicator
Sub(Regional) and 'national' sub-basins
For eutrophication, geographical scaling and spatial data aggregation may reflect regional
differences in the DPSIR relationships. The degree of nutrient enrichment usually varies at the
level of sub-region or even locally and its impact on the coastal zone and marine waters depends
on the morphology and hydrodynamic characteristics of the area. Geographic scales for
assessment of D5 should then consider all these aspects and need to be chosen to ensure that
local impacts remain detectable, in order to inform measures (see Deltares 2013).
A risk-based approach (as referred in the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU) should be effective
for D5 assessment, enabling geographical prioritization and efficient monitoring schemes over
small and medium-scale areas impacted by nutrient enrichment. OSPAR Screening Procedure is
identifying obvious non-problem areas with regard to eutrophication, allowing to better
concentrate assessment and monitoring plans on other areas. It is important however that such
s ree i g pro edure e repeated at regular ti
e intervals to ensure that the risk of
eutrophication is not increasing. In the case of HELCOM, eutrophication is a regional issue
affecting the entire Baltic. Contracting Parties have thus agreed to use a common nested,
hierarchical approach allowing assessment at different scales depending on the needs (sub-basin
scale for D5).
The report by Deltares Institute (Deltares 2013) analyses the different schemes adopted by
regions and MSs, following the initial assessment reporting. This analysis should be followed by a
guidance document on how to deal with spatial scales and aggregation in the context of MSFD.
18
https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/75f0a8e9-ec48-4957-bdb5-58169b934cc7
29
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0155.png
8. Rational and technical background for proposed revision
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals.
The proposed revision of the Commission Decision with respect to D5 should focus on clarifying
specific aspects of its implementation to ensure that a similar level of ambition to achieve or
maintain GES is applied by all MS, taking into consideration recent/on-going exercises and
methodological improvements conducted in the frame of RSCs.
Eutrophication is a well-defined environmental issue with clear causative factors. D5 is specifically
focusing on the determination of the functional relationship between anthropogenic nutrients and
ecosystem functioning. For this reason and on the basis of many years of studies, the criteria for D5
have been structured from the pressure (nutrients) to the direct and indirect effects. This structure
reflects a well-established and commonly accepted conceptual model of eutrophication in coastal
and marine waters (JRC 2010, Ferreira et al. 2011). There are no basic reasons to modify or revise
this overall structure of the descriptor.
Resulting from the MS initial reporting and Article 12 assessment, a core set of indicators commonly
applied at EU level and covering the three criteria can be identified, even though better
harmonization of the metrics and measurements is needed. In coastal waters, MSFD assessment
needs to consider WFD assessment elements, selecting best option for integrating WFD
observations/ecological elements. In offshore waters, RSCs assessment methodological standards
would be the basis for D5 assessment integrating the core set of indicators, possibly supported by
additional indicators reflecting regional specificities. Aggregation rules and threshold setting need to
be better harmonized among RSCs.
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in
Common Understanding document)
30
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0156.png
9.1 Where aspects are identified which should be usefully laid down but not as part of
the decision, these elements should be specified and a proposal should be made in which
way they should be laid down, e.g. interpretative guide for the application of the future
Decision or CU guidance document or technical background document.
A eutrophication assessment template could be laid down in a technical background document (e.g.
HELCOM is currently preparing a HEAT assessment manual that could be generalized).
10.
Background documents
Review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD Annex III Approach and outline for the
process, (EC- Committee/07/2013/03rev, 2013);
First steps in the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive - Assessment
in accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2008/56/EC, (CSWD, 2014);
Article 12 Technical Assessment, (Milieu ltd, 2014);
Marine Strategy Framework Directive - Descriptor 3, (ICES, 2012);
Common Understanding of (Initial) Assessment, Determination of Good Environmental
Status (GES) & Establishment of Environmental Targets (Articles 8, 9 & 10 MSFD), (DG GES,
2014);
In-depth assessment
of the EU Me
and 10, EUR26473EN (JRC 2014)
er “tates “u
issio s for the M“FD u der arti les ,9
Review of Methodological Standards Related to the Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Criteria on Good Environmental Status (JRC, 2011)
Guida e / Ter s of ‘efere e for the task groups riteria a d
for the Good E ologi al “tatus GE“ des riptors
(JRC, 2010)
ethodologi al sta dards
CSWP (2011) on the Relationship between the initial assessment of marine waters and the
criteria for good environmental status.
COM DEC (2013/480/EU). COMMISSION DECISION of 20 September 2013 establishing,
pursuant to Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, the values
of the Member State monitoring system classifications as a result of the intercalibration
exercise and repealing Decision 2008/915/EC. Official Journal of the European Union, L 266
HELCOM, 2014. Eutrophication status of the Baltic Sea 2007-2011 - A concise thematic
assessment. Baltic Sea Environment Proceedings No. 143
11.
References
Andersen et al. 2013. A glossary of terms commonly used in the Marine Strategy Framework
Directive. Aarhus University, Technical Report from DCE- Danish Centre for Environment and
Energy, No.16.
http://www2.dmu.dk/Pub/TR16.pdf
31
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0157.png
Borja A. et al. 2014. Tales from a thousand and one ways to integrate marine ecosystem
components when assessing the environmental status. Frontiers in Marine Science / Marine
Ecosystem Ecology 1: 1-20.
Davey A., and V. Bewes, 2011 (draft). Statistical review of the one-out, all out rule for
classifying water bodies. WRc plc Environment Agency Report ref. 14713-0/RH.
http://www.wfduk.org/sites/default/files/Media/Wildlife%20and%20Countryside%20Link%
20Statistical%20review%20of%201OAO_18%20November%202011.pdf
Deltares 2013. Service request: Coherent geographic scales and aggregation rules in
assessment and monitoring of Good Environmental Status
Analysis and conceptual phase.
Analytical
report,http://ec.europa.eu/environment/marine/publications/pdf/Analytical%20report.pdf
Druon J.-N. et al. 2004. Comparative assessment of large scale marine eutrophication: North
Sea and Adriatic Sea as case studies. Marine Ecology Progress Series 272: 1-23.
Ferreira et al. 2011. Overview of eutrophication indicators to assess environmental status
within the European Marine Strategy Framework Directive. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf
Science 93: 117-131.
Fleming-Lehtinen V. and M. Laamanen 2012. Long-term changes in Secchi depth and the role
of phytoplankton in explaining light attenuation in the Baltic Sea. Estuarine, Coastal and
Shelf Science, 102-103: 1-10.
Fleming-Lehtinen et al. 2015. Recent developments in assessment methodology reveal that
the Baltic Sea eutrophication problem is expanding. Ecological Indicators 48:380-388.
Hakanson L. 2008. Factors and criteria to quantify coastal area sensitivity/vulnerability to
eutrophication: presentation of a sensitivity index based on morphometrical parameters.
International Revue of Hydrobiology, 3: 372-388.
HELCOM 2014. Eutrophication Status of the Baltic Sea 2007-2011. Baltic Sea Environment
Proceedings No. 143.
Heisler J. et al. 2008. Eutrophication and harmful algal blooms: a scientific consensus.
Harmful Algae, 8: 3-13.
JRC 2010. Ferreira et al. Marine Strategy Framework Directive Task Group 5 Report
Eutrophication. JRC Scientific and Technical Report. EUR 24338 EN.
JRC 2005. Djavidnia et al. Oxygen depletion risk indices
OXYRISK & PSA v2.0: new
developments, structure and software content. JRC Scientific and Technical Report. EU
21509 EN.
JRC 2014a. Palialexis A. et al. In-depth
assess e t of the EU Me
the MSFD under articles 8,9 and 10, EUR26473EN.
er “tates “u
issio s for
JRC 2014b. Zampoukas N. et al. Technical guidance on monitoring for the Marine Strategy
Framework Directive. JRC Scientific and Policy Report. EUR 26499 EN.
32
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Kotta J., I. Kotta, M. Simm, and M. Põllupüü 2009. Separate and interactive effects of
eutrophication and climate variables on the ecosystem elements of the Gulf of Riga.
Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 84: 509-518.
Moe S.J. et al. 2015. Integrated assessment of ecological status and misclassification of lakes:
The role of uncertainty and index combination rules. Ecological Indicators 48: 605-615.
OSPAR 2013. Common Procedure for the identification of the eutrophication status of the
OSPAR maritime area. OSPAR Commission Agreement 2013-08.
Palialexis A., Tornero A. V., Barbone E., Gonzalez D., Hanke G., Cardoso A. C., Hoepffner N.,
Katsanevakis S., Somma F., Zampoukas N., 2014. In-Depth Assessment of the EU Member
“tates “u issio s for the Mari e “trategy Fra e ork Dire ti e
under articles 8, 9 and 10.
EUR
Scientific and Technical Research series. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the
European Union. EUR 26473 EN, 149 pp. doi: 10.2788/64014.
Piha H., Zampoukas, N. (2011). Review of methodological standards related to the Marine
Strategy Framework Directive criteria on Good Environmental Status. EUR 24743 EN. Office
for Official Publications of the European Communities, Luxembourg.
Rabalais N.N. et al. 2009. Global change and eutrophication of coastal waters. ICES Journal of
Masrine Science, 66: 1528-1537.
UNEP/MAP 2012.
33
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0159.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0160.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
operational with the current evidence base. The manual has therefore been rewritten to update and improve the current
approach of damage to the seafloor and condition of benthic community. In particular, forms of pressure on the seafloor
other than physical damage and functional aspects of the benthic community have been further emphasized.
The work on Descriptor 1 was taken over by JRC and that on Descriptor 11 has been carried out by TG Noise.
Suggestions
Next steps for implementation of the GES Descriptors for the period 2015–2018
In response to requests from EU Member States, and informally from the European Commission, ICES recommends the
following as next steps to aid implementation of Descriptors 1, 3, 4, and 6 of the MSFD.
Cross-cutting work
1.
Gaps and overlaps across descriptors. The challenges when considering state (including biodiversity) and function
need to be considered across Descriptors 1, 3, 4, and 6. The concepts of trophic guild, taxonomic grouping, habitat
type, and fish stock need to be combined in a way that accounts for the functional requirements of the state
descriptors to ensure efficient implementation of the MSFD. This scientific work is needed before the revision of
the Commission decision is finalized; it is therefore relatively urgent. ICES recommends a preparatory project,
followed by a final 4- to 5-day workshop to agree ways to reconcile functionality with conservation objectives in
state descriptors. The outcomes of the workshop should be internationally peer-reviewed.
Aggregation within Descriptors 3, 4, and 6 (including spatial integration). Further guidance is required by EU
Member States (and European bodies) on approaches to aggregate indicators proposed to assess Descriptors 3,
4, and 6. Aggregation of assessments of different indicators should take the varying qualities of each indicator
into account, both in terms of their pressure–state relationships and to the levels of uncertainty in their
estimation. The issue of spatial extent in relation to overall assessment should also be considered. This guidance
is needed for the 2018 reporting round and should be carried out by the Regional Seas Commissions as a
combination of science and management decisions. ICES would be able to help in providing science support and
comparing regional responses.
2.
Descriptor 3
ICES recommends developmental work to underpin the implementation of Criterion 3.3 and proposes a preliminary suite
of candidate indicators (see Annex 1). These indicators capture three relevant properties representing the state of fish
populations and pressure exerted on those populations: i) size distribution of the species (state), ii) selectivity pattern of
the fishery exploiting the species (pressure), and iii) genetic effects of exploitation on the species (state).
The following steps, involving a series of workshops, are required to make these proposals operational before 2017:
1.
Indicator selection and evaluation against ICES criteria (ICES, 2014a, 2014b) using selected representative fish
stocks. The selected stocks should exhibit different characteristics (e.g. long-lived, short-lived, pelagic, demersal,
elasmobranchs) and be selected from a range of regions with the aim to select one validated indicator per
property. The selection of example stocks should consider data availability, the stock dynamics should exhibit
contrast (both in terms of productivity and exploitation). Data will be collated using a formal data call and should
include both catch/landings and age-at-length data, and survey information. Guidelines will be provided on the
type of stocks for which each indicator is relevant. Workshops with scientists with experience in fisheries science
from across Europe will be needed. The properties of underlying data, knowledge base, construction of
operational indicators, and sensitivities to underlying assumptions will be explored.
Evaluation of GES for Criterion 3.3 for selected stocks. Primary indicators will be processed similar to those in
criteria 3.1 and 3.2; where the knowledge on the characteristics of the indicator and its reference level should
enable the identification of the requirements for GES. Secondary indicators will also be considered. Workshops
will be needed and would follow step 1.
Applying methods for Criterion 3.3 to regional evaluations. Taking the methods developed to make an evaluation
of GES using example regions to further test the applicability of the approaches. This may be possible at a
workshop under Step 2 above or could be included as part of the work of ICES integrated ecosystem assessment
groups.
2.
3.
2
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0161.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Descriptor 4
ICES recommends further developmental work to underpin the implementation of Descriptor 4 and proposes that the
challenges need to be addressed in the following ways:
1.
Uncertainty and GES. Three major sources of uncertainty affect the ability to determine Descriptor 4 indicator
bounds (and similarly for other descriptors) and the interpretation of change in indicators in relation to GES: i)
statistical uncertainty with respect to measuring indicators, ii) uncertainty reflecting whether the values for
indicators relate to desirable or undesirable states, and iii) how direct and indirect linkages between indicators
and pressures affect Descriptor 4 indicator behaviour. Building upon existing projects, ICES recommends an
international peer-reviewed advisory process to provide methods to address these issues for all recommended
indicators (see Annex 2) in 2016.
Consistent regional and pan-regional interpretations of indicators, limits, and estimation methods. ICES notes the
suggestion to bring together experts to progress consistency in interpretation is important both within and
between regional seas (HELCOM–OSPAR, 2014). If requested, existing ICES working groups could be tasked with
developing agreed international guidelines to ensure consistent interpretations of indicators, limits, and
estimation methods in 2016–2017 in order to feed through to EU-wide assessments.
Further development of Descriptor 4 indicators. This work is required to consider the differing influences of
environmental variability and anthropogenic activity on considerations of GES for Descriptor 4. Indicator
development should specifically investigate the role of lower trophic guilds on the likely assessment of GES for
Descriptor 4, the role of size in foodweb stability, and management strategy evaluations of the sensitivity of
Descriptor 4 indicators to anthropogenic pressures. Much of this work should be carried out through projects,
but a workshop to bring together the outputs of the projects and updating the foodweb advice should be planned
for 2017.
2.
3.
Descriptor 6
ICES recommends further developmental work to underpin the implementation of D6 and proposes the following
actions:
1. Develop and test standards for assessing human pressures on benthic habitats within and between MSFD regions.
ICES in collaboration with the RSCs can provide peer-reviewed guiding principles that ensure alignment between GES
boundaries for seafloor integrity to support regional indicator development and to avoid conflicting results between
regions.
Identify where the collection of additional information is needed (ICES working groups are evaluating this for the
OSPAR area; similar processes are needed for other regional seas);
Agree the list of key functions to be addressed across and within MSFD regions using the recommended
Descriptor 6 indicators;
For each indicator, evaluate the applicability of existing concepts for setting GES boundaries and where possible
identify critical values that could be used for these boundaries. This will need a dedicated workshop in 2017.
2. Habitats and issues of scale. Long-term action is needed to select habitats and address the role of scale and of
connectivity in setting GES boundaries for the sea-floor. This work could take place in one workshop in 2018 and
would include:
Agreeing the list of habitats to be assessed;
Resolving issues of scale by defining, e.g. at what EUNIS hierarchical level habitats are going to be addressed.
3. Assessment of recoverability of seafloor integrity. No standards or methods exist for this key attribute of marine
ecosystems. Development of such standards could be carried out in a project.
Basis of the advice
The European Commission is in the process of reviewing and potentially revising the Decision on criteria and
methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters (EU, 2010).
As part of this process, ICES was tasked in early 2014 with Descriptors 3 (Populations of commercially exploited fish and
shellfish), 4 (Foodwebs), and 6 (Sea-floor integrity). A series of workshops held in autumn 2014 provided guidance
reports with dedicated recommendations (ICES, 2014a, 2014c, 2014e). The results of the workshops were used to update
“templates” provided by the European Commission to form first drafts of Descriptor “manuals” (ICES, 2014b, 2014d,
2014f). Following a meeting of the MSFD Common Implementation Strategy Working Group on Good Environmental
Status (WGGES) in October 2014, further work and clarification was requested from ICES in December 2014 (see request
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0162.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
below). As a result further workshops were held in Copenhagen in February 2015 (ICES, 2015a, 2015b). The results of
these second workshops have been used in updating the templates (attached as Annexes 1–3).
Sources and references
EU. 2010. Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters. Commission
Decision 2010/477/EU of 1 September 2010.
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2010:232:0014:0024:EN:PDF.
HELCOM–OSPAR. 2014. Communication paper resulting from the joint meeting of HELCOM CORESET II and OSPAR ICG-COBAM. 1
October 2014, Gothenburg, Sweden. 33 pp.
ICES. 2014a. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD Decision Descriptor 3 – commercial fish and shellfish
(WKGMSFDD3), 4–5 September 2014, ICES HQ, Denmark. ICES CM 2014\ACOM:59. 47 pp.
ICES. 2014b. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive Descriptor 3 – Commercially exploited fish and
shellfish.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.3.
ICES. 2014c. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 4 Foodwebs, 26–27 August 2014, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM
2014\ACOM:60. 23 pp.
ICES. 2014d. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 4 – Foodwebs.
In
Report of the
ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.4.
ICES. 2014e. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards on good
environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 6, 2–3 September 2014, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM
2014/ACOM:61. 37 pp.
ICES. 2014f. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 6 – Seafloor integrity.
In
Report of
the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.5.
ICES. 2014g. EU request on draft recommendations for the assessment of MSFD Descriptor 3.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory
Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.1.
ICES. 2014h. EU request on proposal on indicators for MSFD Descriptor 4 (foodwebs).
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014.
ICES Advice 2014, Book 1, Section 1.6.2.2.
ICES. 2015a. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 3 – commercial fish and shellfish II
(WKGMSFDD3-II), 10–12 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:48. 31 pp.
ICES. 2015b. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 4 – foodwebs II (WKGMSFDD4-II), 24–
25 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:49. 48 pp.
4
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0163.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Possible approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC
Descriptor 6: Sea-floor integrity
Title of Descriptor
Good environmental status for Descriptor 6 – Sea-floor integrity
Sea-floor integrity is at a level that ensures that the structure and functions of the ecosystems are safeguarded and that
benthic ecosystems, in particular, are not adversely affected.
1. Approach
Definitions
Sea-floor
includes both the physical and chemical parameters of seabed and the benthic community. Different kinds of
habitats for fixed or mobile marine species are formed inside, on, and above the sea-floor.
Integrity
is interpreted as both covering spatial connectivity and ecosystem processes functioning within their natural
variability.
Assessing environmental status of the sea-floor is particularly challenging for four reasons:
The large range of human pressures that may degrade the status of the sea-floor;
Pressures and impacts from human activities are patchy;
Habitat distribution on the sea-floor is patchy; and,
The monitoring of the different range of sea-floor types is also irregular and not homogenous (e.g. lack
of information about the sea-floor in the deep sea).
Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards, and limit values
Sea-floor integrity as set out in the Directive is a relatively new concept, but one which encompasses aspects of the
physical attributes and the functioning of seabed habitats and communities that have a long history of scientific study
and environmental assessment, e.g. in the Water Framework Directive and the Habitats Directive. The Habitats, Birds,
and Water Framework Directives do not explicitly define biodiversity and sea-floor integrity includes much more than
just biodiversity. Special habitats are covered by a range of protected area measures, e.g. Natura 2000 sites. Sea-floor
integrity must be achieved for widespread/predominant habitats, not just special (usually sensitive) ones.
Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards
HELCOM’s
CORESET II project has developed a suite of indicators which will form the core of the commonly agreed
indicators among the HELCOM Contracting Parties. CORESET II also allows for the development of pre-core and candidate
indicators relevant for Descriptor 6. Both state- and pressure-indicators are under development, and the work will build
on relevant previous HELCOM products such as the reports from the HELCOM Red List project where a EUNIS compatible
habitat classification system (HUB) was developed and threatened biotopes were identified.
Development of a set of common biodiversity indicators by
OSPAR
includes a number related to assessing seabed habitat
quality and one assessing the spatial extent of damage from human activities. Five benthic habitat (BH) indicators
pertaining to Descriptor 6 are included in the OSPAR list of common indicators: BH1 “Typical species composition”, BH2
“Multi-metric indices”, BH3 “Physical damage of predominant and special habitats”, BH4 “Area of habitat loss”, and BH5
“Size-frequency distribution of bivalve or other sensitive/indicator species”. None of these indicators are yet fully
operational, but offer a logical way of bringing information together, covering several attributes which are now being
tested and validated to make them operational, at least in some areas.
The
Bucharest and Barcelona Conventions
have respectively not agreed or have just started a process to agree on
indicators; these are not yet operational.
To the extent that these international and RSC norms and standards focus on specific, often highly sensitive habitats, or
solely on biodiversity rather than ecological functions provided by all aspects of the sea-floor substrate and biota, they
would be an incomplete basis for evaluating sea-floor integrity.
32
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0164.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
Definition of GES
ICES interprets GES for this descriptor to mean that the cumulative effect of pressures associated with human activity is
at a level that ensures that sea-floor ecosystems maintain their structure and functioning. Any disturbance (intensity,
frequency, and spatial extent) should not exceed a level that significantly and permenantly jeopardises recovery.
The Decision 2010/477/EU Descriptor 6 Criterion 6.1 “Physical damage” does not cover all aspects of sea-floor integrity
with regard to substrate characteristics. Other pressures (e.g. eutrophication) are not explicitly included. Some indicators
under this criterion (e.g. OSPAR’s BH3) address some of these further pressures, but it is recommended that the criterion
be adjusted to be more explicit on these aspects. The criterion is not clear in that both pressures and impacts are to be
assessed. Only a few EU Member States incorporated functional aspects of sea-floor integrity in their implementation of
Criterion 6.2 “Condition of benthic community”.
It is recommended to adapt the Decision 2010/477/EU Descriptor 6 criteria and indicators to accommodate the inclusion
of further pressures and their impacts, and to provide an effective and clearer transposition of functional aspects of the
sea-floor integrity.
The "climate sensitivity" for Descriptor 6 (or criteria/indicators)
Climate changes can lead to changes in sea temperature and sea level as well as to ocean acidification, all of which can
have an effect on sea-floor integrity, mainly on benthic species and communities, but potentially also on the physical
habitat. One potential impact is due to a reduced exchange of nutrients between surface waters and deeper waters. It
is expected that surface waters will receive fewer nutrients which will reduce the growth of phytoplankton and
eventually the amount of organic matter that sinks down to sea-floor communities. This is expected to affect the
composition, functioning, and biomass of deep-sea communities.
2. Results of the Article 12 assessment (incl. In-depth assessment)
Descriptor
All EU Member States but one who submitted a report have defined GES for Descriptor 6, with definitions applying to
their entire marine waters. The definitions were formulated at descriptor level by most EU Member States.
Criteria
Most EU Member States provided additional detail at the criterion level, often with a close relationship to the
Commission Decision 2010/477/EU criteria. In general, depending also on data availability, it seems that the contribution
of each indicator into the implementation of MSFD differs; however, some EU Member States have not used both criteria
mentioned in the Decision. Other EU Member States provided additional details at the indicator level, with a close
relationship to the Commission Decision indicators although every indicator was not always used. The definitions varied
considerably in their content and level of detail; most were qualitative and were lacking definitions of key terms used or
specificity of the sea-floor types to be addressed.
Decision 2010/477/EU Criterion 6.1 “Physical damage, having regard to substrate characteristics”
A majority of EU Member States refer to the reduction of physical pressures from human activities on the sea-floor,
either directly or indirectly (through reference to impacts). Only four EU Member States included an indicator on the
percentage of area occupied by biogenic substrate affected by human pressures, but three of these indicators did not
specified a threshold value. Three out of these four EU Member States also have quantified indicators for non-biogenic
habitat impacted by human pressures, but none of them have set a threshold yet.
Decision 2010/477/EU Criterion 6.2 “Condition of benthic community”
Across the EU Member States, the coverage of Criterion 6.2 on the condition of the benthic community is rather limited.
In the Northeast Atlantic marine region, two EU Member States have included a quantitative indicator in their GES
definition in relation to Indicator 6.2.2. In the Baltic region, several EU Member States have used quantitative indicators
in their GES definition. In the Mediterranean, two EU Member States have indicated that the assessment of GES will be
based on multi-metric indices, one of whom specifically refers to the WFD and good environmental status. The
definitions for Criterion 6.2 from the other fourteen EU Member States are generally vague and only two of them make
reference to the WFD good ecological status. Very few EU Member States consider how their indicators are linked to
functionality in their consideration of the condition of the benthic community.
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
33
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0165.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
Regional coherence
The regional coherence for Decision 2010/477/EU Descriptor 6 is low in all regions except the Black Sea, where only one
Member State has defined Decision 2010/477/EU Descriptor 6.
MS good practices
Four EU Member States have included an indicator on the percentage of area occupied by biogenic substrate affected
by human pressures. One has associated the indicator with a quantitative threshold value. Four EU Member States have
included a quantitative indicator as indicator for 6.2.2. Three additional EU Member States refer to the WFD good
ecological status. Two EU Member States have specified the substrate types covered by the GES definition.
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision
To be kept in the Decision, but amended
The following amended text is recommended to meet the issues identified above (strike-through = deleted, underline
= inserted):
6.1. Physical Damage to the sea-floor, having regard to both pressure(s) on, and sensitivity of, habitats substrate
characteristics
— Extent of pressure(s) on the sea-floor (single, multiple, or cumulative)
Type, abundance, biomass and areal extent of relevant biogenic substrate (6.1.1)
— Extent of the seabed-floor significantly affected by human activities for the different substrate types (including
biogenic) (6.1.2).
6.2. Structural and functional condition of benthic community
— Presence of a particular species providing a key function provided by sensitive and/or tolerant species (6.2.1)
— Multi-metric indexes assessing benthic community structure and function, such as species diversity and richness,
proportion of opportunistic to sensitive species (6.2.2)
— Proportion of biomass or number of individuals in the macrobenthos above some specified length/size (6.2.3)
— Parameters describing the characteristics (shape, slope and intercept) of the size spectrum of the benthic community
(6.2.4).
To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
The following parts of the Decision describe qualitatively what the criteria and indicators refer to and provide limited
guidance as to which elements should be assessed and the assessment methods that should be used. These sections
should be moved to guidance:
The objective is that human pressures on the seabed do not hinder the ecosystem components to retain their natural
diversity, productivity, and dynamic ecological processes, having regard to ecosystem resilience. The scale of assessment
for this descriptor may be particularly challenging because of the patchy nature of the features of some benthic
ecosystems and of several human pressures. Assessment and monitoring needs to be carried out further to an initial
screening of impacts and threats to biodiversity features and human pressures, as well as an integration of assessment
results from smaller to broader scales, covering where appropriate a subdivision, sub-region or region.
(The following
two paragraphs would need to be modified if the recommendations provided above are followed)
(6.1) The main concern for management purposes is the magnitude of impacts of human activities on sea-floor substrates
structuring the benthic habitats. Among the substrate types, biogenic substrates, which are the most sensitive to physical
disturbance, provide a range of functions that support benthic habitats and communities.
(6.2) The characteristics of the benthic community such as species composition, size composition, and functional traits
provide an important indication of the potential of the ecosystem to function well. Information on the structure and
dynamics of communities is obtained, as appropriate, by measuring species diversity, productivity (abundance or
biomass), tolerant or sensitive taxa, and taxocene dominance and size composition of a community, reflected by the
proportion of small and large individuals.
34
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0166.png
ICES Special Request Advice
Published 20 March 2015
N/A
Outdated
4. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
Minor amendments to the existing GES criteria are recommended:
Criterion 6.1 “Damage to the sea-floor, having regard to both pressure(s) on, and sensitivity of, habitats”
— Extent of pressure(s) on the sea-floor (single, multiple, or cumulative);
— Extent of the sea-floor significantly affected by human activities for the different substrate types (including biogenic)
(Indicator 6.1.2).
Criterion 6.2 “Structural and functional condition of benthic community”
— Presence of a particular species providing a key function (Indicator 6.2.1);
— Multi-metric indexes assessing benthic community structure and function (Indicator 6.2.2);
— Proportion of biomass or number of individuals in the macrobenthos above some specified length/size (Indicator
6.2.3);
— Parameters describing the characteristics (shape, slope, and intercept) of the size spectrum of the benthic community
(Indicator 6.2.4).
5. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
No additional guidance.
6. Standardized methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4)
A joint HELCOM CORESET II and OSPAR ICG–COBAM workshop (HELCOM–OSPAR, 2014) on biodiversity indicators
identified particular opportunities for synergies for three indicators related to benthic habitats:
1) BH3 “Physical damage/cumulative effects” – the first steps could be sharing of progress and information via the
workshop to see the potential for a common concept for Baltic/NEA; coordination of data calls (e.g. VMS data calls,
sensitivity assessment); common standards for QA/QC.
2) BH2 “State of sea-floors composed of soft sediments (multi-metric index)” – exchanging of information would be
appropriate for this indicator as an initial step. Cooperation could be helpful for development and testing, but it should
be noted that the systems in the Northeast Atlantic and Baltic are sufficiently different that the calculation of the
indicator would be different;
3) BH5 “Population structure” - there is potential here for common concepts across RSC areas, although species may
differ. This would likely be a longer term action.
Further cooperation on concept development and testing could occur in the medium and long term.
This initiative should provide useful standardized methods for monitoring in northern and western European seas that
could be adopted in other European seas.
7. Standardized methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4 GES)
None.
8. Rationale and technical background for proposed revision
In early 2014, ICES was tasked with assessing Descriptor 6 ”Sea-floor integrity” issues, focusing on methods and bounds
for setting GES. A workshop held in September 2014 provided a guidance report with dedicated recommendations (ICES,
2014a). The results of this workshop were used to update a “template” provided by the European Commission to form
a first draft of a Descriptor 6 “manual” (ICES, 2014b). Following a meeting of the MSFD Common Implementation Strategy
Working Group on Good Environmental Status (WG-GES) in October 2014, further work and clarification was requested
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
35
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0167.png
Published 20 March 2015
ICES Special Request Advice
from ICES in December 2014. As a result a further workshop was held in Copenhagen on 16–19 February 2015 (ICES,
2015). The results of this second workshop have been used in updating the current document.
Indicators on sea-floor functioning do not need more data to be collected. It would require the interpretion of structural
data from a function perspective (i.e. assessing the functioning potential from structural data rather than directly
measuring the actual process itself). These data are already being collected in ongoing monitoring programmes.
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document)
None.
10. Reference documents
HELCOM–OSPAR. 2014. Communication paper from the joint biodiversity indicator expert meeting of HELCOM CORESET
II and OSPAR ICG–COBAM, 1 October 2014, Gothenburg, Sweden.
ICES. 2014a. Report of the Workshop to review the 2010 Commission Decision on criteria and methodological standards
on good environmental status (GES) of marine waters; Descriptor 6: seafloor integrity, 2–3 September 2014, ICES
Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2014\ACOM:61. 37 pp.
ICES. 2014b. EU request to ICES for review of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive: Descriptor 6 – Seafloor integrity.
In
Report of the ICES Advisory Committee, 2014. ICES Advice 2014, Book 11 (Technical services), Section 11.2.1.5.
ICES. 2015. Report of the Workshop on guidance for the review of MSFD decision descriptor 6 – seafloor integrity II
(WKGMSFDD6-II), 16-19 February 2015, ICES Headquarters, Denmark. ICES CM 2015\ACOM:50. 56 pp.
36
ICES Advice 2015, Book 1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0168.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION 
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE 
 
Institute for Environment and Sustainability 
Water Resources Unit 
 
 
 
 
Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU concerning 
MSFD criteria for assessing good environmental status  
 
Descriptor 7 
Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions  
does not adversely affect marine ecosystems
 
 
 
 
 
This  report  represents  the  result  of  the  scientific  and  technical  review  of  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 7. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together with 
experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES Working Group 
in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy (agreed on at the 11th CIS 
MSCG meeting).  
The  report  is  one  of  a  series  of  reports  (review  manuals)  including  Descriptor  1,  2,  5,  7,  8,  9,  10  that 
conclude  phase  1  of  the  review  process  and,  as  agreed  within  the  MSFD  Common  Implementation 
Strategy,  are  the  basis  for  review  phase  2,  towards  an  eventual  revision  of  the  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU.  
The  report  presents  the  state  of  the  technical  discussions  as  of  30  April  2015  (document  version  7.0: 
ComDecRev_D7_V7),  as  some  discussions  are  ongoing,  it  does  not  contain  agreed  conclusions  on  all 
issues. 
The views expressed in the document do not necessarily represent the views of the European Commission.
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword 
The review of MSFD Descriptor 7 has been performed through a collaborative work among experts of the 
network for MSFD Descriptor 7, led by JRC (Adolf Stips and Daniel Gonzalez).  The current state of these 
discussions  is  being  reflected  in  this  document.  Discussions  have  not  been  concluded  and  final 
recommendations are being prepared in the second review phase (Part 2 of the present draft).   
 
MSFD Expert Network on D7: Ad Stolk, César González‐Pola, Isabel M. Moreno Aranda, Giordano Giorgi, 
Jon  Rees,  Lorenza  Babbini,  Marta  Manca  Zeichen,  Pekka  Alenius,  Valérie  Cariou,  Vassilis  Zervakis, 
Wlodzimierz Krzyminski. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0170.png
Descriptor 7: Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not 
adversely affect marine ecosystems. 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION ................................................................................................ 
4
 
1. 
Approach ........................................................................................................................................... 4 
1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 4 
1.2 General guiding principles for the review 
..................................................................................... 4 
1.3 Definition of Descriptor 7 ............................................................................................................. 5 
1.4 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values ...................... 9 
1.5 Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards 
......................................................... 10 
1.6 Definition of GES ........................................................................................................................ 10 
1.7 The "climate sensitivity" ............................................................................................................. 12 
2. 
Analysis of the implementation process 
........................................................................................... 13 
2.1 Summary of the findings relating to the determination of GES and specifically the use of the 
Decision criteria and indicators, based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in‐
depth assessment ............................................................................................................................ 13 
3. 
4. 
Analysis of the current text of the Decision 
...................................................................................... 15 
Identification of issues ..................................................................................................................... 17 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
........................................................................... 20 
.
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) ......................................................................................... 20 
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) ........................................................... 22 
Standardised methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4) .................. 23 
Standardised methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4 GES) .......... 25 
Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document) 
.
 26 
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues 
............................................................................... 26 
.
10. 
Reference Documents 
.................................................................................................................. 27 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0171.png
 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION
 
 
1. Approach 
1.1 Introduction 
The MSFD Committee discussed and concluded an approach and an outline for the process of a review 
and possible revision of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU on GES criteria (COM DEC) and of MSFD Annex 
III (see Committee/07/2013/03rev for details). Based on the template in the annex to the mandate of the 
MSFD Committee, a more detailed manual for the technical phase relating to the review of COM DEC has 
been  developed  to  guide  the  parallel  preparatory  process  and  discussions  per  descriptor.  The  review 
manual and the potential structure were decided and agreed by the WG GES in March 2014. These are 
common for all descriptors to ensure coherence in the review approach. 
Experts should comment on the review template following the approach outlined in the review manual 
and  the  general  guiding  principles  laid  out  below.  It  is  very  important  to  understand  that  this  review 
template is not a closed document. It has been prefilled in an attempt to highlight relevant aspects and 
issues that are important for the review of COM DEC.Please keep in mind that experts are free to add any 
relevant points, questions and information that are not yet included. Input and comments are expected 
from the experts for all sections, including those that have been prefilled. 
Part I of the review template comprises 4 sections to be developed in accordance with the review manual:  
Approach 
Analysis of the implementation process 
Analysis of the current text of the Decision 
Identification of issues 
Part II of the review template comprises 5 sections that will describe conclusions, recommendations and 
proposals resulting from the work developed in Part I. Experts were asked to start providing input to this 
part in parallel with Part I. 
1.2 General guiding principles for the review 
The review aims to analyse the results from the first MSFD reporting round on Articles 8, 9, and 10 with a 
view to update/improve and simplify the COM DEC. 
Based on the Information in the Art 12 assessment reports (COM(2014)97 final; SWD(2014) 49 final) and 
the JRC in‐depth assessments (JRC IDA D7, 2014) the review template has been prefilled by Milieu, DG 
ENVand  JRC.This  should  enable  the  experts  group  to  analyse  current  shortcomings  and  propose  ways 
forward, e.g., needs for further guidance and development, but eventually also to develop proposals for 
amending the COM DEC based on scientific knowledge and experience in the implementation process. 
The current review should lead to a new COM DEC which (is): 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0172.png
 
Simpler 
Clearer 
Introduces minimum requirements (to be enhanced by regions and MS, if necessary)  
Self‐explanatory  
Coherent with other EU legislation 
Coherent with regional assessment methods (where EU does not exist) 
Has a clear and minimum list of criteria and methodological standards and related characteristics, 
pressures and impacts (MSFD Annex III)   
• 
Ensures  that  criteria  and  methodological  standards  adequately  address  coverage  of  the 
descriptors by the proposed criteria, to lead to complete assessments  
• 
Coherent with the MSFD terminology 
 
This review should develop a more coherent approach to the definition of GES based on agreed criteria 
and  methodological  standards  that  can  enable  assessment  of  the  current  state  and  hence  establish 
whether GES has been achieved and, if not,the gap between the current state and GES. 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
 
1.3 Definition of Descriptor 7 
Hydrography is the branch of applied sciences that deals with the measurement and description of the 
physical features of oceans, seas, coastal areas, lakes and rivers, as well as with the prediction of their 
change  over  time,  for  the  primary  purpose  of  safety  of  navigation  and  in  support  of  all  other  marine 
activities, including economic development, security and defence, scientific research, and environmental 
protection
1
Hydrology 
(from  the  Greek  word 
hydrologia, 
the  "study  of  water")  is  the  study  of  the  movement, 
distribution, and quality of waterthroughout theEarth, including the hydrologic cycle, water resourcesand 
environmental watershed sustainability
2
Hydromorphology is that new subfield of hydrology that deals with structure and evolution of Earth’s 
water resources. It deals with the origin and dynamic morphology of water resource systems as caused 
by both natural and anthropogenic influences
3
. The MSFD and WFD do not define hydromorphology. The 
WFD considers hydromorphological quality elements for the classification of ecological status. The COM 
DEC refers to the WFD ‘hydromorphological objectives’, although this term is not explicitly mentioned in 
the WFD text. 
Hydrographical  conditions 
include  the  bathymetry  of  the  seabed,  sealevel,  temperature,  salinity, 
currents, tides, waves and turbidity. This strict definition of hydrography would exclude chemical features 
like pH, alkalinity, oxygen and nutrients from consideration under D7.The definition builds mainly on cases 
from  Water  Framework  Directive  (WFD)  and  the  Flood  Directive.  Some 
hydrographical  conditions 
                                                            
1
International Hydrographic Organization, www.iho.int 
 
2
http://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/entry/Hydrology 
http://engineering.tufts.edu/cee/people/vogel/documents/hydromorphologyEditorial.pdf 
 
3
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
outlined  under  the  Marine  Strategy  Framework  Directive  (MSFD)  are  comparable  to  the 
hydromorphological conditions referred to under the WFD (Annex II “Characterisation of surface water 
types” section 1.2.4 coastal waters system B).  
The  MSFD  text  does  not  define  what  ‘physical  features’  are.  Table  1  of  MSFD  Annex  III  includes  an 
indicative list of elements (features and characteristics) with no further specification on which ones should 
apply for Descriptor 7. This table would also include other features or characteristics typical of or specific 
to the marine region or subregion considered. The text of the COM DEC refers to the physical and chemical 
characteristics listed in Table I Annex III of the MSFD. In terms of comparing and clarifying the definition, 
some  other  sources  might  need  to  be  consulted.  Table  2  of  MSFD  Annex  III,  regarding  pressures  and 
impacts, includes interference with hydrological processes, but these processes are not defined and they 
only refer to changes in thermal and saline regimes. 
 
Comments: 
Do hydrographical conditions and physical features refer to the same term? Hydrographical 
conditions and physical features are considered as different terms, but there is no agreement 
on the definitions. Guidance is needed to set up agreed definitions. 
Suggestion to clarify the definition for physical features, considering also that many features 
are scale‐dependent 
It is not clear if features and characteristics refer to the same term. There is no agreement on 
the  definitions.  Guidance  is  needed  to  set  up  agreed  definitions.  Pelagic  features  such  as 
eddies, fronts and/or river plumes should/must be considered because of their important role 
on pelagic habitats. 
Discussion  is  needed  on  the  adequacy  of  considering  certain  elements  as  physical  features 
under Descriptor 7 (e.g. turbidity – linked to plankton, so not independent from Descriptor 5) 
Inclusion  of  hydrochemical  conditions  (like  pH,  alkalinity,  oxygen  or  nutrients)  would 
significantly change and extend the parameters and goes beyond what the Directive requires. 
On the other hand, many experts consider that chemical features should be considered under 
D7, including pH, pCO2, alkalinity and oxygen in the monitoring programmes. 
Needs  definition  for  hydrological  processes  and  a  clarification  of  the  specific  hydrological 
processes that should be considered under the MSDF framework (Pressures and impacts, Table 
2 ANNEX III of MSFD) 
There’s  a  need  to  define  all  parameters  and  units  used,  links  to  calibration  and  standards, 
spatio‐temporal scales and permanent alteration. 
 
Under  the  WFD,  water  bodies  may  be  classified  as  ‘heavily  modified  water  bodies’  when,  as  result  of 
physical  alterations  by  human  activity,  their  character  has  been  substantially  changed  and  specific 
requirements must be applied to achieve ‘good ecological potential’, i.e. waters affected by permanent 
changes  to  hydrographical  conditions  such  as  coastal  defence  works,  land  reclamation  or  building 
activities.  On  the  other  hand,  the  terms  ‘permanent  changes’  or  ‘hydrographical  conditions’  are  not 
referred to in the WFD. This makes it difficult to determine the interaction between assessments under 
both WFD and MSFD, e.g. if only permanent hydrographical changes will be considered in MSFD. The term 
‘permanent’ implies a situation that is not going to be reversed, but it is not defined under the MSFD, 
although OSPAR has proposed a temporal threshold.
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
 
Permanent hydrographical changes can occur due to changes in the thermal or salinity regimes, changes 
in the tidal regime, sediment and freshwater transport, current or wave action and changes in turbidity. 
The degree of change and the period over which such change occurs varies considerably, depending on 
the type of modification. Assessment of the degree of change can be related to both the water column 
and the sea‐floor, and consequently to their biological communities. These types of change are normally 
triggered by infrastructure building activities, such as extensions or alterations to the coast, or the building 
of artificial islands and other infrastructural works in the marine environment (such as outfalls from power 
stations,  bridges  and  causeways  to  islands,  offshore  installations).  This  descriptor  addresses  all  such 
developments (existing and new infrastructures) and both large‐and small‐scale structures. Cumulative 
impact assessment should be considered for assessing the significance of the aggregated effect of many 
small‐scale changes. Importance is given to new planning activities that will have to fulfil Environmental 
Impacts Assessments (EIA). 
 
Comments: 
Whether  or  not  a  temporal  threshold  is  defined  for  ‘permanent’  has  consequences  for  a 
harmonized approach to assess GES for D7. 
Does this mean that temporary hydrographical changes would be excluded from Descriptor 
7? Based on CIS Guidance Document 20, where it is confirmed that the WFD is not concerned 
with ‘temporary’ changes, expert’s feedback suggests it would seem reasonable to take the 
same approach for the MSFD. 
The timescale for definition of permanent could be location specific. 
To  assess  permanent  changes  we  need  reliable  reference  data,  this  point  is  missing  in  all 
papers! The definition of a 30‐year reference period is mandatory. A useful interval is 1981‐
2010, because this interval includes the regime shift to higher temperatures beginning in the 
1990s. Hydrographical conditions can exhibit a strong natural variability depending on time‐
scale due to strong interaction with bigger scale environmental features. As an example, the 
North  Sea  interaction  with  the  Northeast  Atlantic  involves  existence  of  temperature 
differences  in  the  southern  North  Sea  related  to  different  NOA  index  periods.  This  natural 
variability with a period of about 7 years masks every human impact. In other words: to assess 
a “permanent change”, very long time series are required to provide the proof that the change 
is permanent and not a signal of natural variability. 
There  is  a  lack  of  specification  and  coherence  between  the  MSFD  text  (indicative  list  of 
characteristics, pressures and impacts in table 2, Annex III, MSFD) and the COM DEC text. Some 
pressures listed under physical loss could and have been applied for assessment of D7. In order 
to assure comparability between MSs, a harmonization/agreement of the activities/pressures 
under  D7  should  be  considered/reached  and  a  clearer  link  between  the  COM  DEC  and  the 
Directive should be set for this descriptor. 
 
 
Descriptor  7 
is  primarily  a  ‘pressure’  descriptor  that  focuses  on  permanently  altered  hydrographical 
conditions  (often  at  a  localized  scale),  which  predominantly  arise  from  pressures  causing  structural 
alteration  of  the  coast  or  seabed:  coastal  activities  causing  topographical  changes  (e.g.  land  claim, 
barrages, sea defences) and coastal and offshore infrastructures (e.g. ports, wind farms, oil rigs, pipelines, 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
heat and brine outfalls). Hence, the pressure is the change in morphology of the seabed/coast or change 
in habitat (e.g. from sediment to concrete/metal) that causes hydrographical changes. These changes of 
the hydrographical conditions consequently will act as a pressure that is impacting the habitat or even the 
ecosystem. Assessment for this descriptor should take into account the cumulative ‘impact’ of all these 
‘localized activities’ that act as pressures, linking them also to the associated physical loss and damage. In 
this sense the total pressure from D7 needs to be considered with other impacts in the assessments of 
each seabed and water column habitat under D1 and D6. 
Considering the intention of MFSD to prevent significant negative effects on marine ecosystems (habitats 
and species) the defining of GES for D7 must be intimately linked to GES in descriptors D1 and D6, and to 
a lesser extent to D4 and D5, where impacts can occur from changes to the water column and seabed 
habitats. Changes, such as altered erosion patterns or residence time can modify local conditions in a way 
that negatively impact sensitive species and habitats and can therefore compromise the achievement of 
the biodiversity and eutrophication descriptors D1, D4, D5 and D6. Consequently the cumulative impact 
on  the  ecosystem  from  pressures  resulting  from  the  alteration  of  hydrographical  conditions  should 
ultimately be assessed in these relevant descriptors (D1, D4, D5 and D6). 
 
Comments: 
General  comment:  Proposition  to  consider  the  D7  as  a  “state”  and  “pressure”  descriptor. 
Hydrographic conditions are an inherent part of marine ecosystems and  thus  contribute  to 
describe the state. But in parallel, human activities modifying these hydrographic conditions, 
can lead to changes in these same hydrographic conditions (pressure) that induce impacts on 
marine  ecosystems.  Consideration  of  D7  as  a  ‘pressure’  descriptor,  but  also  as  a  ‘status’ 
descriptor is under discussion. MSFD uses EBM that implies to consider the whole ecosystems 
and/or habitats including the biotope and marine life. Therefore, D7 would also be a ‘status’ 
descriptor. 
The list of possible human activities/pressures to be considered in D7 is not exhaustive. There 
is a need to define an indicative list, and there is a need for clarification on how to deal with 
additional pressures, i.e. Inland activities like river damming can also modify the sediment and 
freshwater transport, giving rise to changes in the hydrographical conditions in the coastline. 
On the other hand, although inland activities can affect the coastline, they should already be 
addressed by the WFD. Thus reference should be made to the role of the WFD rather than 
risking duplication. 
It  is  difficult  to  attribute  ecosystem  changes  to  a  specific  cause  or  mix  of  causes.  Some 
guidance on cumulative impacts is recommended. 
Local changes ‘can’ but often won’t compromise the achievement of D1 or D5…  The impact 
of  such  changes  and  any  in‐combination  effects  will  be  site  specific.  But,  D7  should  not  be 
treated in isolation from other impacts. 
Regarding  ‘negative  effects’,  the  term  ‘significant’  should  be  clearly  defined  as  ‘adversely 
affect the marine ecosystem’ in order to prevent effects that are negative by themselves but 
at much smaller scales. 
There would also be the possibility that some changes could bring favourable effects to the 
ecosystem.  Further,  existing  structures  can  be  very  important  for  e.g.  coastal  protection, 
nature reservation or economic reasons. 
Evidence of a pressure‐impact relationship is needed before measures are imposed 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
 
1.4 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values 
The WFD is referred to in the MSFD and specifically in the Commission Decision for Descriptor 7. The WFD 
explicitly  applies  to  coastal  waters  (<  1  nautical  mile  from  the  baseline).  A  significant  proportion  of 
activities  that  could  cause  permanently  altered  hydrographical  conditions  take  place  within  coastal 
waters. It provides definitions for high, good and moderate ecological status for a set of hydrographical 
conditions  (e.g.  temperature,  salinity,  current  velocity)  that  are  to  a  large  extent  similar  to  the 
hydrographical parameters referred to in Annex III of the MSFD. To ensure coherence between WFD and 
MFSD, the link between GES under the MSFD and Good Ecological Status (GEcS) for coastal waters under 
the WFD should be clearly stated; including whether it is meant to be linked at assessment level and GES 
definition,  or  simply  in  terms  of  sharing  information  and  data  to  be  applied  under  independent 
assessment methodologies. 
There are also a number of tools at EU level that support Member States with the control of activities that 
can  result  in  permanent  alterations  of  hydrographical  conditions.  Some  of  these  tools  are  referred  to 
explicitly  in  the  MSFD,  such  as  Environmental  Impact  Assessment  (EIA),  Strategic  Environmental 
Assessment (SEA) and Maritime Spatial Planning (MSP). 
EIAs  and  SEAs  are  regulated,  respectively,  by  Directive  2011/92/EU  and  Directive  2001/42/EC.  These 
directives  require  that  the  impacts  from  the  implementation  of  new  projects  or  strategic  plans  in  the 
environment are assessed prior to their approval or authorisation. A new EU directive on Maritime Spatial 
Planning (2014/89/EU) has been recently adopted with the aim of establishing a framework for maritime 
spatial planning to promote the sustainable growth of maritime economies, the sustainable development 
of marine areas and the sustainable use of marine resources. 
The  effects  of  hydrographical  changes  (such  as  enhanced  erosion)  could  have  a  direct  impact  on 
(protected) habitats; therefore a clear linkage to the Habitats Directive 92/43/EEC exists.  
 
Comments: 
Associating D7 with the GEcS of coastal water under WFD could be inadequate in the context 
of the requirement of the MSFD (need measurements along the water column and not only 
integrated values as in WFD).  
How  should  assessment  under  MSFD  on  hydromorphology  take  into  account  the  benthic 
assessment done under WFD? Should other sensitive receptors be taken into account? Which 
ones? WFD could cover 0‐1 nm as hydromorphology and leave MSFD to address issues beyond 
1nm. 
In coastal water bodies, physical modifications caused by infrastructure building activities are 
already  assessed  under  WFD  Article  4(3)  (existing  modifications)  or  Article  4(7)  (new 
modifications).  Care will therefore be required to ensure that duplication of efforts is avoided 
between MSFD and WFD. 
In coastal water bodies, reference should first be made to the compliance assessment carried 
out for the WFD and any exemptions granted (e.g. through Article 4(7)) as a result.  Care needs 
to  be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  requirements  of  the  two  Directives  remain  compatible, 
(referring to scale of the effects).  
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0177.png
 
For  heavily  modified  water  bodies,  whilst  the  MSFD  does  not  have  such  a  provision,  WFD 
outcomes must be respected. 
Care is required not to undermine or contradict the provisions of the WFD in coastal water 
bodies e.g. Article 4(3). 
Cumulative  impacts  indeed  represent  a  significant  challenge  for  MSFD  implementation. 
 
In 
coastal water bodies, the local / water body level effects of an individual modification should 
have been assessed for compliance with the WFD.  However, it is quite possible that, for such 
developments, the in‐combination effects may not have been adequately assessed at a scale 
of relevance to the MSFD, either by the WFD compliance assessment or by an EIA.     
Regarding EIA and SEA, the MSFD refers to the implementation of new projects or strategic 
plans,  but  what  about  existing  activities?  (e.g.  cases  where  they  were  not  subject  to  these 
regulations at the planning stage). 
MSFD needs to encompass total impacts (past) to assess contribution to status – then new 
plans and projects can be assessed against the GES boundary. 
The  suggested  possibility  to  include  GES  D7  in  future  EIA  seems  to  go  way  beyond  what  is 
required under the newly‐revised EIA. It is not even clear if EIA would be useful for MSFD GES 
assessment. 
 
1.5 Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards 
OSPAR has produced a guidance document for the assessment of GES for Descriptor 7: “MSFD Advice 
document on Good environmental status ‐ Descriptor 7: Hydrographical conditions, a living document ‐ 
Version  17  January  2012”  (OSPAR  Advice  Doc.  GES  D7,  2012).  OSPAR  advises  that  changes  in 
hydrographical conditions are analysed in a broader context, where not only human‐induced changes are 
taken into consideration but also the cumulative effects of multiple impacts. OSPAR suggests that the use 
of EIA and SEA processes is important to enable existing and new proposals to be considered in the light 
of their cumulative impacts on any particular ecosystem components.  For coastal waters, OSPAR links the 
GES under the MSFD with the Good Ecological Status (GEcS) under the WFD. For the setting of targets, 
OSPAR recommends that emphasis is placed on new and large‐scale developments and on the links with 
descriptors1, 4 and 6 covering biodiversity, food webs and sea‐floor integrity. OSPAR has also adopted 
guidelines  on  marine  sediment  extraction  (OSPAR  Agreement  03/17/1).  OSPAR  advises  that  the  most 
appropriate scale for assessing D7 is one equivalent to EUNIS level 3. They recommend that under the 
condition that the effects of the permanent changes of hydrographical conditions are restricted to coastal 
waters; D7 does not need further work, provided these alterations are fully assessed in WFD or EIA and 
that cumulative effects on marine waters are included.  
HELCOM,  the  Barcelona  Convention  and  the  Black  Sea  Convention 
have  not  produced  any  guidance 
documents  specifically  for  Descriptor  7.  However,  both  the  HELCOM  HOLAS  2010  and  the  MEDPOL 
Assessment  2012 refer, even if briefly, to  changes in hydrographical  conditions. HELCOM has adopted 
guidelines  on  marine  sediment  extraction  (HELCOM  Recommendation  19/1),  and  the  Barcelona 
Convention  has  adopted  the  Protocol  for  the  Protection  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  against  Pollution 
Resulting from Exploration and Exploitation of the Continental Shelf and the Seabed and its Subsoil. 
 
1.6 Definition of GES 
Considering the relative novelty of this descriptor, along with the substantial lack of data and knowledge, 
so far quantitative boundaries for GES have not been established. 
10 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
With  regard  to  the  indicators  provided  in  the  COM  DEC  for  Descriptor  7,  European  or  international 
conventions  are  mostly  without  methodological  standards,  and  these  need  developing.  According  to 
OSPAR,  the  definition  of  MSFD  GES  for  coastal  waters  in  relation  to  D7  should,  in  the  first  place,  be 
associated with the definition of Good Ecological Status of coastal waters under the WFD (OSPAR Advice 
Doc. GES D7, 2012). The  physical characteristics to be addressed under these criteria should take into 
account Annex III of the MSFD. 
At present there is no broadly agreed definition of “permanent”. OSPAR recommends that alterations 
lasting  for  more  than  ten  years  should  be  considered  permanent.  Following  this  approach,  human 
activities whose effect in terms of hydrographical alteration is reversible and lasting less than 10 years, 
should  not  be  considered  for  GES  of  D7.  In  addition  to  timescale,  potential  for  recovery  from  impacts 
should also be factored in. 
OSPAR  recommends  that  emphasis  is  placed  on  new  and  large‐scale  developments,  but  existing 
activities/infrastructure may also have produced, and continue to produce, significant impacts and should 
be considered. “Large‐scale” is not defined, but could be at a scale that considers effects at the ecosystem 
level, or just simply effects over a large spatial area. Many human activities occur on smaller scales, but 
even these activities can produce effect at larger scale, particularly in the case of aggregated impacts. 
Although there may not be many examples of installations that would be removed in the future, it is not 
the scale of the installations that is important but rather the scale of the effects. Where appropriate, these 
changes are considered under the WFD and other Directives (Birds Directive, Habitats Directive, EIA, and 
SEA). There appears to be a gap in guidance for dealing with situations that may occur where the WFD 
does not apply (e.g. outside of coastal waters) or where EIA is not sufficient, i.e. in identifying cumulative 
effects. OSPAR recognised the effects of aggregated “small‐scale” impacts as important and at the spatial 
scale of the MSFD and recommends that any cumulative effects of the impact should be part of the GES 
definition  of  the  Descriptor.  However,  no  guidance  on  assessing  cumulative  impacts  exists  and  the 
development of methodological standards is needed. 
A pure quantitative definition of GES in D7 (as for example <1% of permanently altered area) without 
considering the impact on the related ecosystem and habitat does not seem to be the intention of MFSD. 
Instead the extent of damage from relevant activities to a habitat (or ecosystem) could be quantified and 
the resultant loss or damage to the habitat could then be assessed under D1 and D6.  This would relate 
GES for D7 to the maximum allowable loss and damage to habitat as set under D1 and D6. Definition of 
GES for D7 should include what is impacted state from hydrographical changes (e.g. altered sediment type 
leading to changed benthic communities) and to give a spatial extent of this impact as input to a seabed 
habitat assessment under D1/D6. 
 
Comments: 
For harmonization a precise definition of permanent is required. 
A  ‘permanent’  alteration  could  be  related  to  its  potential  triggering  of  natural  positive 
feedback processes, or at least when there is no natural negative feedback process to return 
to  the  previous  conditions.  There  are  difficulties  related  to  this  approach,  and  simply 
determining  an  absolute  time  scale  of  change  as  permanent  would  be  actually  realizable. 
However,  maybe  such  processes  should  be  identified,  quantified  and  mentioned  in  the 
framework of MSFD within future EIAs. 
11 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
Definition of ‘permanent’ could also be related to the biological cycles, processes. For instance, 
excavation for submersed tunnel could be considered as temporal allowing for further habitats 
restoration after construction work, while periodic dredging of navigational channel would be 
a permanent activity etc. 
Can quantitative boundaries be defined for GES?  Effects could be quantified from EIA studies 
and modelling? Issues of definitions of scale should be sort out in relation to specified habitats 
types in D1 and D6. 
‘Area’ is indeed an appropriate parameter and necessary for a first approach in the definition 
of  quantitative  boundaries.  It  is  necessary  first  to  define  the  scale  of  the  effect,  e.g.  by 
modelling, and then decide what has to be monitored. But other parameters, like ‘volume’, 
can be added. 
‘Area’  of  changes  in  e.g.  currents  are,  in  themselves,  less  useful  metrics.  A  change  doesn’t 
necessarily affect the ecosystem. It is more important to look at the overall % of a vulnerable 
receptor that is impacted by the pressure – link to Criterion 7.2. 
Guidance on cumulative impacts is needed. Modelling is a tool that can be used to investigate 
the accumulation of small‐scale impacts. Regional Environmental Assessment type modelling 
can  indicate  envelopes  of  changes  on  MSFD  scale  –  significance  of  these  depends  on 
distribution and sensitivity of receptors. 
Care is needed on use of 'cumulative'. It is often used to consider multiple pressures/impacts 
on the same spot (which is highly complex and we need first the basic single pressure/impact 
assessments to be operational), whilst what is needed here is simply to add up all the small‐
scale impacts from D7 (and impacts from other pressures) in relation to each seabed type to 
define the proportion of the habitat which is impacted (against a defined GES value). 
Should D7 be interested only in large‐scale impacts and not localised ones? Then, how would 
it be its relationship with cumulative small‐scale impacts? 
Habitats vs. Ecosystem ‐ OSPAR recommends that the most appropriate scale for assessing 
this Descriptor is one equivalent to EUNIS level 3. It should be possible to assess effects on each 
habitat type, but this could be complicated for ecosystems comprising multiple habitats. On 
the other hand, assessing at the habitat level could imply smaller scales. Moreover, assessing 
on  the  scale  of  the  habitat  level  is  only  meaningful  if  it  is  necessary  for  a  judgment  on 
ecosystem level, since the descriptor is about ecosystem level for assessment of D7. On the 
other hand, the monitoring should be done at EIA/operational stages once the operation is 
licensed. 
There must be a judgment on the impact on the ecosystem first, e.g. by modelling, to avoid 
unnecessary and costly monitoring on habitat level. 
If  a  “permanent  alteration  of  hydrographical  conditions”,  caused  by  changes  in  the 
morphology  is  considered  as  irreversible  (because  of  safety  or  economic  reasons)  then  the 
baseline for the hydrographical conditions should be the current situation. However this would 
mean that the baseline for D1, D3, D4 and D6 should incorporate the effect of the change in 
these hydrographical conditions. (cross‐cutting issue) 
 
1.7 The "climate sensitivity" 
The  issues  covered  under  Descriptor  7  are  likely  to  be  exacerbated  by  climate  change,  namely  due  to 
increased sea temperatures and rising sea levels that are the consequences of global warming. Defining 
of  GES  for  this  descriptor  takes  place  within  the  context  of  global  hydrographical  changes,  such  as 
increased temperatures and wave action. Therefore adequate monitoring of these large‐scale changes is 
12 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0180.png
 
an implicit requirement for this descriptor. Also, there is a need for periodic review of the GES definition 
if, for example, climate change has led to altered extents of coastal habitat (due to sea level rise). 
 
2. Analysis of the implementation process 
 
2.1 Summary of the findings relating to the determination of GES and specifically the use of the Decision 
criteria and indicators, based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in‐depth assessment 
 
Descriptor 7 
Five Member States have not defined GES for Descriptor 7 while for the rest there was large variability in 
the  definitions. Most of  the definitions were made at a general level and only few countries provided 
further  specification  beyond  the  definition  in  Annex  I  of  the  MSFD  by  providing  lists  of  features  or 
pressures addressed by GES. Very few countries defined baselines, referring to the present situation as 
regards to the Initial Assessment 2012. Additionally, OSPAR Quality Status Report 2010 and Report WISE 
WFD I cycle 2010 were each referred to on only one single occasion. References to thresholds were almost 
non‐existent. Some MSs managed to provide an assessment or judgement on their GES for D7, but these 
assessments were mostly qualitative, subject to a lack of appropriate data sets and knowledge rather than 
based on cogent Initial Assessment results. According to the MSFD article 12 report, only one Member 
State reported a GES definition that was considered adequate; the remaining GES definitions were almost 
equally divided between partially adequate and inadequate. 
Few Member States mentioned links to the WFD normative definitions of ecological status classifications 
for coastal water. Although most of the pressures  covered by Descriptor 7 occur in coastal zones, the 
development  and  integration  of  such  WFD’s  hydromorphological  conditions  in  the  Initial  Assessment 
reports was surprisingly very low. On the other hand, some Member States referred to other existing EU 
regulatory regimes that should be complied with (e.g. EIA, SEA, Habitats Directive and Birds Directive). 
However, the process on how to integrate information from other EU legislation into the assessment is 
missing. Further, the use of biological assessment elements implies a link with the biological descriptors, 
e.g.  descriptors  1,  4  and  6.Moreover,  descriptors  3  (fisheries),  5  (eutrophication)  and  11  (underwater 
noise) were mentioned occasionally as having links with hydrographical conditions. 
A few North‐East Atlantic Member States mentioned the OSPAR Advice Doc. GES D7 (2012).This document 
considers terms that should be included in the definition of GES (e.g. large‐scale human activities that take 
place against a background of broader scale hydrographical changes, or the inclusion of cumulative effects 
of  impacts).  Further,  advice  is  given  on  parameters,  monitoring  and  targets,  considering  the 
implementation of indicators by modelling the changes in hydrographical conditions like currents, waves, 
bottom shear stress and salinity to assess the extent of the possible affected area and the intensity of the 
changes to determine the effect on habitats. 
13 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
 
Criterion 7.1 Spatial characterisation of permanent alterations 
Information on relevant pressures to be considered as causing permanent alterations was limited or non‐
existent in many cases. When available, lists of relevant pressures showed variability among countries. In 
general, quantitative data was limited regarding both pressures on the water column and on the seabed. 
Additionally, some countries included acidification as an issue to be considered in Descriptor 7, although 
its role in the assessment of GES is not well defined and its links to D7 need further consideration. One 
possible option would be the use of climate change data aimed to identify shifts in existing baselines, 
allowing  appropriate  assessment  of  human  activities  causing  impacts  on  hydrographical  conditions  in 
order to differentiate it from global changes. 
As the effects on the ecosystem from a change in hydrographical conditions can be caused by change in 
chemical conditions that are caused by a change in physical conditions, hydro‐chemical variables cannot 
be excluded a priori. But in order to avoid extra complications in assessing GES for D7 changes in hydro‐
chemical  conditions  should  be  only  considered,  when  caused  by  permanent  alterations  of  the 
hydrographical conditions. 
The OSPAR Advice Doc. GES D7 (2012)suggests using as a parameter the area (e.g. km
2
) where significant, 
regional scale changes in currents, waves, salinity and temperature occur or are expected (modelling or 
semi‐quantitative estimation). 
However the impact on the ecosystem under D7 explicitly considers the full water column (in contrast to 
D6 and to WFD). Hydrographical changes are not restricted to the sea floor, therefore the volume where 
significant changes do occur, could be a more adequate parameter/indicator than area. 
 
Comments: 
Criteria 7.1 and Indicator 7.1.1 refer to the extent of the physical area or volume where there 
is  evidence  of  permanent  alterations  in  the  hydrographical  conditions:  area  for  benthic 
systems and volume for pelagic systems. But it has to be done carefully, because the pelagic 
habitats must not be only characterized by their volume. 
It  might  be  worth  noting  that  the  volume  of  change  of  hydrographic  conditions  could  be 
different from the volume of the impact caused by that change (for example, a change in the 
surface mixed‐layer temperature could affect stratification, thus changing the conditions over 
the whole water column).  
Considering the spatial characterization of the alterations: River damming may be related to 
small  alterations  related  to  each  river  dam,  however  a  significant  shift  of  the  freshwater 
budget of the whole of the Mediterranean when considering the cumulative impact of all rivers 
dammed. Furthermore, the impact might be spatiotemporal and not just spatial.  
 
 
Criterion 7.2 Impact of permanent hydrographical changes 
14 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0182.png
 
Few member States included references to the impacts on habitats of permanent hydrographical changes. 
The understanding of impacts caused by the pressures considered under Descriptor 7 is rather restricted, 
with limited available data and knowledge. Some Member States included lists of potentially impacted 
environment components (such as specific seabed habitats, oxygen levels or current velocity), linking this 
descriptor to the biodiversity descriptors (descriptors 1, 4 and 6). 
For  indicator  7.2.1,  the  OSPAR  Advice  Doc.  GES  D7  (2012)suggests  to  use  as  a  parameter  the  area  of 
habitats  and  the  proportion  of  the  total  habitat  if  that  type  is  significantly  affected  by  the  permanent 
change,  for  example,  in  bottom  shear  stress,  waves,  temperature  or  salinity  (modelling  or  semi‐
quantitative  estimation).  The  suggestion  for  indicator  7.2.2  is  to  use  as  parameter,  where  not  already 
covered by Natura 2000 in coastal waters, key species and habitat types (including benthic communities 
– listed by ICG COBAM) significantly affected by the changes in hydrographical conditions, which would 
need  to  be  determined  on  a  case‐by  case  basis.  Links  with  other  descriptors  would  also  need  to  be 
determined  on  a  case‐by‐case  basis;  for  example,  the  definition  of  functional  habitats  within  the 
biodiversity and food web descriptors could help to define these key species and habitat types. 
 
Regional coherence descriptor 7 
Member States in the North East Atlantic region have not fully followed OSPAR Advice Doc. GES D7 (2012) 
and  usually  only  in  its  restrictive  considerations,  focusing  only  on  new  activities.  Notwithstanding,  the 
regional coherence in this region is considered high. In the Mediterranean the coherence is moderate and 
in the Baltic it is low. In the Black Sea region, only Bulgaria has defined GES for Descriptor 7 and therefore 
it was not possible to assess regional coherence. It should be noted that no references are made by MS 
to existing work carried out under UNEP/MAP (Barcelona Convention) in the Mediterranean Region, or 
under HELCOM in the Baltic Region, possibly due to the timing of that work in relation to the submission 
of the initial evaluations. 
 
MS good practices 
Some countries have specified the environmental components to be taken into account and have given a 
list of relevant parameters or activities. Some Member States have referred to existing regulatory regimes 
(other than the WFD) that are to be complied with (e.g. EIA, SEA, Habitats Directive and Birds Directive). 
Some  Member  States  have  included  lists  of  potentially  impacted  environment  components  such  as 
specific  seabed  habitats,  oxygen  levels  or  current  velocities,  linking  this  descriptor  to  the  biodiversity 
descriptors (descriptors 1, 4 and 6).  
 
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision 
 
This section contains the original COM DEC text. Experts are asked to analyse the whole text and identify 
those parts to be kept in, to be placed in a guidance document and any improvements or modifications 
that could be made. Suggested changes are made in red. Suggested deletions are struck through. 
 
Original text in COM DEC 
15 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
 
Good Environmental Status for Descriptor 7:  Permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions does not 
adversely affect marine ecosystems. (Annex I of MFSD) 
Permanent alterations of the hydrographical conditions by human activities may consist for instance of 
changes  in  the  tidal  regime,  sediment  and  freshwater  transport,  current  or  wave  action,  leading  to 
modifications  of  the  physical  and  chemical  characteristics  set  out  in  Table  1  of  Annex  III  to  Directive 
2008/56/EC. Such changes may be particularly relevant whenever they have the potential to affect marine 
ecosystems at a broader scale and their assessment may provide an early warning of possible impacts on 
the ecosystem. For coastal waters, Directive 2000/60/EC sets hydromorphological objectives that need to 
be addressed through measures in the context of river basin management plans. A case by case approach 
is necessary to assess the impact of activities. Tools such as environmental impact assessment, strategic 
environmental  assessment  and  maritime  spatial  planning  may  contribute  to  evaluate  and  assess  the 
extent and the cumulative aspects of impacts from such activities. It is however important to ensure that 
any such tools provide for adequate elements to assess potential impacts on the marine environment, 
including transboundary considerations. 
 
7.1. Spatial characterisation of permanent alterations 
 
Extent of area affected by permanent alterations (7.1.1) 
 
 
7.2. Impact of permanent hydrographical changes 
 
Spatial extent of habitats affected by the permanent alteration (7.2.1) 
 
Changes  in  habitats,  in  particular  the  functions  provided  (e.g.  spawning,  breeding  and  feeding 
areas and migration routes of fish, birds and mammals), due to altered hydrographical conditions 
(7.2.2). 
 
Suggested modifications to the Original text in COM DEC 
 
Extent of area/volume affected by permanent alterations (7.1.1) 
Indicator 7.2.2. Changes in habitats that affect the ecosystem, in particular the functions provided 
(e.g. spawning, breeding and feeding areas and migration routes of fish, birds and mammals), due 
to altered hydrographical conditions (7.2.2). 
 
 
To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance 
 
 
Comments 
Regarding Indicator 7.2.2, UK expert suggests to change COM DEC text to a more simple sentence 
like:  “…impacts  of  key  dominant  habitats  and  those  identified  as  having  local  conservation 
sensitivity…” 
The pelagic habitats must not be only characterized by their volume.
 
 
16 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0184.png
 
4. Identification of issues 
 
1)
Scope and guidance for D7 is lacking 
a) Due  to  the  lack  of  common  understanding  on  the  scope  of  this  descriptor  there  are  not 
harmonized  approaches.  A  ‘best  practice’  document  based  on  the  previous  assessment  could 
facilitate convergence of approaches; 
b) Descriptor  7  lacks  specific  guidance  document  at  EU  level.  In  particular  guidance  is  needed  to 
determine scales and processes; 
c) There  is  a  need  to  provide  clear  guidance  in  the  Decision  on  how  to  integrate  the  existing 
minimum requirements under existing EU legislation (e.g. WFD, EIA, SEA) in the GES definition, in 
particular  on  where  other  legislation  is  invoked  to  identify  and  mitigate  any  impacts  to  avoid 
double accounting for these types of activities. Some member states focused entirely outside of 
the WFD domain, but this could be too restrictive in terms of consideration of the whole water 
column  (hydrographic  conditions  under  WFD  relate  only  to  the  quality  of  surface  waters). 
Guidance on where the gaps in other legislation should be covered by MSFD is needed; 
d) It has been suggested that GES for D7 could be included in future EIAs so that the required EIA 
assessment studies should determine whether MSFD applies. In this case all EIAs in the marine 
environment would be required to assess the effects regarding GES for D7; 
e) Guidance on monitoring requirements for D7 is lacking. This document should allow MSs to adapt 
their monitoring plans depending on the existing pressures and states. 
 
2)
 The pressure impact relation is unclear 
a) Clarification  of  the  pressure  impact  chain:  the  original  pressures  are  the  human 
constructions/developments that can cause changes to the hydrographical conditions.  Significant 
changes act then as a pressure on the ecosystem and could impact on that ecosystem (negatively 
or positively). 
b) Regarding  the  MSs  reports  for  Articles  8,  9  and  10,  differentiation  between  ‘pressures’  and 
‘impacts’ needs to be improved to avoid confusion. A clearer link between the Directive and the 
Decision is needed; 
c) Clarify  the  concept  that  D7  is  effectively  a  pressure  descriptor  whose  impacts  need  to  be 
considered as part of the assessments of GES (habitat types, eutrophication) under D1, D4, D5 
and D6 (would make it impossible to define only GES within D7); it would be primarily a pressure 
descriptor,  however  not  necessarily  effectively  or  adversely  influencing  other  components  of 
marine ecosystems; 
d) There is a need to clarify which activities/pressures should be included in the context of D7 with 
a focus on activities resulting in localized impacts (pressures causing impacts at local scale, e.g. 
piers, harbours). The characterization of localized activities would allow assessment of cumulative 
impacts. Note that it is not the scales of the activities that is important – it is the scale of the 
effects; 
e) A large number of Member States focus only on the impacts of new activities, however existing 
installations or activities can have resulted in or also result in further alteration or degradation of 
the current environmental status; 
 
3)
Time and space scales for assessment are not defined 
a) There is a need to clarify the concept of ‘permanent alteration’ (potentially by defining a simple 
time scale as “permanent”); 
17 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
b) The link between functional groups and hydrographical conditions is still in the research phase 
and therefore a challenging aspect of D7. This could be referred back to D1/D6 to create a joint 
framework to assess functional impacts on benthic and pelagic habitats; 
c) Scales need to be defined: local/intermediate vs. large scales and should be linked to scales used 
for D1/D6 habitat assessments; D7 is referring to GES at the ecosystem level, but the pressure is 
typically coming from small scale constructions, so there is a large gap in the scales from pressure 
to impact; 
d) It is suggested to align with WFD and use the 1 nm limit to differentiate coastal waters from off‐
shore waters. On the other hand, this limit is not related with any environmental reasoning or 
background.  A  different  option  would  be  to  consider  bathymetry  to  define  the  extension  of 
coastal  waters.  In  any  case,  it  is  important  to  keep  in  mind  that  environmental  processes, 
pressures  and  impacts  are  variable  and  independent  from  these  zoning  approaches  Further, 
definition of coastal waters extension could be dependant to the process considered: in terms of 
surface waves, it would be half the wavelength of the longest waves; in terms of currents the 
Rossby radius; in terms of the coastal ecosystem, probably the isobaths of the maximum depth of 
the euphotic zone. However, this has nothing to do with the WFD. 
e) Clarify if the impacts of localized activities should be assessed under consideration of a changing 
environment (climate change ‐ several MS have done this). It should be addressed in that context, 
especially  as  in  many  cases  it  would  be  required  to  differentiate  between  global  scale 
anthropogenic effects and interregional‐scale anthropogenic effects (i.e. river damming in the BS 
catchment area affecting the freshwater budget and thermohaline functioning of the Med).  
f) Should impacts be assessed on habitats or on ecosystems? Presumably the first assessment can 
be only done at the habitat level, and afterwards a cumulative IA would be needed to arrive at 
the ecosystem level? It will depend on the capabilities to identify and monitor such impacts. One 
suggestion is to stick to habitat level. 
 
4)
Baseline, parameters and GES are not well defined 
a) Is it a quantitative or qualitative descriptor? How could it be made quantitative? Modelling could 
be used to help quantify the effects; however there are still regional scale changes in ecosystem 
processes that cannot be predicted using ecosystem models at present (e.g., regime changes). EIA 
procedures should have standard modelling approaches to quantify the effects; 
b) Thresholds  for  GES/non  GES  are  almost  non‐existent.  The  strong  natural  variability  masks 
anthropogenic impact, and thus it is very difficult to set thresholds.  It should be possible to define 
'impact' (i.e. when a habitat has been altered by changes in hydrology); 
c) In the case where the current situation already compromises the achievement of GES for other 
descriptors, in particular D1 and D6, additional measures affecting existing activities/ installations 
might be necessary; 
d) Only  few  countries  defined  explicit  baselines.  Most  of  them  used  the  current  situation  (Initial 
Assessment  2012)  as  their  baseline  and  considered  D7  at  GES  at  the  baseline;  however,  this 
ignores  the  extent  of  past  hydrographical  changes  on  particular  habitat  types  (which  can  be 
significant in some coastal areas). Deciding how far back to set the baseline is a complicating factor 
and combining this with the cost of removing old constructions explain why most member states 
considered the IA 2012 as their baseline and only considered new developments; this however is 
not in accordance with the intention of MFSD to achieve GES. If permanent changes occur within 
1nm they could be assessed under WFD hydromorphology and potentially as ‘heavily modified 
water bodies’; 
e) There is the need to clarify if descriptor D7 “permanent alteration of hydrographical conditions” 
should be extended (or not) to include also hydrochemical conditions (like pH, alkalinity, oxygen, 
18 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
nutrients) as already done by some MS; possibly to the extent that the hydrochemical conditions 
reflect  a  change  in  the  hydrographic  conditions  and  possibly  a  shift  in  the  functioning  of  the 
ecosystem. 
f) Chemical processes are not within the present definition of hydrographical processes; however 
several member states included acidification. If not modified by infrastructural works, it does not 
seem appropriate to include parameters such as acidification in the assessment of D7; 
g) Features, pressures and physico‐chemical parameters are not well defined nor harmonized for 
comparability; 
19 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0187.png
 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
 
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
 
The existing Criteria are appropriate for assessment of D7 and serve as a starting point for implementation 
of the descriptor. The feasibility of the assessment will depend on data availability. Data are needed on 
human  activities  (location  and  intensity  of  exploitation)  for  assessment  of  Criterion  7.1.  Habitat 
classification has to be improved for assessment of Criterion 7.2 (e.g. pelagic habitats not well defined in 
comparison  with  EUNIS3  benthic  habitats).  Assessment  should  focus  on  the  geographical  extent  of 
alterations in hydrographical conditions and their implications at habitat level effects, before being able 
to  assess  at  ecosystems  level.  Further,  determination  of  ‘prevailing  conditions’  would  be  more  of  a 
complex issue. 
 
In  general,  the  existing  Indicators  are  appropriate  for  assessment  of  D7,  but  obviously,  feasibility  will 
depend on data availability. The difficulties are implicit in the definition of limits between ‘altered/not 
altered’ areas or habitats.  
 
Criteria 7.1 and Indicator 7.1.1 refer to the extent of the physical area or volume where there is evidence 
of  permanent  alterations  in  the  hydrographical  conditions:  area  for  benthic  systems  and  volume  for 
pelagic systems. 
 
Regarding Criteria 7.2, there is a lack of knowledge on how to develop the assessment of impacts; the 
major concern would be on how to aggregate assessment results from habitat to ecosystems levels. In 
any case, most comments indicate that assessments should be done at both habitats and ecosystem levels 
under D7, by using a stepwise approach. However, in the current situation, it is more important to focus 
on habitat level effects. 
 
The assessment of impacts is a cross‐cutting issue for D1, D6 and D7. It is suggested to keep Indicator 7.2.2 
under D7. One option would be to develop a joint assessment of impacts in relation to biological elements 
for D1, D6 and D7, considering their common assessment elements. 
 
The suggested modifications in the original text in COM DEC are mostly accepted by experts, although the 
inclusion of ‘that affects the ecosystems’ under Indicator 7.2.2 might seem redundant, since changes in 
habitats will always affect ecosystems to some extent. On the other hand, this modification could make it 
less operational. Other considerations would be as follows: 
 
Developments and impacts within WFD have no implications (other than potentially cumulative) 
with D7 
The boundary to consider is from WFD waters to MSFD waters – is there a significant “impact flux” 
across the boundary on an individual or cumulative scale? 
Even within MSFD waters, scale issues are massively important – is there an impact on regional 
scales? A relatively small incursion into MSFD waters will not cause the whole assessment area to 
fail D7. 
 
 
20 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0188.png
 
HARMONIZATION 
 
Due  to  the  lack  of  common  understanding  on  the  scope  of  this  descriptor  there  are 
not  harmonized 
approaches.  
 
There is a need for common and agreed methodology for monitoring and assessment. 
 
 
GUIDANCE DOCUMENT 
 
A guidance document at EU level is needed. Some subjects to be considered are: ‘best practices’ from 
previous  assessments,  determination  of  scales  and  processes  to  be  considered,  clarify  scope  of  D7, 
integration of existing minimum requirements under existing EU legislation (e.g. WFD, EIA, SEA) in the 
GES definition, monitoring requirements, assessment of cumulative impacts,… 
 
 
DUPLICATION OF EFFORTS 
 
Coordination  between  WFD  and  MSFD  has  to  be  defined  to  avoid  duplication  efforts.  Guidance 
document needed.  
 
 
GLOSSARY TERMS  
 
Key terms have to be defined and agreed: hydrographical conditions vs. physical features, features vs. 
characteristics, hydrological processes, permanent alterations, coastal vs. off‐shore, and others. 
 
 
PRESSURES/IMPACT relationship 
 
 
ACTIVITIES 
Clarification  of  the  pressure  impact  chain:  the  original  pressures  are  the  human 
constructions/developments  that  can  cause  changes  to  the  hydrographical  conditions. 
 
Significant 
changes act then as a pressure on the ecosystem and could impact on that ecosystem (negatively or 
positively). 
 
 
In order to limit and guide the scope of D7, inventories or lists of human activities that could lead to 
‘permanent alterations of the hydrographical conditions’ should be defined and provided.  
 
The COM DEC text should not include a closed list of human activities, but just an indicative list, in order 
to be able to adapt to new or unforeseen relevant activities (for flexibility and future proofing). The COM 
DEC text should include as minimum requirements the following: MSs have to provide lists with clear 
inventories  of  human  activities,  location,  intensities,  maps,  etc.  for  the  assessment  of  D7.  It  would  be 
necessary to revise the timescale of providing such list, since the determination of all human activities 
21 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0189.png
 
potentially affecting the coastal and marine zone further away from 1 mile from the coast can be quite 
demanding on resources and time for MSs. 
 
 
EXISTING/NEW ACTIVITIES 
 
Although WFD outcomes must be respected (e.g. designation of heavily modified and artificial water 
bodies),  both  existing  and  new  activities  must  be  considered  for  assessment  of  cumulative  impacts 
under D7 within whole marine areas. At the same time, both positive and negative impacts should be 
taken into account.  
 
 
CROSS‐CUTTING ISSUES: D7 VS OTHER DESCRIPTORS 
 
Need to clarify the concept that D7 is effectively a pressure descriptor, a state descriptor, or both.  
 
The French experts encourage strongly considering the D7 as a state and pressure descriptor. 
 
Need to clarify if D7 impacts need to be considered as part of the assessments of GES under D1, D4, D5 
or D6. 
 
D7 impacts are part of the assessment of other descriptors. D7 impacts must be considered under D7, in 
collaboration with other descriptors. 
 
The preparation of a guidance document can provide input to clarify on these issues.  
 
 
 
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
 
No methodological standards have been defined for assessment of GES 
 
The determination of GES for D7 should not depend on the definition of an explicit baseline. Due to the 
nature of this descriptor, the difficulty to provide a quantitative assessment (assessments based mostly 
on experts judgment) and the lack of common methodology, it is difficult to define clear baselines (neither 
thresholds nor trends). Further, the Initial Assessment 2012 report shouldn’t be used as baselines because 
of the lack of common methodological approaches. 
 
Due to the nature of this descriptor and its current state of development, it is not possible to make D7 a 
quantitative descriptor at the moment; or to define an objective threshold between GES and non‐GES at 
the moment. 
 
Modelling will be a key tool to be used to quantify effects from permanent alterations. Research efforts 
should  be  dedicated  to  develop  modelling,  applying  a  common  methodology,  and  in  order  to  reduce 
uncertainties in the assessment of impacts. 
22 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0190.png
 
 
In order to improve understanding the effect of D7 related impacts on other descriptors (D1/D6), some 
additional research efforts would be necessary on habitat modelling, pressure mapping and cumulative 
impacts, along with monitoring of potentially affected areas and possibly other specific parameters (e.g. 
impacts on rates of energy and carbon flows due to changes on hydrographical conditions).  
 
 
The  features  and  characteristics  considered  for  assessment  under  D7  can  be  key  elements  for  the 
assessment of descriptors such as D1 and D6. Therefore, additional measures might be needed if current 
situation (baseline) could compromise the achievement of GES for other descriptors. 
 
 
7. Standardised methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 
11.4) 
 
No standardised methods have been defined for monitoring 
 
CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 
 
Guidance  is  needed  for  the  assessment  of  cumulative  impacts  and  to  ensure  coordination 
across  descriptors.  The  characterization  of  localized  activities  would  allow  assessment  of 
cumulative impacts. Note that it is not the scale of the activities that is important – it is the 
scale of the effects.  
 
 
TIME AND SPACE SCALES 
 
A guidance document at EU level is needed to determine scales and processes. 
 
Local scales shouldn’t be excluded for the assessment of D7. 
 
 
‘PERMANENT ALTERATION’ 
 
No definition has been proposed for ‘permanent’ alteration. Setting an arbitrary temporal threshold 
could be a solution (e.g. OSPAR advice document on D7), but there is no agreement on this issue so far; 
further discussion and reasoning is needed. 
 
According  to  experts’  feedback,  the  concept  of  ‘permanent  alteration’  should  not  be  associated  to  a 
simple  time  scale  (e.g.  a  certain  number  of  years).  ‘Permanent’  could  be  considered  simply  when  an 
activity or construction is not expected to be discontinued or removed; or related to biological cycles, 
processes. 
 
Our  concern  is  that,  if  no  temporal  threshold  is  defined  for  ‘permanent  alteration’  or  any  other 
appropriate definition based on a different approach, many activities or infrastructures could be legally 
out  of  the  assessment  of  D7  while  causing  impacts  in  the  marine  environment.  As  an  example,  if 
23 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0191.png
 
‘permanent’ would be considered as not expected to be discontinued or removed, infrastructures could 
be legally declared as temporal (e.g., an activity with an exploitation time of 14 years), although existing 
and causing impacts for a long period. 
 
 
 
LIST OF CHARACTERISTICS, PRESSURES AND IMPACTS 
 
In  order  to  limit  and  clarify  scope,  indicative  lists  of  characteristics,  pressures  and  impacts  to  be 
considered for assessment under D7 have to be defined. The link between MSFD text and COM DEC text 
has to be clarified.
 
 
 
Hydrological processes  
 
Table 2 of MSFD Annex III (pressures and impacts) includes interference with the following hydrological 
processes:  Significant  changes  in  thermal  regime  and  saline  regime;  which  are  considered  to  be 
appropriate for assessment of D7. Further, a list with additional potential hydrological processes to be 
considered  should  be  established  in  order  to  keep  flexibility  and  future  proofing.  Some  additional 
processes would be: sea currents, waves, wave exposure, sediment transport, erosion, accumulation and 
turbidity regimes. 
 
Chemical parameters 
 
Permanent alterations caused by humans can lead to chemical modifications at both local scale and bigger 
scale.  Examples:  anti‐biofouling  chemicals  (local  scale),  iron  enrichment  IRONEX  experiment  (local  to 
medium scale), warmer waters have lower oxygen saturation levels (any scale) 
 
Chemical  features  should  be  considered  under  D7,  including  pH,  pCO
2, 
alkalinity  and  oxygen  in  the 
monitoring programmes. 
 
 
Acidification 
 
Marine  acidification  is  not  included  specifically  under  D7  and  would  go  beyond  the  scope  of  this 
descriptor. Coastal and offshore permanent alterations caused by humans are not expected to influence 
the global climate conditions related to marine acidification. 
 
There is no clear feedback from experts on the inclusion of acidification in the assessment of D7 or any 
other appropriate MSFD descriptor. At the same time, it is clear that the possible consequences of marine 
acidification are an important issue for marine ecosystems and therefore a prerequisite for MSFD. In fact, 
this  is  a  cross‐cutting  issue,  since  marine  acidification  is  mentioned  in  the  MSFD  (Annex  II,  table  1, 
Characteristics), but it is not considered explicitly in any single indicator out of the 11 MSFD descriptors. 
 
 
Physical loss/Physical Damage 
24 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0192.png
 
 
Table 2 of MSFD Annex III, regarding pressures and impacts, includes Physical loss and Physical Damage, 
which have been mostly associated to D1 and D6 regarding habitat assessment elements. On the other 
hand, they have been mentioned occasionally under D7 Member States Initial Assessments. 
 
There  is  no  clear  feedback  on  the  adequacy  of  considering  Physical  loss  and  Physical  Damage  as 
pressures/impacts  for  assessment  of  D7,  or  to  keep  them  only  under  D6.  In  any  case  coordination  is 
needed on this cross‐cutting issue to avoid duplication of indicators between descriptors. 
 
 
MONITORING 
 
No monitoring strategies have been defined or agreed at regional or European scales. 
 
A  potential  list  of  characteristics/features  for  D7  should  be  developed/provided  to  facilitate  and 
harmonise selection of monitoring parameters. Examples: 
Temperature, salinity, current, waves, turbidity, bottom friction, etc. 
Static Bathymetric Features (continental shelf breaks, seamounts, submarine canyons, areas of 
high slope, channels, etc.)   
Persistent Hydrographic and Ephemeral Features (coastal upwelling, fronts and frontal systems, 
eddies, currents…) 
 
Results from WFD and EIA should be used to assess D7 under MSFD. 
 
 
8. Standardised methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 
11.4 GES) 
 
No standardised methods have been defined for assessment. 
 
 
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MSFD D7 and WFD 
 
Both directives need to remain compatible. 
 
We should aim for compatibility of approaches between WFD and MSFD such that the latter covers issues 
beyond 1nm (the WFD limit for coastal waters). Hydromorphology assessments under WFD could do the 
same job as D7 beyond 1nm and be fully complementary, avoiding overlaps. However, there might be 
certain issues that have not been considered under WFD so far, whether their scale affects both coastal 
and offshore areas (if 1 nm limit is considered) or just simply gaps (e.g. missing parameters). 
 
The actual coverage of MSFD, which is mostly based on WFD, should be enough at present to define GES. 
MSFD should provide an integrated view of hydrographical conditions, including not only coastal but also 
large‐scale monitoring, since WFD does not consider ocean dynamics. Some gaps to be covered by MSFD 
(in relation to WFD) could be: coupling between coastal dynamics and offshore dynamics; impact of waves 
in the systems; and transport of suspended matter.  
25 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0193.png
 
 
 
In order to cover possible gaps resulting from WFD ‐ and assuming local activities affecting coastal waters 
are individually assessed under other regulations (WFD, EIA) ‐ the scope of D7 would have to consider: 
individual offshore activities; and cumulative impacts originating from both coastal and offshore activities. 
The assessment of cumulative impacts could also provide an integrated assessment of trends in the local 
impacts. 
 
 
AGGREGATION 
 
No aggregation rules have been defined. 
 
In relation to comparability of assessments at different spatial scales (ecosystem scale, subregional scale 
regional scale or inter‐regional scale), a common basic methodology is necessary first. It is also necessary 
to  define  the  scales.  Further,  although  an  integrated  view  would  be  necessary,  the  characteristics 
(biological, physic‐chemical and hydrodynamics) and the presence of different problems at different scale 
and in the different assessment areas would hinder comparability. 
9. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common 
understanding document) 
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues 
Issue 
Way forward 
Timeline 
2015/2016 
No  standards  for  GES  assessment  Agree and define methodological standards for the 
existing 
assessment  of  GES  under  D7  (minimum 
requirements  including  list  of  relevant  human 
activities) 
Space and time scales are not well  Define and agree (based on the GES definition) on 
defined 
space  and  time  scales  (including  the  meaning  of 
“permanent”) of relevant processes for monitoring 
and assessment of GES 
Cumulative 
impact 
and  Agree  and  define  aggregation  rules  and 
aggregation rules are not defined  methodological  standards  for  cumulative  impact 
assessment of GES 
No common monitoring strategies  Agree and define a common monitoring strategy at 
are existing 
regional and European scales for D7 (minimum list 
of variables to be monitored) 
2016 
2017 
2018 
 
 
26 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0194.png
 
10. Reference Documents 
 
Review  of  the  GES  Decision  2010/477/EU  and  MSFD  Annex  III  Approach  and  outline  for  the 
process, (EC‐ Committee/07/2013/03rev, 2013); 
First steps in the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive ‐ Assessment in 
accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2008/56/EC, (CSWD, 2014); 
COM(2014)97  final.  REPORT  FROM  THE  COMMISSION  TO  THE  COUNCIL  AND  THE  EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT  The  first  phase  of  implementation  of  the  Marine  Strategy  Framework  Directive 
(2008/56/EC) The European Commission's assessment and guidance (EC, 2014); 
SWD(2014)  49  final.  COMMISSION  STAFF  WORKING  DOCUMENT  Annex  Accompanying  the 
document  Commission  Report  to  the  Council  and  the  European  Parliament.The  first  phase  of 
implementation  of  the  Marine  Strategy  Framework  Directive.  The  European  Commission's 
assessment and guidance (EC, 2014); 
Common  Understanding  of  (Initial)  Assessment,  Determination  of  Good  Environmental  Status 
(GES) & Establishment of Environmental Targets (Articles 8, 9 & 10 MSFD), (DG GES, 2014); 
Coherent  geographic  scales  and  aggregation  rules  in  assessment  and  monitoring  of  Good 
Environmental Status – analysis and conceptual phase, (Deltares, 2014); 
Review of Methodological Standards Related to the Marine Strategy Framework Directive Criteria 
on Good Environmental Status  (JRC, 2011); 
Guidance / Terms of Reference for the task groups ‘criteria and methodological standards for the 
Good Ecological Status (GES) descriptors’ (JRC, 2010); 
CSWP (2011) on the Relationship between the initial assessment of marine waters and the criteria 
for good environmental status; 
OSPAR  Advice  Doc.  GES  D7.  MSFD  Advice  document  on  Good  environmental  status 
‐ 
D7: 
Hydrographical conditions, a living document ‐ Version 17 January 2012. OSPAR Commission. ISBN 
978‐1‐909159‐16‐7; 
Technical guidance on monitoring for the Marine Strategy Framework Directive. JRC Scientific and 
Technical Reports. Publications Office of the European Union. JRC88073; 
JRC  IDA  (2014).  In‐Depth  Assessment  of  the  EU  Member  States’  Submissions  for  the  Marine 
Strategy Framework Directive under articles 8, 9 and 10. EUR – Scientific and Technical Research 
series.  Luxembourg:  Publications  Office  of  the  European  Union.  EUR  26473  EN,  149  pp.  doi: 
10.2788/64014; 
JRC IDA D7 (2014). In‐Depth Assessment of the EU Member States’ Submissions for the Marine 
Strategy Framework Directive under articles 8, 9 and 10 on Hydrographical Conditions Descriptor 
7.  Luxembourg:  Publications  Office  of  the  European  Union.  EUR  26800  EN,  15  pp.  doi: 
10.2788/1124; 
Guidance  Document  No  3.  Analysis  of  Pressures  and  Impacts.  CIS  Guidance  Documents. 
Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, 2003; 
Guidance Document No 4. Identification and Designation of Heavily Modified and Artificial Water 
Bodies. CIS Guidance Documents. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European 
Communities, 2003; 
Guidance Document No 5. Transitional and Coastal Water ‐ Typology, Reference Conditions and 
Classification Systems. CIS Guidance Documents. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of 
the European Communities, 2003; 
Guidance  Document  No  7.  Monitoring  under  the  Water  Framework  Directive.  CIS  Guidance 
Documents. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, 2003; 
27 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 
 
Guidance  Document  No  20.  Exemptions  to  the  environmental  objectives.  CIS  Guidance 
Documents. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, 2003. 
28 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0196.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE 
Institute for Environment and Sustainability 
Water Resources Unit 
 
 
 
 
Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU concerning 
MSFD criteria for assessing good environmental status  
 
Descriptor 8 
Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise  
to pollution effects 
 
 
 
 
 
This  report  represents  the  result  of  the  scientific  and  technical  review  of  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 8. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together with 
experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES Working 
Group in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy (agreed on at 
the 11th CIS MSCG meeting).  
The report is one of a series of reports (review manuals) including Descriptor 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 that 
conclude phase 1 of the review process and, as agreed within the MSFD Common Implementation 
Strategy, are the basis for review phase 2, towards an eventual revision of the Commission Decision 
2010/477/EU.  
The report presents the state of the technical discussions as of 30 April 2015 (document version 8.0: 
ComDecRev_D8_V8), as some discussions are ongoing, it does not contain agreed conclusions on all 
issues. 
The  views  expressed  in  the  document  do  not  necessarily  represent  the  views  of  the  European 
Commission.
 
 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword 
The review of MSFD Descriptor 8 is being performed by the MSFD Expert Network on Contaminants, 
led by JRC. The review process was kicked‐off during the working meeting of the MSFD Expert Network 
on Contaminants on 2‐4.7.2014 in Ispra, Italy. Based on the exchanges there, a discussion document 
was  prepared  and  circulated.  The  state  of  these  discussions  was  reflected  in  the  draft  template 
document that was presented in October 2014 at the 12th WG GES meeting. These activities allowed 
the compilation and analysis of all necessary information for the identification of main issues and gaps 
and initial recommendations for the way forward, and with it the first part of the review process was 
completed. 
The  second  part  of  the  review  process  should  then  allow  the  finalization  of  conclusions  and 
recommendations (which may include proposals for dedicated work items for better harmonization, 
need for additional guidance and eventually proposals for amendments to the Commission Decision).  
To this end, a questionnaire with specific questions on the main issues identified was circulated among 
experts and the outcome was analysed and discussed in the second working meeting of the MSFD 
Expert Network on Contaminants held on 23‐24.2.2015 in Ispra. The current state of the discussions 
is reflected in the second part of the present template. 
 
 
MSFD  Expert  Network  on  Contaminants: 
Andra  Oros,  Andreja  Ramšak,  Anja  Duffek,  Ann‐Sofie 
Wernersson,  Antonella  Ausili,  Chiara  Maggi,  Craig  Robinson,  Daniela  Tiganus,  Dorien  ten  Hulscher, 
Evin  McGovern,  Grozdan  Kušpilić,  Ivana  Ujević,  Jacek  Tronczynski,  Jean‐Cedric  Reninger,  Jaakko 
Mannio, Jo Foden, Koen Parmentier, Lena Avellan, Lucía Viñas, Nevenka Bihari, Norman Green, Oliver 
Bajt,  Paul  Whitehouse,  Patrick  Roose,  Peter  Lepom,  Robin  Law,  Stefan  Schmolke,  Valentina  Coatu, 
Vesna Milun, Víctor León, Victoria Besada.  
 
EC JRC: Victoria Tornero, Georg Hanke. 
 
Acknowledgments for contributions to: Andrea Houben, Andrea Weiss, Christer Larsson, Concepción 
Martínez‐Gómez,  Daniel  Gonzalez,  Dick  Vethaak,  Dominique  Boust,  Hérvé  Thebault,  Jean  François 
Chiffoleau,  Jessica  Hjerpe,  Juan  A.  Campillo,  Juan  Bellas,  Karl  Lilja,  Maria  Linderoth,  Marie  Aune, 
Michael Haarich, Thierry Burgeot, Thomas Lang, Tobias Porsbring, Tove Lundeberg, ICES MCWG.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0198.png
Descriptor 8: Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to 
pollution effects 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION 
............................................................................................. 4
 
1.  Approach .................................................................................................................................... 
4
 
1.1 General guiding principles for the review ............................................................................. 4
 
1.2 Definitions ............................................................................................................................. 5
 
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values ............ 6
 
1.4 Linkages with international and Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) assessment criteria and 
standards .................................................................................................................................... 6
 
.
1.5  Descriptor  specificities  should  be  highlighted  and  justified  (e.g.  if  it  is  recommended  to 
combine several descriptors together) ....................................................................................... 8
 
1.6 Analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for the 
particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at 
region or other scales ................................................................................................................. 8
 
1.7 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or 
whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5)) 9 
1.8 Climate sensitivity ................................................................................................................. 9
 
2.  Analysis of the implementation process ................................................................................... 
9
 
2.1 Summary of the findings relating to the determination of GES and specifically the use of 
the Decision criteria and indicators, based on the Commission/Milieu article 12 reports and the 
JRC  in‐depth  assessment  of  the  EU  Member  States’  Submissions  for  the  Marine  Strategy 
Framework Directive under articles 8, 9 and 10 ......................................................................... 9
 
2.2  Identification  of  any  questions  arising  from  the  application  of  the  current  Decision, 
including those identified by the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports ................................. 12 
2.3  Good  examples  and  approaches  applied  by  MS,  especially  if  used  by  multiple  MS,  and 
shortcomings should be listed systematically .......................................................................... 12 
3.  Analysis of the current text of the Decision ............................................................................ 
13 
4.  Identification of issues ............................................................................................................. 
15 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
........................................................................... 29 
.
5.  GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
................................................................................ 29 
5.1 Conclusions on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators  ............................ 29 
.
6. 
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) ................................................ 
31 
6.1 Aggregation rules ................................................................................................................ 31 
7.  Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in accordance 
with Art. 11(4)) ................................................................................................................................. 
31 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0199.png
7.1 Specifications on methods for monitoring ......................................................................... 31 
7.1.1 Collection of data ......................................................................................................... 
31 
7.1.2 Data quality requirements ........................................................................................... 
31 
7.2 Specification on methods for assessment .......................................................................... 31 
7.2.1 Scales 
............................................................................................................................ 31 
8.  Rational and technical background for proposed revision 
..................................................... 31 
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above recommendations ............... 31 
9.  Other related products............................................................................................................. 
38 
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues ....................................................................... 38 
10. 
 
Reference Documents .......................................................................................................... 
39 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION 
The first part of the review process has allowed the compilation of all necessary information to detect 
possible  shortcomings,  inconsistencies  and  gaps,  and  then  to  identify  and  discuss  main  issues  and 
prepare  initial  recommendations.  The  information  compiled  here  served  as  the  basis  for  the 
discussions  which  were  then  held  during  the  second  part  of  the  review  process  to  shape  the  final 
conclusions and recommendations presented in the Part II of this template. 
1. Approach 
1.1 General guiding principles for the review  
The review of the Com Dec 2010/477/EU for D8 considers experiences made so far in the practical 
implementation, analyses the Commission Decision text in view of the current state of science and 
prepares recommendations for action in the MSFD Common Implementation Strategy (CIS) (Working 
Group on GES and Marine Strategy Coordination Group, MSCG), including the possible revision of the 
Commission Decision. The MSFD Competence Centre, in close collaboration with ICES and dedicated 
expert networks, will operate in partnership to deliver scientific and technical support for the MSFD 
implementation as identified in the CIS. EC JRC is responsible for coordinating the review process of 
Descriptor 8. 
There are some keywords and concepts which should be considered when performing the review. The 
MSFD Commission Decision should be: 
Simpler 
Clearer 
Introducing minimum standards (to be enhanced by regions and MS, if necessary) 
Self‐explanatory 
Coherent with other EU legislation 
Coherent with regional assessment methods (where EU methods do not exist) 
Include a clear and minimum list of elements and/or parameters per descriptor 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0200.png
Furthermore the development of additional common understanding within the MSFD Drafting Group 
GES  during  the  review  can  lead  to  an  adaptation  of  terms  and  concepts,  aiming  at  an  enhanced 
harmonization of the MSFD implementation. The focus of the Expert Network should be on technical 
scientific items and discussions. Ideally, the text of the Commission Decision should leave little space 
for individual interpretation by providing specific technical details on the parameters to be considered. 
1.2 Definitions 
According to the WFD, pollutants mean ‘any substance liable to cause pollution’. The definition adds 
‘in particular those listed in Annex VIII’. In addition, in the WFD, hazardous substances are defined as 
“substances (i.e. chemical elements and compounds) or groups of substances that are toxic, persistent 
and  liable  to  bio‐accumulate,  and  other  substances  or  groups  of  substances  which  give  rise  to  an 
equivalent level of concern”. This definition is in line with the definition of hazardous substances used 
in Regional  Sea  Conventions  (RSCs),  like OSPAR  and  HELCOM.  Moreover, the WFD defines priority 
substances as “substances identified in accordance with Article 16(2) and listed in Annex X”. Among 
these  substances  there  are 
priority  hazardous  substances, 
which  means  substances  identified  in 
accordance with Article 16(3) and (6) for which measures have to be taken in accordance with Article 
16(1) and (8). 
As per Annex III of the MSFD, contaminants are synthetic compounds, non‐synthetic substances and 
compounds,  and  radio‐nuclides
1
.  Therefore,  the  term  "contaminant"  relevant  to  the  scope  of 
Descriptor  8  of  the  MSFD  encompasses  hazardous  substances,  including  priority  substances  and 
priority hazardous substances, but excludes three classes of pollutants from Annex VIII of the WFD, 
namely  ‘materials  in  suspension’,  ‘substances  which  contribute  to  eutrophication  (in  particular, 
nitrates  and  phosphates)’  and  ‘substances  which  have  an  unfavourable  influence  on  the  oxygen 
balance (and can be measured using parameters such as BOD, COD, etc.)’. These are covered under 
other Descriptors (namely 5).  
Pollution  effects 
are  deleterious  effects,  such  as  harm  to  living  resources  and  marine  ecosystems, 
including loss of biodiversity, hazards to human health, the hindering of marine activities, including 
fishing, tourism and recreation and other legitimate uses of the sea, impairment of the quality for use 
of sea water and reduction of amenities or, in general, impairment of the sustainable use of marine 
goods and services, which result or are likely to result from the direct or indirect introduction into the 
marine environment, as a result of human activity, of substances or energy (MSFD Art 3.8). 
Acute  pollution  events 
are  events  which  can  cause  short  time  and  severe  pollution  to  the  marine 
environment. They can be deliberate or accidental, e.g. illegal discharges and oil spills.  
Environmental  quality  standards  (EQS) 
are  concentrations  of  pollutants  which  should  not  be 
exceeded in order to protect human health and the environment, as established in the context of the 
WFD, and thereby represent criteria for assessing whether Member States are in compliance (WFD 
Article 2, paragraph 24). 
                                                            
1
 
 JRC (2010), Task Group 8 Report, Contaminants and pollution effects  
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0201.png
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values 
Contaminants have a long history of being addressed through EU legislation and actions at the level 
of  the  Regional  Sea  Conventions.  Directive  76/464/EEC  on  pollution  caused  by  certain  dangerous 
substances discharged into the aquatic environment of the Community was one of the first water‐
related Directives to be adopted. The Directive covered discharges to inland surface waters, territorial 
waters,  coastal  waters  and  ground  water.  Directive  76/464/EEC  has  now  been  integrated  into  the 
Water Framework Directive.  
The  Water  Framework  Directive  (WFD)  (2000/60/EC)  and  its  related  Directives  on  Environmental 
Quality Standards (2008/105/EC as amended by 2013/39/EU) play an important role also for MSFD 
implementation and provide a reference point for the assessment of adequacy of implementation and 
facilitate  coherence  in  MSFD  implementation.  The  Directive  on  Environmental  Quality  Standards 
(2008/105/EC  as  amended  by  Directive  2013/39/EU)  establishes  Environmental  Quality  Standards 
(EQSs) in the field of water policy, requirements for good surface water
2
 chemical status. Chemical 
status is defined in terms of compliance with EQSs (measured in water or in biota), established for 
chemical substances at European level. The Directive also provides a mechanism for renewing these 
standards and establishing new ones by means of a prioritization mechanism for polluting substances. 
MS are required to take actions to meet those quality standards by 2015.  
Directive 2013/39/EU introduced a number of revised and new EQS into Directive 2008/105/EC, in 
particular  for  concentrations  in  biota  (e.g.  for  benzo[a]pyrene,  dioxins,  fluoranthene).  The  role  of 
other standards in the context of the MSFD, such as OSPAR’s Environmental Assessment Criteria (EAC 
–  see  next  section),  which  have  set  threshold  values  for  measurements  in  biota  for  the  same 
substances,  needs  to  be  evaluated.  This  issue  already  arose  with  Directive  2008/105/EC  for  three 
substances (Hg, HCB and HCBD), for which a WFD EQS exists and an OSPAR EAC was set for biota.  
The  WFD  is  backed  up  by  other  EU  legislation,  such  as  the  REACH  regulation  on  chemicals,  Urban 
Waste Water Treatment Directive (UWWTD), and the Industrial Emissions Directive (IED).  
1.4 Linkages with international and Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) assessment criteria and standards 
The  integration  of  the  results  of  chemical  monitoring  programmes,  and  combination  of  data  from 
chemical  and  biological  effects  monitoring,  is  an  active  area  of  science  within  the  Regional 
Conventions  (i.e.  OSPAR,  HELCOM,  Barcelona  Convention  and  Bucharest  Convention).  Current 
experience  indicates  that  integration  is  greatly  facilitated  by  coherent  and  consistent  sets  of 
environmental quality levels (EQSs, EACs, etc). Further development work is necessary, through the 
EU,  RSCs  or  MS,  to  expand  the  range  of  required  quality  levels  to  include  a  greater  number  of 
contaminants and biological effects, and to take account of mixture effects. 
OSPAR has a framework with agreed monitoring programmes and associated assessment criteria to 
focus work on those chemicals which complement relevant activities under other frameworks (e.g. 
the  Water  Framework  Directive,  HELCOM).  OSPAR  has  already  made  substantial  progress  in 
addressing those hazardous substances which pose a risk to Convention waters through implementing 
its Strategy on Hazardous Substances. A list of Chemicals for Priority Action has been agreed, and these 
chemicals have been evaluated to determine the risks they pose, what actions are needed to address 
                                                            
2
 Surface waters with regard to chemical status are defined as inland waters, except groundwater; transitional, 
coastal and territorial waters. 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
those  risks,  and  what  monitoring  strategies  are  required  to  evaluate  the  status  of  the  North‐East 
Atlantic  with respect to those  chemicals of key  concern.  In  particular,  in preparation of  its  Quality 
Status  Report  of  2010,  OSPAR  has  established  Environment  Assessment  Criteria  (EAC)  for  the 
measurement of certain substances in sediment and biota. While these criteria do not represent legal 
standards under the  OSPAR Convention, they can  still guide  Member States  that  wish to establish 
Good Environmental Status (GES) boundaries for contaminants  in  sediment and biota that are not 
covered by the EQS Directive. In addition, OSPAR has also been developing a number of Ecological 
Quality Objectives (EcoQOs), e.g. on oiled birds, which provide a set of clear environmental indicators 
defining a healthy North Sea as part of the ecosystem approach. As part of its role in coordinating 
MSFD monitoring, OSPAR has recently been developing Common Indicators to be used by Contracting 
Parties  in their  MSFD monitoring  programmes.  Several  Common  Indicators,  or candidate Common 
Indicators, have been proposed for use under criteria 8.1 and 8.2. 
In the HELCOM Baltic Sea Action Plan (BSAP), the objectives defined by HELCOM related to hazardous 
substances include: 
Concentrations of hazardous substances close to natural levels 
All fish are safe to eat 
Healthy wildlife 
Radioactivity at the pre‐Chernobyl level 
As part of the project HELCOM CORESET, a number of common indicators have been developed for 
the purpose of common monitoring and assessment in the Baltic. This set of core indicators includes 
indicators for hazardous substances and their biological effects, covering criteria 8.1 and 8.2 of the 
Commission Decision (apart from oil pollution). The substances in the HELCOM core indicators are 
mostly  the  same  as  in  the  OSPAR  Quality  Status  Report.  With  regard  to  acute  pollution  events, 
HELCOM has been working for a long time on maritime activities within HELCOM MARITIME and has 
defined a number of objectives relevant to Descriptor 8, including the enforcement of international 
regulations  (no  illegal  discharges),  safe  maritime  traffic  without  accidental  pollution  and  zero 
discharges from offshore platforms. An indicator for oiled water birds has also been developed within 
HELCOM. 
The Barcelona Convention (UNEP/MAP) aims to prevent, abate, combat and to fullest possible extent 
eliminate pollution from the Mediterranean Sea. The Programme for the Assessment and Control of 
Marine Pollution in the Mediterranean region (MEDPOL) is the environmental assessment component 
of the Mediterranean Action Plan (MAP). The objectives of the monitoring activities implemented as 
part of MEDPOL Phase IV are to present periodic assessments of the state of the environment in hot 
spots  and  coastal  areas,  to  determine  temporal  trends  of  some  selected  contaminants  in  order  to 
assess the effectiveness of actions and policy measures, and to enhance the control of pollution by 
means of compliance with national/international regulatory limits.  
The  Barcelona  Convention  has  given  rise  to  seven  Protocols  addressing  specific  aspects  of 
Mediterranean  environmental  conservation.  Among  those,  the  Dumping  Protocol,  the  Protocol 
Concerning Cooperation in Preventing Pollution from Ships and, in Cases of Emergency, Combating 
Pollution  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and  the  Protocol  Concerning  Specially  Protected  Areas,  the 
Protocol on the Prevention of Pollution of the Mediterranean Sea by Transboundary Movements of 
Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal and Biological Diversity in the Mediterranean. Countries that are 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
parties to the Convention report on the implementation of the protocols through their National Action 
Plans.  The  UNEP/MAPs  EcAp  (Ecological  Approach)  process  has  agreed  on  indicators  to  follow  the 
MSFD  Decision,  with  the  aim  to  manage  human  activities,  conserve  natural  marine  heritage  and 
protect  vital  ecosystem  services.  The  objective  related  to  pollution  is  described  in  the  Ecological 
Objective number 9: “Contaminants cause no significant impact on coastal and marine ecosystems 
and human health.”  
The Black Sea is covered by the Convention on the Protection of the Black Sea against Pollution (the 
Bucharest  Convention). 
In  the  Black  Sea  Integrated  Monitoring  and  Assessment  Programme 
(BSIMAP),  each  country  is  obliged  to  carry  out  ecological  monitoring  on  marine  stations,  with 
particular  emphasis  given  to  eutrophication.  BSIMAP  include  also  contaminants 
(water/sediments/biota), with heavy metals, petroleum hydrocarbons as mandatory parameters, and 
others (OCPs, PAHs, etc.) as optional parameters. 
1.5 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is recommended to combine 
several descriptors together) 
As with Descriptor 8, MSFD Descriptor 9 tackles the issue of marine chemical pollution but with the 
protection  of  human  consumers  as  its  goal.  There  have  been  discussions  about  the  conceptual 
differences between the descriptors. Even a possible joining (though the MSFD is not up for revision) 
has been discussed  but not been supported. Both descriptors  are dealing with contaminants, they 
should  therefore  be  discussed  together,  but  have  different  objectives  and  characteristics.  The 
conclusions about the differences and commonalities between the two descriptors are presented in 
the template for the review of Decision 2010/477/EU for Descriptor 9. 
Moreover, the Descriptor 8 presents potential synergies with other MSFD descriptors:  
Litter‐associated contaminants: D8‐D10; Biological Effects: D8‐D1, D3, D4, D6; Biota sampling: D8‐D3, 
D4, D6; Oiled seabirds: D8‐D1, D4.  
Coordination among the different descriptors and at an organisational level will be needed for efficient 
implementation. Discussion fora and responsibilities should be well defined. 
1.6 Analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for the 
particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at region or 
other scales 
There are already analyses available which enable the identification of gaps and needs regarding the 
implementation of MSFD Descriptor 8. The MSFD GES workshop on Eutrophication and Contaminants 
held in October 2012 highlighted several technical issues that need to be jointly considered between 
MSFD and WFD for coherence of approaches, language and concepts and for effective information 
exchange.  The  issues  that  were  discussed  there  included  the  identification  and  selection  of  the 
chemical  pollutants  and  best  matrices  for  monitoring  and  the  quantitative  criteria  for  GES 
determination/assessment.  Moreover,  the  importance  of  designing  monitoring  programmes 
compatible and integrated with WFD and RSCs was also stressed, along with the need to cover open 
and deep sea areas in an appropriate, representative and efficient way. 
Subsequently,  the  Commission's  Article  12  assessment  and  the  JRC  in‐depth  assessment  of  the 
Member States (MS) reports for MSFD Articles 8, 9, and 10, published in February 2014, revealed a 
significant lack of coherence of approaches within and between Marine Regions. There were also great 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0204.png
inconsistencies in the definitions of GES and environmental targets, both in their level of ambition and 
coverage and the ways (if provided) in which they are to be measured or achieved.  
The results obtained in all these analyses can support the technical review of the Commission Decision 
on criteria and methodological standards as well as help to make suggestions for improvement in the 
next phase of  MSFD implementation. This needs to be completed with experience available in the 
expert network on contaminants and is the scope of this work.  
1.7 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or whether 
a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5))  
Considering the extensive and long‐lasting EU legal framework on contaminants, particularly in water, 
it is expected that GES can be quantitatively defined in a coherent manner by all MS and across the 
regions, using similar criteria and methodological standards.  
1.8 Climate sensitivity 
Climate  change  might  affect  contaminant  exposure  and  toxic  effects.  A  changing  climate  may 
influence  contaminant  fate  and  transport,  release  contaminants  currently  stored  in  abiotic  media, 
such as snow and ice, affect the partitioning of contaminants between matrices and affect the transfer 
of pollutants through food chains to humans (Schiedek et al., 2007). 
2. Analysis of the implementation process 
2.1 Summary of the findings relating to the determination of GES and specifically the use of the Decision 
criteria  and  indicators,  based  on  the  Commission/Milieu  article  12  reports  and  the  JRC  in‐depth 
assessment of the EU Member States’ Submissions for the Marine Strategy Framework Directive under 
articles 8, 9 and 10 
Descriptor 8  
All  but  one  of  the  assessed  MS  defined  GES  for  Descriptor  8.  There  was  however  a  considerable 
variation in the level of detail and the specific elements used. Most MS covered one or both criteria 
set out in the Commission Decision 2010/477/EEU and only four gave a more generic descriptor text 
largely reproducing the definition provided in Annex I of the MSFD.  
Criterion 8.1 Concentration of contaminants 
All MS that defined GES at Criterion level applied criterion 8.1. Many of them directly or indirectly 
mentioned the list of WFD priority substances (Directive 2008/105/EC), although they did not refer to 
all  the  listed  priority  substances.  Moreover,  a  significant  proportion  of  MS  did  not  mention  the 
substances to be evaluated when defining GES and environmental targets. It has been suggested that 
the level of coherence and comparability in the MSFD GES assessment in different regions of European 
seas might be improved by selecting an appropriate core set of contaminants of concern and ensuring 
they are well covered and monitored by countries. Even if every country has a different situation, this 
core group of contaminants should provide an adequate base for comparable approaches among MS, 
at least, at regional level. 
For some parts of the marine environment there is an overlap in areas that are regulated under the 
WFD and the MSFD, and areas to which RSC apply. This is the case for coastal waters (1 nautical mile) 
for  WFD  priority  substances  and  specific  pollutants,  and  for  WFD  priority  substances  in  territorial 
waters  (usually  12  nautical  miles).  Most  monitoring  of  hazardous  substances,  including  that 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
undertaken  for  RSCs,  occurs  in  this  coastal/inshore  zone,  reflecting  the  importance  of  land‐based 
sources.  
The  selection  of  substances  has  to  take  into  consideration  the  relevant  provisions  of  the  WFD  for 
territorial and/or coastal waters as well as the special needs for the marine environment and prior 
knowledge of the degree of risk posed. We can assume that some WFD priority substances are also 
relevant in the marine environment, while others may not be (e.g. volatile solvents, some pesticides). 
The potential exclusion of WFD priority substances from the MSFD assessment should be justified. 
Within MSFD‐WFD there should be no gaps regarding the consideration of relevant pollutants. At the 
same time, it must be ensured that only reasonable monitoring, and in the appropriate matrix, is done. 
This particularly concerns legacy and emerging pollutants, and the consideration of how monitoring 
should be linked also to the measures for pollution reduction.  
The Commission/Milieu article 12 reports and the JRC in‐depth assessment of the EU Member States’ 
Submissions for the MSFD under articles 8, 9 and 10 have also shown a high variability in the matrices 
chosen  to  perform  the  assessments  of  contaminants.  Most  MS  mentioned  the  three  key  matrices 
(sediments, water and biota) in their GES definitions, but some countries only referred to one or two 
of them, in different combinations. Moreover, almost one third of MS did not specify the matrix in 
which measurements should be conducted.  
Furthermore, the establishment of a common contaminant assessment approach is essential for the 
harmonious implementation of the MSFD Descriptor 8 within the EU. The WFD EQS should be used as 
a  starting  point,  but,  conversely,  they  were  not  included  in  the  definitions  of  GES  of  a  significant 
proportion  of  MS.  Moreover,  in  many  cases,  MS  did  not  specify  their  evaluation  criteria  and,  if 
mentioned, it was not clear for which matrix and substance they were to be utilized. Despite potential 
differences in priorities and/or pressures, all MS should ensure they use coherent and comparable 
standards  and  harmonize  their  actions  with  neighbouring  countries  in  order  to  facilitate  the 
achievement of GES in their particular marine region. Moreover, WFD EQS are mainly defined only for 
water and GES should also consider adequate environmental criteria for sediments and biota as many 
MS have applied in their MSFD Initial Assessments reports. The application of OSPAR and HELCOM 
EAC has achieved a quite advanced level of harmonization in the North East Atlantic Ocean and the 
Baltic Sea, but harmonization is still lacking for the Mediterranean and the Black Seas.  
It has also been questioned if freshwater species toxicological data and the biota‐EQS derived from 
them can be applied for the protection of marine species. Marine species have different characteristics 
from freshwater species and might require a different level of protection. The water‐EQS values take 
account of possible greater sensitivity of marine species by increasing of the assessment factor, e.g. 
ten‐fold. For the biota‐EQS, assessment factors have been applied where there was doubt, e.g. due to 
limited datasets. However, the biota‐based EQSs themselves do not take the length of the food chain 
(longer in the marine environment) and the risks of biomagnification into account. Instead, the CIS 
Supplementary Guidance (No 32) on biota monitoring indicates how trophic level might be taken into 
account in applying the EQS, according to the species monitored. 
The application of international standards still requires building up consensus on which standard the 
countries  will  use.  However,  so  far  there  is  no  a  single  approach  suitable  for  all  key 
matrices/substances  that  allows  comparability  and  an  equal  level  of  protection,  so  a  number  of 
questions still need to be addressed and agreed. 
10 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
The Commission/Milieu article 12 reports have shown that a common feature across almost all MS is 
the lack of definition of aggregation rules. The temporal and spatial aggregation of data should be 
harmonised. Only two MS defined clear aggregation rules in their GES definition for D8 and one MS 
mentioned that they would be defined at a later stage.  
Criterion 8.2 Effects of contaminants 
Most MS provided very limited information on the biological effects of contaminants and some MS 
did not report any data in this regard. These scarce available data showed a high variability in the 
biological effects methods reported (with the exception of the occurrence of imposex in gastropods, 
which was reported by many MS) and the specific substances determined. 
The information with regard to the standards utilized to evaluate the effects of contaminants was also 
very limited and revealed little consistency. The OSPAR criteria, namely EcoQOs and EACs, were mainly 
used, even by countries outside the OSPAR Convention area. The reference levels developed in the 
Barcelona Convention and HELCOM were also considered by some MS and, in some cases, the issue 
of  biological  effects  was  addressed  only  from  the  perspective  of  concentrations  in  biota.  The 
inconsistencies  and  scarcity  of  information  in  the  Initial  Assessments  can  be  related  to  the  lack  of 
common understanding on the issue of Biological Effects in relation to contaminant exposure. Indeed, 
a  number  of  MS  mentioned  that  the  distinction  between  criterion  8.1  “Concentration  of 
contaminants” and criterion 8.2 “Effects of contaminants” is confusing, considering that the standards 
used for criterion 8.1 (e.g. EQS or EAC) are defined taking into account the effects of pollutants on the 
marine environment. 
There are still important gaps and needs that must be met to address the issue of biological effects 
and the lack of a legal framework in this regard may make it difficult to define GES boundaries. The 
aspects  on  which  more  research  and  scientific  discussion  are  particularly  needed  seem  to  be  the 
selection of proper and consistent biological effects methods and the criteria to assess them, and the 
coordination with programmes on biological effects monitoring conducted under RSCs.  
The issue of acute pollution events (8.2.2) was almost totally neglected in the definitions of GES, since 
only four MS addressed it. The way to assess the potential impacts was practically reduced to the use 
of OSPAR EcoQO for oiled guillemots, which is targeted primarily at oil pollution from multiple sources, 
not a single incident. 
While  oil  spills  are  a  well‐known  and  investigated threat  in  marine  waters (IMO,  Bonn  agreement, 
EMSA,  national  emergency  plans...),  significant  operational  oil  spills  and  discharges  of  other 
substances are an issue. There is a need to review relevant activities and gaps in spatial and temporal 
coverage. Moreover, the long‐term impact of acute exposure from spills is also an important research 
topic. 
Consideration  under  MSFD  would  be  expected  to  be  straightforward,  as  results  from  dedicated 
activities would only needed to be reported as an aspect of GES. 
Regional coherence for descriptor 8 
A very high variability was found among MS with regard to the contaminants and matrices for which 
information  was  provided.  No  one  substance  was  assessed  by  all  MS  and  even  for  some  priority 
substances  listed  in  the  WFD  and  the  WFD  river  basin  specific  pollutants,  information  was  quite 
11 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
limited. There were also great inconsistencies in the definitions of GES and environmental targets, 
both  in  their  level  of  ambition  and  coverage  and  the  ways  (if  provided)  in  which  they  are  to  be 
measured or achieved.  
Coherence in the North East Atlantic was  found to be high, in the Baltic and Mediterranean to be 
moderate and in the Black Sea to be low. The level of coherence in the NEA marine region is higher in 
the  North  than  in  the  South.  In  the  Mediterranean  Sea  coherence  is  low  for  two  out  of  four  sub‐
regions.  
The methodologies and data used by the MS sharing the North East Atlantic and Baltic regions were 
mostly based on the available assessments in OSPAR (Quality Status Report) and HELCOM (Holistic 
Assessment, HOLAS), respectively. 
Another factor identified as a major source of uncertainty was the existence of different evaluation 
criteria for the same matrix and substance. None of the MS that are parties to the OSPAR Convention 
and which used in their GES definition both the WFD EQS and the OSPAR’s EAC, defined a priority 
order between these two standards.  
2.2 Identification of any questions arising from the application of the current Decision, including those 
identified by the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports 
The inconsistencies encountered in the initial assessments could be explained taking into account that 
the EU MS “Submissions for the MSFD under articles 8, 9 and 10” used available information and data 
prior to MSFD implementation, thus it could be expected that inconsistencies will decrease in the next 
cycle.  However,  this  cannot  be  taken  for  granted.  In  fact,  inconsistencies  have  also  been  found  at 
regional and subregional level, despite the longstanding experience in the RSCs. Consistency should, 
therefore, be searched as much as possible at European level, for example, by defining the minimum 
requirements (common set of indicators) as discussed later.  
The lack, incompleteness or inadequacy of data found in some MS reports might partly be associated 
to the constraints of the provided reporting process.  
In some cases, the inconsistencies and scarcity of information in the reports might be related to the 
lack of common understanding on some issues, for example, the issue of Biological Effects in relation 
to contaminant exposure. 
Moreover, it is not easy to ascertain the lessons learnt from the WFD and identify what MSFD can do 
better according to WFD experience. It has been recognized that, while land‐based issues should be 
tackled by the WFD, the marine environment needs, within the MSFD, provisions which go beyond 
the WFD.  
2.3 Good examples and approaches applied by MS, especially if used by multiple MS, and shortcomings 
should be listed systematically  
Criterion 8.1: 
One  MS  included  radionuclides  in  the  scope  of  their  GES  definitions.  Four  MS  covered  additional 
substances to the WFD priority substances, including substances relevant for HELCOM or OSPAR and 
some contaminants specifically for the purpose of the MSFD.  
Three MS integrated aggregation rules directly in their GES definitions. 
12 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0208.png
The question of hierarchy between the WFD EQS Directive and the EACs was not addressed by any 
MS, but one MS discussed the issue of complementarity between the two standards and mentioned 
the need to apply the precautionary principle.   
Five  MS  mentioned  that,  in  order  to  maintain  GES,  concentrations  of  contaminants  should  not 
increase, even if they remain below the threshold values. 
Criterion 8.2: 
Two MS covered acute pollution events by looking at both the extent/frequency of events and the 
impact of oil on species.  
Some MS directly mentioned the OSPAR EcoQOs in their GES definition (oiled guillemots, imposex). 
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision 
 
The text of descriptor 8 has been analysed by highlighting the Com. Dec. text in order to check and 
identify  where  there  may  be  terms  or  topics  that  need  to  be  made  more  explicit,  removed  or 
incorporated.  
The following part of the Decision could be taken out and included in a guidance document, 
e.g. on how coordination between the MSFD and WFD could be achieved: 
The concentration of contaminants in the marine environment and their effects need to be assessed 
taking  into  account  the 
impacts  and  threats 
to  the  ecosystem.  Relevant  provisions  of  Directive 
2000/60/EC in territorial and/or coastal waters have to be taken into consideration to ensure proper 
coordination of the implementation of the two legal frameworks, having also regard to the information 
and knowledge gathered and approaches developed in regional sea conventions. 
The following part of the Decision should be kept in the Decision as it defines the scope of 
Descriptor 8: 
 
The Member States have to consider the substances or groups of substances, where relevant for the 
marine environment, that:  
(i) exceed the relevant Environmental Quality Standards set out pursuant to Article 2(35) and Annex V 
to Directive 2000/60/EC in coastal or territorial waters adjacent to the marine region or sub‐region, be 
it in water, sediment and biota; and/or  
(ii)  are  listed  as 
priority  substances  in  Annex  X 
to  Directive  2000/60/EC  and  further  regulated  in 
Directive 
2008/105/EC, 
which  are  discharged  into  the  concerned  marine  region,  sub‐region  or 
subdivision; and/or  
(iii) are contaminants and their total releases (including losses, discharges or emissions) may entail 
significant risks to the marine environment from past and present pollution in the marine region, sub‐
region  or  subdivision  concerned,  including  as  a  consequence  of  acute  pollution  events  following 
incidents involving for instance hazardous and noxious substances.  
 
8.1. Concentration of contaminants  
13 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
— Concentration of the contaminants mentioned above, measured in the relevant matrix (such as 
biota,  sediment  and  water)  in  a  way  that  ensures 
comparability 
with  the  assessments  under 
Directive 2000/60/EC (8.1.1)  
8.2. Effects of contaminants  
— 
Levels  of  pollution  effects 
on  the  ecosystem  components  concerned,  having  regard  to  the 
selected biological processes and taxonomic groups where a cause/effect relationship has been 
established and needs to be monitored (8.2.1)  
— Occurrence, origin (where possible), extent of significant acute pollution events (e.g. slicks from 
oil and oil products) and their impact on biota physically affected by this pollution (8.2.2). 
However, the text should be revised in order to address the lack of accuracy and to clarify certain 
terms: 
The “substances” to be covered under D8 could potentially be integrated in the definition for 
criterion 8.1 rather than stand on its own as an introduction. 
Point  (ii)  refers  to  substances  discharged  and  (iii)  refers  to  total  releases  (including  losses, 
discharges or emissions). These terms should be clarified and harmonized. 
In Indicator 8.2.1, “Contaminant‐related effects” might be more appropriate than “pollution 
effects”.  
The  term  “contaminant‐related  effect”  has  a  very  broad  meaning  and  should  be  clearly 
defined. An example has been provided, although it stills requires agreement: “Contaminant‐
related effects on biological responses at or below individual level, to chemical or chemical 
mixtures that give a measure of exposure to certain class of contaminants and/or sublethal 
adverse effects in the target species”. 
The  term  “living ecosystem  components (target  species)”  might  be  more  appropriate than 
“ecosystem components concerned”.  
Indicator 8.2.2 should say “source” instead of “origin”. 
Indicator 8.2.2 should say “spatial/geographical extent” and not only “extent”.  
The meaning of “significant” when referring to acute pollution events should be clarified. 
Beside oil and oil products, other substances should also be mentioned. 
 
The following part of the Decision is a normative definition for Descriptor 8, and might affect 
the way EQSs are implemented:  
 
Progress towards good environmental status will depend on whether pollution is progressively being 
phased out, i.e. the presence of contaminants in the marine environment and their biological effects 
are kept within acceptable limits, so as to ensure that there are no significant impacts on or risk to the 
marine environment.  
 
Suggestions: 
This text appears complicated and unclear, and might profit from rewording. 
The meaning of “Acceptable limits” should be clarified. 
The term “trends” should be included in the text.  
Such  a  normative  definition  might  not  be  needed  if  quantitative  GES  boundaries  can  be 
defined  through  the  Commission  Decision  criteria  and  methodological  standards.  On  the 
14 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0210.png
other hand, it might be useful because it can provide a steer to MS in defining or updating 
their environmental targets. 
 
Outdated 
(ii)  are  listed  as  priority  substances  in  Annex  X  to  Directive  2000/60/EC  and  further  regulated  in 
Directive 2008/105/EC… 
Directive  2008/105/EC  has  recently  been  amended  by  “Directive  2013/39/EU  of  the  European 
Parliament and of the Council of 12 August 2013 amending Directives 2000/60/EC and 2008/105/EC 
as regards priority substances in the field of water policy”.  
4. Identification of issues 
This  section  presents  the  main  issues  and  findings  resulting  from  the  previous  assessments  (the 
Commission/Milieu  article  12  reports  and  the  JRC  in‐depth  assessment  of  the  EU  Member  States’ 
Submissions  for the  MSFD under  articles  8,  9  and  10),  and  from discussions held  within the  MSFD 
Expert Network on Contaminants during the first phase of the review process for Descriptor 8. The 
identified issues are accompanied by initial recommendations for the way forward in addressing them 
and diverse comments, which could support further decisions and actions.  
 
1. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE WFD AND MSFD 
Issue: The conceptual relationship between the WFD and MSFD.  
Recommendation: 
The  MSFD  programme  should  be  built  upon  existing  networks  under  other 
Directives, particularly the WFD. The relationships between WFD and MSFD should be described in 
order to understand what additional elements need to be considered in MSFD beyond WFD (e.g. areas 
outside WFD zone, other substances/matrices or the biological effects of contaminants).  
Comments: 
Key  marine‐relevant  issues  include:  the  marine  environment  as  a  final  receptor  of 
contaminants, the marine environment to assess trans‐(MS + EU) boundary contamination, specific 
ecotoxicology of marine species, contamination from sea‐based sources (e.g. ship wrecks, ship lanes, 
dumped  ammunition, offshore  activities, etc.), the coverage of the open/deep sea  and the marine 
bioaccumulation and biomagnification processes. 
2. “CONTAMINANTS”, “POLLUTANTS”, AND “HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES” 
Issue: The clarification of these terms.  
Recommendation: Hazardous substances, priority substances and priority hazardous substances, as 
defined under WFD, are encompassed by the term contaminants.   
Comments: The term “pollutant” could not be appropriate in the MSFD context, because it is defined 
under WFD as including substances other than the type of substances to be considered under MSFD 
Descriptor 8.  
3. SUBSTANCES FOR WHICH GES CRITERIA SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED 
Issue: The selection of a European core set of substances.  
Recommendation: A list of contaminants for GES assessment should be established based on:  
15 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0211.png
Minimum Requirements: core set of substances are the WFD Priority Substances (+ current 
and future amendments).  
A  clear  and  justified  mechanism  for  excluding  WFD  priority  substances  from  the  MSFD 
assessments if not relevant (see proposals below).  
Binding provisions for protection against other additional substances (marine region‐specific 
substances,  but  also  national/local)  that  might  be  relevant  and  would  also  need  to  be 
monitored. 
Comments: 
The  selection  of  a  European  core  set  of  substances  to  be  monitored  by  all  MS  would 
enhance  harmonization,  but  the  inclusion  in  the  Commission  Decision  text  of  such  list  might  also 
reduce the flexibility of future revisions.  
The frequency of monitoring would be important in this context. For example, many substances which 
cause  problems  are  legacy  chemicals,  and  therefore  their  regular  monitoring  is  appropriate  and 
necessary,  but  the  sampling  frequency  can  be  lower  than  for  other  compounds,  particularly  if 
measures are already in place to ban or restrict their usage. 
It might be necessary to also select a core set of substances to be monitored in sediments and biota, 
taking  especially  into  consideration  the  minimum  requirements  proposed  by  RSCs.  The 
physicochemical properties of the contaminants, persistence and their interaction with sediments and 
biota should be considered.  
Issue: The criteria to include or exclude the substances to be monitored under Descriptor 8.  
Comments: According to the MSFD, it is for MS to define GES and harmonisation will therefore have 
to be at a high level. Instead of using an established list of substances, a risk‐based approach may lead 
to a more flexible approach. Several conditions have been proposed to include/exclude the substances 
to be monitored and are summarized below: 
If the substance exceeds the PS EQS in riverine/estuarine inputs to coastal waters, it has to be 
monitored in coastal waters. 
If  the  substance  exceeds  the  PS  EQS  in  coastal/territorial  waters,  it  has  to  be  monitored 
beyond WFD waters.  
If the substance does not exceed the PS EQS in coastal/territorial waters but it is released into 
the region/subregion,  or  subdivision,  it has  to  be  monitored.  However,  there  are probably 
numerous substances ending up in the sea in different ways and it would not be feasible to 
monitor all of them. Therefore, the term “released” has to be well clarified.  
If  there  are  significant  known  sources  beyond  WFD  waters,  the  substance  should  be 
monitored. 
Check if something affects the marine environment even if the theory says not. This point is 
controversial. Some experts propose, for example, implementing periodic screening of water 
or sediment samples using rapid, sensitive bioassays as early warning, as recommended by 
OSPAR. Other experts consider this bioassay example is not useful as a specific tool for MSFD 
monitoring.  
The  legacy  pollutants  should  be  monitored  and  the  appropriate  frequency  of  monitoring 
established. There is a need to develop a remediation/protection concept as measures might 
not be possible for historical pollution or have already been taken. 
Aligning opting‐out options with WFD: allow MS to exclude a substance.  
16 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0212.png
Contaminants with land‐based inputs should be regulated by the WFD. This is effective for 
reducing input to the marine environment. MSFD needs to monitor/assess the elements not 
covered by the WFD. This point, however, is controversial. This suggestion might be valid, with 
the exception of the assessment of higher trophic levels for those substances whose biota EQS 
are based on human consumption of fish as the most critical route, so might not be sufficient 
to protect marine top predators.  
Issue: The role of radionuclides in the MSFD.  
Comments: There has been a lot of work in the radiological community to define thresholds for both 
human and wildlife protection. The thresholds are expressed as doses of ionising radiation so are not 
specific to a particular nuclide (or even the type of radiation). The EU ERICA and PROTECT programmes 
cover all this. OSPAR has considered knowledge available on the impact of environmental radioactivity 
on marine life and its application to the OSPAR area. According to the data available, calculated dose 
rates to marine biota are below the screening value at which effects at the ecosystem level are likely 
to occur. The OSPAR Radioactive Substances Committee has also done work on the development of 
environmental quality criteria for the protection of the marine environment against adverse effects 
of radioactive substances. In HELCOM, and for Cs137, the target/GES is pre‐ Chernobyl level. The MSFD 
should follow the developments in these groups and use the criteria developed there.  
4. RELEVANT MATRIX IN WHICH MEASUREMENTS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED 
Issue: The selection of the relevant matrix where a particular substance should be monitored. 
Recommendation: 
There  is  no  reason  to  exclude  a  priori  any  applicable  matrix  to  assess  the 
concentration of contaminants: biota, water, sediment. Coherence with WFD is desirable. 
Comments: 
Water  presents  large  spatial  and  temporal  variability  (although  this  is  not  the  case  for 
certain large uniform water masses) and very low concentrations of many non‐polar contaminants. 
Sediment or biota display often less temporal variability and seem to be more relevant, although they 
also present difficulties and some limitations. When adequate sampling and analysis techniques are 
present, water is a relevant matrix. For biota and sediment similar arguments are valid.  
In  the  WFD,  in  addition  to  chemical  and  ecological  status  assessment,  the  prevention  of  further 
deterioration  of  the  status  of  aquatic  ecosystems  is  another  important  objective.  Monitoring  of 
contaminants in sediment and biota may be used to assess the long‐term impacts of anthropogenic 
activity and thus, to assess the achievement of the above mentioned objective. To ensure coherence 
with WFD (as well as with OSPAR assessments), substances that tend to accumulate in sediment and 
biota may be monitored in these matrices for trend monitoring in the MSFD. Nevertheless, sediments 
and biota analysis give information about the spatial distribution of the contaminants, and can be also 
useful for the assessment of GES. Indeed, some MS have set standards for compliance assessment in 
sediments as equivalently protective for certain priority substances and applied them in the MSFD 
Initial Assessment. 
The recent Priority Substances directive amendment places more emphasis on biota standards. The 
CIS  Supplementary  Guidance  (No  32)  on  biota  monitoring  gives  the  possibility  to  choose  relevant 
species and tissues for monitoring purposes, and means to recalculate the obtained values to a value 
that can be compared to the biota EQS of the new daughter directive. 
17 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0213.png
Issue: The uncertainties regarding the species that have to be considered under D8. 
Comments: In the WFD context, biota refers to fish or lower trophic levels, not to mammals or birds. 
Therefore, the EQSs in the amended priority substance directive might not be directly applicable to 
the  latter,  but  might  be  after  recalculation  and  adjustment  of  monitoring  data  to  account  for 
differences in trophic status and lipid content of the sampled species.  
There  are  uncertainties  in  the  consideration  or  not  of  migratory  species  under  MSFD,  for  which 
interpretation  of  results  requires  the  knowledge  of  seasonal  migratory  patterns,  or  the  use  of 
alternate biota matrices (e.g. mammals) as integrative matrices to provide a broader picture of the 
contaminant status in a region or seabird eggs for trend assessments.  
Recommendation: The sampling strategy for biota must take into account not only the species but also 
the  organ/tissue  analysed  and  the  frequency  and  seasonality  of  when  biota  should  be  sampled  in 
order to minimize natural variability and to take account of the protection goal.  
Comments: 
 
Guidelines  for  sampling  biota  (size,  sex,  maturation  state,  sampling  period  etc.)  and 
sediments (fraction, etc.) are already available in RSCs, such as OSPAR, and there are also integrated 
guidelines (Davies and Vethaak, 2012, ICES advice, 2013, WFD Guidance document No. 25). Moreover, 
the CIS Supplementary Guidance (No 32) on biota monitoring covers sampling of biota for assessing 
compliance with new WFD biota EQSs. It does not specify species/age etc., but gives guidance on how 
to allow for differences. The guidance is supposed to cover both freshwater and marine biota. 
5. METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS 
Issue: The appropriate thresholds for the assessment of GES. 
Comments: It is not clear whether to introduce WFD EQS in the text, and recommend the use of other 
standards (e.g. OSPAR  EAC, national standards) when no  EQS  are  available or when EQS  were not 
derived from environmental toxicity data, or whether to define a coherent, ideally single, chemical 
assessment regime across waters under RSC, WFD and MSFD.  
The establishment of EQS has been limited for the majority of priority substances to water only, so 
the principle matrix for assessing compliance with respect to EQS is whole water, or for metals, the 
liquid fraction obtained by filtration of the whole water sample. However, many pollutants are present 
in water at very low concentrations, often below the limit of detection and hydrophobic contaminants 
tend to accumulate in biota and sediments. Therefore, the development of specific EQS for these latter 
matrices is recommended.  
Furthermore, specific attention has been focused on why EQSs are sometimes lower than calculated 
Background Concentrations (BCs), which  is  an ongoing discussion under WFD. The reasons for this 
need to be better understood (e.g. because no environmental toxicology criteria were used for the 
EQS establishment and/or because of the assessment factors applied when few data are available?). 
Sediments are the last recipient of many pollutants but there are no EQS for sediments set at EU level. 
OSPAR EACs are assessment tools intended to represent the contaminant concentration in sediment 
and biota below which no chronic effects are expected to occur in marine species, including the most 
18 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0214.png
sensitive species. EAC can be environmentally representative reference data, and consequently they 
might fill the current gaps, i.e., when WFD EQS are not available.  
There are close similarities between OSPAR EACs and the EQSs developed under the WFD, though 
they are not interchangeable. The OSPAR 2004 EAC methodology defined EACs to relate to EQSs under 
the WFD, so that they were based on the EC Technical Guidance Document (TGD) on risk assessment 
and WFD frameworks for deriving PNECs or QS values. The EAC methodology, however, focused on 
ecological risks and had less emphasis than EQSs on human health considerations (e.g. through food 
consumption or drinking water abstraction).  As for EQSs, the OSPAR EAC methodology does not take 
into  account  specific  long‐term  biological  effects  such  as  carcinogenicity,  genotoxicity  and 
reproductive disruption due to hormone imbalances, and does not include combination toxicology.  
For organic contaminants (PCBs, PAHs), OSPAR initially determined EACs for water, following the EQS 
TGD procedure, and then converted the water EACs to lipid or organic carbon concentrations based 
upon  partitioning  theory.  EACs  for  organics  in  mussels/oysters  were  further  converted  from  being 
expressed on a lipid‐weight basis to being expressed on a dry weight basis, assuming 1% lipid and 20% 
dry  matter  content.  It  should  be  noted  that  EACs  have  not  been  agreed  for  all  substance/matrix 
combinations that OSPAR assessed in the 2010 Quality Status Report (OSPAR QSR2010). For metals in 
fish, fish liver and mussels/oysters, OSPAR EACs were not agreed and the EU Food Health Regulations 
(1881/2006)  were  used  for  assessing  Cd,  Hg  and  Pb  in  biota  for  the  QSR2010;  the  food  limits  for 
bivalves were applied to data on Cd and Pb in fish liver.  
There  are other environmental criteria, such  as the US Effects  Range Low values (ERL) (Long et  al. 
1995), which are applied in other countries (USA, Canada, etc.). These criteria were used for assessing 
metals  in  sediments  for  the  OSPAR  QSR2010  since  OSPAR  EACs  were  not  agreed.  However,  the 
procedure by which ERL criteria are derived is very different from the methods of derivation of EACs 
and  EQSs,  and  t  a  precise  equivalence  between  the  two  sets  of  criteria  should  not  be  expected. 
Moreover, in practice, the use of these environmental criteria is not common in Europe.  
Issue: The relevance of the WFD EQSs for the MSFD. 
Comments: The most relevant addition would be to include more marine taxa, but only for those EQSs 
which  are  now  derived  with  an  additional  assessment  factor  because  of  a  lack  of  data  for  marine 
species. It should be noted that for taxa that include marine and freshwater species, there is no clear 
evidence  that  marine  representatives  are  more  sensitive  than  their  freshwater  relatives.  The 
taxonomic  position  rather  than  the  habitat  seems  to  be  important.  For  the  marine  environment, 
testing species from exclusively marine taxa such as sea urchins may have added value. 
The generation of new toxicological data from marine species should be a priority as a way to get 
useful  criteria  for  the  assessment  of  marine  environment.  Marine  toxicity  data  should  become  a 
requirement  under  REACH  for  new  and  current‐use  substances,  but  will  not  cover  all  relevant 
substance categories. 
Issue: “Comparability with WFD”. 
Recommendation: To define what needs to be comparable (matrix, substances, analytical methods, 
quality control…) and where (territorial waters, open sea…). This “comparability” is incongruent for 
sediments and/or biota when there is no available EQS. 
19 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0215.png
Comments: 
For  sediment,  no  EQS  are  set  at  EU  level,  but  there  might  be  QS
sed
 
(some  are  more 
preliminary than others though). QS
sed 
should be based only on predicting risks to benthic organisms, 
although if based on equilibrium partitioning, they might be based on risk to human health or other 
organisms.  EQS
biota
 
were  developed  when  the  highest  risk  has  been  considered  to  be  related  to 
secondary  poisoning  or  human  risk  from  consumption.  If  sediment  (or  biota)  matrix  is  used  for 
assessing  risk  to  whole  marine  environment,  then  the  standard  should  be  protective  of  the  most 
vulnerable species in that environment, and could (should?) be derived by calculation from the EQS 
for water.  
Seven out of eleven EQS
biota
 laid down in Directive 2013/39/EU have been set to protect humans from 
adverse  health  effects  via  consumption  of  fish  products.  Moreover,  the  monitoring  in  the  CIS 
Supplementary Guidance (No 32) on biota monitoring is designed according to how these EQS biota 
values have been derived, i.e. to protect the top predator and/or human health, focusing on a high 
trophic  level,  and  so  analysing  the  whole  fish  (as  eaten  by  a  top  predator)  or  the  fillet  (as 
predominantly  eaten  by  humans).  Therefore,  these  EQS  might  be  not  relevant  for  contaminant 
monitoring under D8. Furthermore, EC Food Regulation limits for protecting humans are derived using 
an assessment of the risk based upon dietary intakes – it is not clear that this is the case for EQSs 
intended  to  protect  human  health  (e.g.  for  PBDEs).  There  are  some  recommendations  in  the  CIS 
Supplementary Guidance (No 32) on biota monitoring about converting between fillet and whole body 
concentrations, but these cannot currently be used to perform a valid assessment due to the lack of 
the required species‐specific conversion factors.  
As some of these substances (such as PBDEs and PFOS) are indicators in OSPAR and HELCOM, and 
don’t have EAC or BAC in fish defined, the QS
biota secondary poisoning 
derived under the WFD could be useful 
for compliance checking under MSFD D8 as well.  
6. BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS 
Issue:  The  distinction  between  criterion  8.1  “Concentration  of  contaminants”  and  criterion  8.2 
“Effects of contaminants”. 
Recommendation: There is a clear difference between criterion 8.1 “Concentration of contaminants” 
and  criterion  8.2  “Effect  of  contaminants”,  i.e.,  pressure  and  impact.  The  concentration  of 
contaminants provides the information about the presence of a certain contaminant in the marine 
environment  that  might  cause  effects  on  marine  organisms  or  human  health.  The  effect  of 
contaminants provides information on the exposure and impact of contaminants (including mixtures) 
on marine organisms and can respond to contaminants which are not being monitored individually by 
chemical means. 
Issue: The assessment of the effects of contaminants for the MSFD.  
Recommendation: Contaminant‐related effects have to be clearly defined. 
Comments: 
Contaminant  related  effects  has  a  very  broad  meaning.  It  can  refer  to  one  particular 
chemical  or  chemical  mixtures  as  well  as  contaminant‐specific  (e.g.  imposex  and  TBT)  and  general 
stress responses including contaminants (e.g. fish diseases, lysosomal membrane stability in mussel, 
etc.).  Moreover,  clarification  is  also  need  regarding  the  lowest  biological  organisational  level  that 
should be assessed: sub/cellular, tissue or individual… 
20 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0216.png
Contaminant effect monitoring in the WFD is an investigative tool, and not to check compliance of 
levels of contaminant‐related effects. EQS values can be derived from laboratory toxicity studies with 
water organisms, but can also be derived from observed effects in fish eating birds or mammals. In 
both cases, the observed effect concentrations are translated to the proper trophic level and safety 
factors are applied. These values do not protect individual fish, but do protect a population. EQS values 
are derived  for  single  contaminants  and  do  not  take  into  account the effect  of other  stressors.  So 
looking at bioeffects may provide additional and relevant information.  
Contaminant‐related effects in the MSFD could be defined in line with the biomonitoring programmes 
developed in RSCs, which are based on the integrated use of chemical and biological measurements 
(biomarkers and bioassays). A key issue here is whether the specific biomonitoring technique is being 
used as a diagnostic tool (to identify the likely cause of an impact) or a broad spectrum screen (to 
determine whether or not there is an impact, but whose cause may be unknown).  
Recommendation: A range of effects methods is needed in order to investigate the range of organism 
responses, however a core set of biological effects to be monitored at European level (and also their 
methodologies,  thresholds,  and  the  level  of  QA/QC  needed)  should  be  yet  further  discussed  and 
eventually selected.  
Comments:  “Substance specific” tools are valuable to confirm assessments based on chemical data, 
whereas tools that respond to larger groups of substances (such as “oestrogenic substances”, “PAHs”, 
“metals”), but still primarily contaminants, are valuable to cover also substances not being monitored 
individually by chemical means (for economic or technical reasons), and can also take the combined 
effects into account. The fact that some of these “general” tools might also respond to other types of 
pressures  and  other  factors,  should  not  be  sufficient  reason  for  “disqualification”.  However,  some 
types of effects are perhaps too general and could really respond equally well to other stressors than 
contaminants, and such types of analyses could also be considered under other descriptors (probably 
Descriptor 1). As said before, a key issue is to choose between diagnostic or broad spectrum tools. 
It has been also suggested that all types of effects monitored and observed are of value. But in the 
assessment of status, focus should be on risks to higher levels (individual, population, community). 
Therefore,  instead  of  assessing  GES  based  on  certain  types  of  individual  endpoints,  it  might  be 
appropriate to adopt integrated assessment schemes, to assess/predict effects/risks on individual and 
population/community levels when the actual data stem from lower level monitoring data (such as 
cellular/enzymatic responses). Individual threshold levels might be suitable for imposex and eelpout 
malformations,  which  could  probably  be  assessed  in  a  “stand  alone”  manner,  but  not  for  EROD, 
vitellogenin (VTG) induction etc., which should be assessed together with other lines of evidence. In 
the  first  case,  the  risks  to  populations  are  clear.  But  EROD  and  VTG  are  rather  considered  “early 
warning”  signals,  so  deviations  should  trigger  further  investigations.  Together  with  other  data, 
sufficient background would be available to assess not only status but frequently also give an idea 
about what type of compounds are involved. 
External fish diseases, certainly not substance specific, have been mentioned as indicators of biological 
effects  that  could/should  be  considered  for  incorporation  in  monitoring  under  D8,  although  it  has 
been also said that this issue could be tackled under D3 and D1 (species condition). 
21 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0217.png
The  choice  of  a  limited  number  of  biological  effect‐based  indicators  to  investigate  the  range  of 
organism  responses  was  proposed  by  Davies  and  Vethaak  (2012)  with  the  following  criteria:  i) 
validated methods; ii) integrated QA/QC scheme (e.g. Bequalm project); iii) EAC/BAC determined for 
each indicator. A list of core biomarkers indicators exists and is the result of the work done within ICES 
(Davies  and  Vethaak,  2012).  The  Barcelona  Convention  also  relies  on  the  limited  number  of  these 
biomarker indicators. 
Issue: The establishment of cause/effect relationships in the marine environment.  
Comments: The establishment of unequivocal cause/effect relationships in the marine environment is 
unfeasible  since  effects  include  consequences  of  exposure  to  multiple  contaminants  and  indeed 
combined  with  multiple  stressors.  However,  unequivocal  cause/effect  relationships  have  been 
demonstrated  in  laboratory  exposures  for  the  biological  effects  recommended  by  ICES  (except, 
possibly,  external  fish  disease). 
 
Certainly,  some  biological  effects  reflect  the  presence  of  certain 
contaminants or group of contaminants (e.g. imposex /TBT, PAH metabolites and DNA adducts…), but 
it is still difficult to ascribe a specific effect to a given chemical. As most biological effects can be caused 
by several substances (as well as by other stressors not related to chemicals), the main utility of effects 
measurement is often to provide assurance against cumulative effects due to contaminant mixtures 
and give an integrated picture of health status.  
It should be underlined that the biomarkers responses established as mandatory or recommended by 
RSC  like  OSPAR  have  a  cause/effect  established  after  validation  in  laboratory  and  field  studies, 
although many of them are not specific to a given chemical but to group of contaminants. 
Issue: The available guidance on effect‐based monitoring.  
Comments: The available guidance on effect‐based monitoring tools seems to be insufficient to meet 
the MSFD requirements. The technical report on aquatic effect‐based monitoring tools elaborated by 
the subgroup Chemical Monitoring and Emerging Pollutants (CMEP) under the CIS WFD (Wernersson 
et al., 2014) is very generic and presents many effect methods since its main aim is to present the 
state of the  art of aquatic effect‐based monitoring tools for toxic substances  from  a broader WFD 
perspective. The list of biological effects recommended by ICES (Davies and Vethaak, 2012) is shorter 
and presents detailed guidance on techniques, assessment thresholds and integration / aggregation. 
Moreover, the Joint Assessment and Monitoring Programme (JAMP) of the OSPAR Commission also 
includes a substantial biological effects monitoring component (JAMP 1998a, 1998b, 2007).  
Issue: The ways to address biological effects coherently between MSFD and WFD.  
Comments: So far, there are no or few tools implemented at national levels to assess effects from 
contaminants  by  biological  means  in  the  WFD  context  (Wernersson  et  al.,  2014).  However,  by 
performing the MSFD assessment of contaminant effects on risks to higher organisational levels, such 
as populations and communities, the protection goals should be the same.  
The use of fast and cheap bioassays in water or passive sampling extracts or biomarkers recommended 
by RSCs in target species from coastal and open sea waters should be applied to link WFD with MSFD.  
Issue:  The  implications  for  MSFD  in  cases  where  the  relation  between  effects  with  potential 
measures should be clarified.  
22 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0218.png
Comments: It is not always necessary to know the exact identities of the individual compound/s behind 
an  effect  to  adopt  suitable  measures,  as  long  as  there  is  an  idea  about  most  likely  sources.  By 
monitoring effects before and after such measures, it is still possible to assess whether the measures 
were  effective.  If  an  effect  is  observed,  the  next  step  would  be  to  trigger  MSFD  investigative 
monitoring to identify the chemical substance causing the effect and, if the substance is identified and 
land‐based sources are suspected, to trigger WFD investigative monitoring. 
Issue: The appropriateness of obligatory monitoring without necessarily checking compliance, i.e., 
separating compliance from risk assessment. 
Comments: In that case, the appropriate quality elements must be defined. Perhaps by identifying two 
different criteria, those used for status assessments, and those used to trigger investigations (e.g. fish 
tumours). There is a key difference between compliance and a status assessment. Status assessment 
is  whether  environmental  health  is  acceptable,  whereas  compliance  is  comparison  with  a  legal 
standard (EQS).   
7. ACUTE POLLUTION EVENTS 
Issue: The minimum requirements for indicator 8.2.2. 
Recommendation: Apart from petroleum spills, vegetable oil spills are quite frequent, usually due to 
washing out of tanks in product tankers, and other chemicals can be spilled as well and damage the 
environment, so they would also need to be considered. 
Comments: Reporting on acute pollution events is practically based only on what has been done under 
the Bonn Agreement / HELCOM. Reporting accidents, including frequency of occurrence and spatial 
coverage in order to determine the magnitude of the spills, and OSPAR EcoQO on oiled birds to assess 
impacts on biota could be considered as the minimum requirements for indicator 8.2.2. However, this 
would need further clarifications, e.g. whether the magnitude of the spill refers to HELCOM statistics 
or whether EcoQO on oiled birds would be applied by all MS taking into account that it is a North Sea 
EcoQO and it is not even applied throughout OSPAR and it is not specific for acute pollution events. 
It has been also suggested that the assessment of dangers of oil spills is described under the Bonn 
Agreement and, therefore, no new criteria or assessments should be introduced. However, the Bonn 
agreement  does  not  apply  to  much  of  the  North  Atlantic  Sea  (including  Bay  of  Biscay),  nor  to  the 
Mediterranean or Black Sea. 
Issue: The selection of appropriate reporting units to make this indicator quantitative. 
Comments: 
Apart  from  the  International  Convention  for  the  Prevention  of  Pollution  from  Ships 
(MARPOL)  obligations,  there  is  no  other  EU  framework  for  occurrence,  origin  and  extent  of  acute 
pollution  events,  so  quantitative  GES  boundaries  would  be  based  on  the  obligations  for  reporting 
under national registers or related to the target impact group, e.g. seabirds.  
Issue: The selection of sampling sites for monitoring, i.e. whether monitoring should be associated 
to  already  known  spills  or  whether  modelling  should  be  used  to  identify  prospective  monitoring 
areas. 
Comments: Sampling for acute pollution events should be directed by occurring incidents, and should 
not be put into a standard monitoring network. Sampling sites should not be selected in advance. 
23 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0219.png
There are guidelines for this issue developed by ICES and OSPAR and published in Martínez‐Gómez et 
al. (2010).  
Issue: The meaning of “impact on biota physically affected” in indicator 8.2.2.  
Comments: The fact that the indicator 8.2.2 says “impact on biota physically affected” implicitly limits 
the assessment to oil and chemicals which exert smothering effects and excludes the direct toxicity of 
chemicals.  It  is  important  to  know  whether  this  means  that  an  accident  at  sea  with  chemical  spill 
wouldn’t have to be considered under 8.2.2 and would be already covered under 8.1. Acute toxicity 
should be considered under 8.2.2, whilst chronic toxicity (including repeated minor spills) should be 
considered under 8.2.1. 
Issue: The consideration or not of “minor spills” under Indicator 8.2.2. 
Comments: 
Oil spill events which are  too small or less  acute to be considered under multinational 
frameworks, can be frequent and, taken together, be quite significant, (on national scale, volume has 
been  estimated  to  correspond  to  at  least  one  large  oil  tanker  each  year).  However,  there  are  not 
established guidelines on what has to be reported (e.g. minimum size) and perhaps they are covered 
through e.g. PAH or sea bird monitoring and then assessed through Indicators 8.1 and 8.2.1.  
8. MONITORING 
8.1. TRENDS 
Issue: The consideration of trends. 
Recommendation: Trends must be considered. They could be considered for the assessment of GES 
and effectiveness of measures, in line with WFD provisions. Trend monitoring is necessary: 
For substances of category iii (with no EQS) in order to obtain indications about risks for these 
type of substances (when not (yet) possible to evaluate concentrations in “absolute terms”). 
When  the  concentration  of  a  substance  is  above  EQS  in  order  to  ensure  the  trend  in 
concentrations is decreasing.  
For some PS even if they are below EQS but when their concentrations/inputs are expected 
to  increase  (align  with  WFD  non‐deterioration  principle,  and  perhaps  even  more  clearly 
related to Art. 3 in 2008/105/EC, by which trend monitoring of accumulating substances is 
required  and  measures  undertaken  if  increasing  significantly).  However,  what  is  meant  by 
“significant increase” and with which statistical power need to be clarified.  
Sediment trends monitoring. 
Issue: The monitoring frequency to assess reliable trends.  
Comments: 
The  monitoring  frequencies  (including  retrospective  analysis  of  archives  samples,  if 
available)  should  be  established  attending  to  pollution  sources,  physicochemical  properties  of 
pollutant groups and the hydrodynamic conditions (sedimentation rate in the case of sediments, etc.). 
Trend analysis could be done on a very few sites representative of the wider (sub‐)region, but would 
need to be done regularly (annually, biannually or every X years)  to have any statistical meaning; or 
done very infrequently using dated sediment cores. If performing the trend analysis according to the 
priority substance directive (analysing once every third year as a minimum), the “trend” needs to be 
24 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0220.png
very steep in order to detect a significant change compared to the previous water management cycle 
(within 6 years). 
Issue: The acceptable limits to control that concentrations do not reach EQS.  
Comments: This could refer to identify concentrations (for example, 75% of the EQS) at which any 
significant  increasing  trend  needs  to  be  turned.  However,  it  has  been  also  said  that  the  trend 
assessment just represents a safeguard mechanism and this approach might seem more a speculative 
research than a useful tool for the correct implementation of the MSFD. 
8.2. SAMPLING STRATEGY 
Issue: The role of passive sampling. 
Comments: 
Passive  sampling  is  a  methodology  to  assess  dissolved  concentrations  in  water  and  in 
sediment  porewater  and  so  the  bioavailability  and  exposure  by  that  route.  Passive  sampling  of 
hydrophobic contaminants (e.g. PAHs, dioxins, etc.) can provide information on lipid concentrations 
that would  be found in  biota, if they were at equilibrium. By  acting  as an abiotic reference phase, 
passive  sampling  provides  a  measure  of  pollutant  pressure  in  the  environment,  in  the  way  that  a 
thermometer measures heat; furthermore, passive sampling is able to provide information on what 
the level of exposure to (e.g.) PAHs is, even though they cannot be measured meaningfully in whole 
fish/ fish fillet due to metabolism.  
Passive  sampling  derived  concentrations  can  be  representative  in  low  concentration  of  suspended 
solids  waters.  Passive  sampling  of  porewaters  /  sediments  can  inform  on  the  bioavailability  of 
substances in sediments, and (by being equilibrium sampling), it integrates over the same time period 
as the sediment itself. 
Passive sampling should not be regarded as an additional matrix or as mimicking biota, at least not 
when the protection goal is related to secondary poisoning. The “food pathway” is not present in a 
passive sampler. For substances that are rather of concern because of accumulation in invertebrates 
(lower trophic level biota to be monitored), this could be an alternative, but taking into account that 
passive sampling actually measures chemical activity, that is the “pressure” for pollutants to move 
from  one  phase  (e.g.  particulate  matter  or  water)  into  another  (e.g.  organism  lipids  or  passive 
sampler).  It is this measurement (chemical activity) that is relevant in determining potential exposure, 
particularly for lower trophic level organisms, including most fish spp. 
8.3. SCALES AND AGGREGATION 
Issue: The scale for selecting the substances that are relevant for the marine environment (national, 
regional, European). 
Recommendation: Typically, marine pollution is expected to represent a transboundary problem, as 
ocean  hydrodynamics  can  carry  the  contaminants  far  from  their  source  and,  therefore,  regional 
coherence  is  essential.  Minimum  set  of  substances  should  be  agreed  among  EU  MS  in  the 
region/subregion and neighbouring countries, preferably through RSC.  
Comments: Harmonization in the Mediterranean and Black Sea is still an issue. In these regional areas, 
assessment of D8 data could be done by using assessment criteria developed in other RSCs or those 
25 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0221.png
developed at national level as it has been performed by several countries in their Initial Assessments. 
Moreover, due to the transboundary nature of marine pollution, the best possible identification of 
pollution sources and pathways should be looked for.  
Issue:  The  eventually  use  of  combined  weight  of  evidence  approaches  to  provide  integrated 
assessments of GES. 
Comments: If there are separate indicators and targets for concentrations and effects, the eventual 
use of combined weight of evidence approaches to provide integrated assessments of GES should be 
discussed.  There  are  examples  in  Davies  and  Vethaak  (2012),  although  maybe  they  are  resource 
intensive. Other suggestions include the use of Weight of Evidence (WOE) approach.  
It has been also mentioned that the integration in WFD is performed at water body level, which is 
coherent  and  possible,  but  in  MSFD  Initial  Assessments,  integration  has  been  performed  at 
demarcation  levels,  which  are  higher  and  more  complex.  Consequently,  it  is  not  recommended  to 
integrate at this level and the criteria of maximum protection should be applied. Within OSPAR and 
HELCOM the integration / aggregation is proposed to be nested at appropriate scales, e.g. water body, 
coastal  waters,  national  waters,  sub‐regional.  A  basic  and  common  procedure  to  integrate 
contaminant or pollution indicators should be proposed (e.g. Davies and Vethaak, 2012). 
Issue: The appropriate aggregation rules. 
Comments: There are some guidance documents for data aggregation methodologies: Deltares report 
(2014), Davies, and Vethaak (2012), ICES advice (2013). 
The approach of establishment of a % as a threshold level for the total GES of the interested area, can 
follow as starting point the integrated assessment methodology proposed by ICES/OSPAR (Davies and 
Vethaak, 2012).There are, however, serious and complex issues with this approach.  The level of the 
GES threshold must depend on the design of the sampling programme – if sampling is risk‐based and 
targeted at coastal hotspots (i.e. ignoring most of the sub‐region), then the GES threshold should be 
lower (or a weighting factor needs applying) compared to if sampling is randomised across the whole 
of the sub‐region. 
8.4. MONITORING PROGRAMMES 
Issue: The harmonization of the monitoring programmes. 
Comments: 
Monitoring  programmes  have  been  already  designed by  MS with  a differing  degree of 
consultations at regional and EU level, so there could still be a lack of consideration of the lessons 
learnt  (in‐depth  assessment,  article  12  report).  An  insufficiency  in  harmonization  among  MS  at 
regional  or  EU  level  might  lead  to  new  inconsistencies  in  the  second  MSFD  reporting  cycle,  if  not 
addressed before the establishment of the monitoring programme for that cycle.  
There is not much specification on the sampling grids used and, in fact, sampling grids might not be 
necessarily the best approach. 
Issue: The appropriate coverage of deep/open sea areas. 
26 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0222.png
Recommendation: Deep/Open Sea areas have been found to be scarcely considered. There is a need 
to cover also these areas in a representative and efficient way, where risk warrants coverage.  
 
Comments: 
 
Clear  definitions  of  Open/Deep  Sea  are  needed,  as  well  as  of  “where  risks  warrant 
coverage”.   
Issue: Quality assurance/Quality control. 
Recommendation: The WFD provides 
data quality  requirements  for  chemical  analysis  (Commission 
Directive  2009/90/EC),  and  could  be  taken  into  account  for  marine  monitoring.  Proficiency  testing 
schemes must consider the properties of marine matrices.   
While MS have mostly submitted their monitoring programmes under MSFD Art. 11, the MSFD Expert 
Network  on  Contaminants  was  consulted  during  the  first  meeting  held  in  Ispra  on  the  state  and 
content of the MSFD monitoring programmes of Descriptor 8 in their respective countries: 
Belgium: Monitoring programmes under public consultation: Coordination with institutions for D8 and 
with Food safety legislation for D9. No deep sea to be considered. 
Croatia:  Public  consultation  of  monitoring  programmes  is  finished.  For  D8  concentrations  of 
contaminants  will  be  measured  in  sediment  and  biota  (mussels  and  fish).  Information  for 
concentrations in water will be obtained from national, WFD‐harmonized, monitoring programme. 
Contaminant effects in seawater, sediment and biota (mussels and fish) will be investigated. How to 
access acute pollution effects is still open. Monitoring will be performed from coastal to  open  sea 
areas. Deep sea areas are foreseen only for fish sampling. 
France: a) Monitoring programmes under public consultation: For D8, assessment of contaminants 
covers four monitoring sub‐programmes i) contaminants in the marine biota, ii) contaminants in the 
marine  environment  (sediments  and  water),  iii)  contaminant  effects  in  marine  organisms,  and  iv) 
acute  pollution  events.  b)  Discussion  of  the  Revision  Commission  Decision.  c)  Preparation  of  the 
response to Article 12. Periodic fishery cruises under D3, which can provide biota samples for analysis 
of contaminants under D8. Sampling of sediment every 1/6 years. There are research projects which 
determine metals, POPs and PAHs in deep sediments and some of these elements and compounds in 
deep sea sharks. Using of existing monitoring network stations with additional sampling for offshore 
waters. 
Germany: Not much considerations on deep sea. There are two stations for collecting deep sediments 
in the North Sea. Research on marine mammals.  
Ireland: a) Working on drafting the monitoring programmes: For D8, monitoring will be risk based with 
the primary focus on coastal areas and alignment in terms of substances with WFD (water) and OSPAR 
(molluscs,  sediments).  At  present,  imposex  is  the  sole  biological  effect  parameter  proposed  for 
monitoring. There is a gap on how to sample higher trophic levels. b) Comments to Article 12. 
Intends  to  develop  a  single  monitoring  programme  for  substances  in  the  marine  environment  to 
address WFD, OSPAR and MSFD requirements in a more coherent and aligned approach. A risk‐based 
approach dictates primarily inshore monitoring but any offshore monitoring would probably utilise 
passive sampler deployment and possibly add a focus on biota at higher trophic levels.  
Italy: a) Preparation of monitoring programmes for the three Mediterranean subregions, taking into 
account the weak points, particularly quantitative aspects, of GES and targets, as suggested by Art. 12 
Assessment. For D8 there will be subprogrammes on assessment of contaminants in water, sediments, 
and biota and contaminant effects on biota. b) GES and targets will be converted to legislation. 
27 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0223.png
Trying to fill the gaps in open seas. 
The  Netherlands:  Monitoring  programmes  decided.  Monitoring  is  mainly  risk‐based,  for  D8  in  the 
coastal waters in alignment with WFD and OSPAR Common indicators for sediment and biota. Focus 
on imposex to monitor biological effects and the monitoring of fish diseases and PAH metabolites in 
fish bile. Exploring the possibilities of combining the current food safety monitoring programme at sea 
(D9) and the environmental monitoring programme (D8).  
No deep sea to be considered. 
Norway: Alignment with WFD, and probably also with MSFD, though Norway does not implement the 
MSFD. Arctic issues to be addressed through OSPAR/AMAP. 
Romania: Monitoring programmes under public consultation. For D8, concentrations of contaminants 
(heavy metals, OCP, PCB, TPH, PAH) are measured by NIMRD in all relevant matrices: water, sediment 
and biota (mussels, snails, and fish), taking into account EQS (water), EAC/OSPAR (sediments, biota), 
ERL (sediments). Periodic fishery cruises under D3, which can provide biota samples for analysis of 
contaminants  under  D8  and  D9. 
 
Contaminant  effects  (in  term  of  bioaccumulation  in  biota)  are 
included.  Monitoring  of other  biological  effects  (biomarkers  of  pollution,  such  as metalothioneine, 
vitellogenin  content,  catalase,  SOD,  acetylcholin  esterase)  is  under  early  stages  of  development. 
Existing  monitoring  is  performed  by  NIMRD  on  national  marine  waters  (transitional  /Danube 
influenced  area,  coastal  /hot‐spots,  and  open  sea/  up  to  30‐40  nm  from  baseline).  Long‐term 
contaminants data from this network to determine trends are available. Offshore data are available 
from other projects. 
Spain: Monitoring programmes soon under public consultation: For D8, two integrative monitoring 
programmes will be developed, one for coastal waters and offshore waters, taking into account the 
WFD and RSCs (OSPAR and Barcelona Convention) (mussels, fish and sediments).  
Maximum depths for sediment sampling in Atlantic and in Mediterranean were 500 m. Red mullet 
covered part of the open waters in Mediterranean and they are considering the inclusion of dogfish 
or other species in Atlantic areas. In the Mediterranean, programmes are based on coastal species 
and it would be necessary to identify and sample representative deeper species. Using fixed stations 
(OSPAR/MEDPOL) to determine  trends.  Improving of  spatial coverage,  especially  in  Mediterranean 
areas because the higher frequency sampling was developed in higher impacted areas (hotspots). 
Sweden:  MSFD  monitoring  programme  has  been  published  and  reported.  For  D8  the  monitoring 
programme  covers  activities  and  pressures,  and  status  (concentrations  in  biota  and  sediment  and 
effects). The aim is to use as a minimum those common/core indicators (substances/effect methods) 
under  development  in  HELCOM  and  OSPAR.  The  monitoring  conforms  with  RSCs  coordinated 
monitoring  programmes.  Taking  into  account  some  planned  development  the  monitoring  is 
considered as sufficient to inform the upcoming assessment in 2018. 
United Kingdom: Broad monitoring programmes have been consulted upon: For D8 this is risk‐based 
and mainly related to OSPAR common indicators. A good description of UK marine monitoring can be 
found at the UKDMOS (UK Directory of Marine Observing Systems) website. This includes monitoring 
that  is  not  MSFD‐related.  For  D8,  the  relevant  programme  is  the  Clean  Safe  Seas  Environment 
Monitoring Programme (CSEMP). The entries in UKDMOS are being updated but will not include work 
relating to acute spills, which are one‐off studies. The detailed descriptions of the sub‐programmes 
are not yet decided. The substances will be WFD PSs for water in coastal waters (<1 nm) and OSPAR 
Common  indicators  for  sediments  and  biota.  Effects  will  be  imposex,  and  some  of  the  OSPAR 
candidate common indicators (e.g. fish disease, micronucleus), related to the OSPAR MIME working 
group. An inventory of shipping accidents is held by the Marine Accident Investigation Branch of the 
28 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0224.png
Department for Transport and there are the PREMIAM guidelines on monitoring in the event of a spill 
of oil or chemicals. 
OSPAR  data  are  the  baseline  data.  Limited  open/deep‐sea  sampling  in  England/Wales/Northern 
Ireland because high risks are not expected. In Scotland, there is a research project on deep‐sea fish 
populations including analysis of POPs. In the North Sea, some limited sampling offshore to determine 
contaminants  and  their  effects.  Sediments  randomly  sampled  from  within  geographic  strata  in 
offshore areas or from fixed sites in inshore areas. 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
After completion of the information compilation, a questionnaire with specific questions on the main 
issues identified was circulated among experts and the outcome was analysed and discussed in the 
second working meeting of the MSFD Expert Network on Contaminants. Based on these findings and 
discussions, this section compiles and presents the final conclusions and recommendations derived 
from the review process, including the reasoning behind the recommendations and the proposed way 
forward.  
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
5.1 Conclusions on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators  
The basic structure of the Descriptor 8 is proposed to be retained, although some modifications are 
suggested based on the discussions during the review process and in order to clearly differentiate 
between the assessment of pressure and the assessment of impacts. 
Concentration of Contaminants (8.1) 
Concentration of Contaminants and their trends (8.1.1) 
 
Recommendation 1: Establish an EU‐wide minimum list of elements and/or parameters for assessing 
GES, based on:  
WFD Priority Substances (including amendments).  
A  clear  and  justified  mechanism  for  excluding  WFD  priority  substances  from  MSFD 
assessments where they are not relevant in the marine environment.  
Other substances (marine region specific substances (selected through RSC mechanisms), or 
river basin specific pollutants) that might be relevant and would need to be monitored.  
Recommendation 2: GES threshold values are the WFD EQS. In absence of EQS for specific substances 
and/or  matrices  other  than  those  specified  under  Directive  2000/60/EC,  MS  could  apply  other 
assessment  criteria  such  as  those  developed  by  Member  States  at  national  level  or  within  RSC, 
provided they offer the same level of protection as the WFD EQS.  
Recommendation 3: Member States shall also monitor trends in concentrations of contaminants.  
Acute Pollution events (8.1.2) 
Recommendation  4: 
The  occurrence,  source  and  spatial/geographical  extent  of  significant  acute 
pollution events involve assessment of pressure and therefore, it is recommended to include this part 
as a new indicator of pressure and separate it from the effects caused by this pollution.  
29 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0225.png
Recommendation 5: Establish an EU‐wide minimum list of elements and/or parameters for assessing 
GES for acute pollution events:  
‐  Number and extent of petroleum/oil related (hydrocarbons) and analogous oil compounds 
(paraffin, vegetable oils) slicks. 
Effects of contaminants (8.2) 
Biological effects (8.2.1) 
Recommendation 6: Methods may currently be regionally different but shall be selected at regional 
level.  
Acute Pollution events (8.2.2) 
Recommendation  7: 
Member  States  shall  assess  the  significance  of  the  impact  of  acute  pollution 
events.  
Tentative revised Commission Decision text taking into account the above recommendations  
There is not final agreement among experts on specific wording. Therefore, further discussions are needed in the eventual 
revision of the Commission decision text.
 
Descriptor 8: Concentrations of contaminants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effects.  
8.1. Concentration of contaminants  
— Concentration of contaminants and their trends, measured in the relevant matrix (such as biota, 
sediment  and  water)  in  a  way  that  ensures  comparability  with  the  assessments  under  Directive 
2000/60/EC (8.1.1)  
The Member States shall consider the substances or groups of substances, that:  
(i) are listed as priority substances in Annex X to Directive 2000/60/EC and further regulated in Directive 
2013/39/EU and further amendments, where relevant for the marine environment; and/or 
(ii) are contaminants (chemical and radiological) and their total releases (including losses, discharges 
or  emissions)  which  may  entail  significant  risks  to  the  marine  environment  from  past  and  present 
pollution  in  the  marine  region,  sub‐region  or  subdivision  concerned,  including  as  a  consequence  of 
acute pollution events involving for instance hazardous and noxious substances.  
—  Occurrence,  source  (where  possible),  spatial/geographical  extent  of  significant  acute  pollution 
events caused by crude oil and similar compounds (8.1.2)  
8.2. Effects of contaminants   
The Member States shall consider monitoring: 
—  Contaminant‐related  adverse  effects  on  biological  responses  at  or  below  individual  level  in  the 
target species in the region, sub‐region or subdivision concerned (8.2.1)       
—Significance of the impact on biota affected by acute pollution events caused by crude oil and similar 
compounds (8.2.2).    
30 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0226.png
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
6.1 Aggregation rules  
Recommendation 8: Aggregation across criteria and across quality elements (contaminants, matrices) 
should be set through common guidance.  
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in 
accordance with Art. 11(4)) 
7.1 Specifications on methods for monitoring 
7.1.1 Collection of data 
Recommendation 9: Member States should select the appropriate matrix (biota, water, sediments) 
for  the  assessment  of  GES  for  D8.  MSFD  should  align  with  WFD  developments.  When  adequate 
sampling and analysis techniques are present, water is a relevant matrix. 
Recommendation  10: 
Migratory  fish,  marine  mammals  and  seabird  eggs  are  relevant  for  the 
assessment of GES for D8, but they should not be included as minimum elements and/or parameters. 
Recommendation  11: 
The  applicability  to  MSFD  of  available  sampling  guidelines  developed  under 
WFD and RSCs must be verified. 
Recommendation 12: Common understanding on the consideration of the Open Sea and Deep Sea 
Environment is required. 
7.1.2 Data quality requirements 
Recommendation 13: Where appropriate, the Commission Decision should refer to the requirements 
of Directive 2009/90/EC. 
Recommendation 14: The applicability of existing European/international standards at EU level should 
be verified. 
7.2 Specification on methods for assessment 
7.2.1 Scales 
Recommendation 15: The approaches developed within RSCs could be followed to ensure consistency 
in the selection of the scale (region, sub‐region, subdivision, national, local) at which representativity 
can be achieved adequately. 
8. Rational and technical background for proposed revision 
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above recommendations  
Explanation for Recommendation 1  
The MSFD programme should be built upon existing networks under other Directives, particularly the 
Directive 2000/60/EC (WFD) and its amendments. The WFD provides for measures against chemical 
pollution  of  surface  waters,  including  two  components:  (EU)‐wide  concern  substances  (priority 
31 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
substances, WFD PS) in coastal  and territorial waters (< 12nm)  and substances of national or  local 
concern (river basin specific pollutants, RBSP) selected by Member States for control at the relevant 
level (<1 nm).  
The WFD defines: 
“‘Coastal water’ as surface water on the landward side of a line, every point of which is at a distance 
of one nautical mile on the seaward side from the nearest point of the baseline from which the breadth 
of territorial waters is measured, extending where appropriate up to the outer limit of transitional 
waters.”  
 “‘Territorial waters’ are the breadth of waters extending out to 12 nautical miles from the baseline 
defined under the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982.” 
By protecting these surface waters, the WFD contributes to the protection of MSFD 'marine waters'. 
The Commission Decision should not be prescriptive of substances, but of approach. Under MSFD, 
Member States shall consider: 
1)
 WFD Priority Substances (WFD PS). However, some WFD PS might not be relevant for the 
marine  environment  and,  consequently,  should  not  be  necessarily  assessed  in  the  marine 
environment  (including  coastal  waters).  Therefore,  Member  States  can  exclude  the  non‐
relevant  WFD  PS  for  their  own  situation.  The  WFD  PS  exclusion  process  has  to  be  clearly 
documented and justified, based on predefined situations:  
Chemical/ physical properties of the contaminant (e.g. volatility and persistence 
in the marine environment). 
Monitoring data evidence. 
Significance of sources and inputs 
2)
Pollutants relevant at regional level (Marine Region Specific Contaminants), selected on the 
basis of the information and knowledge gathered and approaches developed in Regional Sea 
Conventions (RSCs). The RSC reference lists of priority substances are available (OSPAR‐CEMP, 
HELCOM‐ Baltic Sea Action Plan (BSAP), Barcelona Convention‐ UNEP MAP). The RSC priority 
substances  lists  largely  overlap  with  the  WFD  PS  list,  but  also  include  other  contaminants 
specifically relevant  for  the  marine environment  and  are  not part of the WFD  list  (see  the 
attached  up‐to‐date  draft  joint  list  of  RSC  substances  lists).  The  selection  of  regional 
contaminants  relevant  for  marine  monitoring  and  assessment  is  reflected  in  the  regional 
indicators for hazardous substances: 
OSPAR Common Indicators on contaminants and biological effects are proposed by the OSPAR 
Working  Groups  on  Monitoring  and  on  Trends  and  Effects  of  Substances  in  the  Marine 
Environment  (MIME)  and  adopted  (or  otherwise)  by  the  Hazardous  Substances  and 
Eutrophication  Committee  (HASEC).  Candidate  indicators  in  OSPAR  are  still  under 
investigation, and will be only adopted if sufficient Contracting Parties agree that they are fit 
for purpose, and can be taken up in joint OSPAR monitoring programmes. 
The substances of special concern for the Baltic Sea Region in the frame work of the Baltic Sea 
Action Plan as well as the core indicators agreed on in the HELCOM projects CORESET I and 
CORESET  II  are  selected  based  on  expert  assessment  taking  into  account  the  results  of 
HELCOM thematic assessment on hazardous substances and the WFD priority substances list. 
HELCOM is developing a set of core indicators as a basis for assessments of the status of the 
32 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0228.png
environment.  The  indicators  do  not  cover  all  the  substances  of  specific  concern.  The  core 
indicators will be the focus of HELCOM work on hazardous substances in the near future and 
form the basis for assessments of the status of the environment. The ‘core set’ is relevant to 
all HELCOM Contracting Parties and is assumed to provide a relevant evaluation of the status 
of  the  environment. Core  indicators  are  adopted by the  highest  decision  making bodies  in 
HELCOM. 
In the Mediterranean, the Barcelona Convention in collaboration with UNEP, a Mediterranean 
expert  consultation  on  monitoring,  including  Contaminants  (CORMON)  has  been  recently 
established. 
 
Considerations: 
River Basin Specific Pollutants (RBSP) are considered under WFD in the transitional waters and coastal 
waters  (1  nm).  There  might  be  a  provision  to  make  a  RBSP  EQS  non‐compliance  trigger  further 
investigation in marine waters. 
Legacy pollutants are present in the marine environment. Their basic monitoring and assessment is 
needed to assess GES, even if direct mitigation measures cannot be provided.  
Radionuclides  are  monitored  in  the  marine  environment  through  different  programmes  (HELCOM 
MORSE Expert Group, OSPAR Radioactive Substances Committee, MS specific programmes), with the 
main goal of human protection. At a European level, standards have been laid down for radioactive 
substances (e.g. in Council Regulation (EURATOM) no. 3954/87 of 22 December 1987). Overall it is 
assumed that little risk is related to the presence of radionuclides in the marine environment, but 
updated baseline information is required. On the basis of Article 8, radionuclides must be considered 
contaminants in the meaning of the MSFD. The following aspects need to be considered: 
1) Radionuclides  must  be  addressed  in  the  framework  of  Articles  8,  9  and  10.  However,  the 
setting of GES  and environmental targets  for contaminants is only necessary where "there 
total releases (…) may entail significant risks to the marine environment from past and present 
pollution  (…)".  This  consideration  of  radionuclides  in  the  MSFD  must  be  based,  whenever 
possible, on the assessments carried out for those radionuclides in the context of provisions 
of  the  EURATOM  Treaty,  and  any  GES  and  environmental  target  must  be  compatible  with 
these provisions. 
2) The same applies for the implementation of Article 11, for which MS must take into account 
radionuclides in the monitoring programmes taking into account how radionuclides have been 
considered in the context of the Articles 8, 9 and 10 MSFD but with due consideration of the 
monitoring established and carried out under the EURATOM Treaty, in particular Articles 35 
and 36 thereof. 
3) The  establishment  of  measures  already  covered  by  the  EURATOM  Treaty  is  not  necessary 
under the MSFD and must therefore not be addressed in the context of Article 13 MSFD (see 
recital 39). 
4) The  work  of  the  Regional  Sea  Conventions  on  radionuclides  should  be  used,  as  much  as 
possible, as a basis for the implementation of the MSFD. 
5) Consistency  between  the  provisions  of  the  MSFD  and  the  EURATOM  Treaty  should  be 
promoted to the maximum possible extent. 
Explanation for Recommendation 2 
33 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES threshold values  are  the  WFD  EQS,  which provides  comparability  with the  assessments under 
Directive 2000/60/EC.  
The selection of contaminants to be monitored under Descriptor 8 should be generally complemented 
by the selection of the appropriate matrix for monitoring (water, biota, and sediments). For WFD PS, 
this currently implies mainly water as the explicit environmental compartment to be monitored.  
When there are no available EQS, the national standards established by Member States for sediment 
and/or  biota,  e.g.  based  on  WFD  QS,  could  also  be  applied  if  they  offer  at  least  the  same  level  of 
protection as the EQS for water.  
The assessment criteria developed in RSC might be used for MSFD in order to provide additional tools 
for GES assessment when EQSs are not available. However, it should be kept in mind that the scope 
of RSC criteria can be different from EQS.  
Explanation for Recommendation 3 
The WFD provisions require both the achievement of particular standards, and the identification and 
reversal of significant and sustained upward trends in the concentration of pollutants.  
Under MSFD, Member States shall also monitor trends in contaminant concentrations in order to:  
1) Identify risks of failing to achieve Good Environmental Status (GES) for substances (measured 
in the relevant matrix) for which Environmental Quality Standards (EQSs) have not yet been 
set at the European level. 
2) Prevent further deterioration of their marine environments, in line with Art. 14.4 MSFD and 
WFD. 
3) Provide und early warning in case of concentrations still being below EQS but with an upward 
trend. 
4) Assess the effectiveness of measures to control pollution. 
The specifications for comparable trend assessment and monitoring under MSFD should include the 
selection of the appropriate matrix for trend monitoring, the spatial variability and the monitoring 
frequency  to  assess  reliable  trends,  the  appropriate  statistical  method  for  trend  assessment,  the 
determination of the minimum requirements for calculation, and the determination of the acceptable 
limits before a significant upward trend needs to be reverted.  
The WFD provides some guidelines for trend assessment and monitoring (e.g. Technical Report No. 1 
prepared by CIS Working Group 2.8, WFD CIS Guidance Documents No. 7, No. 18, No. 25, and No. 32). 
Guidance  is  also  available  within  the  OSPAR  Co‐ordinated  Environmental  Monitoring  Programme 
(CEMP) and at the COMBINE programme of HELCOM. 
Explanation for Recommendation 4  
There is a clear difference between criterion 8.1 “Concentration of contaminants” and criterion 8.2 
“Effect of contaminants”, i.e., pressure and impacts. The concentration of contaminants provides the 
information about the presence of a certain contaminant in the marine environment that might cause 
effects on marine organisms or human health. The effect of contaminants provides information on 
34 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
the exposure and impact of contaminants (including mixtures) on marine organisms and can respond 
to contaminants which are not determined chemically.  
Therefore, the occurrence, source and extent of acute pollution events should be included in the first 
part of the descriptor (assessment of pressure) and be separated from the assessment of their effects. 
Explanation for Recommendation 5 
 “Acute Pollution Event” implies short time and severe pollution: It can be deliberate or accidental. 
Therefore, the sampling sites cannot be selected in advance, and the establishment of environmental 
targets is not possible. EMSA provides oil spill satellite surveillance to the EU coastal states. National 
aerial and vessel surveillance patrols can then target the area to verify the possible spill and potentially 
identify  the  polluter.  This  communication  and  verification  process  can  be  triggered  through  the 
Commission Decision. The EU‐wide minimum list of elements and/or parameters for assessing GES 
proposed  for  acute  pollution  events  are  the  number  and  extent  of  petroleum/oil  related 
(hydrocarbons) and analogous oil compounds (paraffin, vegetable oils) slicks, and the reporting units 
would be based on obligations for reporting under national registers. Other chemical’s spills might be 
difficult to monitor (no visual identification), unless very obvious (e.g. from a shipwreck).  Moreover, 
if the chemical spill is big enough and long‐term enough, the substance would be covered under 8.1 
and their toxic effects under 8.2.1. 
Furthermore, minor frequent spills result in chronic pollution and, therefore they would be covered 
by 8.2.1. 
Explanation for Recommendations 6 
The assessment of biological effects is crucial for MSFD; they have the potential to provide signals on 
the  health  of  the  ecosystem  and  will  trigger  further  research  to  identify  problems  and  substances 
associated. Biological effects methods can be useful: 
as  a  screen  to  judge  whether  an  area  is  subject  to  pollution,  the  nature  of  which  is  then 
investigated;  
to judge whether environmental protection standards/controls (based on information derived 
under controlled‐laboratory conditions) are over‐ or under‐ protective of organisms in the real 
environment; 
to provide assurance that there are no cumulative impacts occurring, e.g. in an area where 
several substances are close to EQS levels, or where there are multiple known inputs; 
to assess whether an area is actually adversely impacted when there are EQS failures. 
However, there is currently no EU‐wide list of set minimum required methods for 8.2.1 and there are 
difficulties  in  the  harmonized  application  of  biological  effects  methods  throughout  Europe.  The 
current scientific development (ICES/OSPAR, MEDPOL…) is not mature enough to recommend it as an 
EU‐wide minimum list of elements and/or parameters for assessing GES. Therefore, the Commission 
Decision should leave the selection of available methods (harmonization and obligations through RSC 
work)  open  for  Member  States  as  a  voluntary  and  complementary  tool  to  investigate  into  diffuse 
problems.  Coherence  among  regions  and  between  MSFD/WFD  should  be  ensured.  Guidance  on 
35 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
biological effects is available (WFD compilation, ICES) and has been mainly developed in the inshore 
area.  
Explanation for Recommendation 7 
The assessment of impacts on biota affected by oil and analogous compounds is necessary to evaluate 
the impacts of acute pollution events. However, the mechanism and the way to address this issue 
have yet to be determined. The monitoring of beached birds, as indicators of marine oil pollution as 
developed under OSPAR, cannot be widely used due to the survey logistics and therefore should not 
be included in the minimum list of elements and/or parameters for assessing GES at EU level.  
Explanation for Recommendation 8 
Aggregation  rules  are  key.  The  available  guidelines  on  aggregation  methods  (ICES  integrated 
monitoring  guidelines,  DELTARES…)  provide  a  possible  mechanism  for  integrating  multiple 
determinants  in  a  common  assessment  framework  and  could  be  also  applied  for  MSFD.  However, 
consideration  should  be  given  as  to  whether  to  assess  the  different  geographical  areas 
(coastal/territorial  waters,  continental  shelf  and  open  seas  areas)  separately,  as  this  gives  a  closer 
relationship to the measures required to achieve GES. 
Explanation for Recommendation 9 
There  is  no  reason  to  exclude  a  priori  any  applicable  matrix  (biota,  water,  sediments)  for  the 
assessment of GES for D8. Coherence with WFD is required. When adequate sampling and analysis 
techniques  are  present,  water  is  a  relevant  matrix,  but  with  a  lower  spatial  and  temporary 
representativity than other matrices in coastal areas. For biota and sediment similar arguments are 
valid.  
Explanation for Recommendation 10 
Migratory  fish,  marine  mammals  and  seabirds  bioaccumulate  contaminants  and  have  high 
concentrations,  but  they  do  not  match  WFD  criteria  in  the  sense  that  EQS  derivation  considers  a 
different scenario (WFD EQS biota refer to fish or lower trophic levels), so they might not be effective 
for deriving measures. However, they may be informative on the ecosystem health status of larger 
marine areas and can be needed for the assessment of GES by Member States at regional/European 
geographical  scale.  Moreover,  these  species  can  also  provide  information  about  potential  risks 
associated with bioaccumulation. 
It is important to consider the spatial representativeness of the monitored species. The interpretation 
of results would require the knowledge of migratory patterns, or the use of alternate biota matrices 
(e.g. mammals) as integrative matrices to provide a broader picture of the contaminant status in a 
region or seabird eggs for trend assessments. There are available guidelines for the establishment of 
the area of migratory species (ICES).  
Explanation for Recommendation 11 
36 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
There  are  comprehensive  and  widely  applied  guidelines  addressing  sampling  strategies  developed 
under WFD and RSCs, and their applicability for MSFD purposes should be verified: 
For  sediments,  the  OSPAR  “JAMP  Guidelines  for  Monitoring  Contaminants  in  Sediments”  (OSPAR 
agreement 2002‐16), ICES Advice 2013, book 1, 1.5.6.8 on the “Spatial design of a regional monitoring 
programme for contaminants in sediment”, the WFD CIS Guidance document No. 25, might be also 
applicable to MSFD. 
For biota, the sampling strategy must take into account not only the species but also the organ/tissue 
analysed and the frequency and seasonality of when biota should be sampled in order to minimize 
natural variability. Guidelines for sampling biota are also already available in RSCs, such as OSPAR, and 
there are also integrated guidelines (Davies and Vethaak, 2012, ICES advice, 2013, WFD CIS Guidance 
document No. 25, No. 32).  
Passive sampling is an innovative sampling technique and guidelines exist or are under development. 
Passive sampling has significant potential for future application for MSFD, but so far its use is limited, 
and recommended only for hydrophobic compounds in water or sediment, or metals in water.  
Explanation for Recommendation 12 
Open/deep‐sea areas are the least considered areas. Most monitoring activities are carried out in the 
coastal area and there is no different strategy or specific approach for the open sea and deep sea 
environment. Therefore, a major challenge for the implementation of the MSFD is the consideration 
of these areas. 
The lack of specific monitoring in open/deep‐sea areas has been often related to the fact that there is 
little risk in these areas (apart from that coming from specific activities such as oil platforms). However, 
results from research monitoring have evidenced very high concentrations of contaminants in deep‐
sea living organisms (e.g. Koening et al., 2013, HERMIONE project). Biota in deep seas tend to be long‐
lived and thus more susceptible to bioaccumulation of contaminants, many are also of high trophic 
level making them susceptible to biomagnification. Consequently, coverage and monitoring in these 
areas  is needed  for  an  appropriate  assessment of the  state of  the  environment. Harmonization of 
selected  species/matrices  at  regional  or  sub‐regional  level  should  be  desirable,  as  a  way  to  get 
comparable data.    
A  clear  understanding  of  what  open/deep‐sea  areas  refer  to  is  needed.  For  example,  it  should  be 
clarified that open seas can be shallow and deep‐sea areas (400 m+) may exist relatively near‐shore, 
i.e., within the area covered by WFD (e.g. in Southern Europe 2000 m water depth at 5 nm from the 
coastline).  The  ecosystem  is  different  between  deep  water  and  surface  waters  in  the  same  area; 
surface waters and deep waters should be considered separately, even in the same location. 
Explanation for Recommendation 13 
According  the  QA/QC  Directive  (2009/90/EC)  “The  quality  and  comparability  of  analytical  results 
generated  by  laboratories  appointed  by  competent  authorities  of  the  Member  States  to  perform 
water chemical monitoring pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 2000/60/EC should be ensured”. 
37 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0233.png
The QA/QC Directive should be applied to MSFD contaminant concentration monitoring in the same 
way as for contaminant concentration monitoring under the WFD.  
Explanation for Recommendation 14 
The network on WFD proficiency test providers does not exist any longer. A survey on available water, 
biota and sediment matrix Certified Reference Materials (CRMs) for the 33 WFD Priority Substances 
(and the 8 "other certain pollutants") was published in 2012 (Richi et al., 2012).  
There  are  also  international  quality  assurance  programmes  for  chemical  and  biological  effects 
monitoring  (e.g.  QUASIMEME,  BEQUALM,  IAEA,  from  RSCs  are  available  for  the  most  common 
pollutants in marine sediment and biota). Data used for MSFD assessments at EU level should follow 
common quality standards. Requirements under the MSFD would drive the development of regular 
and routine proficiency test exercises.  
Explanation for Recommendation 15 
There is ongoing work within RSCs in relation to the selection of the scale level for each indicator. The 
close collaboration between OSPAR and HELCOM and the contacts with UNEP MAP should allow for a 
common and harmonized approach at EU level.  
9. Other related products  
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues  
Issue 
Way forward 
Timeline 
Started/Finalized 
2015. 
Started 2015.
Exclusion process of WFD PS which are not relevant for  Common guidance needed.
the marine environment. 
Selection  of  marine  region  specific  contaminants  Common  approach needed.
 
through RSC mechanism.  
Compilation of up‐to date joint 
list of RSC contaminant lists. 
WFD EQSs for the marine environment (development  Exchange  of  information 
of  EQSs  for  other  matrices  than  total  water  between  the  MSFD  Expert 
concentrations,  what  to  do  when  EQS  is  lower  than  network  on  Contaminants  and 
the WFD Chemicals Groups and 
the calculated background concentrations). 
the RSC groups. 
 
Technical  specifications  for  comparable  trend  Guidance needed.
assessment and monitoring under MSFD. 
Applicability of available biological effects methods for  Guidance needed.
WFD/MSFD. 
Communication to WFD CIS WG 
chemicals. 
Occurrence of acute pollution events. 
Common 
understanding 
needed.  Communication  with 
EMSA. 
Assessment  of  impacts  of  acute  pollution  events  on  Discussions  within the MSFD 
biota. 
Expert 
Network 
on 
Contaminants. 
Continuous  (Not 
directly  related  to 
the 
review 
process). 
Until 2018. 
Until 2018. 
Until 2018. 
Until 2018. 
38 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0234.png
Reference 
in 
common 
To be  decided (Not 
understanding document. 
directly  related  to 
the 
review 
process). 
Aggregation  rules  for  different  geographical  areas Common guidance needed.
Started/Finalized 
(coastal/territorial, continental shelf and open seas). 
2015. 
Applicability of existing sampling guidelines for MSFD  Verification of  applicability  of 
Finalized 2015.
purposes. 
CIS  Supplementary  Guidance 
(No  32)  on  biota  monitoring 
(the 
Implementation 
of 
EQS
biota
).  
Coverage and monitoring of open/deep‐seas areas.
Common  understanding  and 
Started 2015.
guidance needed. 
Technical  questions  regarding  the  QA/QC  Directive  Common 
understanding 
Continuous  (Not 
(background values, uncertainty at EQS levels, etc.). 
needed.  Communication  to 
directly  related  to 
WFD CIS WG chemicals. 
the 
review 
process). 
Applicability  of  existing  European/International  Verification  of  suitability  for 
Until 2018. 
Standards. 
MSFD. 
Significance of minor, frequent spills. 
 
10. Reference Documents 
Article 12 Technical Assessment (Milieu ltd, 2014). 
Common Implementation Strategy for the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC). 2001. 
Technical  report  nº  1.  The  EU  Water  Framework  Directive:  statistical  aspects  of  the 
identification of groundwater pollution trends, and aggregation of monitoring results. 
Common Implementation Strategy for the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC). 2003.  
Guidance  Document  No.  7.  Monitoring  under  the  Water  Framework  Directive. 
 
Technical 
Report ‐ 2010 – 041. 
Common Implementation Strategy for the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC). 2009.  
Guidance Document No. 18 Guidance on groundwater status and trend assessment. 
Common Implementation Strategy for the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC). 2010.  
Guidance Document No. 25 on chemical monitoring of sediment and biota under the Water 
Framework Directive. Technical Report ‐ 2010 – 041. 
Common Implementation Strategy for the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC). 2011.  
Guidance  Document  No.  27.  Technical  Guidance  For  Deriving  Environmental  Quality 
Standards. Technical Report ‐ 2011 – 055. 
Common Implementation Strategy for the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC). 2014.  
Guidance Document No. 32 on biota monitoring (the implementation of EQS
biota
) under the 
Water Framework Directive. Technical Report ‐ 2014 – 083. 
Common Understanding of (Initial) Assessment, Determination of Good Environmental Status 
(GES) & Establishment of Environmental Targets (Articles 8, 9 & 10 MSFD), (DG GES, 2014). 
39 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Council  Regulation  (Euratom)  no.  3954/87  of  22  December  1987  laying  down  maximum 
permitted levels of radioactive contamination of foodstuffs and of feeding stuffs following a 
nuclear accident or any other case of radiological emergency (Brussels, 1987). 
Davies,  I.  M.  and  Vethaak,  A.  D.  2012.  Integrated  marine  environmental  monitoring  of 
chemicals and their effects. ICES Cooperative Research Report No. 315.   
Deltares,  2014.  DG  ENV  mandated  Deltares  report  “Coherent  geographic  scales  and 
aggregation rules in assessment and monitoring of Good Environmental Status‐ Analysis and 
conceptual phase”.  
Directive 2008/105/EC on Environmental Quality Standards in the field of water policy. 
Directive 2013/39/EU amending Directives 2000/60/EC and 2008/105/EC as regards priority 
substances in the field of water policy. 
First steps in the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive ‐ Assessment in 
accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2008/56/EC, (CSWD, 2014). 
HERMIONE project (Hotspot Ecosystem Research and Man's Impact on European Seas), 2009‐
2012. EC's seventh framework programme (FP7). 
ICES advice, 2013. OSPAR request on spatial design of a regional monitoring programme for 
contaminants in sediments.  
In‐Depth  Assessment  of  the  EU  Member  States’  Submissions  for  the  Marine  Strategy 
Framework Directive under Articles 8, 9 and 10. JRC Scientific and policy reports, Report EUR 
26473 EN.  
JAMP, 1998a. JAMP guidelines for general biological effects monitoring. Joint Assessment and 
Monitoring Programme. OSPAR Commission. 38 pp. 
JAMP,  1998b.  JAMP  guidelines  for  contaminant‐specific  biological  effects  monitoring.  Joint 
Assessment and Monitoring Programme. OSPAR Commission. 38 pp. 
JAMP, 2007. 
 Guidelines for Contaminant‐specific Biological Effects Monitoring 
(agreement 
2008‐9). OSPAR Commission. 
Koening,  S.,  Solé,  M,  Fernández‐Gómez,  C.,  Díez,  S.  2013.  New  insights  into  mercury 
bioaccumulation in deep‐sea organisms from the NW Mediterranean and their human health 
implications. Science of The Total Environment 442, 329‐335. 
Long,  E.R.,  MacDonald,  D.D.,  Smith,  S.L.,  Calder,  F.D.  1995.  Incidence  of  adverse  biological 
effects  within  ranges  of  chemical  concentrations  in  marine  and  estuarine  sediments. 
Environmental Management 19, 81‐97. 
Martínez‐Gómez, C., Vethaak, A. D., Hylland, K., Burgeot, T., Köhler, A., Lyons, B. P., et al. 2010. 
A guide to toxicity assessment and monitoring effects at lower levels of biological organization 
following  marine  oil  spills  in  European  waters.  ICES  Journal  of  Marine  Science:  Journal  du 
Conseil, fsq017. 
MSFD GES workshop on Eutrophication and Contaminants, October 2012. 
OSPAR, 2009.  Agreement on CEMP Assessment Criteria for the QSR 2010.  Agreement 2009‐
2. OSPAR Commission, London. 
OSPAR MSFD Advice Document on Contaminants (OSPAR, 2012).  
40 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Review  of  Methodological  Standards  Related  to  the  Marine  Strategy  Framework  Directive 
Criteria on Good Environmental Status (JRC, 2011).  
Review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD Annex III Approach and outline for the 
process, (EC‐ Committee/07/2013/03rev, 2013). 
Ricci,  M.,  Kourtchev,  I.,  Emons,H.  2012.  Chemical  water  monitoring  under  the  Water 
Framework Directive with Certified Reference Materials. Trends in analytical chemistry 36, 47‐
57. http://www.journals.elsevier.com/trends‐in‐analytical‐chemistry.  
Schiedek,  D.,  Sundelin,  B.,  Readman,  J.W.,  Macdonald,  R.W.  2007.  Interactions  between 
climate change and contaminants. Marine Pollution Bulletin 54, 1845–1856. 
Task Group 8 Report, Contaminants and pollution effects (JRC, 2010). 
Wernersson,  A.S.,  Maggi,  C.,  Carere,  M.  2014.  Technical  report  on  aquatic  effect‐based 
monitoring tools. Technical Report 2014–077. Office for Official Publications of the European 
Communities, Luxembourg.  
 
 
 
 
 
41 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0237.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION 
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE 
Institute for Environment and Sustainability 
Water Resources Unit 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU concerning 
MSFD criteria for assessing good environmental status  
 
Descriptor 9 
Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption do not exceed 
levels established by Community legislation or other relevant standards
 
 
 
 
 
This  report  represents  the  result  of  the  scientific  and  technical  review  of  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 9. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together with 
experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES Working Group 
in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy (agreed on at the 11th CIS 
MSCG meeting).  
The  report  is  one  of  a  series  of  reports  (review  manuals)  including  Descriptor  1,  2,  5,  7,  8,  9,  10  that 
conclude  phase  1  of  the  review  process  and,  as  agreed  within  the  MSFD  Common  Implementation 
Strategy,  are  the  basis  for  review  phase  2,  towards  an  eventual  revision  of  the  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU.  
The  report  presents  the  state  of  the  technical  discussions  as  of  30  April  2015  (document  version  8.0: 
ComDecRev_D9_V8),  as  some  discussions  are  ongoing,  it  does  not  contain  agreed  conclusions  on  all 
issues. 
The views expressed in the document do not necessarily represent the views of the European Commission. 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword 
The review of MSFD Descriptor 9 is being performed by the MSFD Expert Network on Contaminants, led 
by JRC. The review process was kicked‐off during the working meeting of the MSFD Expert Network on 
Contaminants on 2‐4.7.2014 in Ispra, Italy. Based on the  exchanges there, a  discussion document was 
prepared and circulated. The state of these discussions was reflected in the draft template document that 
was presented in October 2014 at the 12th WG GES meeting. These activities allowed the compilation and 
analysis  of  all  necessary  information  for  the  identification  of  main  issues  and  gaps  and  initial 
recommendations for the way forward, and with it the first part of the review process was completed. 
The  second  part  of  the  review  process  should  then  allow  the  finalization  of  conclusions  and 
recommendations (which may include proposals for dedicated work items for better harmonization, need 
for additional guidance and eventually proposals for amendments to the Commission Decision).  To this 
end, a questionnaire with specific questions on the main issues identified was circulated among experts 
and the outcome was analysed and discussed in the second working meeting of the MSFD Expert Network 
on Contaminants held on 23‐24.2.2015 in Ispra. The current state of the discussions is reflected in the 
second part of the present template.  
 
MSFD  Expert  Network  on  Contaminants: 
Andra  Oros,  Andreja  Ramšak,  Anja  Duffek,  Ann‐Sofie 
Wernersson, Antonella Ausili, Chiara Maggi, Craig Robinson, Daniela Tiganus, Dorien ten Hulscher, Evin 
McGovern,  Grozdan  Kušpilić,  Ivana  Ujević,  Jacek  Tronczynski,  Jean‐Cedric  Reninger,  Jaakko  Mannio,  Jo 
Foden,  Koen  Parmentier,  Lena  Avellan,  Lucía  Viñas,  Nevenka  Bihari,  Norman  Green,  Oliver  Bajt,  Paul 
Whitehouse,  Patrick  Roose,  Peter  Lepom,  Robin  Law,  Stefan  Schmolke,  Valentina  Coatu,  Vesna  Milun, 
Víctor León, Victoria Besada.  
 
EC JRC: Victoria Tornero, Georg Hanke 
 
Acknowledgments for contributions to: Andrea Houben, Christer Larsson, Concepción Martínez‐Gómez, 
Daniel  Gonzalez,  David  Mortimer,  Dick  Vethaak,  Jessica  Hjerpe,  Juan  A.  Campillo,  Karl  Lilja,  Maria 
Linderoth, Marie Aune, Stefan van Leeuwen, Tobias Porsbring, Tove Lundeberg, Will Munro, ICES MCWG. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0239.png
Descriptor 9: Contaminants in fish and other seafood for human consumption 
do not exceed levels established by Community legislation or other relevant 
standards.  
 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION 
1. 
Approach .......................................................................................................................................... 4 
1.1 General guiding principles for the review 
1.2 Definitions 
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values 
1.4 Linkages with international and Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) assessment criteria and 
standards 
1.5 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is recommended to 
combine several descriptors together) 
1.6 Analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for the 
particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at 
region or other scales 
1.7 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or 
whether a qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5)) 
1.8 Climate sensitivity 
2. 
Analysis of the implementation process ......................................................................................... 6 
2.1 Summary of the findings relating to the determination of GES and specifically the use of the 
Decision criteria and indicators, based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC 
in‐depth assessment 
3. 
4. 
Analysis of the current text of the Decision .................................................................................... 7 
Identification of issues ..................................................................................................................... 8 
17 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
5. 
GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
...................................................................................... 17 
5.1 Conclusions on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators 
17 
6. 
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) ...................................................... 18 
6.1 Aggregation rules 
18 
7.  Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in accordance with 
Art. 11(4)) ............................................................................................................................................... 18 
7.1 Specifications on methods for monitoring 
18 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0240.png
7.1.1 Collection of data ............................................................................................................... 18 
8. 
Rational and technical background for proposed revision 
........................................................... 19 
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above recommendations 
9. 
19 
Other related products................................................................................................................... 22 
9.1 
Proposed way forward for identified issues 
22 
10. 
 
Reference Documents ................................................................................................................ 22 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION 
The first part of the review process has allowed the compilation of all necessary information to detect 
possible shortcomings, inconsistencies and gaps, and then to identify and discuss main issues and prepare 
initial recommendations. The information compiled here served as the basis for the discussions which 
were  then  held  during  the  second  part  of  the  review  process  to  shape  the  final  conclusions  and 
recommendations presented in the Part II of this template. 
1. Approach 
1.1 General guiding principles for the review  
The  review  of  the  Com  Dec  2010/477/EU  for  D9  considers  experiences  made  so  far  in  the  practical 
implementation,  analyses  the  Commission  Decision  text  in  view  of  the  current  state  of  science  and 
prepares proposals for action in the MSFD Common Implementation Strategy (CIS) (Working Group on 
GES), including the eventual revision of the Commission Decision. EC JRC is responsible for coordinating 
the review process of Descriptor 9. 
Descriptor 9 considers the presence of hazardous substances (i.e. chemical elements and compounds) or 
groups  of  substances  that  are  toxic,  persistent  and  liable  to  bio‐accumulate,  and  other  substances  or 
groups of substances which give rise to an equivalent level of concern, in edible tissues (muscle, liver, roe, 
flesh,  soft  parts  as  appropriate)  of  fish,  crustaceans,  molluscs  and  echinoderms,  as  well  as  seaweed  , 
caught or harvested in the wild in the different (sub) regions destined for human consumption against 
regulatory levels set for human consumption.  
1.2 Definitions 
The term contaminants in Descriptor 9 is interpreted as "substances for which regulatory levels have been 
set for human consumption or for which their presence in fish is relevant"
1
. Hazardous substances are 
substances (i.e. chemical elements and compounds) or groups of substances that are toxic, persistent and 
liable to bio‐accumulate, and other substances or groups of substances which give rise to an equivalent 
level of concern.  
Fish  and  other  seafood 
are  interpreted  as  including  fish,  crustaceans,  molluscs,  echinoderms,  and 
seaweed or plants caught or harvested in the wild as well as farmed shellfish in the different (sub) regions, 
                                                            
1
 JRC, 2010. Task Group 9 Contaminants in fish and other seafood
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
which are destined for human consumption.  This excludes farmed fish since their contaminant burden is 
linked to their feed and additives.  
Levels established by Community legislation are considered to be the regulatory levels set in European 
Community legislation for public health reasons.  
Other  relevant  standards 
are  other  national  and  international  (e.g.  WHO,  FAO…)  standards  and 
recommendations set for substances and/or for fish and other seafood which are not covered by and are 
not in contradiction with the European legislation.  
1.3 Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values 
Descriptor 9 is directly linked in the Decision to other European legislation, relating to food safety.  
Member  States  need  to  monitor  and  assess  the  possible  presence  of  substances,  for  which  maximum 
levels are established at European level for seafood products meant for human consumption, in particular 
through  Regulation  (EC)  No  1881/2006  and  amendments.  This  framework  provides  also  the  basis  for 
setting GES for this descriptor. 
The potential use of an alternative approach, such as assessments using WFD EQSs (some of which are 
based on food legislation values, e.g. PCBs/dioxins) and environmental assessment criteria (EACs) or levels 
of biological effects response, is discussed further in this template. 
1.4 Linkages with international and Regional Sea Conventions (RSCs) assessment criteria and standards 
With its CORESET project, HELCOM indicates that the ecological objective for the seafood safe to eat of 
the Baltic Sea Action Plan (BSAP) could be measured using the same biota sampled for the purpose of core 
indicators  for  the  concentrations  of  hazardous  substances  in  the  environment  (D8).  The  quality 
boundaries recommended by HELCOM are those used in the EU legislation. In addition, HELCOM mentions 
that seafood safety can also be assessed by other safety limits, which are not based on legislation but on 
research by the European Food Safety Authority, for example.  
Similarly, OSPAR has not developed specific standards related to seafood safety and also recommends 
the application of EU legislation.  
1.5 Descriptor specificities should be highlighted and justified (e.g. if it is recommended to combine several 
descriptors together) 
As  with  MSFD  Descriptor  8  ("Concentrations  of  contaminants  are  at  levels  not  giving  rise  to  pollution 
effects"),  MSFD Descriptor 9 tackles the issue of  marine chemical pollution but with the protection of 
human consumers as its goal. Both descriptors are dealing with contaminants, so they should be discussed 
together. However, it is important to note that they have different objectives and characteristics:  
Protection of the environment (D8) versus protection of human health (D9). 
The thresholds and methodologies for assessment of GES are different.  
The  considered  substances  and  investigated  matrices  do  not  always  coincide.  Sampling  in 
environmental programmes may be carried out in different tissues, including muscle and liver, 
depending on the contaminant studied, while human health programmes focus on edible parts of 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0242.png
the fish (mainly muscle). Moreover, the trophic level and the size of the organisms considered 
under D8 are not necessarily the same as under D9.  
The organizational bodies in charge are different. 
For these reasons, although there is a strong link between Descriptor 8 and Descriptor 9, they require a 
separate approach under the MSFD.  
Moreover, there are a number of issues related to Descriptor 9 that could also be related to other MSFD 
descriptors:  
Microbial Pathogens: D9‐ D1, D2, D4, D5; Litter‐associated contaminants: D9‐ D10, Biota sampling D9‐D3,  
Biotoxins: D9‐D5. 
Coordination among the different descriptors and at an organisational level will be needed for an efficient 
implementation. Discussion fora and responsibilities should be well defined. 
1.6  Analysis  of  whether  the  criteria  and/or  indicators  and/or  methodological  standards  for  the  particular 
descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at region or other scales 
Considering  the  strict  EU  legal  framework  on  contaminants  in  foodstuffs,  there  is  a  strong  element  of 
commonality  across  MS,  as  demonstrated  through  the  Article  12  assessment  and  JRC  in‐depth 
assessment. It is therefore likely that the definition of GES, at least for indicator 9.1.1, will be common 
across the EU.   
1.7 An indication of whether a quantitative GES definition for the descriptor will be possible or whether a 
qualitative/normative definition only should be used (on the basis of Article 3(5)) 
Considering the nature of Descriptor 9, quantitative boundaries for GES are expected at least at criterion 
level. 
1.8 Climate sensitivity
 
Climate change might affect contaminant exposure and toxic effects. A changing climate may influence 
contaminant fate and transport, release contaminants currently stored in abiotic media and affect the 
transfer of pollutants through food chains to humans (Schiedek et al., 2007). 
2. Analysis of the implementation process 
2.1 Summary of the findings relating to the determination of GES and specifically the use of the Decision 
criteria and indicators, based on the Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in‐depth assessment 
Descriptor 9 
All but two of the assessed MS defined GES for Descriptor 9. Information was very heterogeneous amongst 
MS, in terms of the substances, the species and the tissues analyzed and the regulatory levels considered 
for the assessments. Nevertheless, most assessments were carried out for the substances included in the 
Regulation (EC) No. 1881/2006 and consequently, the limits proposed there were the most commonly 
utilized. A number of other standards were also mentioned, sometimes without a clear specification of 
the regulation to which they relate and two MS did not define GES in a way that would allow it to be 
measurable. 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0243.png
Three  MS  defined  aggregation  rules  and  five  MS  highlighted  the  importance  of  the  traceability  of  the 
samples in order to know where at sea the detected pollution occur. One MS stressed the necessity of 
coordination  with  food  authorities  and  neighbouring  countries  and  the  establishment  of  a  specific 
monitoring programme for this descriptor.  
Criterion 9.1. Levels, number and frequency of contaminants 
Only  six  MS  defined  GES  to  cover  all  components  of  criterion  9.1,  which  includes  the  frequency  of 
regulatory levels being exceeded. The remaining MS defined GES only to cover the levels of contaminants.  
The existence of a strong EU legal framework for the protection of human health from the contamination 
of foodstuff means that GES boundaries for the actual levels of contaminants should be quantitatively 
defined for the substances covered by the legislation. The relevant standards for other substances should, 
as far as possible, be agreed and their use harmonised. 
There is no specific EU recommendation or threshold about the number of contaminants which exceed 
maximum regulatory levels and the frequency of regulatory levels being exceeded and, consequently, MS 
basically did not provide any data in this regard. Under food legislation, batches of food exceeding the 
limits have to be removed from sale – there is a 100% compliance requirement. 
Regional coherence for descriptor 9 
All MS except those from the Black Sea defined GES for Descriptor 9. The coherence in the Mediterranean 
and North East Atlantic is high while in the Baltic it is moderate. In the Baltic region, three MS defined GES 
only by providing limit values which are consistent with the current EU foodstuffs limit values instead of 
having  a  direct  or  inferred  reference  to  relevant  EU  legislation  (i.e.  compliance  with  Regulation 
1881/2006). In the North East Atlantic and Mediterranean regions almost none of the countries provided 
details about the specific substances or species covered in the GES definition while in the Baltic many of 
the MS provided such information. Only some MS from the Mediterranean region added a specification 
regarding the origin of the seafood. In the North East Atlantic two MS added restrictions, one excluded 
migratory species from its GES and the other excluded measurements using the livers of fish (because the 
limit is not related to safety and the level of non‐compliance would be expected to be high).  
3. Analysis of the current text of the Decision 
The text of descriptor 9 has been analysed by highlighting Com. Dec. text in order to check and identify 
where there may be terms or topics that need to be made more explicit, removed or incorporated. 
Descriptor  9: 
Contaminants  in  fish  and  other  seafood  for  human  consumption  do  not  exceed  levels 
established by Community legislation or other relevant standards. 
 
In the different regions or sub‐regions, Member States need to monitor in edible tissues (muscle, liver, roe, 
flesh, soft parts as appropriate) of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and echinoderms, as well as seaweed, caught 
or harvested in the wild, the possible presence of substances for which maximum levels are established at 
European, regional, or national level for products destined to human consumption.  
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0244.png
 
9.1. Levels, number and frequency of contaminants  
— 
Actual  levels  of  contaminants 
that  have  been  detected  and 
number  of  contaminants 
which  have 
exceeded maximum regulatory levels (9.1.1)  
— Frequency of regulatory levels being exceeded (9.1.2). 
 
The text should be revised in order to address the lack of accuracy and to clarify certain terms: 
Indicator 9.1.1 should say “actual concentrations” instead of “actual levels”. 
The relevance of “frequency of regulatory levels being exceeded” should be clarified.  
Inclusion of “location” or “traceability” in the text.  
The  appropriate  combination/elimination  of  the  terms  “actual  levels”,  “number”  and 
“frequency” has to be decided. Options include: 
Keep the text as it is now. 
Join the three terms in one only indicator.  
Keep two separate indicators but with the terms combined in a different manner, e.g. 
9.1.1 including actual levels and 9.1.2 including number and frequency. 
Remove number of contaminants and leave one only indicator including actual levels 
and frequency. 
Consistency is needed as for the Commission Decision texts for D8 and D9: D8 only refers to 
concentrations of contaminants and D9 refers to concentrations and frequency.  
 
4. Identification of issues 
This  section  presents  the  main  issues  and  findings  resulting  from  the  previous  assessments  (the 
Commission/Milieu Article 12 reports and the JRC in‐depth assessment), and from discussions held within 
the MSFD Expert Network on Contaminants during the first phase of the review process for Descriptor 8. 
The identified issues are accompanied by initial recommendations for the way forward in addressing them 
and diverse comments, which could support further decisions and actions.  
1. AIM OF DESCRIPTOR 9  
Issue: The purpose for D9 assessments. 
Comments: If the purpose of D9 is to provide an assessment on the contamination of fish and seafood in 
the environment, from a human health perspective, the typical control type monitoring performed by 
responsible authorities, i.e. focused on species most likely to be non‐compliant, would not be well suited 
for  this  purpose  nor  easily  coordinated  across  regions.  With  the  exception  of  a  few  substances  or 
substance groups, limit values across different legislations have typically been set for different purposes 
and build on different assumptions, and are therefore neither directly compatible nor easily applied under 
D9. If the purpose is to prevent adverse effects on human health from seafood consumption, food safety 
regulations  and  food  safety  procedures  that  are  already  in  place  would  provide  sufficient  protection. 
However,  advice  is  also  required  to  limit  consumption  of  oily  fish  to  avoid  exceeding  health  based 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0245.png
guidance values for exposure to dioxins (as for large predators and mercury). This applies even though 
they are compliant with the limits.   
2. RELATION BETWEEN DESCRIPTORS 8 AND 9 
Issue: The distinction between Descriptor 8 and Descriptor 9. 
Recommendation: As previously explained, both descriptors are closely related, but require a separate 
approach under the MSFD since they have different objectives and characteristics. However, in the WFD, 
the two approaches (protection of the environment and protection of human health) are integrated into 
one EQS, so these are not separated. It should be clarified whether a combination of measurements to 
provide data for both descriptors could be also used for MSFD. 
Comments: Although sometimes the regulatory levels for contaminant in foodstuff seem to be too high 
to be suitable as indicators of pollution of the marine environment, the Directive 2013/39/EU takes some 
maximum levels from the food legislation. According to the WFD Guidance document No. 27, the EQS 
stated in the Directive is always based on the most stringent QS from the assessment, so compliance with 
an  EQS  will  automatically  mean  that  other  receptors  are  protected,  even  if  they  are  not  explicitly 
addressed in the EQS (i.e. EQSs are protective of human health but may be unnecessarily tight since food 
law  requires  controls  to  be  risk‐based  and  proportionate).  However,  the  limits  in  the  Regulation 
1881/2006  as  amended  apply  only  to  edible  parts,  generally  muscle  meat.  If  the  whole  fish  is  tested, 
including  liver  (which  has  a  separate,  higher  limit  under  Reg.  1881/2006)  there  will  be  a  lot  of  non‐
compliance with the EQS, e.g. for dioxins. On the other hand, for WFD, according to the recent WFD CIS 
Guidance  No.  32  on  biota  monitoring,  lipid  normalisation  should  be  performed,  while  the  standards 
according to Reg. 1881/2006 are not necessarily expressed on the basis of lipid content and it is agreed 
that lipid normalisation would not be required to address human health related issues under D9 when 
using  the  standard  for  e.g.  dioxins.  So  even  if  the  same  substance  and  the  same  quality  standard  (to 
protect  human  health)  is  assessed,  different  conclusions  can  be  made  depending  on  whether  the 
assessment is performed under D8 or D9. 
Issue: The potential options for cost‐effective and coordinated sampling strategies between Descriptors 
8 and 9.  
Recommendation: Given the different aims of D8 and D9, there is limited scope for usefully integrating D8 
and  D9  sampling  (i.e.  same  sampling  for  the  assessment  of  concentrations  of  contaminants  in  the 
environment  as  for  seafood  consumption  safety  monitoring).  Nevertheless,  sampling  synergies  are 
desirable and should be explored and decided and information exchange between national food safety 
and environmental authorities should be encouraged. 
Comments: Biota sampling for D8 is usually carried out on specific sizes, many times the smallest ones not 
being useful for D9 as unique source of data. D8 might be relevant for D9 if the species taken for D8 are 
commercially exploited and of a marketable size. Moreover, data for D8 could be generated in the same 
matrix as in D9, e.g. using the muscle of the fish, as recommended for many substances in some RSCs. 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0246.png
Furthermore, D8 shellfish data are often from beds not intended for human consumption, although there 
is nothing to prevent individuals collecting and eating them.  
On the other hand, D9 can only rarely provide samples and data for D8. For D9, it is appropriate to target 
the highest risk species, which may not be the ones selected for D8. D9 data could be suitable for D8 only 
if the species fulfils the criteria of an indicator species for D8 (e.g. should reflect the local conditions, be 
key species for the ecosystem, be high sensitivity to contaminants…) and if it can be corrected for age and 
trophic status (for assessing compliance, although not trends). Therefore, some basic information has to 
be known about the sampling location/ homing behaviour or come from not‐fed in situ cultivated species 
(e.g. sea bed or hanging cultures).  
Any extra monitoring could be carried out as an alternative to the specific monitoring carried out by the 
Food  Safety  authorities,  but  improving  upon  the  sample  traceability.  However  current  D8  objectives 
usually  focus  only  in  few  target  species  (1‐3  species,  including  mussels,  fish  and  snails),  while  the 
monitoring for D9 should focus on a higher number of species and sizes. This would imply a much higher 
effort and would be conditioned by the capacities of MS.  
According  to  the  JRC’s  Task  Group  9  Contaminants  in  fish  and  other  seafood:  “There  rarely  is  a  well‐
defined established simple quantitative link between levels of contaminants in marine environment and 
levels in fish and other seafood, demonstrating a general research need on transfer of contaminants from 
the marine environment to the fish/fishery species. In general it would be interesting to identify possible 
relations between contaminant levels in sediment, and tissues (such as liver and muscle) of fish and other 
seafood.” This point of view is not necessarily accurate. In the marine environment many organisms get 
their  contaminant  levels  from  food  or  from  water  (e.g.  filtering  organisms)  and  from  sediments. 
Moreover, elevated concentrations of contaminants in marine environmental matrices are not necessarily 
directly linked to bioaccumulation and/or effects on marine organisms. This is due to the behaviour of 
chemicals, e.g. bioavailability, distribution, patterns of accumulation and intracellular availability, but also 
to characteristics of organisms, e.g. metabolic capacity, excretion, storage and mobilisation from tissue 
compartments.  The  biomagnification  of  the  levels  of  the  persistent  pollutants  through  the  food  chain 
should be of great interest for D9 since predatory fish might be relevant for human consumption too, so 
the selection of the right trophic level for monitoring should be taken into account. 
The WFD CIS Guidance No. 32 on biota monitoring biota guidance includes a general text on the design of 
a cost effective monitoring programme, which perhaps could be also used for the MSFD. 
3. SUBSTANCES (CONTAMINANTS) FOR WHICH GES CRITERIA SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED 
Issue: The appropriateness and feasibility of selecting a European core set of substances to be monitored 
by all MS and specifying it in the Commission Decision text.  
Recommendation: A list of contaminants for GES assessment should be established based on:  
Minimum requirements: All Chemical contaminants included in the EU Regulation 1881/2006 as 
amended should be included under D9.  
10 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0247.png
Country specific solutions should be allowed, therefore only a broader description of prerequisites 
is needed. However, there is lack of national standards for contaminants in food. 
Issue: The contemplation of biotoxins under D9. 
Recommendation: It seems to be more appropriate to leave this issue to food safety control programmes 
where biotoxins are included in any case. 
Comments: Biotoxins are not included in the regulation 1881/2006, but included in Regulation 853/2004. 
If  the  systems  work  properly  they  are  not  a  human  health  issue  either  as,  as  soon  as  they  appear, 
shellfisheries are closed. However, this information and data are environmentally relevant, since when a 
shellfishery is closed, it is a result of a previous analysis which does not fulfil the established criteria. 
Issue: The contemplation of pathogens under D9. 
Comments: 
The  introduction  of  microbial  pathogens  are  not  mentioned  in  the  COM  DEC2010/477/EU 
indicators although it appears as “Biological disturbance” in the Table 2 of Annex III of the MSFD. However, 
there is no clear understanding as to under which MSFD descriptor the pathogens should be dealt with. 
They  could  be  considered  under  D1  (as  natural  occurring  organisms),  under  D2  (as  non‐indigenous 
species), under D4 (as they are part of marine food chains), under D5 (as toxic algae can be related to 
eutrophication), and/or under D9 (as contaminant in seafood).  
The occurrence of microbial pathogens in the marine environment may be the consequence of a number 
of  different  reasons,  including  indirect  effects  from  a  sub‐GES  situation  with  respect  to  ecosystem 
structure and function (that would allow pathogens to proliferate). To include pathogens under D9 would 
imply that all shellfish collected off the shore must be safe to eat. There would be a cost to preventing 
Escherichia coli entering the sea that society will not be willing to pay (i.e. zero agricultural run‐off, or 
small sewage plants / septic tanks needing energy intensive UV treatment, etc.).   
There  is  already  a  legal  framework  requiring  Member  States  to  improve  and/or  survey  the  quality  of 
shellfish waters and edible products. The environmental requirements of the shellfish waters are listed in 
the Annex 1 of Shellfish Water Directive 2006/113/EC and include water physico‐chemical parameters, 
chemical contaminants (e.g. heavy metals, IPA, organohalogenated substances) and also faecal coliforms 
in shellfish (flesh and intervalvular liquid) as microbiological indicator. This Directive has been repealed at 
the end of 2013 by the WFD, which should ensure the same level of protection of these water bodies, 
thus contributing to the quality of bivalve molluscs directly edible by man. Under Regulation 854/2004/EC, 
Escherichia  coli  is  monitored  to  establish  hygiene  status  of  classified  shellfish  production  areas.  The 
Regulation  882/2004/EC  lays  down  general  rules  for  the  performance  of  official  controls  to  verify 
compliance with rules aiming at: preventing, eliminating or reducing to acceptable levels risks to humans 
and animals, either directly or through the environment; and guaranteeing fair practices in feed and food 
trade and protecting consumer interests, including feed and food labelling and other forms of consumer 
information. The Regulation 2073/2005/EC provides the microbiological criteria for edible shellfish based 
on levels of E. coli and the occurrence of Salmonella spp. This leads to an overall relationship among WFD, 
Food  Hygiene  Regulations  and  the  MSFD.  In  this  latter  however,  such  link  is  highlighted  in  relation  to 
11 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0248.png
chemical  contaminants  in  seafood,  but  not  for  microbial  contaminants.  GES  criteria  and  indicators  for 
microbial pathogens could be identified within the D9 based on the current legal framework. The objective 
is not to completely eliminate the faecal contamination in shellfish waters (impossible), but to reduce it 
as much as possible according to WFD microbiological parameters. 
The  MSFD  Competence  Center  has  developed  a  document  “Discussion  document_Pathogens  under 
MSFD_18_6_2014.docx”  (which  can  be  found  at  CIRCABC  JRC  MSFD  D8+D9),  which  contains  some 
considerations on this topic that can be helpful with the discussions.  
4. SPECIES/TISSUES  
Issue: The tissue in which measurements should be conducted. 
Recommendation:  Only the edible tissues, as specified in the legislation, should be considered. 
Issue: The knowledge of biological parameters. 
Recommendation: 
Biological  factors,  such  as  trophic  level  of  fish,  diet,  condition,  and  age,  are  not 
presently  included  in  EU  foodstuff  regulations  and  are  not  needed  for  checking  compliance  with 
Regulatory standards. However, these parameters should be monitored because they can provide help in 
the data interpretation, particularly in the event of a non‐compliance. 
Issue: Farmed species. 
Recommendation: Farmed fish should not be considered, since their contaminant burden is linked to their 
feed and additives. Concentrations in farmed fish therefore relate to husbandry and bear little relationship 
to the environment in which they are reared and thus are not appropriate for inclusion in MSFD. However 
farmed molluscs should not be associated with the same caveats as they are only passively allowed to 
settle and grow on artificial submerged surfaces without added feed and additives. 
Issue: The consideration or not of migratory species. 
Comments: The contaminant burden in migratory fish may not reflect primary uptake in the MSFD area 
where it is caught or even European waters depending on the species. It is not clear then how to interpret 
the data and link these to GES. It is still crucial to know the origin where (or where not) the contamination 
occurred to lead to potential measures in such cases. Information from migratory fish might be useful as 
a measure of control for management measurements at GES at the biggest European geographical scale. 
Issue: The consideration or not of edible jellyfish. 
Comments: Jellyfish are not mentioned in the Commission Decision text for descriptor 9, but they might 
get more popular in coming years and can be already found in some European restaurants, so they could 
also be a potential human health concern.  
Issue: Fish and seafood coming from European region overseas. 
12 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0249.png
Recommendation: Fish and seafood coming from European regions overseas (e.g. Reunion, in the Indian 
Ocean, which is clearly not part of European waters) can be directly supplied into Europe without any 
third country controls and would be monitored under the Commission Regulation EC 1881/2006, but they 
seem to be out of the scope of the MSFD.
5. METHODOLOGICAL STANDARDS 
Issue: The appropriate thresholds for the assessment of GES. 
Recommendation: The primary thresholds for the assessment of D9 should be those set in the EU food 
regulations. Other relevant standards can be relevant for the substances and/or for fish and other seafood 
which are not covered by the European legislation. However, care must be taken in selecting the limit 
values, having in mind that the purpose of Regulation 1881/2006 is food safety and not assessment of 
marine seafood contamination. For example, for PAHs the limit values in Regulation 1881/2006 refer to 
smoked and fresh foodstuff. Only limits for unprocessed seafood should be used for MSFD purposes. 
Issue: How to deal with limit values from different legislations for some substances. 
Comments: 
As  said  before,  the  derivation  of  WFD  EQSs  in  biota  has  considered  both  ecotoxicological 
exposure and human protection, so they might also cover D9 objectives. The application of proposed non‐
EU legislative thresholds for D9 could lead to some inconsistencies with SANCO food safety assessments 
(for example for PBDEs) and these issues need to be explored and reconciled. However, limits provided 
by food safety regulations should be used as a priority. 
Issue: Substances for which no maximum level in food has been set. 
Recommendation: If specific hazards are known, there are necessary tools to conduct a risk assessment 
and there are legal powers to take action where necessary, it would seem incongruous to say it would not 
be relevant to D9. 
Comments: It has been suggested to apply specific quality analysis for these samples following EU specific 
directives.  
6. NUMBER  OF  CONTAMINANTS  WHICH  HAVE  EXCEEDED  MAXIMUM  REGULATORY  LEVELS/ 
FREQUENCY OF REGULATORY LEVELS BEING EXCEEDED 
 
Issue: The appropriateness of including those parameters under Descriptor 9.  
Recommendation: The potential elimination of these parameters has to be considered. 
Comments: Some pollutants (e.g. metals) will probably not be 100% compliant of the legislation levels in 
all samples and species. Whether a certain percentage of non‐compliance could be acceptable, especially 
if a decreasing trend is detected, or not (it does not go for human consumption) has to be clarified.  
The frequency of (non)compliance (and the similar “number of contaminants in (non)compliance”) would 
only  make  sense  if  all  countries  had  the  same  monitoring  with  respect  to  monitoring  frequency, 
13 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0250.png
geographical coverage, number of samples, sample size, set of contaminants measured, species, etc. This 
is not the situation today, and it is probably not the best way forward. Moreover, it is not clear how to 
establish  thresholds  for  frequency  of  (non)compliance  (and  the  similar  “number  of  contaminants  in 
(non)compliance”), e.g. which percentage of exceeding per sampling set, coupling it to an absolute upper 
limits. Therefore, perhaps “number of contaminants which have exceeded maximum regulatory levels” 
and “frequency of regulatory levels being exceeded” should be removed from the Commission Decision. 
7. MONITORING  
7.1. TRACEABILITY 
Issue: Traceability of the samples. 
Recommendation: The traceability of the samples is essential. Methodologies, for fisheries purpose and 
consumer protection purposes, are developing rapidly. 
Issue: How precise fishing location has to be known.  
Recommendation: 
The  regional/sub‐regional  level  would  be  the  minimum  level  of  geographical 
knowledge that is acceptable. 
Comments: Sampling strategy and requirements are not presently specified in EU foodstuff regulations. 
Some suggestions include: 
Based on the ICES boxes approach. This is used in some MS, but it is not clear to what degree is 
used by others. For example, it would be with difficulty applied in the Mediterranean Area. 
Information on fish stock.  
Not very precise, at regional/sub‐regional level would be enough. This would not help much if 
measures  are  required,  as  the  area  of  concern  would  be  unknown,  but  in  order  to  assess  the 
environmental  state  of  a  region‐subregion,  location  is  not  needed  to  be  very  precise,  being 
enough the fishing area.  
7.2. SAMPLING STRATEGIES 
Issue: The frequency of monitoring. 
Comments: 
It  is  not  clear  whether  regular  monitoring  of  all  chemical  contaminants  in  Regulation 
1881/2006 in fish and seafood would be feasible and/or relevant. As most environmental contaminants 
slowly bioaccumulate, short term fluctuations in levels are highly unlikely. Once per MSFD reporting cycle 
might be a sensible minimum monitoring frequency. Where concentrations are close to the limits (or of 
increasing concern), or if the effectiveness of measures requires monitoring then MS could monitor more 
frequently. 
Issue: The appropriate number of samples to assess the actual levels of contaminants. 
14 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0251.png
Comments:  It is not clear whether this should refer to the number of environmental samples, or samples 
per batch (fish landing).  
Fish species, size, and age all matter for contaminant uptake and with respect to these parameters the 
sampling  changes  over  time  depending  on  the  focus  of  the  food  safety  control.  For  each  species,  the 
number of samples should result in a normal distribution. It might be convenient that for each species, a 
pilot sampling was performed to optimize the sampling size. 
There are two relevant EC regulations strongly linked to the 1881/2006 that include directions on how to 
sample  from  a  batch  of  fish,  and  how  to  sub‐sample.  These  regulations  concern  589/2014  (recently 
updated for dioxins/PCBs) and 333/2007.  
Issue: The appropriate sampling collection.  
Comments: Samples for this purpose are typically collected from a variety of points along the processing 
chain:  
At sea: e.g. extra sampling for MSFD purposes. 
At fishery landing points, when the catch location is known.  
At  retail  level.  In  some  cases,  it  is  not  possible  to  know  the  geographical  origin  of  the  fish. 
Furthermore, foodstuffs may have been contaminated during processing and the data therefore 
not informative of environmental conditions. Finally, at market level the biological variability (size, 
age, etc.) can be very high. 
Issue: The basis of the monitoring approach and accordingly the selection of representative number of 
species. 
Comments: Some suggestions include:  
The  selection  of  species  should  be  based  on  their  relevance  for  human  consumption,  and  the 
amount caught by fishermen in the sea area under consideration. Task group 9 report should be 
taken into account. 
Risk based to protect consumers, protection of sectors at the highest risk (“worst case scenario”). 
Based on the trophic level, investigate one species per each trophic level (Shellfish, Fat fish…). 
However, the most contaminated fish could not be important as food. 
Indicator species should be defined for certain sea regions or sub‐regions to ensure consistency 
between MS. Again, the most contaminated fish could not be important as food. 
None of the points above are specified in EU foodstuffs regulations. A risk based approach can take the 
above points into consideration, but a risk based approach also means that a degree of flexibility must be 
allowed to reflect country specific situations. In this case, “risk‐based” has to be defined (e.g. to look at 
oily fish because they have higher contaminant levels or to look at non‐oily fish because they are most 
landed). As we are looking for non‐compliances, the risk to take into account would be the highest risk of 
contamination, but only species that are sold commercially for consumption should be included. 
7.3. AGGREGATION 
15 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0252.png
Issue: The appropriate way to treat the data (mean concentration, maximum levels…).  
Comments: 100% compliance is required under food regulations, thus statistics are not required. This is 
the ideal situation (unfortunately not real), and consequently frequency of non‐compliance per specie 
could be used as an indicator or for the evaluation of concentrations data available. 
Statistics should be relevant to assess the trend of the occurrence level.  
7.4. MONITORING PROGRAMMES 
Issue: The harmonization of the monitoring programmes. 
Comments: 
The  monitoring  programmes  have  been  already  designed  by  MS  with  differing  degree  of 
consultations at regional and EU level, so there could be still lack of consideration of the lessons learnt 
(In‐depth  assessment,  article  12).  An  insufficiency  in  harmonization  among  MS  at  regional  or  EU  level 
might  lead  to  new  inconsistencies  in  the  second  MSFD  reporting  cycle,  if  not  addressed  before  the 
establishment of the monitoring programme for that cycle.  
Moreover,  although  it  has  been  recognized  that  the  traceability  of  the  samples  is  essential  for  an 
appropriate assessment of D9, according to the information provided by experts during the first phase of 
the  review  process  (summarized  below),  this  issue  is  not  well  covered  in  the  designed  monitoring 
programmes for Descriptor 9: 
Belgium: Monitoring programmes under public consultation: Coordination with institutions for D8 and 
with Food safety legislation for D9. 
Croatia: Public consultation of monitoring programmes is finished. For D9 same biota species as for D8 
from common sampling will be analysed. 
France: Monitoring programmes under public consultation. For D9, monitoring programmes are based on 
existing  programmes,  considering  the  EU  legislation  1881/2006,  and  including  microbiological 
contamination.  Periodic  fishery  cruises  under  D3,  which  could  provide  biota  samples  for  analysis  of 
contaminants  under  D9.  There  is  lack  of  traceability  in  the  seafood  monitoring  programmes.  Using  of 
existing  monitoring  network  stations  with  additional  sampling  coming  from  D3  cruises  for  off‐shore 
waters. 
Germany: Regarding D9, the traceability of fish and seafood catches is not very good. 
Ireland: Working on drafting the monitoring programmes. D9 is well covered (although not reflected in 
the reporting process due to a  technical transfer error) and relates to shellfish waters and port‐based 
seafood monitoring. D9 monitoring will continue with port‐based and shellfish waters monitoring. 
Italy:  For  D9  there  are  some  problems  to  collect  data  from  Food  Safety  authorities,  so  there  will  be 
monitoring programmes in addition to human’s health existing programmes.  
The Netherlands: Monitoring programmes decided. For D9, monitoring programmes are based on existing 
programmes considering EU‐legislation. Exploring the possibilities of combining the current food safety 
monitoring programme at sea (D 9) and the environmental monitoring programme (D 8). There are plans 
to combine the sampling of biota for both monitoring programmes in the Dutch part of the North Sea.  
For  food  safety  monitoring  programme  the  mixed  samples  of  fish  are  used  and  the  contaminants  are 
analysed  in  edible  parts  of  biota  (filets).  However,  for  the  environmental  monitoring  individual  fish  of 
different  length  classes  are  used  and  the  contaminants  in  liver  or  in  whole  biota  are  analysed.  It  will 
16 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0253.png
therefore be difficult to combine analysis of contaminants for both programmes. (Sampling combined, 
analysis separated). 
Norway: Alignment with WFD, and probably also with MSFD, though Norway does not implement the 
MSFD. Arctic issues to be addressed through OSPAR/AMAP. 
Romania: Monitoring programmes under public consultation. For D9 same biota species as for D8 from 
common  sampling  will  be  analysed  (sampling  combined,  but  analysis  and  interpretation  separated). 
Romania defines GES for Descriptor 9 with respect to levels in accordance with EU regulations legislation. 
Contaminants  (heavy  metals,  OCP,  PCB,  PAH)  data  in  biota  are  collected  in  the  frame  of  national 
monitoring or research projects. Molluscs (mussels, snails) and fish are collected during NIMRD research 
cruises, for both D8 and D9. Microbiological contamination of molluscs is assessed in the framework of 
Shellfish  Waters  Directive.  Periodic  fishery  cruises  under  D3  can  provide  biota  samples  for  analysis  of 
contaminants under D9. Molluscs are analysed as whole soft tissue, and fish as dorsal muscle (filets). 
Spain: Monitoring programmes soon under public consultation. For D9, data will be collected from Food 
Safety Agency, which should improve the traceability and identified the origin of the samples collected in 
the Spanish marine areas in order to solve the gap identified in the initial assessment or the quality status 
report.  
United Kingdom: Broad monitoring programmes have been consulted upon. There is a one‐off monitoring 
project taking place for fish under D9 (chemical substances only), as earlier food monitoring has usually 
involved  sampling  at  point‐of‐sale  (retail  outlets).  Therefore  information  on  catch  locations  was  not 
available and samples could be guaranteed not to have suffered contamination during commercial fish 
processing. A good description of UK marine monitoring can be found at the UKDMOS (UK Directory of 
Marine Observing Systems) website. This includes monitoring that is not MSFD‐related.   
 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
After  completion  of  the  information  compilation,  a  questionnaire  with  specific  questions  on  the  main 
issues identified was circulated among experts and the outcome was analysed and discussed in the second 
working meeting of the MSFD Expert Network on Contaminants. Based on these findings and discussions, 
this section compiles and presents the final conclusions and recommendations derived from the review 
process, including the reasoning behind the recommendations and the proposed way forward.  
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
5.1 Conclusions on the use of the existing Decision criteria and indicators  
Recommendation  1: 
The  Descriptor  9  is  proposed  to  be  retained,  although  substantial  changes  in  the 
overall structure are proposed to make it clearer and align with Descriptor 8, based on the discussions 
during the review process. 
Concentration of Contaminants (9.1) 
Recommendation 2: Establish an EU‐wide minimum list of elements and/or parameters for assessing GES:  
17 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0254.png
‐  Substances included in the EU Regulation 1881/2006 as amended.   
 
Additionally,  Member  States  should  add  country  (region)‐specific  substances  for  which  available 
assessments have shown indications of risk, whenever possible. 
Recommendation  3: 
GES  threshold  values  are  the  limit  values  as  set  in  Regulation  1881/2006  and 
amendments. Only limit values for unprocessed seafood must be considered for MSFD purposes. 
Recommendation  4: 
The  traceability  of  the  samples  is  essential  in  order  to  know  where  at  sea  the 
detected pollution occurs.   
Number of contaminants which have exceeded maximum regulatory levels (9.1.1) 
Recommendation 5: This part of the indicator 9.1.1 to be removed. 
Frequency of regulatory levels being exceeded (9.1.2) 
Recommendation 6: This indicator 9.1.2 to be removed. 
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
6.1 Aggregation rules  
Recommendation  7: 
While  D8  and  D9  are  closely  related,  they  are  separate  descriptors  within  MSFD, 
therefore require separate reporting. 
Recommendation 8: The level of compliance of concentration of contaminants/aggregation rules needed 
to establish whether an area is or not at GES has to be established. 
7. Specifications and standardized methods for monitoring and assessment (in 
accordance with Art. 11(4)) 
7.1 Specifications on methods for monitoring 
7.1.1 Collection of data 
Recommendation 9: Farmed shellfish cannot be excluded. 
Recommendation 10: Information/data exchange between Environmental and Food Safety Authorities is 
crucial for the assessment of Descriptor 9. 
Recommendation 11: Samples can be obtained from cruises or fish markets, as long as the location is 
known.   
Tentative revised Commission Decision text taking into account the above recommendations 
There is not final agreement among experts on specific wording. Therefore, further discussions are needed in the eventual 
revision of the Commission decision text.
 
18 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0255.png
 
Descriptor  9:  Contaminants  in  fish  and  other  seafood  for  human  consumption  do  not  exceed  levels 
established in the Commission Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 as amended or other relevant standards.  
— 9.1. Concentration of contaminants  
In  the  different  regions  or  sub‐regions,  Member  States  need  to  monitor  the  possible  presence  of 
contaminants for which maximum levels are established at European, regional, or national level in edible 
tissues (muscle, roe, flesh, soft parts as appropriate) of fish and seafood destined to human consumption 
(crustaceans, molluscs and echinoderms, as well as seaweed, caught or harvested in the wild, and farmed 
shellfish), that carry the greatest risk of exceeding the limits, and that also provide information on the 
state of the environment.  
 
8. Rational and technical background for proposed revision 
8.1 Justification and technical background justifying the above recommendations  
Explanation for Recommendation 1  
The purpose of Descriptor 9 is the assessment of contamination in fish and seafood in the environment, 
from a human health perspective. MSFD is not meant to protect the consumers, but to ensure that the 
environment  produces  healthy  food.  The  assessment  under  MSFD  could  identify  how  environmental 
pollution causes high levels of contaminants in fish and seafood for human consumption.  
One  important  issue  is  the  opportunity  to  make  links  with  traceability.  Limitations  could  exist  for  the 
coverage of areas not covered by Food Regulation (they consider only Target areas). 
Explanation for Recommendation 2  
The comparability among marine regions is possible considering the list of regulated substances in the EU 
Food Legislation as a minimum list of element of parameters for all EU MS, and country (region)‐specific 
substances should be added whenever possible and/or necessary. The difficulty would be the different 
species, sizes, sampling period, etc. in different regions.  
Biotoxins are beyond the scope of D9 because they are not indicative of environmental status and are 
already covered in food safety control programmes. 
Pathogens are not chemical contaminants and there are other regulations in place for their assessment 
(Shellfish water Regulation). Therefore, pathogens do not have to be assessed under D9. However, they 
should be assessed as part of the ecosystem.  
 
 
19 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Explanation for Recommendation 3  
The limit values should be as set in Regulation 1881/2006 and amendments. However, care must be taken, 
having in mind that the purpose of Regulation 1881/2006 is food safety and not assessment of marine 
seafood contamination. For example, for PAHs the limit values in Regulation 1881/2006 refer to smoked 
and fresh foodstuff. Only limits for unprocessed seafood should be used for MSFD purposes. 
The  WFD  EQS  consider  human  health  data,  where  available,  but  they  are  not  food  safety  limits  for 
consumer protection under Descriptor 9. 
Substances with no limit values set in the Food regulation are not minimum elements for assessing GES, 
but they could/should be assessed if specific hazards are known. MS can derive their national standards, 
but the derivation is out the scope of MSFD. 
Explanation for Recommendation 4  
Traceability  of  samples  to  catch/collection  area  is  essential.  Not  including  information  on  the  location 
would limit the use of sampling for other purposes than food safety. The regional/subregional level is the 
minimum  acceptable  level  of  geographical  knowledge.  The  results  should  be  integrated  in  a 
regional/subregional basis, using common criteria for species, sizes and sampling season. However, more 
accuracy would help to plan measures and evaluate the efficiency of adopted measures. 
Explanation for Recommendation 5 
The part of the indicator 9.1.1 regarding the number of contaminants which have exceeded maximum 
regulatory levels is proposed to be removed. This information might not be very relevant and does not 
take  into  account  the  number  of  times  that  this  exceedance  occurred  or  the  distinction  between  the 
different contaminants. Aligning with D8 would denote that substances are evaluated on individual basis. 
Multiple substances are reported separately as being beyond food safety standards.  
Explanation for Recommendation 6 
The indicator related to the frequency of regulatory levels being exceeded is proposed to be removed. 
This is a good criterion to assess the ecological status of a subregion from a human safety point of view, 
but it is not relevant for compliance checking for MSFD. The threshold related to this indicator would be, 
as  for  D8,  determined  as  GES  and  therefore  not  need  to  be  specified  in  the  Commission  Decision. 
Moreover, the frequency of exceedances will be highly dependent upon the sampling strategy/design and 
this is unlikely to be consistent across MSs.  
Explanation for Recommendation 7 
D9 assessment is centered in human health protection, consequently the environmental representativity 
is limited and different results for D8 and D9 evaluations could be obtained. D8 and D9 have different 
objectives, so the lists for both descriptors have not to be directly related. 
20 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Explanation for Recommendation 8  
100% compliance, as required in Food legislation, seems to be unachievable, particularly for some metals. 
Further  discussions  are  needed  to  establish  the  level  of  compliance  of  concentration  of 
contaminants/aggregation rules. 
Explanation for Recommendation 9  
Only edible tissues have to be assessed, as specified in Food legislation.  
Farmed fish should not be considered, since their contaminant burden is likely to be linked mainly to their 
feed and additives. Concentrations in farmed fish therefore relate to husbandry and bear little relationship 
to the environment in which they are reared and thus are not appropriate for inclusion in MSFD. However 
farmed molluscs should not be associated with the same caveats as they are only passively allowed to 
settle and grow on artificial submerged surfaces without added feed and additives. 
Migratory species are important for MSFD for assessment of GES at regional/European geographical scale, 
and should be taken into account, although they should not be included as minimum elements for GES 
assessment: Similar to D8.  
MSFD does not apply to overseas territories, so the fish and seafood from European areas overseas are 
out the scope of MSFD. 
Explanation for Recommendation 10  
Information  and  data  exchange  between  Environmental  and  Food  Safety  authorities  is  crucial,  but 
currently not implemented in all MS. The MSFD expert network on contaminants should play a key role in 
triggering this. 
Explanation for Recommendation 11  
Samples can be obtained from cruises or fish markets, as long as the location is known. One advantage of 
the fish markets is their good representativeness of the food supply available for consumers compared 
with analysis of samples coming from cruises. However, to highlight hotspots, cruises seem to be more 
relevant. 
Compliance should be based on human consumption and, among them, focus should be on highest risk 
species in order to get a conservative assessment (and to limit the number of samples). The main issues 
are the communication between Food and Environmental authorities and the traceability of the samples. 
 
 
21 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0258.png
9. Other related products  
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues  
Way forward
Preparation  of  a  summary 
document and eventually need for 
guidance on “best practice”. 
Need  of  information/data  exchange  between  To evidence  and  communicate  to 
Environmental and Food Safety authorities. 
MSCG.  
Traceability of samples taken by Food Authorities.
Guidance needed on traceability of 
seafood,  supporting  harmonized 
approaches. Identify who best can 
prepare it. 
Level  of  compliance  of  concentration  of  Further  discussions  within  the 
contaminants/aggregation rules. 
MSFD  Expert  Network  on 
Contaminants. 
Issue 
D9 set‐up in Member States. 
Timeline
Started/Finalized 
2015. 
Started/Finalized 
2015. 
Until 2018.
Until 2018.
 
 
10. Reference Documents 
Article 12 Technical Assessment (Milieu ltd, 2014). 
Coherent  geographic  scales  and  aggregation  rules  in  assessment  and  monitoring  of  Good 
Environmental Status – analysis and conceptual phase, (Deltares, 2014). 
Commission Directive 2001/22/EC of 8 March 2001 laying down the sampling methods and the 
methods of analysis for the official control of the levels of lead, cadmium, mercury and 3‐MCPD 
in foodstuffs.  
Commission  Regulation  (EC)  No  1881/2006  of  19  December  2006  setting  maximum  levels  for 
certain contaminants in foodstuffs.  
Commission  Regulation  (EC)  No  565/2008  of  18  June  2008  amending  Regulation  (EC)  No 
1881/2006  setting  maximum  levels  for  certain  contaminants  in  foodstuffs  as  regards  the 
establishment of a maximum level for dioxins and PCBs in fish liver.  
Commission Regulation (EC) No 629/2008 of 2 July 2008 amending Regulation (EC) No 1881/2006 
setting maximum levels for certain contaminants in foodstuffs.  
Commission Regulation (EU) No 1259/2011 of 2 December 2011 amending Regulation (EC) No 
1881/2006 as regards maximum levels for dioxins, dioxin‐like PCBs and non‐dioxin‐like PCBs in 
foodstuffs.  
Commission  Regulation  (EU)  No  420/2011  of  29  April  2011  amending  Regulation  (EC)  No 
1881/2006 setting maximum levels for certain contaminants in foodstuffs.  
Commission  Regulation  (EU)  No  488/2014  of  12  May  2014  amending  Regulation  (EC)  No 
1881/2006 as regards maximum levels of cadmium in foodstuffs. 
Commission  Regulation  (EU)  No  835/2011  of  19  August  2011  amending  Regulation  (EC)  No 
1881/2006 as regards maximum levels for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in foodstuff.  
22 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Common  Implementation  Strategy  for  the  Water  Framework  Directive  (2000/60/EC).  2011.  
Guidance Document No. 27. Technical Guidance For Deriving Environmental Quality Standards 
Technical Report ‐ 2011 – 055. 
Common  Implementation  Strategy  for  the  Water  Framework  Directive  (2000/60/EC).  2014.  
Guidance Document No. 32 on biota monitoring (the implementation of EQS
biota
) under the Water 
Framework Directive. Technical Report ‐ 2014 – 083. 
Common  Understanding  of  (Initial)  Assessment,  Determination  of  Good  Environmental  Status 
(GES) & Establishment of Environmental Targets (Articles 8, 9 & 10 MSFD), (DG GES, 2014). 
First steps in the implementation of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive ‐ Assessment in 
accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2008/56/EC, (CSWD, 2014). 
In‐Depth Assessment of the EU Member States’ Submissions for the Marine Strategy Framework 
Directive under articles 8, 9 and 10. 2014. JRC Scientific and policy reports, Report EUR 26473 EN.  
MSFD GES workshop on Eutrophication and Contaminants, October 2012. 
MSFD Task group 9 report. 2010. Contaminants in fish and other seafood. EUR 24339 EN.  
Regulation (EC) No 396/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 February 2005 
on maximum residue levels of pesticides in or on food and feed of plant and animal origin and 
amending Council Directive 91/414/EEC.  
Review of Methodological Standards Related to the Marine Strategy Framework Directive Criteria 
on Good Environmental Status (JRC, 2011). 
Review  of  the  GES  Decision  2010/477/EU  and  MSFD  Annex  III  Approach  and  outline  for  the 
process, (EC‐ Committee/07/2013/03rev, 2013). 
 
23 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0260.png
EUROPEAN COMMISSION 
JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE 
 
Institute for Environment and Sustainability 
Water Resources Unit 
 
 
 
 
Review of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU concerning 
MSFD criteria for assessing good environmental status  
 
Descriptor 10 
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm  
to the coastal and marine environment 
 
 
 
 
This  report  represents  the  result  of  the  scientific  and  technical  review  of  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU in relation to Descriptor 10. The review has been carried out by the EC JRC together with 
experts nominated by EU Member States, and has considered contributions from the GES Working Group 
in accordance with the roadmap set out in the MSFD implementation strategy (agreed on at the 11th CIS 
MSCG meeting).  
The  report  is  one  of  a  series  of  reports  (review  manuals)  including  Descriptor  1,  2,  5,  7,  8,  9,  10  that 
conclude  phase  1  of  the  review  process  and,  as  agreed  within  the  MSFD  Common  Implementation 
Strategy,  are  the  basis  for  review  phase  2,  towards  an  eventual  revision  of  the  Commission  Decision 
2010/477/EU.  
The  report  presents  the  state  of  the  technical  discussions  as  of  30  April  2015  (document  version  6.0: 
ComDecRev_D10_V6),  as  some  discussions  are  ongoing,  it  does  not  contain  agreed  conclusions  on  all 
issues. 
The views expressed in the document do not necessarily represent the views of the European Commission. 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Foreword 
The review of MSFD Commission Decision 2010/477/EU, Descriptor 10 has been performed by the MSFD 
Technical Group on Marine Litter, led by JRC (Georg Hanke). The review process has been kicked‐off during 
the TG ML meeting on 11.‐13.6.2014 in Riga, Latvia. Based on the exchanges there a discussion document 
has been prepared and circulated. 7 Member States have provided direct contributions. While a number 
of the identified issues had already been taken up previously in the groups mandate, further exchanges 
on additional issues and a possible revision of the Commission Decision 2010/477/EU have been made.  
The current state of these discussions, work in progress, is reflected in this document.   
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0262.png
Descriptor 10: Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to 
the coastal and marine environment 
 
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
 
Approach .................................................................................................................................... 
4
 
Analysis of the implementation process ................................................................................... 
8
 
Analysis of the current text of the Decision .............................................................................. 
9
 
Identification of issues ............................................................................................................. 
12 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
................................................................................ 14 
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) ................................................ 
16 
Standardised methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4) 
..... 16 
Standardised methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4) .... 
16 
Rational and technical background for proposed revision 
..................................................... 17 
10.  Other related products............................................................................................................. 
17 
11.    Reference Documents ............................................................................................................. 
18 
 
 
 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0263.png
PART I: COMPILATION OF INFORMATION 
1. Approach  
General guiding principles for the review 
 
The review of the Com Dec 2010/477/EU for D10 is facilitated, as the MSFD Technical Group on Marine 
Litter TG ML has been established in order to identify and close gaps. The MSFD Competence Centre, is 
therefore performing the review through the TG ML. EC JRC is responsible for coordinating the review 
process. 
The review process should identify and analyse eventual shortcomings, inconsistencies and gaps and then 
recommend the way forward. In the first phase, up to October 2014, it is planned to compile all necessary 
information  for  the  review  process,  discuss  and  prepare  recommendations.  The  second  phase,  up  to 
March 2015, will then allow the finalization of the recommendations (which can include proposals for 
dedicated work items for better harmonization, need for additional guidance and eventually proposals for 
amendments to the COM Decision (2010/477/EU). 
There  are  some  keywords  and  concepts  which  should  be  considered  to  perform  the  review.  As 
recommended during the MSFD cross‐cutting issues workshop (21.‐22.1.2015, Copenhagen, Denmark), 
the MSFD Commission Decision should be: 
  
Furthermore the development of additional common understanding within the MSFD Drafting Group GES 
during the review can lead to an adaptation of terms and concepts, aiming at an enhanced harmonization 
of the MSFD implementation in general. The focus of the TG ML work is therefore on technical scientific 
items  and  discussions.  Ideally,  the  text  of  the  Commission  Decision  should  provide  specific  technical 
details of the parameters to be considered in order to avoid incoherence by individual interpretations or 
the use of less comparable methodologies for monitoring and assessment. 
Simpler 
Clearer 
Introducing minimum standards (to be enhanced by regions and MS, if necessary) 
Self‐explanatory 
Coherent with other EU legislation 
Coherent with regional assessment methods (where EU methods do not exist) 
Include a clear and minimum list of elements and/or parameters per descriptor 
 
Glossary/Definitions 
Marine  litter  is  any  persistent,  manufactured  or  processed  solid  material  discarded,  disposed  of  or 
abandoned in the marine and coastal environment. Marine litter consists of items that have been made 
or used by people and deliberately discarded or unintentionally lost into the sea and on beaches including 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0264.png
such materials transported into the marine environment from land by rivers, draining or sewage systems 
or winds. For example, marine litter consists of: plastics, wood, metals, glass, rubber, clothing, paper etc. 
This definition does not include semi‐solid remains of for example mineral and vegetable oils, paraffin and 
chemicals that sometime litter sea and shores (JRC 2010).   
“Harm”  can  be  divided  into  three  general  categories:  Social  (reduction  in  aesthetic  value  and  public 
safety),  economic  (e.g.  cost  to  tourism,  damage  to  vessels,  fishing  gear  and  facilities,  losses  to  fishery 
operations, cleaning costs) and ecological (mortality or sublethal effects on plants and animals through 
entanglements,  captures  and  entanglement  from  ghost  nets,  physical  damage  and  ingestion  including 
uptake of microparticles (mainly microplastics) and the release of associated chemicals, facilitating the 
invasion of alien species, altering benthic community structure). (JRC 2010). 
 
Marine litter originates from different sea‐ and land‐based sources and is largely based on the prevailing 
production and consumption pattern.  
Although the relative proportions of these materials vary regionally, there is clear evidence that plastic 
litter is by far the most abundant type. In some locations plastics make up 90 % of marine litter of 
shorelines. A similar predominance of plastics is reported from sampling at the sea surface and on the 
seabed. Most plastics are extremely durable materials and persist in the marine environment for a 
considerable period, possibly as much as hundreds of years. However, plastics also deteriorate and 
fragment in the environment as a consequence of exposure to sunlight (photo‐degradation) in addition 
to physical and chemical deterioration. This breakdown of larger items results in numerous tiny plastic 
fragments, which, when smaller than 5mm are called secondary micro plastics. Other micro plastics that 
can be found in the marine environment are categorized as primary micro plastics due to the fact that 
they are produced either for direct use, such as for industrial abrasives or cosmetics or for indirect use, 
such as pre‐production pellets or nurdles. 
 
Links with other Descriptors  
The  accumulation  of  persistent  organic  pollutants,  the  potential  release  of  toxic  compounds,  the 
transportation of  non‐indigenous species to  new locations, the  alteration/damage of seafloor habitats 
and the ingestion by and entanglement of organisms  link descriptor 10 to descriptors 1, 2, 4, 6 and 8, 9. 
The Commission Decision identifies two criteria for Descriptor 10:  
(10.1) Characteristics of litter in the marine and coastal environment and  
(10.2) Impacts of litter on marine life 
Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values 
EU legislation related to waste is relevant for marine litter. This includes: 
 
Directive  1994/62  as  amended  2004/12/EC  on  packaging  and  packaging  waste  to  encourage 
packaging re‐use and recycling; 
Directive 2008/98/EC repealing  Directive 2006/12/EC, Waste Framework Directive;  
Directive 
91/271/EEC
on Urban Wastewater Treatment 
Directive 2000/ 59/EC on port reception facilities for ship‐generated waste and cargo residues 
focuses on ship operations in Community ports and addresses in detail the responsibilities of the 
different operators involved in delivery of waste and residues in ports; 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Directive 1999/31/EC on the landfill of waste to prevent negative effects on the environment from 
the landfilling of waste, including the pollution of surface water.  
 
Linkages  with  international  and  Regional  Sea  Conventions  (RSCs)  assessment  criteria  and 
standards 
At the international level, the most relevant agreements to address marine litter are the 1978 MARPOL 
Convention (International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships) and the 1972 London 
Convention on the Prevention of Maritime Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter and the 
1996 Protocol thereto aiming to promote the effective control of all sources of marine pollution and to 
take all practicable steps to prevent pollution of the sea by dumping at sea of wastes and other matter 
generated on land. The 1989 Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous 
Wastes and their Disposal is also relevant. In July 2011, IMO adopted the revised MARPOL Annex V which 
prohibits, in principle, the disposal of garbage at sea and which entered into force on 1 January 2013. 
Plus: 
 
the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea and its obligations for States to protect 
and preserve the marine environment (Art 192) including to take measures to prevent, reduce 
and control pollution (Art 194) and related United Nations General Assembly Resolutions on 
Oceans and the Law of the Sea, recently Resolution A/RES/68/71 (2013) and earlier submissions;
 
 the Rio +20 commitment to take action to achieve significant reductions in marine debris by 
2025 and the achievement of the goals and strategy objectives of the Honolulu strategy, as 
outlined in Resolution A/RES/66/288 (2012)
 
marine litter to be one of the eight contaminant categories of UNEP’s Global Programme of 
Action for the Protection of the Marine Environment from Land‐Based Sources (GPA) as well as 
one of the key issues of the Regional Seas Programme (RSP) of UNEP
 
As part of the development of the Ecological Quality Objectives (EcoQO) approach within OSPAR, in order 
to consider how ecosystem health could be assessed to determine the extent of human impacts, a EcoQO 
on plastic particles in Fulmars’ stomachs was proposed in 2001. Many of the Contracting Parties within 
the natural range of the Northern Fulmar have also adopted it as an indicator for MSFD purposes. OSPAR 
has  also  started  the  process  of  implementing  measures  to  reduce  marine  litter  with  the  adoption  of 
Recommendation 2010/19 on the reduction of marine litter through the implementation of fishing for 
litter initiatives in 2010. Finally on 27.6.2014, the OSPAR Regional Action Plan against marine litter was 
agreed and adopted. 
The HELCOM project CORESET II is developing indicators for the determination of GES in the marine  
environment, including indicators for beach litter and microliter in the water column. 
An action plan for marine litter has been developed and was approved in March 2015  (HELCOM  36‐
2015) aiming at  reducing significantly marine litter pollution by 2025. 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
 Annex 1 of the Recommendation, which contains concrete actions to implement the RAP ML, is still 
being  developed with the view of endorsement in June 2015. 
  
The Barcelona Convention adopted its action plan on marine litter in December 2013. The Action plan 
aims at reducing marine litter pollution, removing as much as possible existing marine litter pollution and 
enhancing knowledge on marine litter. 
The  UNEP  MAP  Integrated  Monitoring  Correspondence  Group  CORMON  is  progressing  through  an 
informal online working group on Marine Litter. 
Within the Black Sea Convention there are no legal instruments dedicated specifically to the management 
of marine litter. The Strategic Action Plan for the Environmental Protection and Rehabilitation of the Black 
Sea (the BS SAP 2009) seems to be the most appropriate framework for addressing marine litter issues of 
regional significance.  
Analysis of whether the criteria and/or indicators and/or methodological standards for the 
particular descriptor are likely to be common across the EU or need aspects to be specific at 
region or other scales 
Measures against marine litter are being developed by EU Member States collaboratively within 
Regional Action Plans through the Regional Sea Conventions. The MSFD TG ML as a platform at EU level 
allows exchange and collaboration across regions. 
It needs to be identified which issues require harmonization at regional level and which at EU level. For 
marine litter generally, the strategic approaches, concepts and methodologies should be agreed at EU 
level, while technical specificities, such as the selection of species for biota monitoring or lists of litter 
items to be monitored should be agreed at a regional level. This is particularly important as D10 
parameters are often operationally defined and an alteration in the methodology would give results 
which are not comparable. 
 
 
Definition of GES 
Commission Decision currently sets out four indicators for marine litter:  
Trends in the amount of litter washed ashore and/or deposited on coastlines, including analysis 
of its composition, spatial distribution and, where possible, source 
Trends in the amount of litter in the water column (including floating at the surface) and 
deposited on the sea‐ floor, including analysis of its composition, spatial distribution and, where 
possible, source  
Trends in the amount, distribution and, where possible, composition of micro‐particles (in 
particular micro‐ plastics) 
Trends in the amount and composition of litter ingested by marine animals (e.g. stomach analysis) 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0267.png
 
Climate sensitivity 
D10 will be affected indirectly. The expected increasing occurrence of extreme meteorological events, as 
heavy rainfalls, storms, dry periods followed by strong precipitation and flooding of inland drainage 
basins as well as coastal areas will lead to increased inland surface run‐off. This will transport litter 
present in the terrestrial environment, into streams, rivers and coastal areas, thus leading to an increase 
in marine litter occurrence. Additionally climate change and related changes in marine foodchains (e.g. 
microbe presence) may lead to an alteration in pathways of (micro)plastic in the marine environment 
and plastic degradation. 
 
2. Analysis of the implementation process 
Art. 12 assessment 
Sixteen out of twenty one assessed Member States defined GES for Descriptor 10. The GES definitions in 
most  cases  were  at  the  descriptor  level.  Only  three  Member  States  have  defined  GES  at  Commission 
Decision criteria level although their approach to defining these criteria varies significantly. Nine of the 
sixteen Member States that defined GES required a reduction of marine litter in the environment and one 
requires a reduction of the input of litter into the marine environment. Additionally, despite the lack of 
detail,  some  Member  States  have  provided  additional  elements  in  their  GES  definitions  that  are  not 
covered by Decision 2010/477/EU.  Three Member States referred to marine litter as a pathway for the 
proliferation of invasive non‐indigenous species. Three Member States have referred to the impacts of 
marine  litter  on  the  fecundity  of  marine  organisms  and  from  the  aspect  of  bioaccumulation  of 
contaminants.  Five  Member  States  reported  that  marine  litter  should  not  have  adverse  economic 
consequences  for  the  maritime  economic  sectors  (including  shipping  and  fisheries)  and  coastal 
communities. Two Member States further specified that marine litter should not pose a risk for human 
health. Lastly two Member States reported that in the long term, the marine environment should be free 
of marine litter. 
Criteria 10.1. Characteristics of litter in the marine and coastal environment 
Three Member States have defined criterion 10.1 specifically, two of these then refer to trends of marine 
litter in the marine environment. Both of these Member States refer to reducing trends on their coastlines 
and  one  also  on  the  seabed,  while  the  other  Member  State  also  refers  to  litter  in  the  water  column. 
However, other Member States have also stated at the descriptor level that marine litter on the coasts 
and in the marine environment, in general, should be reduced over time.  
Criteria 10.2. Impacts of litter on marine life 
Three Member States have defined criterion 10.2 specifically although in one case this definition deviates 
significantly from the Commission Decision Criterion. One Member State has defined GES for criterion 
10.2  by  stating  that  litter  that  adversely  affects  marine  organisms  must  decrease  (specified  in  a 
corresponding environmental target to take also other impacts such as entanglement into account) while 
the  other  refers  to  trends  of  waste  ingested  by  marine  animals.  The  plastic  particle  content  in  the 
stomachs of washed up Fulmars (Fulmarus glacialis) (OSPAR EcoQO) is the only specific indicator provided 
under this criterion.  
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0268.png
Regional coherence descriptor  
Member States from all regions except the Black Sea have defined GES for Descriptor 10. In the North East 
Atlantic and the Mediterranean regions, all Member States have defined Descriptor 10 while in the Baltic 
4 out of 7 Member States defined Descriptor 10.  The level of coherence is high in the North East Atlantic, 
moderate in the Mediterranean and low in the Baltic. There are no clear specific differences between 
regions.  
MS good practices 
Four  Member  States  (DE,  DK,  FR,  SI)  report  that  marine  litter  should  not  have  adverse  economic 
consequences for the maritime economic sectors and coastal communities. Three Member States (DE, 
DK, FR) also refer to marine litter as a pathway for the proliferation of invasive non‐indigenous species. 
 
In‐depth assessment of Art 8,9,10 reporting 
An analysis of the Art. 8, 9 and10 reporting by MS has been provided by the “in‐depth assessment” report 
(JRC 2014). The MSFD Technical Group on Marine Litter analysed the gaps and shortcomings related to 
Litter  under  the  MSFD  since  its  start  and  provides  recommendations  and  guidance  for  a  stepwise 
improvement of MSFD D10 implementation (JRC 2011, Marine Litter Technical Recommendations for the 
Implementation of MSFD Requirements, EUR 25009 EN and JRC 2013, Guidance on Monitoring of Marine 
Litter in the European Seas, EUR 26113 EN). 
 
3.
Analysis of the current text of the Decision 
Please find here the extracted elements of the Descriptor 10 Com Dec, which have been
reviewed in terms of their properties and compatibility with the desired improvement in the
implementation process. Suggestions have been derived from different, sometimes controversial
contributions. Please note that there has been no agreement yet on the final recommendations
and controversial technical discussions are ongoing. Final recommendations will be provided
after the next step of the review process:
“Properties and quantities of marine litter”
No change proposed, text appears appropriate.
“do not cause harm”
No change proposed, as the mentioning of e.g. “direct and indirect harm” would appear
redundant and not bring additional clarity.
“the coastal and marine environment”
Unchanged, considering that coast includes the shoreline
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
“The distribution of litter is highly variable, which needs to be taken into consideration
for monitoring programmes”
Can be eliminated as it does not contribute to clarity. There could be a clearer expression
regarding the scale issue instead.
“It is necessary to identify the activity to which it is linked including, where possible, its
origin.”
Suggested change to: “It is necessary to identify sources and pathways, where technically
feasible”
“There is still a need for further development of several indicators, notably those relating
to biological impacts and to micro-particles, as well as for the enhanced assessment of
their potential toxicity ( 21
).”
Still valid, no text change proposed.
“10.1. Characteristics of litter in the marine and coastal environment”
Suggestion to change to: “Properties and quantities of litter in the marine and coastal
environment”
“Trends in the amount of litter washed ashore and/or deposited on coastlines, including
analysis of its composition, spatial distribution and, where possible, source (10.1.1)”
Suggestion change to: “Trends in the amount of litter washed ashore and/or deposited on
coastlines, including analysis of its composition, spatial distribution and sources (10.1.1)”
“Trends in the amount of litter in the water column (including floating at the surface)
and deposited on the sea- floor, including analysis of its composition, spatial distribution
and, where possible, source (10.1.2)“
Suggestion change to: “Trends in the amount of litter floating in the seas surface layer and
deposited on the sea-floor, including analysis of its composition, spatial distribution and sources
(10.1.2)“
“Trends
in the amount, distribution
and, where possible, composition of micro-particles
(in particular micro- plastics) (10.1.3)“
10 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0270.png
Micro-particles might be included as a size class to be considered in the indicators for the
environmental matrices, beach, surface water, seafloor and biota.
This is a controversial question as the importance of micro litter is being recognized and is
shown by a dedicated indicator. On the other hand this holds the risk that it is treated as a
separate issue while measures to combat marine litter need to be formulated covering all size
classes (at least to prevent secondary micro particles).
In the part two of the review therefore a
tentative version with the combination of different litter types is presented. This would support the
simplification of the ComDec. Arguments against an inclusion are mainly the highlighting of this
previously less considered part of the litter issue.
“10.2. Impacts of litter on marine life “
Impacts other than ingestion, such as entanglement should be considered.
“Trends in the amount and composition of litter ingested by marine animals (e.g.
stomach analysis) (10.2.1)“
The Northern Fulmar (long-established OSPAR EcoQO) and the Turtle (Caretta caretta) ,
proposed for the Mediterranean Sea, are species which are used for the litter ingestion indicator.
Other species (other birds, fish, mussels) might be added on the basis of research results.
Therefore the listing of individual species might not be appropriate, although it could promote
harmonization, at least within regions.
It is suggested to include here the consideration of impact other than ingestion, as e.g.
entanglement. This could be under the same indicator or as a new indicator
.
“This indicator needs to be developed further, based on the experience in some sub-
regions (e.g. North Sea), to be adapted in other regions”
Suggested to delete as this does not further specify the above text.
Additional discussions on the D10 Commission Decision content:
Simplicity and clarity
There are some options, see text above, to simplify and increase the clarity of the Commission
Decision text for D10.
11 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0271.png
Detailed technical provisions
There is agreement that the introduction of clear detailed technical provisions, such as e.g.
methodological standards, the prescription of reporting units, methodologies for sampling
strategy set-up and for aggregation of data would be possible. While the TG ML has already
addressed these aspects through its guidance documents, the introduction of these specifications
in a legally binding document would require additional work.
Minimum requirements
Minimum requirements for the different descriptors should ensure that a basic and comparable
assessments are done across Europe with a core set of assessment parameters. These parameters
should be available as a list for consideration by Member States. Specifically for D10 the list is
the category list of litter items, available through the Guidance of Monitoring for Marine Litter
(JRC 2013).
 
4.
Identification of issues 
Here is a list of recurring main issues for discussion under D10. The list is non-exhaustive and
might require further update in the implementation process.
Sources and pathways
The issues of litter sources and pathways of introduction into the marine environment are
important for D10 implementation and for deriving measures and Regional Action Plans.
The MSFD TG Marine Litter is therefore drafting a guidance report on that topic. In a
first phase an approach for attributing litter items recorded in the marine environment to
possible sources will be developed. Then modelling approaches to assess physical
redistribution of litter and importance of different sources of litter pollution will be
considered. This activity will be important in order to develop measures targeted at given
sources and update them regularly depending on their effectiveness.
Riverine Litter
The quantification and identification of riverine litter, as source for marine litter is of
importance as it is expected to be a major source of litter to the marine environment. The
development and implementation of harmonized monitoring methodologies for the
assessment of litter entering the marine environment via rivers across Europe is needed in
order to develop measures and priority areas for their implementation.
Harm
The concept of harm has been discussed and is currently being treated in a dedicated
document of the TG ML. It will contain considerations for the identification and
quantification of harm. The harm report includes case studies for the different impacts on
biota and habitats as well as for socioeconomic impacts taking into account the outcomes
of current research projects.
12 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Methodological Standards
There is need to further develop methodological standards and to implement them
through harmonized monitoring programmes. This should include practical activities for
dissemination of protocols and training of field personnel. The MSFD TG Marine Litter
has proposed a number of protocols, some of which are still under development, which
need to be tested and if necessary refined.
Micro-plastic
One of the challenges is to develop reliable and standardized extraction and instrumental
analysis methods for microplastic (weight and number) in sediment and biota
(compartments of main interest for accumulation). Accurate, precise and reliable
extraction and analysis methods are an absolute prerequisite to collect reliable data on
microplastic, and consequently derive appropriate measures.
Scales and Aggregation
Some details on scales of assessments and procedures for data aggregation and treatment
are available but need further discussion, agreement and implementation at regional and
EU scales.
Minimum operational requirements
EU wide operational parameters should be introduced in order to ensure a harmonized
implementation. For Descriptor 10 this is provided by the list of litter categories, agreed
upon at EU level (MSFD Technical Group on Marine Litter). This list needs to be
updated based on feedback from monitoring data, e.g. by adding new categories or by
removing obsolete ones.
 
 
13 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0273.png
 
PART II: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS  
This part of the review is compiling the outcome from previous discussions and providing 
recommendations for eventual changes in the text of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU, necessary 
short term work and items for future work. 
5. GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
The Commission Decision review for D10 should consider the review/revision timescales in
comparison to the development of scientific knowledge. This is a particularity for D10, as much
research progress has been made recently.
Current text of Commission Decision 2010/477/EU 
Descriptor 10: Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.  
The distribution of litter is highly variable, which needs to be taken into consideration for monitoring programmes. It is 
necessary to identify the activity to which it is linked including, where possible, its origin. There is still a need for further 
development of several indicators, notably those relating to biological impacts and to micro‐particles, as well as for the 
enhanced assessment of their potential toxicity.  
10.1. Characteristics of litter in the marine and coastal environment  
— Trends in the amount of litter washed ashore and/or deposited on coastlines, including analysis of its composition, 
spatial distribution and, where possible, source (10.1.1)  
— Trends in the amount of litter in the water column (including floating at the surface) and deposited on the sea‐ floor, 
including analysis of its composition, spatial distribution and, where possible, source (10.1.2)  
— Trends in the amount, distribution and, where possible, composition of micro‐particles (in particular micro‐ plastics) 
(10.1.3) 
10.2. Impacts of litter on marine life  
— Trends in the amount and composition of litter ingested by marine animals (e.g. stomach analysis) (10.2.1).  
This indicator needs to be developed further, based on the experience in some sub‐regions (e.g. North Sea), to be adapted 
in other regions. 
The proposed changes aim at making the ComDec simpler and clearer. They remove some text
related to further development needs, as this has been recognized and does not need to be part of
a legislative document. The changes reduce the number of indicators and propose to treat micro-
litter along with other litter types.
Recommendations regarding criteria and indicators:
10.1
Characteristics of litter in the marine and coastal environment
14 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0274.png
Keep notification of need for further development
10.1.1
Substitute “possible” by “feasible” regarding the identification of sources for beach litter
Introduce micro-litter (see also below)
10.1.2
Substitute “possible” by “feasible” regarding the identification of sources for beach litter
Remove mid water retaining the surface (and directly underlying water layer) and the seafloor
10.1.3
Integrate micro-litter as size fraction along with other litter fractions in the matrix related
indicators
Note: While there is generally support to the inclusion of micro litter along with macro/meso
litter, not all experts support this view. Some experts argue that micro litter is different from
other litter types (meso/macro) and should be stated in a specific indicator. Arguments for this
are that microlitter causes specific effects, a separate indicator makes it easier to link to specific
primary sources and it might be easier to determine a target for macro/meso litter when separate.
10.2 Impacts of litter on marine life
Add beside the ingestion also entanglement as an indicator for impact on wildlife.
Tentative text of a revised ComDec D10, for illustrative purposes:
Descriptor 10:
Properties and quantities of marine litter do not cause harm to the coastal and marine environment.
There is still a need for further development of several indicators, notably those relating to biological impacts and to micro-
litter, as well as for the enhanced assessment of potential harm.
 
10.1. Properties and quantities of litter in the marine and coastal environment
 
10.1.1 Trends in the amount of litter, including micro-litter, washed ashore and/or deposited on coastlines, including analysis
of its composition, spatial distribution and, if feasible, pathway and source
 
10.1.2 Trends in the amount of litter, including micro-litter, floating in the surface layer and deposited on the sea- floor,
including analysis of its composition, spatial distribution and, if feasible, pathway and source
 
10.2. Impacts of litter on marine life
 
10.2.1 Trends in the amount of litter ingested and/or number of entanglement incidents by marine animals
 
15 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0275.png
 
 
6. GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3) 
 
Discussions confirmed the TG ML position that currently quantitative thresholds can only be formulated 
for some parameters (e.g. Litter in Fulmar stomachs). At the moment assessments will have to be based 
on trends in most cases. Trend assessment will need common approaches and guidance for data 
treatment.  
 
The setting of quantitative thresholds for marine litter should be a long‐term target (of the TG‐ML). 
  
 
7. Standardised methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4) 
Monitoring protocols, which have been developed and adopted by the TG Marine Litter, are available in 
a MSFD Guidance document on Monitoring of Marine Litter in European Seas: 
 (http://mcc.jrc.ec.europa.eu/document.py?Num=0&mot=201&classement=D10&code=201406241434 ) 
 
The maturity of the different methodologies has been evaluated and is reviewed in the guidance 
document (Maturity of Protocols ‐ General Overview, Page 18, Summary of monitoring protocols, page 
30). The TG‐MS is currently working on the further development and testing of the protocols.  
 
Quality assurance and control measures are needed in order to provide comparable results. The MSFD 
document “Guidance on Monitoring of Marine Litter in European Seas” includes proposals for QA/QC 
measures. 
The sampling and analysis of micro litter needs to consider recent and future findings of dedicated 
research. There are different methodological approaches, which provide operationally defined 
parameters and therefore need harmonization for comparability.  A network of laboratories for the 
analysis of micro litter appears useful and there is need for proficiency testing schemes. 
 
 
8. Standardised methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4 GES) 
 
Agreed  units  for  reporting  of  data  and  common  assessment  procedures  for  national  and  RSCs 
assessments, should be referred to in the MSFD reporting mechanism. 
The reporting units should be based on scientific  knowledge and be of  practical use in assessing litter 
quantities and potential harm. 
16 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0276.png
As the assessment of trends for the evaluation of the environment status is an integral part of the D10 
implementation,  the  calculation  of  these  trends  must  be  comparable  and  be  based  on  appropriate 
methodologies
1
.  
Aggregation of data at different levels of integration should be based on common approaches
2
 and using 
the same reporting units   
 
9. Rational and technical background for proposed revision 
The focus of the MSFD TG ML work is on technical scientific items and discussions and it acts as a 
platform at EU level allows exchange and collaboration across regions. 
The background for the ComDec review was provided by the ongoing work of the MSFD Technical group 
on Marine Litter and the work in RSCs, amended after discussions and exchanges in the TG ML.  
 
10. Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document) 
The implementation of MSFD Descriptor 10 needs further support. D10 Com. MSFD D10 provisions are 
presently being implemented by Member States. This will provide further experience and knowledge, 
which should be fed back into the implementation process. The Com. Decision should provide the 
framework for this, while updated guidance ensures the harmonization within and between regional 
approaches. Dedicated research project should provide knowledge in support to the MSFD process. 
Uptake of the research outcome should be ensured through a functional science – policy interface. 
 
The MSFD TG Marine Litter has identified number of topics, on which work is progressing: 
Harm 
Sources identification (identification of litter origin) 
Sources identification (modelling of litter transportation at sea) 
Riverine litter monitoring 
 
 
Items to be considered for future work until 2018: 
 
Protocol development (for less mature protocols, as identified in the ML Monitoring 
Guidance) including identification of units 
Trend assessments and target setting (Guidance for assessment and implementation) 
QA/QC development and implementation 
Harmonization among European Regions and beyond 
Support for monitoring implementation
Updating of Marine Litter category list 
 For indicators containing many subindicators, such as beach litter which contains about 100 different items, 
OSPAR is currently developing dedicated state and trend analysis software (Litter Analyst). This is necessary to 
obtain standardized and efficient assessment of beach litter. 
2
 For example, in view of large temporal variations, a five (e.g OSPAR Fulmar) or six year average (e.g. OSPAR beach 
litter) could be used. 
1
                                                            
17 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0277.png
11. Reference Documents 
MSFD Common implementation strategy related documents are available through the MSFD Competence 
Centre website: http://mcc.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ 
‐ JRC, 2010, MARINE STRATEGY FRAMEWORK DIRECTIVE Task Group 10 Report Marine Litter, EUR 24340 
‐ JRC, 2011. Marine Litter Technical Recommendations for the Implementation of MSFD Requirements, 
EUR 25009 EN 
‐ 
JRC,  2013.  In‐Depth  Assessment  of  the  EU  Member  States’  Submissions  for  the  Marine  Strategy 
Framework Directive under articles 8, 9 and 10, EUR 26473 
‐ InterSus, 2013. Issue Paper to the "International Conference on Prevention and Management of Marine 
Litter in European Seas" 
‐ JRC, 2013, Guidance on Monitoring of Marine Litter in the European Seas, EUR 26113 EN 
‐EC 
2014,  Report  on  the  first  phase  of  implementation  of  the  Marine  Strategy  Framework  Directive 
(2008/56/EC) The European Commission's assessment and guidance  
 
18 
 
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0278.png
Possible Approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC
Descriptor 11: Energy, including underwater noise
Author
Milieu
Mark Tasker
Mark Tasker
Mark Tasker
Mark Tasker
Mark Tasker
Version
V1
v2 draft (taking account of D. Connor suggestions)
v3 draft; new text in Part 2
v4 draft, accommodating MAAx3, RL, VP, JP, FTx2, MA, RD
comments,
v5 responding to comments from Germany, RD, MC, RL
v6 responding to comments from TG Noise, Germany (per
Andrea Weiss), Nicolas Entrup (on behalf of the International
Fund for Animal Welfare, Marine Conservation Society,
Natural Resources Defense Council, OceanCare, Whale and
Dolphin Conservation), CEDA, France and comments during
the January 2015 cross-cutting workshop in Copenhagen
v7 responding to comments from Germany (per Maria
Boethling) and Netherlands (René Dekeling, Niels Kinneging,
Sandra van der Graaf)
v7.1 taking account of late comments on v5 (sic) by David
Connor received 17 March
v8 based on discussion in WG GES, and written comments
received from Oceancare, Germany, Spain and UK
Date
23.05.2014
15 July 2014
24 July 2014
1 September 2014
27 September
2014
30 January 2015
Mark Tasker
16 March 2015
Mark Tasker
René Dekeling
18 March 2015
3 June 2015
This document on the possible approach to amend Decision 2010/477/EC for Descriptor 11:
Energy, including underwater noise, is based on an document presented by TG Noise (version 7)
to the CIS WGGES meeting in April 2015.
During the WGGES meeting various participants made further comments on the document. The
meeting agreed that these comments should be reflected in a new version of the document
(version 8). The comments have been added to the manual to show potential options and have
been included without further consultation with TG Noise. The comments have been added with
no consideration of the relative importance of the issues raised, compared to the previous
version (version 7) of the document.
1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0279.png
Descriptor 11; Energy, including underwater noise
Title of Descriptor
Good Environmental Status for Descriptor 11: Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at
levels that do not adversely affect the marine environment.
Approach
General approach to version 8 of the Manual
Work on this manual which provides advice for the review of the Commission Decision on indicators of
Good Environmental Status started in 2014. The Technical Group on Noise of the MSFD CIS (TG Noise)
provided technical advice (via ICES) on the current review by the Commission of their Decision, using the
‘Manual’ (based on a standard template). The first main drafts of the Manuals were considered by the
higher level EU working group WG-GES last year, and comments were invited on these Manuals.
A “cross-cutting” workshop was held in January 2015 to deal with issues common to several or all
indicators. Following receipt of the comments and the workshop outcomes, a draft version 7 was made
of the Descriptor 11 Manual. Further guidance was received from the Commission/DG Environment in
relation to issues where there was not agreement in relation to comments received. In those cases, the
issue was to be noted and referred upwards for resolution further on in the European process. Therefore,
next to version 7 of the Manual, an ‘Unresolved Issues’ document was provided.
In the March 2015 meeting of WG GES, version 7 of the Manual was discussed in the meeting of WG GES.
It was suggested that the current version did not sufficiently reflect comments of a number of Member
States/stakeholders, that the decription of the use of the precautionary principle was not consistent with
the report of the cross-cutting issues workshop (which was not available when version 7 was drafted) and
explicit mention should be made of resolutions of international agreements (e.g. CBD). Therefore TG Noise
was requested to come with a new version. That task was taken up, aiming for a new version that would
address the different concerns of all parties concerned, noting that:
1. In the 2014 meeting of WG GES, MSCG and MD, TG Noise advised that initiating actual monitoring
of current indicators should be a priority, and the view of TG Noise was that this is generally
accepted as main priority;
2. Monitoring of underwater noise should be done in such a way that it is future proof;
3. As explained by the Commission during WG GES, when implementing monitoring, Member States
have some freedom (flexibility), but minimum standards should be met;
4. The scope of the Manual is to provide guidance on criteria to determine GES, and at this stage TG
Noise cannot advise on concrete targets and such advice will therefore not be part of this Manual.
For this new version, comments received after WG GES (of which some had been sent in an earlier stage)
were reviewed and where possible taken over. The main unresolved issues/needed choices are
mentioned in this document and not, as in the earlier version, (only) mentioned in an unresolved issues
document; although that previous way of working was as requested, this implied that the Manual alone
did not provide complete description of the discussion that was held or was still ongoing.
2
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0280.png
Definition of the Descriptor
There are many kinds of anthropogenic “energy” that human activities “introduce” into the marine
environment including sound, light, other electromagnetic fields, heat and radioactive energy. Energy
inputs can occur at many scales of both space and time. To date the main focus of the Member States in
their approach to Descriptor 11 has been on sound (noise when it becomes a problem). In the context of
the Marine Strategy Framework Directive, radioactivity is considered as a property of a hazardous
substance, not as an ‘energy’.
“Underwater
noise”
is defined as anthropogenic sounds which may be of short duration (e.g. impulsive
such as from seismic surveys and piling for wind farms and platforms, as well as explosions) or long lasting
(e.g. continuous such as dredging, shipping and energy installations). These can affect marine species in
different ways. Species that are exposed to noise may be adversely affected over a short time-scale (acute
effect) or a long time-scale (permanent or chronic effects). Adverse effects may be both physiological and
behavioural and range from subtle (e.g. temporary harm to hearing, behavioural effects) to obvious (in
the worst case, death).
The term “level”, as used in the MSFD Annex I and in relation specifically to underwater noise, is taken in
a wide sense not only to describe sound pressure levels but also other features of sound (such as the
degree of its spatial and temporal distribution).
Most commercial activities entailing high noise levels which affect relatively broad areas of sea are
executed under regulated conditions subject to a licence. There is some variation in the degree to which
commercial activities are subject to a licence between Member States, and where activities are subject to
licensing there is variation about including emissions of underwater noise. Unlike chemical pollution, noise
does not persist in the environment. Thus, if the source of noise is reduced, the amount of noise energy
in the water is immediately lowered. There have been very few studies of long-term changes in levels of
underwater noise in the oceans. Several studies, all in the north-east Pacific Ocean, suggest that there
was a 10 dB increase in offshore marine ambient noise in the 10-50 Hz range during the last 35 years of
the 20
th
century, attributed primarily to increases in commercial shipping traffic
1
. Although these findings
need to be verified for European waters, human activities, including shipping, pile-driving and seismic
surveys, have changed marine soundscapes not only in deeper waters but also in coastal areas, and the
consequences for ecosystems are uncertain
2
. Despite a continuing increase in the number of ships
worldwide, it is not known whether ambient noise levels at these frequencies continue to increase; there
are probably differences between different regions, not only levels but also in trends. There is no
knowledge of changes in ambient noise level in European waters, but lacking evidence that ships and
piling have become drastically quieter, it can be assumed that if these activities are increasing, noise levels
are likely also increasing.
Linkages with existing relevant EU legal requirements, standards and limit values
1
Andrew, R. K., Howe, B. M., Mercer, J. A., & Dzieciuch, M. A. (2002). Ocean ambient sound: comparing the 1960s with the 1990s for a receiver
off the California coast. Acoustics Research Letters Online, 3: 65-70.
McDonald, M. Hildebrand, J. and Wiggins, S. 2006. Increases in deep ocean ambient noise in the Northeast Pacific west of San Nicolas Island,
California. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 120: 711-718.
2
Merchant, N.D., Pirotta, E., Barton, T.R., Thompson, P.M. Monitoring ship noise to assess the impact of coastal developments on marine
mammals. Marine Pollution Bulletin 78 (2014) 85-95.
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0281.png
In 2011, JRC identified that “there are no methodological standards available within the framework of
European or international conventions relevant to Descriptor 11”
3
.
The non-binding European Commission Guidelines for the establishment of the Natura 2000 network in
the marine environment
4
consider noise as a source of pollution that affects the marine environment and
biodiversity. The guidelines identify several sources of underwater noise pollution, including the propeller
and machinery noise of ships. Member States need to regulate such-noise generating activities in
accordance with the provisions of the Habitats Directive if they are likely to have significant effects on
protected features in Natura 2000 sites or on species strictly protected as listed in Annex IV, including
cetaceans.
The work at EU level is coordinated by the
Technical Group on Noise
of the MSFD CIS (TG Noise) for
further development of Descriptor 11 Noise/Energy, noting that for issues related to defence or national
security (e.g. military sonar), implementation of the MSFD is a national responsibility.
Linkages with international and RSC norms and standards
Pursuant to the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS,
1982),
there are general
duties to protect marine biodiversity (including marine mammals) and prevent, reduce and control
pollution “from any source”. The Convention defines “pollution of the marine environment” as “the
introduction by man, directly or indirectly, of substances of or energy into the marine environment,
which results or is likely to result in such deleterious effects as harm to living resources and marine life,
hazards to human health, hindrance to marine activities, including fishing and other legitimate uses of
the sea, impairment of quality for use of sea water and reduction of amenities.” As a form of energy, the
introduction of sound (and other forms of energy) falls under the definition of pollution of the marine
environment contained in the UNCLOS and most relevant regional instruments.
Additionally, several international conventions, such as the
UN Convention on Migratory Species (CMS)
and its daughter agreements, recognise underwater noise, including noise from shipping, as a potential
threat to marine species and confirmed the need for limitation of harmful underwater noise; CMS
resolution 10.24 a.o. recommends the adoption of Best Available Techniques (BAT) and Best
Environmental Practice (BEP) and encourages Parties to integrate the issue of anthropogenic noise into
the management plans of marine protected areas (MPAs) where appropriate.
5
.
Of the regional agreements made under the framework of CMS,
ACCOBAMS
(Agreement on the
Conservation of Cetaceans in the Black Sea, Mediterranean Sea and Contiguous Atlantic Area) and
ASCOBANS
(Agreement on the Conservation of Small Cetaceans in the Baltic, North East Atlantic, Irish
and North Seas) have a joint Working Group that addresses underwater noise in order to ensure the
best possible advice is generated for the Parties on the topic. ACCOBAMS has adopted Resolution 4.17
(Guidelines to address the impact of anthropogenic noise on cetaceans in the ACCOBAMS area).
In the
Convention on Biological Diversity
Decision XI/18 A XII/23 of 2014 governments are encouraged to
take appropriate measures… to avoid, minimize and mitigate the potential significant adverse impacts of
Piha, H and Zampoukas, J. 2011. Review of Methodological Standards Related to the Marine Strategy Framework Directive Criteria on Good
Environmental Status, JRC. Available at:
http://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/111111111/16069/1/lbna24743enn.pdf
4
European Commission 2007. Guidelines for the establishment of the Natura 2000 network in the marine environment. Application of the
Habitats and Birds Directives. Available at:
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/marine/docs/marine_guidelines.pdf
5
Convention on Migratory Species/UNEP/CMS/Resolution 10.24- Further steps to abate underwater noise pollution for the protection of
cetaceans and other migratory species. Adopted by the Conference of the Parties at its Tenth Meeting (Bergen, 20-25 November 2011).
Available at http://www.ascobans.org/sites/default/files/document/AC19_7-07_CMS_Res10-24_UnderwaterNoise_1.pdf
3
4
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0282.png
anthropogenic underwater noise on marine and coastal biodiversity. A series of actions are proposed
including specific research into species and sound sources, developing/transferring quieter technologies,
combining acoustic and habitat mapping, utilising spatio-temporal management, conducting impact
assessments, considering thresholds and standardizing metrics and sound measurements.
The Scientific Committee of the
International Whaling Commission (IWC)
has been considering the issue
of underwater sound for more than a decade. At its 2008 meeting the Scientific Committee endorsed a
reduction target in the contribution of shipping to ambient noise levels in the 10-300 Hz range by 3dB in
10 years and by 10 dB in 30 years relative to current levels; at this moment, this proposal for a target from
this advisory body has not been taken over in a formal IWC resolution.
The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From Ships
MARPOL
(73/78) only defines
pollution in terms of introduction of 'substance' and not ‘energy’. At
IMO
level, in October 2008, based
on a proposal by the United States, the IMO added “Noise from commercial shipping and its adverse
impact on marine life” as a high priority item to the work programme of its Marine Environment Protection
Committee (MEPC). In 2014, the MEPC approved Guidelines for the reduction of underwater noise from
commercial shipping to address adverse impacts on marine life, recognising that underwater noise
radiating from commercial ships may have both short- and long-term negative consequences on marine
life.
The BIAS project in the Baltic Sea region is developing a common methodology for measuring acoustic
data. In the
HELCOM
Initial Holistic Assessment (HELCOM 2010) the impact of noise was assessed using a
4-level indicator system and identified noise as “other physical disturbance”: level 1 indicates that the
noise is audible to biota; level 2 indicates that masking of communication occurs; level 3 indicates an
avoidance reaction; and level 4 indicates physiological impacts. Level 1 and 2 were considered relevant
for the major part of the Baltic Sea area at this time. The indicators are being considered for HELCOM
Coreset II.
Currently, no
OSPAR
Contracting Party has incorporated noise into any permanent monitoring
programme
6
. In 2009, the OSPAR Commission considered an overview document on the effects of man-
made underwater noise on marine life and in its core part documented the effects of sound from human
activities on marine life
.
The OSPAR QSR 2010 also considers the negative effects of anthropogenic
underwater noise. The ambient noise indicator (11.2.1) is a (priority) candidate indicator; in 2014 the
OSPAR Commission decided that the impulsive noise indicator (11.1.1) was sufficiently developed and was
accepted as common indicator (for all OSPAR areas).
7
An OSPAR working group (ICG Noise), co-working
with ICES, has developed a proposal for an impulsive noise registry that would be managed by ICES and
could become operational in 2015/2016; for one (sub)region, a proposal was made for a
joint
ambient
noise monitoring programme, but at this stage there is no agreement on funding this programme and it
is not likely to be operational in time to contribute to the OSPAR 2017 Intermediate Assessment.
Underwater noise has yet to be addressed by either the
Barcelona
or the
Bucharest Conventions,
but a
proposal has been submitted for a basin wide strategy for monitoring (see further on).
Definition of GES
The energy descriptor is primarily a ‘pressure’ descriptor. This largely means that if GES is to be achieved,
the introduction of energy should not compromise the achievement of GES for marine species (as covered
6
7
MSFD Advice Manual and Background document on Good environmental status - Descriptor 11: Underwater noise, 2012
OSPAR 14/21/1-E, Summary Record of the Meeting of the OSPAR Commission (OSPAR) of 23-27 June 2014
5
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0283.png
under Descriptors 1, 3 and 4). In its report published in February 2012, TG Noise made an analysis and
provided a number of recommendations with regards to methodological standards and possible threshold
values to be used for impulsive sound (indicator 11.1.1) and continuous low frequency noise (indicator
11.2.1); in the report published in 2014 TG Noise suggested possible use of the data for impulsive noise
to decide whether GES is reached or not, and identified further steps needed, of which establishing
knowledge how displacement affects a species at the population level is a priority topic. Currently there
is much international effort directed at obtaining improved information on population effects, both from
military funded research on the effects of sonar, and from research aimed at characterising the effects of
offshore wind energy, e.g. the PCoD and DEPONS projects. Modelling and risk assessment tools are
available that can provide a high level of detail, e.g. mapping the areas where thresholds may be exceeded
by noise generating activities. Using this approach an update of the assessment of the marine
environment (e.g. the OSPAR 2017 Intermediate Assessment) may well be possible, at least for some well
studied species as harbour porpoises.
For ambient noise, TG Noise concluded that even if information on actual trends and levels would become
available by monitoring, much greater understanding of the relationship between the environmental
pressure caused by ambient noise and the state of the ecosystem is still needed before GES can be
understood and a target can be set for indicator 11.2.1.
The "climate sensitivity" for D11 (or criteria/indicators)
Descriptor 11 is not directly climate sensitive but climate related issues might affect this descriptor. The
increase in atmospheric levels of CO
2
not only results in atmospheric climate change but also in ocean
acidification, and an increase in sea surface temperature. It has been claimed that the acidification of
marine waters could potentially increase the propagation range of underwater noise
89
which effect would
make the ocean noisier, with biological impacts e.g. on the behaviour of marine mammals. However,
additional physically-based analyses indicate that the problem seems unlikely to be significant
1011
.
Seasonal variations in sea surface temperature (and possibly of water stratification) have been proposed
as an explanation of observed seasonal cycles in the amplitude of ambient noise in the frequency range
25 Hz to 50 Hz
12
. While this link requires further investigation, if confirmed, it has implications for long
term trends: specifically, a long term increase in sea surface temperature would result in a corresponding
decrease
in expected deep water ambient noise on a global scale, partly compensating for the increase
expected due to increased shipping
,13
. Such changes would apply to the propagation of both ‘natural’ and
anthropogenic underwater sound. As can be seen, there is no certainty about the overall effects of climate
change on the transmission of underwater sound.
Hester, K. C., Peltzer, E. T., Kirkwood, W. J., and Brewer, P. G. 2008. Unanticipated consequences of ocean acidification: A noisier ocean at
lower pH. Geophysical Research Letters 35, L19601.
9
Ilyina T, Zeebe RE, Brewer PG (2010) Future ocean increasingly transparent to low-frequency sound owing to carbon dioxide emissions.
Nature Geoscience 3: 18-22.
10
Reeder, D.B. and Chiu, C.-S. 2010. Ocean acidification and its impact on ocean noise: phenomenology and analysis. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America 128 Express Letters 137-143. DOI: 10.1121/1.3431091.
11
Joseph, J.E., Chiu, C.-S. 2010. A computational assessment of the sensitivity of ambient noise level to ocean acidification. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America 128: Express Letters 144-149.
12
Ainslie, M.A. 2013. Periodic changes in ambient noise: possible causes and implications for long term prediction. In 1st International
Conference and Exhibition on Underwater Acoustics. pp 655-662.
13
Ainslie, M. 2012. Potential causes of increasing low frequency ocean noise levels. In Proceedings of Meetings on Acoustics, 12: 070004.
Acoustical Society of America.
8
6
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0284.png
Results of the Article 12 assessment (incl. in depth assessment)
Descriptor
A total of fifteen Member States (MS) have defined GES at descriptor level and according to MSFD Annex
I whilst five MS have not defined GES for underwater noise. All MS who have defined GES for D11 have
used different approaches. In addition the definitions provided appear to have been based on different
interpretations (in some cases mistranslations) of the 2010 Commission Decision. Two MS provided a
definition of GES that was a copy or very similar to that provided in Annex I of the MSFD. Three MS
included threshold values in their definition. In addition to underwater noise, one MS included also other
forms of energy in their definition, and identified them as light, electromagnetism and changes in
temperature. One MS reported an elaborate GES definition, stating that GES is achieved when the
abundance, mortality risk and communication behaviour of sensitive species is not affected by
underwater noise.
Criteria
Eleven MS have included the criteria provided in the Commission Decision
2010/477/EU
although a few
MS did not make use of both criteria or did not differentiate clearly between them, or. provided a GES
definition that was not or only roughly in line with the definitions as provided in the Commission Decision.
Indicators
Not all MS applied the indicators as provided in the Commission Decision. At indicator level, only two MS
have included details as specified in the Commission Decision.
Regional coherence descriptor
Although the limited development of the GES definitions by most MS could provide an opportunity to
achieve a high level of regional coherence, in the North-east Atlantic and Baltic coherence was assessed
as low and in the Mediterranean as moderate. Neither of the Black Sea MS defined GES for Descriptor 11.
MS good practices
Three MS have provided threshold values, meaning that the other definitions are all qualitative. One MS
specifically mentions in their GES definition other forms of energy, namely, emission of light, other
electromagnetic fields and heat.
Analysis of the current text of the Decision
Criteria to be kept in the Decision, in accordance with the mandate provided by the Directive
The following two Criteria are clearly the operative part of the Commission decision and should be kept,
but see below for improvements in wording to remove ambiguities, and options how these criteria could
be further developed/adapted.
11.1. Distribution in time and place of loud, low and mid frequency impulsive sounds
— Proportion of days and their distribution within a calendar year over areas of a determined surface, as
well as their spatial distribution, in which anthropogenic sound sources exceed levels that are likely to
entail significant impact on marine animals measured as Sound Exposure Level (in dB re 1μPa 2.s) or as
7
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
peak sound pressure level (in dB
re 1μPa peak) at one metre, measured over the frequency band 10 Hz to
10 kHz (11.1.1)
11.2. Continuous low frequency sound
Trends in the ambient noise level within the 1/3 octave bands 63 and 125 Hz (centre frequency) (re 1μΡa
RMS; average noise level in these octave bands over a year) measured by observation stations
and/or with
the use of models if appropriate (11.2.1).
Recommended improvements to wording of Criteria
Indicator 11.1.1. Distribution in time and place of loud, low and mid frequency anthropogenic impulsive
sounds.
TSG Noise noted (van der Graaf et al. 2012) that the current Commission Decision of Indicator
11.1 is not unambiguous, and there is a need for an explanation as to how it should be interpreted. TSG
Noise (Dekeling et al. 2014b) therefore defined “impulsive” in this context as including all sounds of
duration less than 10 seconds and recommends improving Indicator 11.1.1 to:
The proportion of days and their distribution within a calendar year, over geographical locations whose
shape and area are to be determined, and their spatial distribution in which either the monopole energy
source level (in units of
dB re 1
µPa²
m² s),
or the zero to peak monopole source level (in units of
dB re 1
µPa
m)
of
impulsive anthropogenic sound sources, measured over the frequency
band 10
Hz
to 10
kHz,
exceeds a value that is likely to entail significant impact on marine animals (11.1.1).
It has to be noted that for some sources (notably pile driving) it will be difficult to determine a ‘monopole
source level’, and in the register as set up now (based on TG Noise guidance) other options to characterize
sources are given. This is likely sufficient to use the data in an assessment.
Indicator 11.2.1. Continuous low frequency anthropogenic sound
There has been some variation in the
understanding of the terminology surrounding the complex issue of underwater sound and its effects. TSG
Noise (van der Graaf et al. 2012) therefore defined the terms used in Indicator 11.2.1.
o
Trends:
the Oxford Dictionary defines ‘trend’ as ‘general direction in which something is
developing or changing’. Following this, ‘trend’ refers to year-to-year (or longer) changes in
ambient noise levels.
o
Average noise level:
TSG Noise realised that the term ‘average noise level’ is not unambiguous;
there are different methods to establish a value for an average that are all correct, but lead to
different values. TSG Noise recommended defining ‘average noise level’ as ‘average of the
squared sound pressure’, since this definition is robust to changes or differences in the duration
of individual time samples.
o
Use of models:
Measurements are considered essential to ground-truth models. The use of
models can strengthen analyses by, for instance, addressing bias introduced by the variability of
the spatial distribution of human pressure, and by the natural variability of the environment, and
to extend the results of monitoring to poorly or uncovered areas.
Based on these points, TSG Noise recommended improving Indicator 11.2.1 to:
Trends in the annual average of the squared sound pressure associated with ambient noise in each of two
third octave bands, one centred at 63 Hz and the other at 125 Hz, expressed as a level in decibels, in units
of
dB re 1
μPa,
either measured directly at observation stations, or inferred from a model used to
interpolate between or extrapolate from measurements at observation stations.
8
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0286.png
TG Noise did not regard these recommended changes as adding any burden to the process of
implementing MSFD, but they should ensure further clarity and help ensure that Member States do not
vary in their understanding of the indicators.
The choice of the 63 Hz and 125 Hz bands (as initially proposed in 2010 by Task Group 11, see Tasker et
al. 2010) was based on monitoring the contribution of shipping to ambient noise. The use of (only) these
two frequencies has been discussed in (a.o.) the TG Noise, and there have been suggestions to add
additional frequencies, and restricting monitoring to these two frequencies has been criticized by (e.g.)
Oceancare.
In the BIAS project it was decided that next to the two MSFD bands, the 2 kHz third octave band would
be monitored, being more representative for hearing of sensitive species. Initial results of the BIAS
project indicate that part of the shipping in the Baltic Region emits noise in a wider (higher) band. No
concrete results have been published at this stage.
In the proposal made for a ambient noise monitoring strategy for the North Sea, made by the OSPAR ICG
Noise (and which was accepted by the OSPAR EIHA committee as formal OSPAR Guidance)
14
, it was
suggested that there was no clear benefit monitoring outside the range of 10 Hz to 1 kHz, suggesting
(based on a modelled sound map) that in the North Sea the contribution of shipping noise above 1 kHz
would be small compared to natural sources.
In a proposal made in the context of the Ecosystems Approach (EcAp) initiative, as implemented in the
framework of the Barcelona Convention, a proposal was made for a basin-wide strategy for underwater
noise monitoring in the Mediterranean. The proposed strategy on noise monitoring (which is based on
the TG Noise monitoring guidance (Dekeling et al. 2014a,b,c)) recommends several adaptations for the
Mediterranean case
15
. Next to the two present frequency bands, other frequencies have been proposed
based on bio-acoustical properties of key marine mammal species of the Mediterranean, i.e. the fin
whale, the sperm whale and the Cuvier’s beaked whale. At this stage it is not clear whether the
monitoring strategy will be implemented as proposed.
In a scientific workshop organized with support of the International Whaling Commission in Leiden, The
Netherlands, in 2014, it was suggested that one third octave bands in the range of 10-1000 Hz should be
covered when making sounds maps
16
. If this suggestion were followed, the MSFD frequency bands
would be covered on a wider scale and (part of ) this advice can be used to align efforts in North
America and the EU, but this is a significant extension of the Commission Decision.
Snoek, R.C., Ainslie, M.A., Prior, M.K., Van Onselen, E., Ambient noise monitoring strategy and joint monitoring programme for the North Sea-
Part I: monitoring strategy ambient noise, OSPAR document EIHA 15/5/7 Add.1-E, 2015
15
Achieving underwater noise regulation through an ecosystems-based approach: the “Mediterranean strategy on Underwater Noise
Monitoring” Maglio, A., Pavan, G., Castellote, M., Salivas, M., Descroix-Comanducci, F., OCEANOISE 2015, Vilanova y la Geltrú, Barcelona, 2015
16
International Whaling Commission, Joint workshop report: Predicting sound fields- global soundscape modelling to inform management of
cetaceans and anthropogenic noise, 15-16 April 2014, Leiden, The Netherlands
14
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0287.png
With the information available at this stage,
TG Noise cannot provide one agreed advice
on the
inclusion of an option for monitoring concrete additional frequency bands. The following considerations
are relevant:
There is agreement that monitoring should become operational as a priority, to enable
assessments and setting concrete targets;
Monitoring additional frequencies will increase the cost to some extent and thus may delay
implementation of monitoring, and some MS have indicated that the initial focus should be on
the present two frequency bands;
For the longer term, decisions made on any monitoring programme need to be robust, in that
sense that options remain to adapt or extend monitoring programmes in a cost-effective way,
the programmes should be ‘future-proof’. TG Noise itself suggested that MS should consider
covering a wider frequency band (10 Hz to 20 kHz) in the measurements, and potentially in
analysis, and so extending the knowledge base;
The present frequencies are relevant to characterize shipping, the dominant source of
continuous low frequency noise in many regions;
Other frequencies may be more relevant for biota, e.g. lower frequencies for baleen whales,
higher frequencies for toothes whales.
The conclusion at this stage is that, in general, there is consensus that the present indicators should be
kept; there is
no consensus
whether additional frequency bands should be chosen, and if so, which
frequency bands would be most appropriate. A practical solution could be that the option to include
monitoring other bands in (sub)regions is included in either a new Comission Decision, or in additional
guidance provided by the Commission, RSC-committees or TG Noise. The approach taken in the BIAS
project (to investigate monitoring other frequencies) should be repeated in new initiatives so that
relevance of other frequency bands can be confirmed parallel to monitoring present frequency bands.
This would be consistent with the requirement in MSFD article 11-1 that monitoring programmes should
be compatible within marine regions or subregions. The choice to include other bands would then still
be for MS cooperating in a region, formally they would not be obliged by the CD to include other bands.
10
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Explicative text
The following part of the Decision provides explanation on the scope of the Descriptor, broadening to
include other forms of energy. If not covered by the criteria or indicators, such information is not really
necessary in the Commission Decision and may lead to confusion as to whether it should be addressed or
not (but see consideration under ‘Proposals for new criteria (including other topics than noise) not yet
covered’, below, related to new criteria other forms of energy).
Together with underwater noise, which is highlighted throughout Directive 2008/56/EC, other forms of
energy input have the potential to impact on components of marine ecosystems, such as thermal energy,
electromagnetic fields and light.
To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
The following part of the Decision could be taken out as it constitutes guidance for assessment
methodologies of underwater noise (but it should be noted that some parties preferred to keep this text
within the Decision):
At the current stage, the main orientations for the measurement of underwater noise have been identified
as a first priority in relation to assessment and monitoring subject to further development, including in
relation to mapping. Anthropogenic sounds may be of short duration (e.g. impulsive such as from seismic
surveys and piling for wind farms and platforms, as well as explosions) or be long lasting (e.g. continuous
such as dredging, shipping and energy installations) affecting organisms
in different ways. Most
commercial activities entailing high level noise levels affecting relatively broad areas are executed under
regulated conditions subject to a licence. This creates the opportunity for coordinating coherent
requirements for measuring such loud impulsive sounds.
If it chosen to keep this guidance in the Decision, TG Noise can make an update/improvement.
Conclusions (part I):
Redrafting of the Criteria will make them unambiguous but not change any actions or burden on
Member States.
Monitoring or registering of underwater noise has been very limited to date, resulting in a lack of
available data on which to base recommendations. Starting monitoring of the existing indicators
should have priority.
There is no general consensus on monitoring additional frequency bands for continuous noise;
validation of the need for monitoring additional frequency bands should have priority.
Further research on the effects of the introduction of all forms of energy, including sound, into
the marine environment is still needed.
.
11
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0289.png
Part II
GES criteria (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
Proposal to combine criteria.
There is no proposal to combine criteria.
GES boundaries defined according to limit values.
As noted above, three Member States included threshold values for the emission of sound in their
definitions of GES relevant to Indicator 11.1.1. Such values apply mainly to certain individual activities in
the waters of those Member States and aim to protect certain sensitive species. Such values have not
been discussed by TG Noise and do not account for the cumulative effects of exposure to underwater
noise. Further work is required in order to be able to better quantify and understand the phrase
“…likely
to entail significant impact on marine animals”
whether in relation to individual or cumulative impacts of
underwater sound. There are, at present, no clear links between pressure and state responses of
underwater noise that would allow clear boundaries or thresholds to be set for either Indicator 11.1.1 or
11.2.1.
In January 2015 a meeting on ‘cross-cutting issues’ was held in Copenhagen at ICES. In this meeting the
use of ‘maximum acceptable levels of pressures in the marine environment’ to provide a proxy of GES was
discussed; the use of ‘acceptable pressure levels’ was seen as useful when the relation between pressure
and impacts was known, but for pressure like litter (D10) and underwater noise (D11), because of the
limited scientific understanding of impacts, it was suggested that setting precautionary pressure levels
might be the only feasible option at present.
The monitoring guidance provided by TG Noise also discussed setting targets when there was insufficient
knowledge, and concluded that the use of trend-based targets could be used (e.g. a downward or non-
increasing trend) in line with the precautionary principle.
Whether a (precautionary) target is based on an ‘acceptable pressure level’ or is a trend-based target, the
absence of data on levels and trends of both impulsive and ambient noise would make it difficult at
present to define and/or to validate any concrete target. The initiation of actual monitoring of both
impulsive and ambient noise therefore remains essential to enable verifying any target, and was identified
as priority in the November 2014 TG Noise progress report (Dekeling et al. 2014d). If the pressure
indicators on underwater noise are to be clearly linked to Good Environmental Status then it will also be
necessary to be coherent with any thresholds set in the state indicators (e.g. D1). Underwater noise is not
the only pressure on marine species and ecosystems and plainly its significance may vary depending upon
other pressures on those species and ecosystems.
Proposals for new criteria (including other topics than noise) not yet covered
Options for additional criteria have been discussed within TG Noise and are explained below. There are
no
agreed
proposals for new criteria.
Other forms of energy:
TG Noise has developed a paper on “criteria for criteria” to allow consideration of other introductions of
energy than those included so far. TG Noise has proposed that these “criteria for criteria” would be
12
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0290.png
adopted, and could be applied when other forms of energy introduction will be considered. There appears
to have been little further research beyond that reviewed by TG11 (Tasker
et al.
2010) so it seems unlikely
at this time that TG Noise’s recommendations will differ from those of TG11; but is should be noted that
additional information will become available at short notice (mid-2015) by the EU funded MarVEN-
project, and with this information, using the ‘criteria for criteria’ an advice can be given on suitability of
indicators for other forms of energy; at this stage
no
information is available to substantiate an EU-wide
indicator. This has been reported earlier in the November 2014 progress report of TG Noise (Dekeling et
al., 2014d). At present,
no criteria for other forms of energy
are proposed.
Other indicators of noise:
High frequency impulsive noise
In the initial advice that formed the basis of the present Commission Decision (Tasker et al. 2010) another
possible noise indicator on high frequency impulsive noise was suggested, acknowledging that scientific
evidence for adverse effects was limited. Over the last years, no additional evidence has become available
suggesting impact at a large scale and it has not been brought up as priority issue. Further research
providing information on the (scale of) effects of high frequency sound remains necessary
before this can
be considered
as new indicator.
Impact indicator
The present indicators are both ‘pressure indicators’. There has been discussion on the need for additional
impact indicators, as for most GES descriptors both pressure as impact indicators are available.
NGO Oceancare mentioned the need for an impact indicator, and suggested a number of steps that need
to be taken to assess impacts of noise (evaluation of effects on biota; weighting of the effects; cumulative
interpretation (using maps).
Germany also proposed the use of an impact indicator and earlier this year provided a text proposal
17
but
this proposal has not been discussed or agreed on in TG Noise or with other stakeholders. The present
proposal should be further discussed and developed.
In the TG Noise monitoring guidance, it was noted that pressure indicators (and pressure targets) may be
used if a clear understanding of the relationship between pressure, state and impact exists. The
Netherlands have indicated that methodologies are available so that the information collected using the
present impulsive noise indicator (11.1.1) can be used to determine impact, using recently developed
tools enabling an exposure assessment using noise maps
18
(the methodology has similarities with the
approach proposed by Oceancare). Although parts of this methodology need further development and
validation, such methodology probably will enable use of the present pressure indicator in assessing GES;
this will be further evaluated by the OSPAR ICG Noise, contributing to the OSPAR 2017 Intermediate
Assessment.
The interim conclusion is that a concrete
impact indicator cannot
be proposed at this stage, but it should
also be noted that the present pressure indicator for impulsive noise probably can be used to assess
impact in the future. If it would be decided that a separate impact indicator is needed, it could be a priority
Indicator 11.3.1. Impact indicator: In sensitive areas or/and at sensitive times only a certain number (or percent) of animals belonging to a
regional population of a sensitive species should be effected by anthropogenic impulsive underwater sound.
18
De Jong, C.A.F., Binnerts, B., Heinis, F., Modelling of impact pile driving noise for assessing the impact on marine animals, OCEANOISE 2015,
Vilanova y la Geltrú, Barcelona, 2015
17
13
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0291.png
topic for the work programme of TG Noise, but even then it is uncertain that an impact indicator will be
sufficiently developed in time.
Link to possible future EEA indicator
There are no known future EEA indicators.
GES methodological standards (in accordance with Art. 9.3)
There are no proposals to change the standard for defining GES. Further research is required to define the
relationship between the introduction of underwater energy and the effects on the state of the
environment.
Standardised methods for monitoring for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4)
Proposals for specifications which aim at improving comparability of monitoring results
on the basis of JRC / ICES / RSCs inventories and Article 12 findings linked to proposed
criteria.
Dekeling et al. (2014a,b,c) provides comprehensive guidance to standardise registration of the location of
the distribution in time and place of loud, low and mid frequency impulsive sounds and the monitoring of
continuous low frequency sound. In order to assess the usability of the TG Noise Monitoring Guidance for
Member States and to identify common problems preventing effective monitoring of underwater noise,
in 2014 a questionnaire was developed by the Commission, and sent to Member States; TG Noise has
analysed the results and responses received.; although all EU Member States have indicated (in 2014) that
they plan to implement a register for impulsive noise and intended to set up monitoring ambient noise,
both based on the TG Noise guidance, no RSC or individual Member State has implemented full
monitoring of impulsive or ambient noise at this moment.
Standardised methods for assessment for comparability (in accordance with Art. 11.4 GES)
Proposals for specifications which aim at improving comparability of assessment results
on the basis of general guidance prepared by Deltares taking account of JRC / ICES / RSCs
inventories and Article 12 findings linked to proposed criteria.
If Member States followed the monitoring guidance provided by TG Noise (Dekeling 2014a,b,c) then
assessment results should be comparable. Part of this guidance recommends an integrated approach
between Member States that would involve the establishment of noise registers for Regional Seas, and
the collective design of an ambient noise monitoring system to represent each Regional (or possibly sub-
Regional) Sea. Such approaches would undoubtedly be more efficient and cost-effective than for each
Member State to establish its own monitoring system. TG Noise is attempting to determine if there are
any particular practical barriers to Member States working collectively, with early indications being that
long-term (non project) funding mechanisms being likely to be one issue (e.g. how would costs of long-
term monitoring be shared equitably and in a guaranteed way between relevant Member States).
Rational and technical background for proposed revision
Justification and technical background justifying the above proposals.
14
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0292.png
For further background justifying this advice (next to what is summarised above) – further detail can be
found in the TG11 and TG Noise reports (Tasker et al. 2010, Van der Graaf et al. 2012, Dekeling.et al.
2014).
Conclusions (part II):
No new indicator is proposed for other forms of energy at this stage.
A new indicator for high frequency impulsive noise is not considered a priority.
There is no agreed impact indicator available at this stage, but the present pressure indicator for
impulsive can be used in the (near) future to describe impact.
Other related products (e.g. technical guidance, reference in common understanding document)
Dekeling, R.P.A., Tasker, M.L., Van der Graaf, A.J., Ainslie, M.A, Andersson, M.H., André, M., Borsani, J.F., Brensing,
K., Castellote, M., Cronin, D., Dalen, J., Folegot, T., Leaper, R., Pajala, J., Redman, P., Robinson, S.P., Sigray, P., Sutton,
G., Thomsen, F., Werner, S., Wittekind, D., Young, J.V., 2014. Monitoring Guidance for Underwater Noise in European
Seas, Part I: Executive Summary, JRC Scientific and Policy Report EUR 26557 EN, Publications Office of the European
Union, Luxembourg, 2014, doi: 10.2788/29293
Dekeling, R.P.A., Tasker, M.L., Van der Graaf, A.J., Ainslie, M.A, Andersson, M.H., André, M., Borsani, J.F., Brensing,
K., Castellote, M., Cronin, D., Dalen, J., Folegot, T., Leaper, R., Pajala, J., Redman, P., Robinson, S.P., Sigray, P., Sutton,
G., Thomsen, F., Werner, S., Wittekind, D., Young, J.V., 2014. Monitoring Guidance for Underwater Noise in European
Seas, Part II: Monitoring Guidance Specifications, JRC Scientific and Policy Report EUR 26555 EN, Publications Office
of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2014b, doi: 10.2788/27158
Dekeling, R.P.A., Tasker, M.L., Van der Graaf, A.J., Ainslie, M.A, Andersson, M.H., André, M., Borsani, J.F., Brensing,
K., Castellote, M., Cronin, D., Dalen, J., Folegot, T., Leaper, R., Pajala, J., Redman, P., Robinson, S.P., Sigray, P., Sutton,
G., Thomsen, F., Werner, S., Wittekind, D., Young, J.V., 2014. Monitoring Guidance for Underwater Noise in European
Seas, Part III: Background Information and Annexes, JRC Scientific and Policy Report EUR 26556 EN, Publications
Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2014c, doi: 10.2788/2808
Reference Documents
Tasker, M.L., Amundin, M., Andre, M., Hawkins, A., Lang, W., Merck, T., Scholik-Schlomer, A., Teilmann, J., Thomsen,
F., Werner, S. and Zakharia, M. 2010. Marine Strategy Framework Directive. Task Group 11 Report, Underwater noise
and other forms of energy. European Union and ICES. 58pp.
Van der Graaf, A.J., Ainslie, M.A., André, M., Brensing, K., Dalen, J., Dekeling, R.P.A., Robinson, S., Tasker, M.L.,
Thomsen, F., Werner, S. 2012. European Marine Strategy Framework Directive - Good Environmental Status (MSFD
GES): Report of the Technical Subgroup on Underwater noise and other forms of energy.
Dekeling, R.P.A., Tasker, M.L., Ferreira, M., Ainslie, M.A, Anderson, M.H., André, M., Borsani, J.F., Box, T.,
Castellote, M., Cronin, D., Dalen, J., Folegot, T., Leaper, R., Mueller, A., Pajala, J., Peterlin, M., Robinson,
S.P., Thomsen, F., Vukadin, P., Young, J.V, Progress Report on Monitoring of Underwater Noise. 3
rd
Report
of the Technical Group on Underwater Noise (TG Noise). November, 2014d.
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
Descriptor
Descriptor 11: Introduction of energy, including underwater noise, is at levels that do not adversely affect
the marine environment.
Together with underwater noise, which is highlighted throughout Directive 2008/56/EC, other forms of
energy input have the potential to impact on components of marine ecosystems, such as thermal energy,
electromagnetic fields and light. Additional scientific and technical progress is still required to support the
further development of criteria related to this descriptor including in relation to impacts of introduction
of energy on marine life, relevant noise and frequency levels (which may need to be adapted, where
appropriate, subject to the requirement of regional cooperation). At the current stage, the main
orientations for the measurement of underwater noise have been identified as a first priority in relation
to assessment and monitoring subject to further development, including in relation to mapping.
Anthropogenic sounds may be of short duration (e.g. impulsive such as from seismic surveys and piling
for wind farms and platforms, as well as explosions) or be long lasting (e.g. continuous such as dredging,
shipping and energy installations) affecting organisms in different ways. Most commercial activities
entailing high-level noise levels affecting relatively broad areas are executed under regulated conditions
subject to a licence. This creates the opportunity for coordinating coherent requirements for measuring
such loud impulsive sounds.
11.1. Distribution in time and place of loud, low and mid frequency impulsive sounds
— Proportion of days and their distribution within a calendar year over areas of a determined surface, as
well as their spatial distribution, in which anthropogenic sound sources exceed levels that are likely to
entail significant impact on marine animals measured as Sound Exposure Level (in dB re 1μPa
2.s) or as
peak sound pressure level (in dB re 1μPa peak) at one metre, measured over the frequency band 10 Hz to
10 kHz (11.1.1)
11.2. Continuous low frequency sound
— Trends in the ambient noise level within the 1/3 octave bands 63 and 125 Hz (centre frequency) (re
1μΡa RMS; average noise level in these octave bands over a year) measured by observation stations
and/or with the use of models if appropriate (11.2.1).
16
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0294.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD)
Common Implementation Strategy
13
th
meeting of the
Working Group on Good Environmental Status (WG GES)
22-23 April 2015
Conference Centre Albert Borschette (Room 2/C), Rue Froissart 36, 1040, Brussels
Agenda item:
Document:
Title:
Prepared by:
Date prepared:
Background:
5b
GES_13-2015-02 Annex 3
Towards a possible revision of MSFD Annex III
DG Environment
14/04/2015, revised 12 June 2015
The MSFD Committee provided a mandate for the review and possible revision of the
2010 Decision on GES criteria and methodological standards, together with Annex III of
the MSFD. Whilst this review has been overseen by WG GES and its Drafting Group, the
considerations relating to a possible revision of MSFD Annex III is linked also to reporting
systems and the underlying standardized lists of elements (ecosystem components,
pressures and uses and activities).
This paper was presented to WG DIKE (29-30 September 2014) and to WG GES (20-21
October 2014). This version has been prepared following comments received from: DE,
DK, ES, FI, FR, PT, RO, NAVI, together with discussions and outcomes of the cross-cutting
workshop in January 2015 at EEA, Copenhagen. It is an integral part of the cross-cutting
document GES_13-2015-02.
This version has been updated following WG GES in April 2015: the embedded
spreadsheet has been updated to be in line with the paper (term lists used for pressures
and activities).
See main document for actions requested.
1
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0295.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
Towards a possible revision of MSFD Annex III
1 B
ACKGROUND
In November 2013, the MSFD Committee agreed a mandate for the review and possible revision of
the GES Decision on criteria and methodological standards (Decision 2010/477/EU) and of MSFD
Annex III
1
.
This review is being led by the WG GES, with technical support from the Joint Research Centre and
ICES who are reviewing the criteria and methodological standards for each of the GES Descriptors.
Regarding the review of Annex III, the Committee mandate states the following:
1.
Define role of Annex III
a. Elements for assessment (Art. 8) with regard to GES (Art 9);
b. Elements for monitoring (Art 11) - supportive for the purpose of assessment (e.g.
temperature, salinity);
c. Define whether the elements are of indicative nature (as relevant to MS waters) and
whether generic or specific (e.g. 'hazardous substances' or 'specified list of Priority
substances').
2.
Content of Tables 1 and 2
a. Distinguish better between State and Pressure lists (e.g. chemicals, NIS from Table 1
as pressures);
b. Define the need for current 'additional' texts, the need for some elements (e.g.
features and characteristics) and possible need for new elements;
c. Define relationship to art 8, 9, and 10.
d. Explore the possibility to introduce new standards, criteria and indicators for
cumulative effects.
3.
Consider the need for a Table of human activities, to provide a framework for the collection of
information and/or monitoring with respect to Art. 8.1c and Art. 11.
The review of MSFD Annex III is needed to compliment the review of the GES Decision. Annex III
forms a key part of the implementation of Articles 8, 9 and 10
2
, where it provides indicative lists of
features and characteristics of the marine environment and of pressures and impacts upon it.
However, its relationship to the Annex I descriptors and to the GES criteria was not made explicit in
the directive or in the 2010 Decision. The 2011 CSWP
3
, however, established relationships between
the three elements, but could provide only a partial answer due to their inherent content. The
1
Review of GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD Annex III: approach and outline for the process.
Article 10 is also supported by further guidance in MSFD Annex IV.
Commission Staff Working Paper SEC(2011)1255.pdf
2
3
2
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
present review therefore offers an opportunity to further clarify these relationships and thus support
future implementation.
This paper aims to:
a. provide an analysis of the current content of Annex III;
b. outline the role of Annex III within the overall architecture of Directive;
c. describe an analysis of ecosystem components, pressures, uses and activities across relevant
marine policies, leading to a proposed restructuring and updating of the lists of these
features as a basis for revision of Annex III.
2 A
NALYSIS OF CURRENT
A
NNEX
III
2.1 References to and role of Annex III in the Directive
Specific references to Annex III in the Directive are as follows (emphasis added):
a.
Article 8
initial assessment
i.
ii.
analysis of the essential features and characteristics, and current environmental
status of those waters, based on the
indicative lists
of elements in Table 1
analysis of the predominant pressures and impacts, including human activity, based
on the
indicative lists of elements
in Table 2
b.
Article 9
determination of GES
i.
ii.
take into account the
indicative lists of elements
set out in Table 1
take into account the pressures or impacts of human activities in each marine region
or subregion, having regard to the
indicative lists
set out in Table 2
c.
Article 10
environmental targets
i.
taking into account the
indicative lists
of pressures and impacts set out in Table 2
d.
Article 11
monitoring programmes
i.
ii.
iii.
on the basis of the
indicative lists of elements
set out in Annex III
Annex V.1 - in accordance with Annex III
Annex V.12 - Need to address, as part of the initial assessment provided for in Article
8, the
relevant elements listed
in Annex III including their natural variability
From the above, it can be concluded that:
a. MSFD Annex III is intended to provide lists of 'elements' for features of marine waters and
marine ecosystems, and for pressures, impacts and human activities affecting these features;
b. these elements are to be used for the initial assessment (Art. 8), taken into account when
determining GES (Art. 9) and setting environmental targets (Art. 10) and used for establishing
monitoring programmes (Art. 11);
3
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0297.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
c. these elements are indicative, which means they may not all be essential (cf Art. 8 (1a.),
predominant (cf. Art 8 (1b.) or relevant to every marine (sub)region and Member State and
that there could be additional elements which are not listed. Therefore Annex III has a
guiding rather than a prescriptive role.
Additionally, it is notable that the directive provides no specific guidance on how Annex III is to be
used in relation to Annex I, such as how the elements listed in Annex III relate to the Descriptors of
Annex I.
2.2 Nature of current content of Annex III
Annex III currently comprises two tables.
Table 1 of Characteristics includes:
a. An indicative list of physical, chemical and biological (species, habitats) 'state' elements
b. Some additional elements (chemicals, NIS, pCO
2
-acidification) which can also be 'pressures'
when there is additional inputs to the marine environment
c. Criteria for selection of specific elements (e.g. 'recognised under Community legislation',
subject to intense pressures')
d. Additional details on how to address some elements (description, mapping, annual/seasonal
variability)
Table 2 of Pressures and Impacts includes:
a. An indicative list of 'pressure' elements (coarse/fine typology)
b. Selected examples of relevant human activities for most pressures
c. One mention of
'i pa ts' i pa t o the sea ed of o
but gives few types of impact.
e ial fishi g, oati g, a ho i g ,
It can be concluded that the content of tables 1 and 2 could be improved to better separate the
issues of pressure and state, and also to more clearly relate the indicative lists to the Annex I
Descriptors and to the text of Article 8. In addition any revision of the GES Decision should be clearly
linked to the content of Annex III.
3 O
UTLINE OF A REVISED
A
NNEX
III
3.1 Role of Annex III in the MSFD architecture
As an essential part of the review of the Decision and MSFD Annex III, there has been work to clarify
the roles and relationships of different parts of the Directive in defining GES, including that of
Annex III, and the relationship between Article 9 on determination of GES and Article 10 on
establishment of environmental targets. Developing a common understanding of these relationships
is an essential precursor to the reviews of the GES Decision and of Annex III, as these reviews can
then be clearly developed within the context of the overall architecture of the Directive and with
complementary and coordinated content.
4
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0298.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
From the proposed architecture of the Directive (Table 1) it is necessary to also ensure the elements
in Annex III can be clearly related to the Descriptors of Annex I and to the (revised) Decision
(Article 9(3)). In this context, the elements provided in Annex III need to be generic/high level and
generally applicable across Europe, on the basis that more specific elements can be provided in the
(revised) Decision and via the determinations of GES under Article 9(1).
3.2 Proposed outline content of Annex III
Based on the proposed role of Annex III within the overall architecture of the MSFD, and its links to
Articles 8, 9, 10 and 11, it is proposed that the existing Tables 1 and 2 be clarified to more clearly
relate to state elements (table 1) and to pressure elements (table 2), and for these to clearly linked
with the Annex I descriptors and revised Decision criteria.
To guide the assessments on uses of marine waters (under Article 8.1c) and on human activities
(under Article 8.1b) and associated monitoring (Art. 11), it is recommended that a new table be
added on human uses and activities. In line with the nature of the other two tables, this would
include an indicative list of elements, defined at quite broad level, to provide a level of consistency in
how the human uses and activities are assessed.
The tables of characteristics (Table 1) and pressures and impacts (table 2) should more clearly
distinguish between the lists of State and Pressure elements (e.g. moving non-indigenous species
from Table 1 to Table 2 as pressures). Certain elements which are naturally occurring (e.g. nutrients,
certain hazardous substances, temperature) can also be considered as pressures when there are
additional inputs to the marine environment; it may be necessary to list them in both tables, whilst
indicating that in table 2 refers to them as inputs/changes to natural conditions.
There is a need to review the current 'additional' texts and decide if it would better sit in an
associated guidance document, or be deleted. The need for some existing elements (e.g. features
and characteristics) or for new elements needs review.
It is therefore proposed that Annex III be revised to include the following tables:
Table 1 Elements of the marine environment
Table 2 Pressures on the marine environment
Table 3 Uses and human activities of the marine environment.
Each table may provide additional information, where necessary, to clarify the contents and inter-
linkages between the tables [or this may better sit in associated guidance].
4 R
EVISING
A
NNEX
III
TABLES
The Tables in Annex III provide the indicative elements to be used in relation to Articles 8, 9 10
and 11. These lists of elements (or typologies) could be updated, in the light of clarifying the use of
Annex III within the overall architecture of the Directive and from practical experiences in their use to
date (for reporting under Articles 8, 9, 10 and 11 in 2012 and 2014). Further, it is helpful to also
consider the relationship to other reporting systems if synergies can be made to make better use of
data.
6
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0300.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
4.1 Table 1
Characteristics
a.
Proposed content:
Generic set of elements (ecosystem components) to be assessed and/or
monitored. These can be further specified under Art. 9(3) Decision and Art. 9(1). Table A3.1
provides an outline structure.
b.
Indicative set of characteristics/ features/ properties of these elements:
Linked to impacts
of MSFD Annex III Table 2.
c.
Move some topics to Table 2:
pCO
2
, marine acidification, NIS, Chemicals [to be considered
further].
d.
Remove topics that add little value:
ha itats i a eas hi h ….
featu es o ha a te isti s typi al of egio
.
e it a pa ti ula efe e e
,
Table A3.1:
Outline of ecosystem elements for GES determination and assessment, indicating
where they are or would be specified.
Annex I
Annex III
Art. 9(3) Decision
Art. 9(1) (sub)regional
GES
Specific elements
(subregion-specific)
Descriptors
Element
theme
Generic elements
Specific elements (EU-wide)
Birds, mammals,
reptiles, fish,
cephalopods
D1, D3, D4
Highly mobile
species
Listed species: in Birds
and Habitats Directives
and on international
agreements
List of functional groups (2011
CSWP list, modified if
necessary)
Listed species: international
agreements to be included and
current lists (i.e. those in place
at time Decision is adopted)
Commercial fish: method for
selection and 'current' list
List of predominant habitats
(2011 CSWP list modified to
align with 2015 EUNIS marine
classification)
Listed habitats: international
agreements to be included and
current lists
Commercial shellfish: method
for selection and 'current' list
D1, D4
Water
column
habitats
Predominant habitats of
the water column and
seabed
Listed ('special')
habitats: in Habitats
Directive and on
international
agreements
To be specified per
(sub)region to adequately
represent the broader
groups and the main
pressures upon them,
based on appropriate
selection criteria (e.g. as
agreed by RSC for
common indicators) or for
use under D3.
Listed species and
habitats: may be part of
list selected above. TO BE
DECIDED
inclusion of all
other listed species and
habitats
D1, D3, D6
Seabed
habitats
D1, D4, D6
Ecosystem
Natural physical and
chemical elements (T, S,
etc)
for monitoring
Functions and processes
Types of functions and
processes (to be developed)
Specific functions and
processes per (sub)region
See Table 5 of main document for a worked example (mammals).
Further considerations in developing a revised MSFD Annex III Table 1:
a.
Keep list of elements generic and high level:
Further specification via Decision and Art. 9(1).
7
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
b.
Review the CSWP 2011 lists of functional groups and predominant habitat types:
Limited
use in 2012 assessments, but they
p o ide asis fo atego isi g the e y oad iodi e sity
descriptor D1. Predominant seabed habitats should
e e uated to su st ate types of D6,
and addressed together as a single assessment per habitat type.
c.
Ecosystems:
It is not proposed to provide a typology (equate to subdivisions of (sub)regions,
i.e. assessment areas), but could provide characteristics (of structure, functions, processes).
4.2 Table 2
Pressures and impacts
The possible revision of Annex III Table 2 offers an opportunity to check the list of pressures provided
in relation to pressure typologies used in related policies. This can help to make more effective use of
data and information collected under other policies and promote synergies in implementation, for
example, via measures based on the same pressure terminology. To this end, the following pressure
typologies were reviewed, leading to a correlation of the typologies and a proposed 'common
typology' (see Excel file embedded in Annex 1):
a. MSFD Annex III Table 2 (2008)
b. WFD
2014 reporting guidance
c. Habitats Directive
2011 reference list
d. OSPAR
2014 JAMP
e. HELCOM
Initial holistic assessment 2010 (HOLAS)
f.
Standardised lists of pressures for use within the Barcelona Convention/UNEP-MAP and the
Bucharest Convention were not available.
The analysis revealed that:
a. The term 'pressure' is not always used consistently and can, for example, include elements
that are better defined as activities and impacts;
b. The lists of pressures used under MSFD, OSPAR and HELCOM are quite similar;
c. The list of pressures under WFD is shorter but generally compatible (except for its approach
to point-source and diffuse inputs in relation to nutrient enrichment and hazardous
substances) with each coupled to specific uses and activities;
d. The list used for the Habitats Directive is very extensive and contains many elements which
are better considered as uses and activities, climate-related changes and other impacts, and
natural processes.
From this, it is important to clarify what constitutes a pressure in the context of MSFD so that any
revision of the list of pressures is conceptually sound. This issue is further discussed in detail in the
main cross-cutting document (Annex 2). From this a proposed definition of a pressure has been
developed, building upon the definition in the 2011 Common Understanding document:
Anthropogenic pressure = an input, alteration or extraction of physical, chemical or biological
elements or properties which results directly from human activities
8
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0302.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
Based on the analysis and proposed definition, a 'common typology' of pressures relevant to the
marine environment has been developed (Table A3.2), which is provided in two levels of detail
(pressure theme, specific pressure). The pressure categories are based on whether they relate to
adding something to the environment, taking something out of the environment, or change what is
already there; this approach is used to organise the pressures within each theme (physical, chemical,
biological) in a consistent way. The pressures are correlated with the pressures in use in the main
policies relevant for MSFD (Annex 1). The typology is considered to be widely applicable (i.e. could
equally be applied in terrestrial, freshwater and atmospheric contexts). For the marine environment,
certain pressures are more relevant to coastal waters and therefore maybe addressed under WFD.
The relative importance to coastal (WFD) and offshore (MSFD) waters is indicated, which can allow
for a more simplified list to be used in a revised MSFD Annex III.
Table A3.2: Common typology of pressures on the natural (marine) environment resulting from
anthropogenic activities, and an indication of their relevance (yes=can be significant; +=typically
limited) to the coastal and offshore zones. Grey rows could be excluded from a revised MSFD
Annex III Table 2.
Pressure
themes
Physical
Pressures
Change of seabed substrate or morphology (~ physical loss)
Disturbance or damage to seabed
Extraction of seabed or subsoil (e.g. sand, gravel, rock, oil, gas)
Input of water
Changes to hydrological conditions
Extraction of water
Input of sound
Input of electromagnetic and seismic waves
Change in water temperature
Input of light
Input of nutrients and organic matter
Input of contaminants (synthetic substances, non-synthetic
substances, radionuclides) - diffuse sources, point sources,
acute events
Input of CO
2
[and other greenhouse gases]
Input of litter (solid waste matter, including micro-size litter)
Extraction or, or mortality/injury to, species (targeted, non-
targeted)
Disturbance of species
Translocation of (native) species
Introduction of genetically modified species
Introduction or spread of non-indigenous species
Introduction of microbial pathogens
Cultivation/artificialisation of natural habitat
Relevant Relevant
to 0-1nm beyond
1mn
4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
+
+
+
+
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
+
Yes
Yes
Yes
+
Yes
Yes
Hydrological
Energy
Chemicals and
other
pollutants
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
+
+
Yes
Yes
+
Yes
Yes
Yes
+
+
Yes
+
Biological
Further considerations in developing a revised MSFD Annex III Table 2:
4
Beyond 1nm refers to outside of WFD Coastal Waters.
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
a.
The list of pressures in Table A3.2 is comprehensive:
Whilst all of the pressures have some
relevance to the marine environment (and are used in one of the policies reviewed) they are
clearly very different in the scale of their importance. As indicated, certain pressures are
unlikely to occur in waters beyond 1nm and could be excluded from a revised MSFD Table 2
list. Several others are likely to be of only minor overall relevance, but could be retained, as
they may be locally important. There is thus a need to provide guidance on its use to reflect
its 'indicative' nature: e.g.
i.
ii.
iii.
b.
Pressure is specified in a Descriptor
should be assessed
Pressure is significant in the country/region
recommend assessment
Pressure is minor
assess if necessary (needs additional guidance)
I put of co ta i a ts is
a very general/broad category:
This pressure has not been
subdivided (e.g. into Metals, pesticides, PAHs, organics, hydrocarbons, etc) as it is not the
substance group that is the pressure but the functional group. For instance, some
contaminants from several substance groups disturb hormonal functions, while others can
cause malformations of offspring, etc
c.
The current Table 2 gives very few 'impacts':
An indicative list of impacts e.g. change in
substrate, chemical characteristics, habitat of species, community composition, species
behaviour should be provided in associated guidance (see worksheet 'pressure-impact
framework' in Annex 1 for examples).
d.
The current Table 2 gives example activities:
these should be moved to a third table of
activities. An indicative relationship between activities and pressures should be provided in
associated guidance (modified from that in CSWD 2011).
4.3 Possible Table 3
–Uses
and human activities
MSFD Annex III currently does not provide an indicative list of uses and activities which can be used
in the assessments of uses of marine waters (under Article 8.1c) and on human activities (under
Article 8.1b). However a working list of uses and activities was developed for the 2012 reporting
exercise.
As was done for pressures, the use of activity categories across the following policies has been
reviewed (see Excel file embedded in Annex 1) in order to develop a harmonised list that can be
correlated to each of the policies:
a. MSFD Annex III Table 2 (2008)
b. MSFD typology for reporting in 2012
c. WFD
2014 reporting guidance
d. Habitats Directive
2011 reference list
e. OSPAR
2014 JAMP
f.
Barcelona Convention EcAp list for social and economic analysis (2014)
to be added
g. ODEMM (FP7 project, Kosse et al. 2011)
h. Standardised lists of activities for use within HELCOM, and the Bucharest Convention were
not available.
10
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0304.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
From the analysis, a common typology has been developed which accommodates all of the above
and which could provide the basis for a possible new MSFD Annex III Table 3 (Table 3).
Add a correlation table between activities and pressures.
Table 3:
Typology of uses and activities relevant to the marine environment. Note, this table will be
reviewed in relation to NACE categories of human activities used by Eurostat.
Sub-activity (this column is not
for inclusion in Annex III, just for
illustrative purposes)
Canalisation
Culverting/trenching
Causeways and dams
Sea walls
Breakwaters
Groynes
Flood protection
Dredging (for navigation purposes)
Beach replenishment/ nourishment
Bridges
Causeways
Tunnels
Piers
Marinas
Slipways
Ports
Harbours
Offshore platforms (oil, gas)
Renewable energy infrastructure
Artificial reefs and islands
Trenching
Exploration for oil and gas
Extraction of oil & gas
Decommissioning of structures
Exploration for minerals
Extraction of rock & minerals
Wind energy production
Tidal energy production
Wave energy production
Fossil fuel energy production
Nuclear energy production
Potting/ creeling
Netting
Demersal long lining
Pelagic long lining
Benthic trawling
Pelagic trawling
Demersal seining
Theme
Activity
Land claim (permanent changes)
Canalisation and other watercourse
modifications
Coastal defence and flood
protection
Semi-permanent restructuring of
seabed morphology
Urban developments
Industrial developments
Transport infrastructure
Tourism & leisure infrastructure -
land-based structures
Tourism & leisure infrastructure -
sea-based structures
Ports and other coastal
constructions
Offshore marine infrastructure
(including associated with mineral
and energy extraction)
Cables & pipelines
Extraction of oil and gas
Physical restructuring of
coastline or seabed
(including construction
phase)
Man-made structures
(incl. construction
phase)
Extraction of non-living
resources
Extraction of sand and gravel
Extraction of rock & minerals
Extraction of salt
Extraction of water
Extraction of energy
Renewable energy generation
(wind, wave & tidal power)
Non-renewable energy generation
Extraction of living
resources
Fish & shellfish harvesting
(professional, recreational)
11
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0305.png
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
Sub-activity (this column is not
for inclusion in Annex III, just for
illustrative purposes)
Purse seining
Benthic dredging
Suction/ hydraulic dredging
Leisure fishing
Hand collecting (shellfish)
Machine collection (fucoids, kelp)
Dredging (maerl)
Hand collecting (seaweed)
Hunting
Harvesting/ collecting eggs
Collecting (curios)
Bait digging
Fin-fish mariculture
Seaweed culture
Shellfish mariculture
Theme
Activity
Marine plant harvesting
Hunting and collecting (e.g. for non-
food purposes)
Cultivation of living
resources
Aquaculture
Agriculture
Forestry
Transport - shipping
Transport - air
Passage
Anchorage
Boating, yachting
Beach use
Water sports (surface)
Scuba diving
Wildlife watching
Military - waste disposal (munitions)
Solid waste disposal, incl. dredge
material
Uses of environment
and infrastructure
Tourism and recreation
Research and survey
Military use
Waste and material disposal
Carbon sequestration
Further considerations in developing an MSFD Annex III Table 3:
a.
Keep list of activities generic and high level:
e.g. just use the theme and activity list (the sub-
activity list should be excluded).
b.
Further develop links to other reporting processes to ensure synergies of typology and data
collection:
e.g. data collection under the MSP Directive, EMODnet Human Activities,
Eurostat (NACE lists).
5 C
ONCLUSION
The role of Annex III is proposed as follows:
a. To provide an indicative list of elements for assessment (state, pressure), linked explicitly to
the descriptors and the criteria in a revised Decision, as outlined in Figure A3.1;
b. To provide additional pressures (and impacts) (where not explicitly referred to in a
descriptor) that should be considered, where appropriate, under MSFD Art. 8.1b
assessments;
12
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
GES_13-2015-02_Annex3
c. To provide an indicative list of uses and activities to be considered, where relevant, under
MSFD Art. 8.1c assessments and for Art. 8.1b.
The review of typologies of pressures and activities which are in use for related EU Directives and in
the Regional Sea Conventions has helped to develop consolidated lists of these elements for
consideration as updated parts of MSFD Annex III.
Based on initial feedback on this initial analysis of the role and content of Annex III, it will be further
developed, ensuring it links effectively with MSFD Annex I and with proposals for a revised GES
Decision.
13
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0307.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0308.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0309.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0310.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0311.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0312.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0313.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0314.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0315.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0316.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0317.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
D1
Heading / Section / Page
Focus on Chapters 3.1 (page 29), 5 (page 35), 6 (page 48) and 9
(page 53)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0318.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0319.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0320.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D2
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0321.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0322.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 22), 5 (page 26) and 9 (page 29)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0323.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0324.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0325.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0326.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D3
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0327.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0328.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 10), 4 (page 12) and 5 (page 15)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0329.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0330.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0331.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0332.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D4
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0333.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0334.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 23), 4 (page 25), 5 (page 26) and 6 (page
27)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0335.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0336.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0337.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0338.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D5
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0339.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0340.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 18), 5 (page 22) and 6 (page 26)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0341.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0342.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0343.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0344.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D6
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0345.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0346.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 34) and 4 (page 35)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0347.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0348.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0349.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0350.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D7
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0351.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0352.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 16) and 9 (page 26)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0353.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0354.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0355.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0356.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D8
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0357.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0358.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 5.1 (page 30) and 9 (page 38)
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0359.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0360.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0361.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0362.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D9
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0363.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0364.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 7.1 (page 18) and 9 (page 22)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0365.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0366.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0367.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0368.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D10
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0369.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0370.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Chapters 5 (page 15) and 10 (page 17)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0371.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0372.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0373.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0374.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
0
D11
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0375.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0376.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
0
Focus on Part II
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0377.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0378.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Annex III
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0379.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0380.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Ann
0
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0381.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0382.png
amework Directive
EU - Annex III
0
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0383.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0384.png
List of relevant chapters per descriptor on which to focus consultation comments
1. Review manual for Descriptor 1: Chapters 3.1 (page 29), 5 (page 35), 6 (page 48)
and 9 (page 53)
2. Review manual for Descriptor 2: Chapters 3 (page 22), 5 (page 26) and 9 (page
29)
3. Review manual for Descriptor 3: Chapters 3 (page 10), 4 (page 12) and 5 (page
15)
4. Review manual for Descriptor 4: Chapters 3 (page 23), 4 (page 25), 5 (page 26)
and 6 (page 27)
5. Review manual for Descriptor 5: Chapters 3 (page 18), 5 (page 22) and 6 (page
26)
6. Review manual for Descriptor 6: Chapters 3 (page 34) and 4 (page 35)
7. Review manual for Descriptor 7: Chapters 3 (page 16) and 9 (page 26)
8. Review manual for Descriptor 8: Chapters 5.1 (page 30) and 9 (page 38)
9. Review manual for Descriptor 9: Chapters 7.1 (page 18) and 9 (page 22)
10. Review manual for Descriptor 10: Chapters 5 (page 15) and 10 (page 17)
11. Review manual for Descriptor 11: Part II (page 12)
Commission européenne/Europese Commissie, 1049 Bruxelles/Brussel, BELGIQUE/BELGIË - Tel. +32 22991111
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0385.png
-- AKT 3062764 -- BILAG 1 -- [ VS Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES D… --
Ane-Marie Løvendahl Raun ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected])
Til:
Fra:
Niilonen, Tonny ([email protected])
Titel:
VS: Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD
Annex III - extension
Sendt:
22-06-2015 14:37:49
Kære Ane og Lisbet
Vi fik den ønskede fristforlængelse til den 14. august for bemærkninger til manualen.
Mvh
T
Fra:
[email protected] [mailto:[email protected]]
Sendt:
22. juni 2015 14:32
Til:
Tonny Niilonen; [email protected]; [email protected]
Cc:
[email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected];
[email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected];
[email protected]; [email protected]
Emne:
Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD
Annex III - extension
Dear all,
We would like to inform you that exceptionally we will accept your request for extension of the GES review consultation
period until the 14
th
of August.
Please note that almost all the relevant documents (with the exception of the Annex III MSFD) were available since the
beginning of May.
We hope you understand that a further extension would cause delays in the work of the review and the following planned
steps.
Kind regards,
The Marine team
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0386.png
-- AKT 3062766 -- BILAG 1 -- [ Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decis… --
Til:
Cc:
'[email protected]' ([email protected])
'[email protected]' ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), '[email protected]'
([email protected]), '[email protected]' ([email protected])
Fra:
Ane-Marie Løvendahl Raun ([email protected])
Titel:
Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and MSFD
Annex III
Sendt:
14-08-2015 15:06:05
Dear Sarme Barsoumian
Unfortunately, I must inform you, that comments to the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision from Denmark
will not be available today (the 14
th
of august). However, we are very close to finishing the comments and aim to deliver
on Monday the 17
th
of August.
I hope that this will not delay the process significantly.
Best regards,
Ane-Marie L. Raun
Ane-Marie Løvendahl Raun
Marine biologist l Water management plans and marine environment
+45 93 58 81 18 l
[email protected]
Ministry of the Environment and Food
The Danish nature Agency
l Haraldsgade 53 l DK - 2100 Copenhagen l Tlf. +45 72 54 30 00 l
[email protected]
l
www.naturstyrelsen.dk
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0387.png
-- AKT 3062768 -- BILAG 1 -- [ Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decis… --
'[email protected]' ([email protected])
Niilonen, Tonny ([email protected]), [email protected] ([email protected]), '[email protected]'
([email protected]), '[email protected]' ([email protected]),
'[email protected]' ([email protected])
Fra:
Ane-Marie Løvendahl Raun ([email protected])
Titel:
Consultation on the outcomes of the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision 2010/477/EU and
Sendt:
21-08-2015 10:09:41
Bilag:
Danish comments_ComDecReview_Consultation.xlsx;
Til:
Cc:
Dear Sarine
Barsoumian
Herby, submission of comments from Denmark to the technical and scientific review of the GES Decision.
Best regards,
Ane-Marie Løvendahl Raun
Marine biologist l Water management plans and marine environment
+45 93 58 81 18 l
[email protected]
Ministry of the Environment and Food
The Danish nature Agency
l Haraldsgade 53 l DK - 2100 Copenhagen l Tlf. +45 72 54 30 00 l
[email protected]
l
www.naturstyrelsen.dk
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0388.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0389.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0390.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0391.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0392.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0393.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisb
21.08.2015
Heading / Section / Page
General comment
General comment
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0394.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0395.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
Denmark
st.dk), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Comment / Observation
DK supports the ambition of common understanding and
coordination of monitoring and methodological standards between
MS
to clarify the overall picture and achieve good environmental
status in our seas. But in the face of declining resources for public
administration, it is important to focus and prioritize so the task can
be solved within the given national frames. It is important for DK
that MS have room to prioritize specific national environmental
issues so resources can be used as efficient as possible. DK are in
general in favor of focusing and thereby simplifying the
implementation of MSFD.
In the light of the intensive coordination and harmonization going
o ithi M“FD, DK elie es, that it is i po ta t ith a opti g
out possi ility i ega ds to e . spe ifi ele e ts of the o ito i g
programs so it fits national priorities. There are RSC mechanisms
e . i O“PAR fo opti g out o the asis of e . s ie tifi
e ide e. These opti g out possi ilities ould e e aluated fo
use in MSFD assessments.
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0396.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0397.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Denmark
Contact details Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Date 21.08.2015
Descriptor
Comment number
1
D1
Heading / Section / Page
D1 mammels in general
Focus on Chapters 3.1 (page 29), 5 (page 35), 6 (page 48) and 9
(page 53)
Comment / Observation
With respect to marine mammals the respondent generally agree
with the way marine mammals are assessed in the Biodiversity
indicator. DK supports that when possible methods are
coordinated across national borders for shared populations to be
able to make assessment on regional level as seem to be decided
in the document.
The change to include the wording 'Assessment methods and
standards, to address each criterion should reflect the actual
knowledge, and should evolve according to scientific and technical
improvements.' is a substantial improvement of the current text.
However, it is unclear why it would be an advantage to delete the
text 'The three criteria for the assessment of any species are
species distribution, population size and population condition.'
These criteria still remain relevant and are not replaced by other
text specifying the same content. A similar comment applies to the
text on habitats. Page 31: it does not seem appropriate to require
an assessment of all habitat types in all areas - there may be cases
where certian habitat types are absent in specific (sub) regions.
This could be addressed by inserting the word 'relevant' before
'habitat types'.
Order of arguments in suggested changes seems invert: First it is
necessary to identify relevant site/ location/ habitat/ ecosystem-
specific biological feature then prioritize among biodiversity
features to assess.
Modelling tools will surely be an important tool to help achieve
the goals of the ecosystem level parts of the descriptors. But
exactly this part of the demand is also the most challenging to
achieve. DK therefore finds that the development of the
descriptors in general would benefit from treating the species and
the habitat level as data feeders to the ecosystem level. It is
premature to be specific about how the ecosystem level modelling
should be handled. Could well be GIS systems, but no need to
specify that in the present document.
There are numerous pit falls in modelling work, and a coordination
of development of agreed standards will be crucial to the success
of this part of the work.
The ide tifi atio of the ele a t spe ies should e ased o
harmonized methodology applied to a common agreed list of
spe ies… . DK assu e this efe s to i te - egio al o su - egio
selections, but this might be important to specify.
How functional groups are defined and species/populations are
selected is very important to the outcome of the analysis. Thus the
essence of the paragraph is actually not described yet.
The text is not clear: It is not clear how the various combinations of
locations (regions, subregions, subdivision) communities and
functional groups link up to assessment of diversity at species
level. As the text is it describes an assessment of ecosystem
functions through population dynamics of individually species with
specific well defined functions, and with possible relations to GES.
This however should not be confused with terms such as species
diversity which is also a relevant measure of GES.
We should in general be wary of harmonization of methodology
within, for example, an entire region, but instead work towards
coordination within the region where each MS play a conclusive
role in their own territory.
With the aim of describing diversity of funtional groups (or
diversity of ecosystem functions), identification of relevant species
to describe is probably not an option within near future for benthic
biodiversity.
How habitats are defined is very important to the outcome of the
analysis. Thus the essence of the paragraph is actually not
described yet.
In line with comment 2: It is necessary to set criteria how to select
representative habitats.
see comment under comment number 2.
2
chapter 3.1 in general
3
(first paragraph) /3.1 / p29
4
(first paragraph) /3.1 /p30
5
Species Level /3.1 / p30
6
Species Level /3.1 / p30
7
Species Level /3.1 / p30
8
Species Level / 3.1 / p 30
9
Species Level / 3.1 / p 30
10
Habitat level /3.1 / p31
11
12
13
Habitat level /3.1 / p31
Ecosystem Level / 3.1 / p31
Regional coherence / 5.1 /p 36
We should be cautious with standardizing the way MS manage
their monitoring. A certain amount of common understanding is of
cause necessary and beneficial, but simultaneously it is important
that MS organize their own monitoring programs based on
tradition and knowledge of local conditions. Our monitoring
program is, for example, mainly based on protection of
ecosystems and not selected species.
It is important to evaluate whether or not data for populating the
three criteria at the lower part of p.38 are available for the
selected species. For instance, population dynamics data are not
commonly available or easily achieved in the case of most bird
spe ies. “pe ifi atio of atu al a ge e ui es a o side a le
monitoring effort, not least for birds in light of changes in for
instance wintering range due to increasingly milder winters.
DK agree that key terms and concepts regarding GES need to be
clearer explained.
14
5.1 / p36
15
5.1 / p36
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0398.png
16
17
Species level (Table 3) / 5.2 /p37
Species level (Table 3) / 5.2 /p37
18
Species level / 5.2 / p 38
19
1.1. Species distribution geographic distribution / 5.2 / p39
What is the rationale for focusing on only mobile organisms i Table
3? - a review is a good idea.
This table appears to be a mix of functional and taxonomic groups.
It is unclear how it relates to biodiversity as being e.g. the number
of functional nodes. At the current aggregation level, biodiversity
seems to be reduced to the outcome of a very coarse ecosystem
model
It is important, that MS are not required, through RSC, to assess
species that are not relevant to the local waters. MS should have a
conclusive role in determining which species they find relevant to
assess.
Upper set of bullets: DK finds that the content of these bullets
does ot efle t ethodologi al sta da ds he elated to i ds.
They more or less quote the same thing. DK assumes they mean
the geographical range of a species
clarification of factors affecting the distribution of a species
within that general geographical range
• a p edi ti e spatial dist i utio
odel ased o data f o the
above points
a specification of area selection within the general geographical
range, based on the above
20
page 40
The statement that 'MSFD species population abundance and/or
biomass should be in line with the assessments conducted for the
HD, BD and RSCs agreements and not be deteriorated significantly
by human activities.' is perhaps a usefull minimum requirement,
but seems to indicate that the HD, BD and RSC should dictate GES
levels. This does not seem like a usefull way forward, especially
considering the previous statement that 'Assessment methods and
standards, to address each criterion should reflect the actual
knowledge, and should evolve according to scientific and technical
improvements.' Allowing GES indicators to change only as a result
of changes to indicators in the other directives will increase the
time required to include knew knowledge in management.
Species abundance and population trend are the key parameters
for bird species.
Linking species distribution and abundance to population
condition is a very valuable step, but also a challenging one. A
region-based approach to select relevant species that can deliver
most of these parameters will be of high priority in order to
succeed.
Stating the most common indicator groups found in a review is not
equivalent to stating guidelines for appropriate indicators. If you
look back in time far enough, the most common means of
transportation was by foot, but that does not make this a
recommendation for the future. This comment applies to a variety
of places in the document.
The definition and difference of habitat range and habitat extent is
not completely clear. Range is defined: "Range is the actual
distribution of a habitat and not the potential distribution
delineated by environmental limitations and reflected in the
habitat extent." , which indicates that range is within extent. On
the other hand Extent is defined "Habitat extent refers to the area
or volume effectively occupied by the habitat within its range.",
which indicates the opposite.
The One-Out-All-Out (OOAO) is not suitable for D1, due to the
large number of assessment elements under each criterion'.
Agreed.
Point 2 on the list should be an integral part of point 2. It is not
realistic to think that dedicated sampling programmes will be set
up for all potential representative, threatened and functional
groups, since a number of these species are rare and therefore
difficult to monitor. The requirement for distribution models
invalidates the use of trend based indicators, and therefore limits
the GES indicators to species with abundant data.
21
22
1.2 Population size / 5.2 / p40
1.3 population conditions / 5.2 / p41
23
page 43
24
1.4 Habitat geographic distribution and ectent / 5.2 /p43
25
page 48
27
page 51
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0399.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
21.08.2015
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 22), 5 (page 26) and 9 (page 29)
D2
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
. A al sis of the curre t te t… . . / p -
It is unclear why invasive is in [brackets]. Impacts of NIS can
sometimes be positive! However, as written in previous sections,
not all NIS are invasive and it can be very difficult to determine
which are invasive (i.e. have negative impact) especially as this
strongly depends on the trends in their abundance and
distribution. If a NIS is known to be invasive in some waters
(documented by some quantitative measure in a previous study)
then its environmental impact should certainly be evaluated in
general. Also it is not clear whether the ratio is in the number of
species and/or the abundance of the different species - but
assumes the first. This should, however, be written. Such a ratio
(between species numbers) will not be useful as an indicator of
impact. A final comment is that the total number of species
increases with salinity. Therefore, a simple ratio of NIS # to native
species # will show a much bigger impact of 1 new NIS in a low
saline region compared to a high saline region. As a result of this
bias, low saline regions will likely turn out to be disproportionately
strongly impacted by NIS.
2
/ Mai fi di gs a d i for atio … / p
th paragraph
3
5/ 5.3 Proposals for new criteria, if needed / p26-27
DK supports the development of national and regional NIS lists.
This should be supported with a summary of key findings on the
impacts of the species in order to better evaluate the impact of the
NIS on GES
The respondent agrees that it is difficult if not impossible to
manage (i.e. improve) environmental conditions affected by an
invasive species, once it has become established. However, it is still
important to monitor and quantify the impact from the species, as
this may change substantially over time and have adverse effects
on other species - populations, communities, nutrient cycling - in
short: GES. This means that any development in an IAS over time
will interact with other pressures, and that should be of great
concern and interest to managers. Modelling and basic knowledge
of species biology (e.g. salinity tolerance etc.) should be a core
element here along with good updated reports on developments in
NIS. Such information will make it possible to evaluate and prevent
secondary introductions.
4
9/ 9.1 Where aspects are indetified ... / p29 (issue 1)
5
9/ 9.1 Where aspects are indetified ... / p29 (issue 2)
6
7
9/ 9.1 Where aspects are indetified ... / p29 (issue 3)
9/ 9.1 Where aspects are indetified ... / p29 (issue 4)
DK finds the separation of the text into invasive NIS and just NIS
somewhat confusing and with a large overlap. The issue of
feasibility needs to be clarified if used. Also DK finds that the
proposed index has its limitations and that other indexes should be
considered.
DK agrees that this is an important task which requires immediate
attention. However, this should not hinder monitoring of IAS to
commence.
DK agrees that such a criteria would be useful.
If possible, this would be very valuable. However it is very difficult
to make simple assessments of the impact of a given IAS on GES.
The interactions between species and populations are complex and
a given species can have both negative and positive impacts - it all
depends on the perspective (organismal, biogeochemistry,
economical etc.). A simple threshold may therefor make sense in
one region but not in another. Also as it is virtually impossible to
manage an IAS, thus DK is not sure what a threshold can be used
for. Perhaps only for propagules.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0400.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0401.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Denmark
Name of respondent Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Contact details Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Date 21.08.2015
Descriptor
D3
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 10), 4 (page 12) and 5 (page 15)
Comment number
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
Deletions are in line with simplifying the text without removing
page 10
important content.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0402.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Denmark
Contact details Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Date 21.08.2015
Descriptor
Comment number
1
D4
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 23), 4 (page 25), 5 (page 26) and 6
(page 27)
Comment / Observation
With respect to marine mammals DK finds that marine food webs
are generally extremely difficult to monitor in a simple way.
This change seems feasible.
The overall idea of making the descriptor simpler and more
operational and using guilds instead of taxonomic groups is
commendable.
Changing the three criteria to the two criteria 'structure' and
'function' is a simplificationa and clarification which makes the
descriptor criteria closely linked to scientific knowledge
Definitions of guilds could be better, for example organisms
maintaining the same ecosystem key processes
If member states to some extent are free in choice to include guilds,
guidance should address issues about collaboration of neighboring
member states (sharing the same sea area).
The suggestion to define "guilds" need to be explicit how to handle
the fact that many benthic species change guilds during the life
cycles or from habitat to habitat: For example starting as
planktivous ending up demersal or pelagic predatory. What is the
primary input from monitoring data and what are criteria for
assigning the species to a certain guild is it needed to have size/age
distributions etc. Furthermore, how should habitat forming species
be treated?
Heading / Section / Page
marine mammals in general
2
3
3/To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
document/p24
3/To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
document/p24
page 24
4
5
6
3/To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
document/p24
3/To be taken out of the Decision and included in guidance
document/p24
7
4/ The issues, Issues, Trophic guilds and food webs / p25
8
page 26
Trophic guilds seems to be the most approporiate way to address
D4 and should be introduced as suggested. Similarly, surveilance
indicators are an important new addition, which will be required to
ensure that D4 measures what is important even where this does ot
respond directly to pressure. The suggested methodological
standards seem sound.
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0403.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
21.08.2015
D5
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 18), 5 (page 22) and 6 (page 26)
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
. A al sis of the curre t te t of the Decisio … / p
Unclear which text to modify with wording like:
Part of this text…,
other parts could benefit.
. A al sis of the curre t te t of the Decisio … / p
Agree that assessment and quantitative targets should draw upon
the effort made in the frame of other EU legislations (specifically
WFD).
. The a al sis should the … / p
Agree of the importance to increase compatibility and consistency
between the MSFD GES and the Good Ecological Status (GES) under
the WFD in the zone where these two Directives overlap.
. A a al sis of hat to keep… / p
Coordination among MSs on methodological standards (used
methods and methods to be developed included) and associated
indicators are welcomed, although MSs should still have a
conclusive role.
Criterion 5.1: As N:P is commonly used as indicator and this ratio is
readily derived from concentration measurements then at least use
nutrient ratios as supporting indicator.
Agree with other recommendations in this section.
Supports the request of strengthening coordination of
implementation between WFD and MSFD.
Agree that pelagic shifts are difficult to assess. However, long -term
changes are important to monitor to document (long-term)
environmental/ ecosystem changes. Thus this indicator should be
kept as supporting indicator.
4
5
. Reco
e datio o
hich… / p
-
6
7
5.3 Proposals for new criteria, if needed / p25
5.3 Proposals for new criteria, if needed / p25
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0404.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Denmark
Name of respondent Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Contact details Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Date 21.08.2015
Descriptor
D6
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 34) and 4 (page 35)
Comment number
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
The changes to the criteria text improves clarity and should be
page 34
adopted. As stated on the subsequent page, D6 indicators are still
under development.
1
2
page 34 section 3
6.1.: "Physical" damage should be kept. 6.1.1: Are pleased to see
that 6.1.1 is recommended deleted. 6.2.2: the recommended
amendment makes sense but sensitive species should be kept, as
they can be used as an indicator for disturbance. OK to all other
amendments.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0405.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Denmark
Name of respondent Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Contact details Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Date 21.08.2015
Descriptor
D7
Focus on Chapters 3 (page 16) and 9 (page 26)
Comment number
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DCE
DCE
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0406.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
21.08.2015
D8
Focus on Chapters 5.1 (page 30) and 9 (page 38)
Heading / Section / Page
5.1 Concentration of Contaminants and their trends (8.1.1)
It should be stated whether the trends should be followed in water,
Recommendation 3/ p29
biota or sediment or how to choose relevant matrices.
5.1 Acute Pollution events (8.1.2) Recommendation 4/ p29
As main sources would be ships, is the pressure then shipping
intensities? The effects only occurs after acute pollution, so no
effects unless accidents.
Regional coordination of methods is fine, but what is considered a
region, and adjacent regions should have overlap in methods if the
methods are possible to use in multiple regions.
Guidance on how to choose relevant matrix/matrices for trends
analysis, and how comparability to Directive 2000/60/EC can be
ensured is missing.
The rewording of the effects is welcomed and now specifies even at
or below individual level.
Guidance should take into account RSC mechanisms for excluding
substances from PS lists.
Guidance on trend assessments should take into account RSC
mechanisms (especially OSPAR, AMAP).
Guidance on biological techniques are available from relevant
OSPAR/ICES workgroups.
Common guidance should be based on both HELCOM CHASE,
OSPAR integrated assessment and other RSC experiences.
2
3
5.1 Biological effects (8.2.1) Recommendation 6/30
4
Te tati e re ised Co
issio Decisio te t… . / p
5
Te tati e re ised Co
issio Decisio te t… . / p
6
7
8
9
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues
Issue #1/ p38
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues
Issue #4/ p38
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues
Issue #5/p38
9.1 Proposed way forward for identified issues
Issue #9/ p39
General comment
10
11
5. GES criteria/Recommendation 1/29
DK: Overall there seems to be discrepancies between the suggested
tentative revised Com Dec text, the text in the recommandations
and the explanations. The tentative revised Com dec text is open for
interpretations, which might lead to different implementation
across Europe. These discrepancies furthermore makes it more
difficult to access the possible consequences of the revision.
DK agrees that the establishment of an EU-wide minimum list will
ensure increased coordination. DK however do not find that a list
based on all WFD priority substances can be named a "minimum
list". Denmark cannot accept the recommendation to establish an
EU-wide minimum list based on all the WFD priority substances,
since this implies a potential and substantial increase in the number
of substances to be monitored in the open waters. The economic
burden this implies is not proportional to the environmental gain.
The exclusion criteria for WFD PS should preferably include "expert
knowledge" on for example the occurrence in the open areas as is
the case under the WFD and also take into account that substances
from land-based sources, such as for example plant protection
products are regulated under the WFD. Furthermore, the list of
joint RSC contaminants are based on the OSPAR chemicals for
priority action, which is a list that is much more extensive than the
list of common indicators, for which common monitoring has been
agreed. In general it is not clear what kind of monitoring
requirements the ComDec will imply in the open waters. We would
like to discuss the criteria for selecting the substances instead of
using existing lists.
12
5. GES criteria/Recommendation 2/29
DK supports that assessment criteria developed within RSC could be
used in the absence of WFD EQS as additional/supporting tools for
GES assessment provided they offer the same level of protection.
DK supports that the monitoring of biological effects should be
voluntary.
DK supports that use of migratory fish, marine mammals and
seabird eggs for assessment of GES is voluntary since they do not
match WFD criteria
DK supports the reference to 2009/90/EC, but it is unclear what will
be encompassed under "where appropriate".
5. GES criteria/Recommendation 6/30
13
5. GES criteria/Recommendation 10/31
14
5. GES criteria/Recommendation 13/31
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0407.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0408.png
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0409.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0410.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framewor
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descripto
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisb
21.08.2015
D9
Heading / Section / Page
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0411.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0412.png
amework Directive
Descriptor Manuals
Denmark
st.dk), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
Focus on Chapters 7.1 (page 18) and 9 (page 22)
Comment / Observation
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0413.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0414.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
2
3
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
21.08.2015
D10
Focus on Chapters 5 (page 15) and 10 (page 17)
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
5. GES criteria / Page 15, box with tentative text
Reasonable to include "entanglement" as part of both 10.2.1.
8. Standardised methods / Page 16
8. Standardised methods / Page 17
Reference to need for quality assured databases for hosting
monitoring data for D10 indicators is missing in the text.
Regarding comparable trend analyses for beach litter. It should be
noted that the OSPAR tool "litter analyst" can at the moment only
use OSPAR codes and not the full EU master list for litter items and
thereby not for fully applicable for beach litter surveys from other
regional seas.
Future work should also include support of international databases
to host all relevant D10 indicators - and not only data from Beach
litter or sea floor litter monitoring.
DK cannot support including micro-litter along with macro litter,
since this might lead to a monitoring requirement in all the
mentioned matrices. For micro-litter it might not be cost-effective
or necessary to monitor both coastline, seafloor and surface layer
in order to monitor the trends.
4
10. Other products / Page 17
5
5. GES criteria/10.1.3/15
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0415.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Descriptor Manuals
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Descriptor
Comment number
1
Denmark
Ane-Marie L. Raun, Tonny Niilonen, Lisbet Olgaard
Ane-Marie L. Raun ([email protected]), Tonny Niilonen ([email protected]), Lisbet Olgaard ([email protected])
21.08.2015
D11
Focus on Part II
Heading / Section / Page
Comment / Observation
Approach/ The "climate sensitivity" for D11 / p6
The most important possible effect of climate change on D11 is not
mentioned: the change in shipping patterns due to changes in ice
conditions. An area where this could be of particular importance is
the Baltic, as warmer winters with less ice predicted in future
climate scenarios would likely lead to increased shipping into the
northern part of the Baltic and Gulf of Finland in winter months,
which would lead to increased ship noise, also in the remaining
parts of the Baltic and Danish Straits, as ships would pass out into
the North Sea.
Analysis of the current text of the Decision/
I dicator . . Distri utio i ti e a d place… / p
The current way the indicator is defined is biased such that
repetitive sound emissions are weighted less than single emissions
when it comes to impact. This is because assessment is made day
by day. A day with a single explosion of a moderate amount of
explosives is thus weighted the same as one entire day with seismic
shooting (1 loud pulse every 5-10 s.) or one day with pile driving (1-
2 hours with ~1 loud pulse per second). There is no easy solution to
this problem, but it should at least be acknowledged.
2
3
GES criteria / p12 (2nd para)
For noise it is even unclear how precautionary levels can be set, as
it is entirely unknown to what degree current levels of noise affects
the ecosystems. Only thing which can be said with some confidence
is that less noise is probably better than more noise. This highlights
the need for monitoring and even more the need for impact
studies, where the link between noise and effects on marine life can
be established.
Electromagnetic fields can impact marine life. Especially migrating
fish could potentially be affected by static electromagnetic fields
surrounding subsurface power cables. The knowledge about this
issue is limited.
The espo de t st o gly disag ee ith the state e t: "… the
present impulsive noise indicator (11.1.1) can be used to determine
i pa t…". T ue i pa t ust e ased o effe ts o populatio
parameters (reproductive success and survival), yet no-one has so
far been able to establish such links for any marine organism. Agent
based modelling, such as the PCoD and DEPONS initiatives may
provide insights into these questions, but they are not yet
operational and were not part of the Dutch assessment referred to.
Thus, the use of a pressure indicator rather than an impact indicator
is by necessity alone. With the current indicators it cannot even be
concluded that a decrease in the indicators will lead to improved
4
GES criteria/ Other forms of energy / p12-13
5
GES criteria/ Impact indicator / p13
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0416.png
MOF, Alm.del - 2016-17 - Endeligt svar på spørgsmål 892: Spm. om at supplere bilagene til svar på L 111 spørgsmål 121 med perioden fra regeringsskiftet juni 2015 til dato, til miljø- og fødevareministeren
1786518_0417.png
Template for Comments on Marine Strategy Framework Directive
Commission Decision Review 2010/477/EU - Annex III
Member State/Stakeholder name
Name of respondent
Contact details
Date
Annex III
Comment number
Heading / Section / Page
1
Table 1 - Characteristics /4.1 / p 7
Denmark
Comment / Observation
The table distinguishes between highly mobile species on the one
hand and habitats on the other (inclusive animal and plant life, and
ecosystems). The idea of separating the highly mobile species is in a
way understandable, but could just as well have been integrated in
the water column and bottom habitats. Our concern is mainly, how
we avoid reporting twice for the mobile species that are present in
both habitat types.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15